i.ft-Vtt
wi
TV*
1 1-7 1
d
Pify
N
\Y :
' /
THE
ANIMAL KINGDOM
ARRANGED IN CONFORMITY WITH ITS ORGANIZATION,
BY THE BARON CUVIER,
PERPETUAL SECRETARY TO THE ROYAL. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ETC. ETC. ETC.
THE CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES AND INSECTA,
BY P. A. LATREILLE,
MEMBER OF THE ROYAL, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ETC. ETC ETC.
TRANSLATED FROM THE FRENCH
WITH NOTES AND ADDITIONS,
BY H. M'MURTRIE, M.D. &c. &c.
IN FOUR VOLUMES, WITH PLATES
VOLUME III.
NEW YORK :
G. & C.& H. CARVILL.
MDCCCXXXI.
Entered according to the act of congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred and
thirty-one, by G. & C. & H. Carvill, in the clerk's office of the southern district of
New York.
Philadelphia :
Printed by James Kay, Jun. & Co.
Piinters to the American Philosophical Society.
No. 4, Minor Street.
PREFACE(l).
Overwhelmed with scientific labours, and yielding, perhaps
too easily, to the impulse of friendship and to my desire to
serve him, M. Cuvier has confided to me that portion of this
work which treats of Insects.
These animals were the objects of his earliest zoological
studies, and the cause of his connexion with one of the most
celebrated pupils of Linnaeus, Fabricius, who in his writings
gives him frequent assurance of his high esteem. It was even
by various interesting observations on several of these ani-
(1) This preface is the same which stood at the commencement of the third
volume of the first edition of this work. Having there confined myself to an ex-
position of the general principles, upon which my arrangement of the animals
composing the Linnrean class of Insects was effected, and having in the present
edition made no change in that respect, the same observations are still applicable.
Considered however with regard to the details, or to the secondary and tertiary
divisions, that is to say, Orders, Families, Genera and Subgenera, this edition will
be found to present a remarkable difference. It was impossible to place it on a
level with the actual state of the science, without modifying several parts of my
former system, and without considerable additions, which, such has been the pro-
gress of Entomology, are so numerous, that even by filling two volumes instead of
one, I have been barely enabled to give a very summary view of the multitude of
generic divisions effectuated within the last ten years, and which are frequently
founded on the most minute characters. This branch of Zoology has gained much
from other and more positive sources, those of Anatomy. These observations I
was the more imperatively bound to notice, as they formed part of the plan of the
illustrious author of the "llegne Animal," and as they serve to confirm the stability
of the divisions I have established. By a perusal of the general remarks which
precede them, the reader will be better able to appreciate the motives which have
determined these changes, and to feel the importance of the addenda that enrich
the entomological portion of this edition. A simple comparison between it and
that of the former will show, at a glance, that it has been entirely remoulded, or
that it is a new work which we now present to the world, rather than a new edition.
IV PREFACE.
mals Journal iVHist. Nat. that M. Cuvier commenced his
career in natural history. Entomology, in common with all
the other branches of Zoology, has derived the greatest advan-
tage from his anatomical researches, and the happy changes he
has effected in the basis of our classification. The internal or-
ganization of Insects is now better known, and this study is no
longer neglected as was previously the case. He has placed
us on the way to the Natural System(l), and greatly will the
public regret that his numerous occupations did not allow him
to superintend this portion of his treatise on animals.
Perhaps the desire of associating my name with his in a
work like this, which, by the multitude of researches on
which it rests, and by their application, has become a precious
literary monument of the age, has deceived me and thrown
me into an enterprize beyond my powers to accomplish. The
responsibility is great, and I have imposed upon myself a task,
in which the boldness of the plan is only equalled by the dif-
ficulty of its execution. To unite within a very limited space
the most interesting facts in the history of Insects, to arrange
them with precision and clearness in a natural series, to pour-
tray with a bold pencil the physiognomy of these animals,
trace their distinguishing characters with truth and brevity,
in a way proportioned to the successive progress of the science
and that of the pupil, to indicate useful or noxious species,
and those whose mode of life interests our curiosity, to point
out the best sources from which the knowledge of others may
be obtained, to restore to Entomology the amiable simplicity
which it possessed in the days of Linnaeus, Geoffroy, and of
the early writings of Fabricius, but still to present it as it now
is, or with all the wealth of observation it has since acquired,
yet without overloading it ; in a word, to conform to the mo-
del before me, the work of M. Cuvier, is the end I have
striven to attain.
This savant, in his " Tableau Elementaire de FHistoire Na-
turelle des Animaux," did not restrict the extent given by
(1) Tableau Element, de 1'IIist. Nat. des Animaus, and the Leg. d'Anat.
Compar.
1'ltUFACE. V
Linnaeus to his class of Insects ; he however made some necess-
ary ameliorations, which have since served as the foundation
of other systems. He distinguishes Insects, in the first place,
from other invertebrate animals, by much more rigorous cha-
racters than those previously employed, viz. a knotted medul-
lary spinal marrow, and articulated limbs. Linnaius termi-
nates his class of Insects with those which are apterous,
although most of them, such as the Crustacea and the Jlra-
neides, with respect to their organization, are the most per-
fect of their class or are the most closely approximated to the
Mollusca. His method, in this respect, is then exactly the
inverse of the natural system, and by transporting the Crus-
tacea to the head of the class, and by placing almost all the
Aptera of Linnaeus directly after them, Cuvier rectified the
method in a point where the series was in direct opposition to
the scale formed by Nature.
In his Legons d' Anatomic Comparce, the class of Insects,
from which he now separates the Crustacea, is divided into
nine orders, founded on the nature and functions of the or-
gans of manducation, the presence or absence of wings, their
number, consistence, and the manner in which they are reti-
culated. It is in fact a union of the system of Fabricius with
that of Linnseus perfected.
The divisions made by our savant in his first order, that of
the Gnathaptera, are nearly similar to those I had established
in a Memoir presented to the Societe Philomatique, April
1795, and in my Precis des Carac teres Gmeriques des In-
sect es{\).
M. de Lamarck, whose name is so dear to the friends of
natural science, has ably profited by these various labours.
His systematic arrangement of the Linnsean Aptera appears
to us to be that which approaches nearest to the natural order,
and, with some modifications of which we are about to speak,
is the one we have followed.
(1) 1 there divided the Aptera of Linnceus into seven orders: 1. The Suctoiua.
2. The Thi8anouiu. 3. The Takasita. 4. The Acephala (Arac/mldca pal-
pistes,Lm\.)- 5. The Entomosthaca 6. The Crustacea. 7 The Miiuajoda.
VI PREFACE.
I divide the Insects of Linnaeus, with him, into three
classes : the Crustacea, Arachnides and Insecta; but in the
essential characters which I assign to them, I abstract all the
changes experienced by these animals, prior to their adult
state. This consideration, although natural, and previously
employed by De Geer in his arrangement of the Aptera, is
not classical, inasmuch as it supposes the observation of the
animal in its different ages ; it is, besides, liable to many ex-
ceptions^).
The situation and form of the branchiae, the manner in
which the head is united to the thorax, and the organs of man-
ducation, have furnished me the means of establishing seven
orders in the class of the Crustacea, all of which appear to
me to be natural. I terminate it, with M. de Lamarck, by
the Branchiopoda, which are a sort of Crustacea Jlrachnides.
In the following class, that of the Arachnides, I only in-
clude the species which in the system of Lamarck, compose
the order of his Arachnides paipistes, or those which have
no antennae. Beyond this, the organization of these animals,
external as well as internal, furnishes us with a simple and
rigorous rule that is susceptible of a general application.
Their organs of respiration are always internal, receiving
air through concentrated stigmata, sometimes possessing func-
tions analogous to those of lungs, and consisting at others of
radiated tracheae, or such as ramify from their base; the an-
tennae are wanting, and they are usually furnished with eight
feet. I divide this class into two orders: the Pulmonarise
and the Trachearise.
Two parallel tracheae, extending longitudinally through the
body, furnished at intervals with centres of branches corres-
(1) These considerations, however, have not been overlooked, and I have used
them advantageously in grouping families, and arranging them in a natural order,
as may be seen by a reference to the historical sketches which precede the expo-
sition of those families. I have even been employed on a work respecting the
metamorphosis of Insects in general, which has not yet been published (see article
" Insectcs" Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. 2d), but which I have long been matur-
ing, and which I have communicated to my friends: I have made use of it in the
course of my general remarks.
PREFACE. Vll
ponding to the stigmata, and two antennae, characterize the
class of Insects. Its primary divisions are founded on the
three following considerations :
1 . Jlpterous Insects which either undergo no metamorpho-
ses, or but imperfect ones ; the three first orders.
2. Jlpterous Insects which experience complete transfor-
mations ; the fourth.
3. Insects having wings which they acquire by metamor-
phoses, either complete or incomplete ; the last eight.
I begin with the Jlrachnides antennistes of M. de Lamarck,
which are comprised in this first division, and which form our
three first orders. The second is composed of the fourth
order, and contains but a single genus, that of Pulex : it would
appear, in some respects, to be allied to the Diptera by means
of the Hippoboscse ; other characters however, and the na-
ture of its metamorphoses, remove this genus from that of the
Hippoboscce. It is very difficult in some cases to distinguish
these natural filiations, and when we are fortunate enough to
discover them, we are frequently compelled to sacrifice them
to the perspicuity and facility of the system.
To the known order of winged Insects, I have added that
of the Slresiptera of Kirby, but under a new denomination, .
viz. that of flhipiptera, as the former appears to me to be
founded on a false idea. Perhaps we should even suppress
this order, according to the opinion of Lamarck, and unite it
with that of the Diptera.
For reasons elsewhere developed(l), and which I could
easily strengthen by additional proof, I attach more conse-
quence to characters drawn from the aerial locomotive organs
of Insects, and to the general composition of their body, than
to the modifications of the parts of the mouth, at least when
their structure is essentially referable to the same type. Thus
I do not commence by dividing these animals into Grinders
and Suckers, but into those which have wings and wing-cases,
and such as have four or two wings of the same consistence.
The form and uses of the organs of manducation are viewed
(1) Consid. Gener. sur I'ordre des Crust., des Arach., et des Insectes, p. 46.
Vlll PREFACE.
in a secondary light. My series of Orders relative to the
winged Insects is, consequently, nearly similar to that of
Linnseus.
Fabricius, Cuvier, Lamarck, Clairville and Dumeril, con-
sidering the difference of the functions of the parts of the
mouth of primary consequence, have arranged those divisions
otherwise.
In accordance with the plan of M. Cuvier, I have reduced
the number of families which I established in my previous
works, and have converted into subgenera the numerous divi-
sions that have been made of the genera of Linnseus, notwith-
standing their characters may otherwise be very distinct.
Such also was the intention of Gmelin in his edition of the
Systerna Naturse. This method is simple, historical and
convenient, as it enables the student to proportion his instruc-
tion to his age, his capacity, or to the end he has in view.
. All my groups are founded on a comparative examination
of all the parts of the animals I wish to describe, and on the
observation of their habits. Most Naturalists stray from the
natural system by being too exclusive in their considerations.
To the facts collected by Reaumur, Rcesel, De Geer, Bonnet,
the Hubers, &c. respecting the instinct of Insects, I have
added several ascertained by myself, some of which were
hitherto unknown. M. Cuvier has added to them an extract
of his anatomical observations(l); he has even devoted himself
to fresh researches, among which I will mention those whose
object was the organization of the Limuli, a very singular
genus of the Crustacea.
Being necessarily restricted in the description of species,
I have always selected for that purpose the most interesting
and common ones, and particularly those mentioned by M.
Cuvier in his Tableau Elementaire de PHistoire Naturelle
des Animaux.
LATREILLE.
(1) Those added to the present edition are from Messrs Leon Dufour, Marcel
de Serres, Straus, Audouin and Milne Edwards.
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
ARTICULATA with arti-
culated FEET.
CLASS I.
CRUSTACEA
Their division into orders
MALACOSTRACA
a. Eyes placed on a mova-
ble and articulated pe-
dicle
DECAPODA
BRACHYURA
Cancer
Pinnipedes
Matuta
Polybius
Orythyia
Podopthalmus
Portunus
Platyonichus
Arcuata
Cancer proper
Clorodius
Carpilius
Xantho{\)
Pirimela
Atelecyclus
Thia
Mursia
Hepatus
Quadrilatera
Eriphia
Trapezia
Pilumnus
Thelphusa
Gonoplax
Maci'opthalmus
Gelasimus
Ocypode
Mictyris
1
6
9
12
12
13
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
25
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
30
30
32
32
33
34
35
Pinnotheres
35
Uca
36
Cardisoma
37
Gecarcinus
37
Plagusia
38
Grapsus
38
Orbiculata
39
Corystes
39
Leucosia
39
Ixa
40
Iphis
40
Nursia
40
Jircania
40
Ilia
40
Persephona
40
Myra
40
Leucosia
40
Phylira
40
Eb'alia
41
Trigona
41
Parthenope
42
Lambrus
42
Mithrax
43
Acanthonyx
43
Pisa
43
Pericera
43
Maia
44
Micippe
44
Stenocionops
44
Camposcia
45
Halimus
45
Hyas
45
Libinia
46
Doclxa
46
Egeria
46
Leptopus
47
Hymenosoma
47
Inachus
48
Achaeus
48
Stenorhynchus
48
Leptopodia
48
(1) Those genera which we mention accessorily, either because they are but
slightly or not at all known to us, or because we unite them with others, are
printed in italics.
Vol. III. (2)
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Pactolus 49
Lithodes 49
Cryptopoda 49
Calappa 49
jEthra 49
Notopoda 51
Homola 51
Dorippe 51
Dromia 52
Dynomene 52
Rairina 52
MACROURA 54
Astacus 55
Anomala 55
Albunea 56
Hippa 56
Remipes 57
Birg-us 58
Pagurus 58
Cxnoblta 58
Pagurus 59
Prophylax 59
Locuslae 60
Scyllarus 60
Thenus 61
Ibacus 61
Palinurus 61
Astacini 62
Galathea 63
Grimotea 63
Muni da 63
JEglea 64
Janira 64
Porcellana 64
Monolepis 65
Megalopus 65
Gebia 66
Thalassina 66
Callianassa 66
Axius 67
Eryon 67
Astacus proper 67
Nephrops 68
Carides 69
Penseus 70
Stenopus 71
Atya 71
Crangon 71
Processa 73
Hymenocera 73
Gnathophyllum 73
Pontonia 73
Alpheus 73
Hyppolite 74
Autonomera 74
Pandalus 74
Palscmon 74
Lysmata 75
Athanas 75
Pasiphxa 76
Mysis 76
Cryptopus
77
Mulcion
77
STOMAPODA
77
UNIPELTATA
81
Squilla
82
Squilla proper
82
Gonodactylus
83
Coronis
83
Erichthus
83
Alima
84
BIPELTATA
84
Phyllosoma
84
(3. Eyes sessile and immoi
)-
able
85
AMPHIPODA
87
Gammarus
87
Phronima
88
Hyperia
88
Phrosine
89
Dactylocera
89
lone
90
Orchestia
91
Taliprus
91
Atylus
91
Gammarus proper
92
Melita
92
Mxra
92
Amphithoe
92
Pherusa
92
Dexamine
93
Lencothoe
93
Cerapus
93
Podocerus
93
Jassa
93
Corophium
94
Pterygocera
94
Apseudes
95
Typhis
95
Anceus
95
Praniza
96
Ergine
96
LJLMODIPODA
96
Cyamus
97
Leptomera
97
Naupredia
98
Caprella
98
Cyamus proper
98
ISOPODA *
99
Oniscus
100
Bopyrus
101
Serolis
101
Cymothoa
102
Ichthyophilus
102
Nerocila
102
Livoneca
102
Canolira
102
JEga.
103
Rocinela
103
Conilira
103
Synodus
103
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
XI
Nelocira
103
Eurydice
103
Limnoria
104
Zuzara
105
Sphaeroma
105
Nsesa
105
Campecopea
105
Cilicxa
105
Cymodocea
106
Dynamene
106
A nth ara
106
Idotaea
106
Stenosoma
107
Arcturus
107
Asellus
107
Oniscoda
108
J sera
108
Tylos
108
Ligia
109
Philoscia
109
Oniscns proper
no
Porcellio
110
Armadillo
110
ENTOMOSTRACA
112
BRANCHIOPODA
114
Monoculus
115
Lophyropa
115
Zoea
117
NSbalia
117
Condylura
118
Cyclops
119
Cythere
122
Cypris
122
Sida
125
Latona
125
Polyphemus
126
Daphnia
127
Lynceus
132
Phyllopa
132
Lirnnadia
loo
Artemia
134
Branchipus
134
Eulimene
137
Apus
138
Lepidurus
141
P.E.CILOPODA
141
XYPHOSURA
142
Limulus
142
Tachypleus
145
SIPHONOSTOMA
146
CALLIG1DES
146
Argulus
147
Caligus
150
Caligus proper
151
Pterygopoda
151
Pandarus
151
Dinemoura
151
Anthosoma
152
Cecrops
152
LERNEIFORMES
152
Dichelestium
153
Nicothoe
154
TRILOBITES
155
Agnostus
157
Calymene
157
Asaphus
157
Ogygia
157
Paradoxides
157
CLASS II.
ARACHNIDES
159
PULMONARY
162
ARANEIDES
164
Mygale
173
Mygale proper
174
Ctcniza
175
Atypus
177
Eriodon
178
Dysdera
179
Filistata
179
Aranea
179
Tubitelae
180
Clotho
180
Drassus
182
Segestria
183
Clubiona
183
Aranea proper
184
Argyroneta
184
Inequkelae
184
Scytodes
185
Theridion
185
Episinus
186
Pholcus
186
Orbitelae
186
Linyphia
187
Uloborus
187
Tetragnatha
188
Epeira
188
Laterigradae
191
Micrommata
191
Senelops
192
Philodromus
193
Thomisus
194
Storena
195
Citigradse
196
Oxyopes
196
Ctenus
196
Dolomedes
197
Lycosa
197
Myrmecia
199
PEDIPALPI
202
Tarantula
202
Phrynus
202
Thelyphonus
203
Scorpio
203
TRACHEARI^
206
PSEUDO-SCORPIONES
207
Galeodes
208
Chelifer
209
Xll
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
PYCNOGONIDES
210
Pediculus proper
Pycnogonum
211
Hsematopinus
Phoxichilus
211
Ricinus
Trichodedes
Nymphon
Jimmothea
211
211
Gyropiis
Zdotheum
HOLETRA
212
Philupterus
Phalangita
212
Goniodes
Phalangium
213
Triongulin
Gonoleptes
213
SUCTORIA
Siro
214
Pulex
Macrocheles
214
COLEOPTERA
Trogulus
214
Pentamera.
ACABIDES
214
CARNIVORA
Acarus
214
TRIBE I.
Trombidium
215
ClCINDELETJE
Erythrxus
215
Cicindela
Gamasus
215
Manticora
Cheyletus
Oribata
Uropoda
Acarus proper
Bdella
Smaridia
Ixodes
216
216
216
217
217
217
218
Megacephala
Oxycheila
Euprosopus
Cicindela proper
Ctenostoma
Therates
Colliuris
Argas
Eylais
219
219
Tricondyla
Hydrachna
219
TRIBE II.
Limnochares
220
Carabici
Caris
220
Carabus
Leptus
220
Truncatipennes
Aclysia
220
Anthia
Atoma
221
Graphipterus
Ocypete
221
Aptinus
CLASS III.
Brachinus
INSECTA
229
Corsyra
Casnonia
MYRIOPODA
245
Leptotrachelus
CHLLOGNATHA
247
Odacantha
lulus
249
Zuphium
Glomeris
250
Polistichus
lulus proper
250
Helluo
Polydesmus
251
Drypta
Pollyxenus
251
Trichognatha
CHILOPODA
251
Galerita
Scolopendra
Scutigera
251
253
Cordistes
Ctenodactyla
Agra
Lithobius
253
Scolopendra proper 254
Cymindis
Calleida
Demetrias
THYSANOURA
255
LEPI9MENJE
255
Dromias
Lepisma
255
Lebia
Machilis
256
Plochionus
Lepisma proper
256
Orthogonius
PODURELLiE
256
Coptodera
Podura
257
Bipartiti
Podura proper
257
Enceladus
Smynthurus
257
Siagona
PARASITA
258
Carenum
Pediculus
258
Pasimachus
258
260
260
261
261
261
261
262
262
262
263
264
266
269
269
269
270
270
270
270
272
272
273
273
273
274
274
275
275
276
276
277
278
278
278
279
279
279
280
281
281
281
282
282
282
283
283
283
283
284
284
284
284
285
285
286
287
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Xlll
Acanthoscelis
287
Scarites
288
Oxygnathus
289
Oxystomus
289
Camptodontus
289
Clivina
290
Dischirius
290
Morio
290
Ozaena
290
Ditomus
291
Aristus
291
Apotomus
291
Quadrimani
291
Acinopus
292
Daptus
293
Harpalus
293
Ophonus
294
Stenolophus
294
Acupalpus
294
Simplicimani
294
Zabrus
296
Pogonus
296
Tetragonoderus
297
Feronia
297
Amara
297
Psecilus
297
Argutor
297
Omaseus
297
Flatysma
297
Pterostichus
297
Abax
297
Steropus
297
Percus
297
Molops
297
Cophosus
297
Cheporus
299
My as
300
Trigonomota
300
Pseudo-morpha
300
Cephalotes
301
Stomis
301
Catascopus
301
Colpodes
301
Pericalus
301
Mormolyce
302
Sphodrus
302
Ctenipus
303
Calathus
303
Taphria
303
Patellimani
303
Dolichus
304
Platynus
304
Agonum
304
Anchomenus
305
Callistus
305
Oodes
305
Chlxnius
305
Epomis
306
Dinodes
306
Lissauchenus
306
Rembus
306
Dicxlus
307
Licinus
Badister
Pelecium
Cynthia
Panagseus
Loricera
Patrobus
Grandipalpi
Pamborus
Cychrus
Scaphinotus
Sphseroderus
Tefflus
Procerus
Procrustes
Carabus proper
Pkctes
Cechenus
Calosoma
Pogonophorus
Nebria
Alpasus
Omophron
Elaphrus
Blethisa
Pelophilus
Notiophilus
Subulipalpi
Bembidium
Tachypus
Lopha
Notaphus
Peryphus
Leja
Trechus
Blemus
tribe iii.
Htdbocanthahi
Dytiscus
Dytiscus proper
Colymbetes
Hygrobia
Hydroporus
Noterus
Haliplus
Gyrinus
B11ACHELYTRA
Staphylinus
Fissilabra
Oxyporus
Astrapsus
307
307
308
308
308
309
309
310
310
310
311
311
311
311
312
312
312
312
313
315
315
315
316
316
316
316
317
317
318
318
318
318
318
318
319
319
319
320
321
323
324
324
325
325
325
327
327
328
329
329
Staphylinus proper 329
JCantholinus 330
Pinophilus 330
Lathrobium 330
Longipalpi 331
Psederus 331
Procirrus 331
Stilicus 331
Evsesthetus 331
Stenus 332
XIV
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Denticrura
Oxytelus
Osorius
Zyrophorus
Prognatha
Coprophilus
Depressa
Omalium
Lesteva
Micropeplus
Proteinus
Aleochara
Microcephala
Lomechusa
Tachinus
Tachyporus
SERRTCORNES
section i.
Sternoxi
TRIBE I.
BUPRESTIDES
Buprestis
Buprestis proper
Trachys
Aphanisticus
Melasis
THIBE II.
Elaterides
Elater
Galba
Eucnemis
Adelocera
Lissomus
Chelonarium
Throscus
Cerophytum
Cryptostoma
Nematodes
Hcmirhipus
Ctenicera
Elater proper
Campylus
Phyllocerus
section ii.
Malacodehjii
TKIBE I.
Cebbio>'ites
Cebrio
Physodactylus
Cebrio proper
Anelastes
Callirhips
Sandalus
Rhipicera
Ptilodactyla
Dascillus
Elodes
Scyrtes
Nycteus
Eubria
332
332
332
333
333
333
333
333
333
334
334
334
334
o r> -
335
335
338
339
340
340
340
340
342
342
342
342
343
343
344
344
344
345
345
345
346
346
347
347
347
348
348
349
349
349
350
350
350
350
351
351
351
THIBE II.
Lampthides
351
Lampyris
352
Lycus
352
Dictyoptera
352
Omalisus
353
Amydttts
354
Pbengodes
355
Lampyris proper
355
Drilus
356
Cochleodonus
356
Telephorus
357
Silis
358
Malthinus
358
THIBE III.
Meeyrides
358
Melyris
359
Malachius
359
Dasytes
360
Zygia
360
Melyris
360
Pelocophorus
361
Diglobicei'us
361
THIBE IV.
Ceehii
361
Clerus
361
Cylidrus
361
Tillus
362
Priocera
362
Axina
362
Eurypus
362
Thanasimus
363
Opilo
363
Clerus proper
363
Necrobia
364
Enoplium
364
THIBE v.
Ptijtiohes
364
Ptinus
365
Ptinus proper
365
Gibbium
366
Ptilinus
366
Xyletinus
367
Dorcatoma
367
Anobium
367
SECTION III.
THIBE I.
Xylothogi
368
Lymexylon
368
Atractocerus
368
Hylecjetus
369
Lymexylon propel
369
Cupes
369
Rhysodes
370
CLAVICOHNES
370
SECTION I.
THIBE I.
Paepatohes
371
Mastigus
371
Mastigus
371
Scydm?enus
371
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
XV
TRIBE II.
HlSTEROIDES
Hister
Hololepta
Hister proper
Platysoina
Dendrophilus
Abrxus
Onthophilus
TRIBE III.
SlLPHALES
Silpha
Sphxrites
Necrophorus
Necrodes
Silpha proper
Thanatophilus
Oiceptoma
Phosphuga
Necrophilus
Argyrtes
TRIBE IV.
SCAPHIDITES
Scaphidium
Scaphidium proper
Choleva
tribe v.
NlTIDTTXARiaj
Nitidula
. Colobicus
Thymalus
Ips
Nitidula proper
Ceixus
Byturus
TRIBE VI.
ExGIDITES
Dacne
Dacne proper
Cryptophagus
tribe vii.
Dermestini
Dermestes
Aspidiphorus
Dermestes proper
Megatoma
Limnichus
Attagenus
Trogoderma
Anthrenus
Globicornis
tribe VIII.
Bxrrhii
Byrrhus
Nosodendron
Byrrhus proper
Trinodes
section ii.
tribe i.
AcANTHOPODA
Heterocerus
372
O I O
o7o
374
374
374
374
374
375
375
375
376
377
378
578
379
379
379
380
380
380
380
381
381
381
382
382
382
383
383
383
384
384
384
385
385
385
385
386
386
387
387
387
387
388
388
388
388
389
390
390
TRIBE II.
Macrodacttla 390
Dryops 391
Potamophilus 391
Dryops proper 391
Elmis 392
Macronychus 392
Georissus 392
PALPICORNES 392
TRIBE I.
Hydhophii.ii 393
Hydrophilus 393
Elophorus 394
Hydrochus 394
Ochthebius 394
Hydracna 393
Spercheus 394
Globaria 395
Hydrophilus proper 396
Limnebius 397
Hydrobius 397
Berosus 397
TRIBE II.
Sph\bridiota
Sphaeridium
Cercydion
LAMELLICOllNES
TRIBE I.
SCARABJEIDES
Scarabaeus
Coprophagi
Ateuchus
Pachysoma
Gymnopleurus
Sisyphus
Circellium
Coprobius
Chseridium
Hyboma
Eurysternus
Oniticellus
Onthophagus
Onitis
Phanjeus
Copris
Aphodius
Psammodius
Euparia
Arenicoli
^gialia
Chiron
Lethrus
Geotrupes
Ochodscus
Athyreus
Elephastomus
Bolbocerus
Hybosorus
Acanthocerus
Trox
Phoberus
398
398
398
399
401
401
402
403
404
404
405
405
405
405
405
405
406
406
407
407
407
408
408
408
409
409
409
410
411
412
412
412
413
413
414
414
414
XVI
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Cryptodus 414
Msechidius 414
Xylophili 415
Oryctes 413
Agacephala 416
Orphnus 416
Scarabxus proper 417
Phileurus 417
Hexodon 418
Cyclocephala 418
Chrysophora 419
Rutela 419
Macraspis 419
Chasmodia 419
Ometis 420
Phyllophagi 420
Pachypus 421
Ambly teres 421
Anoplognathus 422
Leucothyreus 422
Apogonia 422
Geniates 422
Melolontha proper 423
Rhisotrogus
Amphimalla
Ceraspis
Arcodes
Dasypus
S erica
Diphucephala
Macrodactylus
Plectris
Popilia
Euchlora
Mimela
Anisoplia
Lepisia
Dicrania
Hoplia
Monocheles
Anthobii
Glapbyrus
Amphicoma
Anthipna
Chasmopterus
Chasme
Dicheles
Lepitrix
Pachycnemus
Anisonyx
Melitophili
Trichius
Platygenia
Cremastocheilus
Goliath
Inca
Cetonia
Gymnetis
Macronota
TRIBE II.
LtJCANIDES
Lucanus
425
425
425
426
426
426
426
427
427
427
427
427
427
427
428
428
428
429
429
430
430
430
431
431
431
431
431
432
433
434
434
435
435
435
436
436
437
437
Sinodendron
JEsalus
Lamprima
Ryssonotus
Pholidotus
Lucanus proper
Ceruchus
Platycerus
Nigidius
.?Egus
Figulus
Syndesus
Passalus
Paxillus
Heteromera.
MELASOMA
Pimelia
Pimeila proper
Trachyderma
Cryptucheile
Erodius
Zophosis
Nyctelia
Hegeter
Tentyria
Akis
Elenophorus
Eurycliora
Adelostoma
Tagenia
Psammetichus
Scaurus
Scotobius
Sepidium
Trachynotus
Moluris
Blaps
Oxura
Acanthomera
Misolampus
Blaps proper
Gonopus
Heteroscelis
Machla
Scotinus
A si da
Pedinus
Opatrinus
Dendarus
Heliophilut
Eurynotus
Isocerus
Pedinus, Dej.
Blaptinus
Platyscelis
Tencbrio
Cryptichus
Opatrum
Corticus
Orthocerus
Chiroscelis
Toxium
438
438
438
439
439
439
440
440
440
440
440
440
441
441
442
444
445
446
446
446
446
447
447
447
448
448
449
449
450
450
450
450
450
451
451
452
453
453
453
453
454
454
455
455
455
456
456
456
456
456
456
457
357
457
458
458
458
459
459
459
459
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
XV11
Toxicum
459
Boros
460
Calcar
460
Upis
465
Tenebrio proper
460
Heterotarsus
461
TAXICOUNES
461
TRIBE I.
DlAPERIALES
462
Diaperis
462
Phaleria
463
Diaperis proper
463
JSFeomida
463
Hypophlaus
464
Trachyscelis
464
Leiodes
464
Tetratom'a
464
Eledona
465
Coxelus
465
TRIBE II.
CoSSYPHENES
465
Cossyphus
465
Cossyphus proper
466
Helseus
466
Nilio
466
STENELYTRA
466
TRIBE I.
Heloph
468
Helops
468
Epitragus
469
Cnodalon
469
Campsia
469
Spheniscus
469
Camaria
469
Acanthopus
470
Amarygmus
470
Sphacrotus
470
Adelium
470
Helops proper
471
Lxna
471
Stenotrachelus
471
Strongylium
472
Pytho
472
Pelmatopus or ra-
ther Scotodes
472
TRIBE II.
ClSTEUDES
472
Cistela
472
Lystronichus
473
Cistela proper
473
Mycetochares
473
Allecula
474
TRIBE III.
Serropalpides
474
Dircaea
474
Orchesia
474
Eustrophus
475
Hallomenus
475
Dircsea proper
475
Melandrya
475
Hypulus
476
Serropalpus
476
Vol. III. (3)
Conopalpus 476
TRIBE IT.
CEdemerites 477
CEdemera 477
Nothus 477
Calopus 478
Sparedrus 478
Dytillus 478
CEdemera proper 478
tribe v.
Rhynchostoma 478
Mycterus 479
Stenostoma 479
Mycterus proper 479
Rhinosimus 480
TRACHELIDES 480
TRIBE I.
Lagriari^; 480
Lagria 481
Lagria proper 481
Statyra 481
Hemipeplus 481
TRIBE II.
Pyrocuroides 482
Pyrochroa 482
Dendroides 482
Pyrochroa 482
tribe iii.
Mordellou^ 482
Mordella 483
Ripiphorus 483
Myodites 484
Pelocotoma 484
Mordella proper 484
Anaspis 485
Ctenopus 485
TRIBE IT.
Anthicides 485
Notoxus 485
Scraptia 485
Steropes 486
Notoxus proper 486
TRIBE T.
horiales 486
Horia 487
Horia proper 487
Cissites 487
TRIBE VI.
Cantharidi.b 487
Meloe 487
Cerocoma 488
Hycleus 489
Mylabris 489
Lydus 489
CEnas 490
Meloe proper 491
Tetraonyx 492
Cantharis 492
Zonitis 493
Nomognathus 493
Gnathium 493
Will
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Sitaris 493
Onyctenus 493
Apalus 493
Tetramera.
HHYNCOPHORA 494
Bruchus 496
Anthribus 496
Rhimaria 496
Bruchus proper 496
Rhosbus 497
Xylophilus 497
Attelabus 497
Apoderus 497
Attelabus proper 497
Rhynchites 497
Apion 497
Rhinotia 498
Eurhinus 498
Tubicenus 498
Brentus 498
Brentus proper 498
Ulocerus 499
Cylas 499
Brachycerus 499
Curculio 500
Cyclomus 500
Curculio proper 501
Leptosomus 502
Prostomus 502
Leptocerus 502
Cratopus 502
Lepropus 502
Hadromerus 502
Hybsonotus 502
Othiorhynchus 503
Omias 503
Pachyrhynchus 503
Psalidium 503
Thylacites 503
Syzygops 503
Hyphantus 503
Myniops 503
Liparus 503
Hypera 503
Hylobius 504
Cleonus 504
Lixus 504
Rhynchaenus 504
Tamnophilus 505
Bagous 505
Brachypus 5C5
Balanitis 505
Rhynchjenus proper 505
Sybines 505
Myorhinus 506
Cionus 506
Orchestes 506
Rhamphus 506
Amerhinus 507
Baridius 507
Camptorhynchus 507
Centrinus
507
Zyg-ops
507
Centrorhynchus
508
Hydaticus
i08
Oribitis
508
Cryptorhynchus
508
Tylode
508
Calandra
509
Anclionus
509
Orthochaetes
509
Rhina
509
Calandra proper
509
Cossonus
510
Dryopthorus
510
XYLOPHAGI
510
Scolytus
511
Hylurgus
511
Hylesinus
511
Scolytus proper
511
Camptocerus
512
Ploiotribus
512
Tomicus
512
Platypus
512
Paussus
513
Pauasus proper
513
Cerapterus
513
Bos trie h us
514
Bostrichus proper
514
Psoa
514
Cis
514
Nemosoma
514
Monotonia
515
Synchita
515
Cerylon
515
Rhyzophagus
515
Monotoma proper
516
Lyctus
516
Lyctus proper
516
Diodesma
516
Bitoma
516
Mycetophagus
517
Colydium
517
Mycetophagus pro
-
per
517
Triphyllus
517
Meryx
518
Dasycerus
518
Latridius
518
Silvanus
518
Trogosita
518
Trogosita proper
519
Prostomis
519
Passandra
519
PLATYSOMA
519
Cucujus
520
Cucujus proper
520
Dendrophagus
520
Uleoiota
520
LONGICORNES
520
THTBE I.
Priomi
522
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
Xl\
Parandra 523
Spondylis 523
Prionus 524
TRIBE II.
Cerambicini. 525
Cerambyx 526
Lissonotus 526
Megaderus 527
Dorcacerus 527
Trachyderes 527
Loplionocerus 527
Ctenodes 528
Phaenicocerus 528
Callichroma 528
Acanthoptera 529
Stenocorus 529
Furpuriceiius 529
Cerambyx proper 530
Hamaticerus 530
Gnoma, Dej. 531
Callidium 532
Certalium 532
Clitus 532
Obrium 533
Rhinotragus 533
Necydalis 533
Stenopterus 533
Necydalis proper 534
Distichocera 534
Tmesisternus 535
Tragocerus 535
Leptocera 535
thibe iii.
Lamiari.e 536
Acrocinus 536
Lamia 536
Acanthocinus 536
Tapeina 536
Pogonocherus 537
Tetraopes 537
Monochamus 537
Mesosa 537
Lamia proper 537
Dorcadion 538
Parmena 538
Saperda 538
Gnoma, Fab. 538
Adesmus 539
Apomecyna 539
Colobothea 539
Thyrsia 539
tribe it.
Lepttjret;e 540
Leptura 540
Desmocerus 541
Vesperus 541
Rhagium 542
Rhamnusium 542
Toxotus 542
Stenoderus 542
Distenia
542
Cometes
542
Leptura proper
543
EUPODA
543
TRIBE 1.
Sagrides
544
Sagra
545
Megalopus
545
Sagra proper
545
Orsodacna
545
Psammcechus
546
TRIBE II.
Criocerides
546
Crioceris
546
Donacia
546
Hsemoma
547
Ptauristes
547
Crioceris proper
547
Auchenia
548
Megascelis
549
CYCLICA
549
TRIBE I.
Cassidarije
550
Hispa
551
Alurnus
551
Hispa proper
551
Chalepus
552
Cassida
552
Imatidium
552
Cassida proper
552
TRIBE II.
Chrtsomelik^:
553
Cryptocephalus
553
Clythra
554
Chlamys
554
Lamprosoma
555
Cryptocephalus
proper
555
Choragus
555
Euryope
555
Eumolpus
556
Chrysomela
556
Colaspis
556
Podontia
556
Phyllocharis
557
Doryphora
557
Cyrtonus
557
Paropsis
557
Upamsea
557
Timarcha
558
Chrysomela proper 558
Phaedon
559
Prasocuris
559
TRIBE III.
Galerucite
559
Galeruca
560
Adorium
560
Luperus
560
Galeruca proper
560
Altica
560
Octogonotes
561
XX
SYSTEMATIC INDEX.
(Edionychus
561
Psylliodes
561
Dibolia
562
Mtica proper
562
Longitanus
562
CLAVIPALPI
562
Erotylus
563
Erotylus proper
563
Trip lax
564
Languria
564
Phalacrus
564
Agathidium
564
Trimera.
FUNGICOLJS
565
Eumorphus
565
Eumorphus propel
565
Dapsa
566
Endomychus
566
Lycoperdina 566
APHIDIPHAGI 566
Coccinella 567
Lithophilus 567
Coccinella proper 567
Clypeaster 568
PSELAPHH 568
Pselaphus 569
Chennium 569
Dionix 569
Pselaphus proper 569
Bithynus 570
Areopagus 570
Ctenistes 570
Byraxis 570
Claviger 570
Claviger proper 570
Artieerus 570
THIRD GREAT DIVISION OF THE ANIMAL
KINGDOM.
CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, AND INSECTA:
OR ARTICULATED ANIMALS WITH ARTICULATED FEET(l).
These last three(2) classes of the Articulata, which were
united by Linnaeus under the general name of Insecta^ are
distinguished by at least six(3) articulated feet. Each articu-
lation is tubular, and contains the muscles of the succeeding
one, which always moves by gynglymus, that is, in but one
direction.
The first articulation, which attaches the foot to the body,
(1) For the sake of brevity, I have designated them by the term Condylopes.
This series of articulations, of which their body is composed, has been compared
by some Naturalists to a skeleton, or the vertebral column. But the use of this
denomination is so much the more fallacious, in as much as these articulations or
pretended vertebrae are mere portions of thickened skin, and as this skin is continu-
ous, simply being thinner, and almost membranous at intervals or at the joints. A
general character, which serves to distinguish these animals from all other Inverte-
brata, consists in their exuviability, or habit of changing their skin. The situation
of the encephalon, pharynx, and eyes, as in the more elevated animals, establishes
the limits of the back and abdomen, and of their respective appendages.
(2) Dr Leach forms a separate class of the Myriapoda. The Arachnides Tra-
cheariae, considered anatomically, might also constitute another, but they are so
closely allied to the Pulmonarije in so many other particulars, that we have not
thought proper to separate them-
(3) Hexapoda. Those which have more than six, are termed by Savigny the
Spiriopoda. I designate them more precisely by the appellation of Hyperhexa-
poda, (more than six feet).
Vol III. A
2 CRUSTACEA, AKACHNIDES, INSECTA.
and which is composed of two pieces(l), is called the coxa,
or hip ; the following one which is, usually, nearly in a hori-
zontal position, the femur, or thigh; and the third, generally
vertical, the tibia or leg. To these ensues a suite of small
ones which touch the ground, forming the true foot, or what
is denominated tiie tarsus.
The hardness of the calcareous or horny(2) envelope of the
greater number of these animals, is owing to that of the ex-
cretion, which is interposed between the dermis and epider-
mis, or what is termed in man the mucous tissue. This ex-
cretion also contains the brilliant and varied colours with which
they are so often decorated.
They are always furnished with eyes, which are of two
kinds : simple or smooth eyes(3), which resemble a very mi-
nute lens, generally three in number, and arranged in a tri-
angle on the summit of the head; and compound eyes, where
the surface is divided into an infinitude of different lenses called
facets, to each of which there is a corresponding filament of
the optic nerve. These two kinds may be either united or
separated, according to the genera. Whether their functions
be essentially different in those cases where they are found
to exist simultaneously, is a problem that remains to be solved ;
but vision is effected in both of them by means differing widely
from those which produce it in the eye of the Vertebrata(4).
(1) In many of the Crustacea the second portion of the coxa seems to form
part of the thighs. The tibia, as in the Arachnides, is divided into two joints.
(2) According to M. Aug. Odierj Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., 182u, t. I, p. 29
et seq., the substance of this envelope is of a peculiar nature, which he calls Chi-
tine. He states that the phosphate of lime forms the g-reat mass of all the salts
contained in the teguments of Insects, while that in the shell of the Crustacea is
but trifling, though it abounds in the carbonate, which is not found in the prece-
ding animals. Other observations, those of M. Straus in particular, demonstrate
that the teguments here replace the skin of the Vertebrata, or that they do not
form a true skeleton. Those of M. Odier also militate against all the analogies
attempted upon this subject.
(3) Ocelli stemmata.
(4) See the Memoir of Marcel de Serres on the simple and compound eyes of
Insects, Montpcllier, 1815, Svo. Also the observations of M. de Blainville on the
eyes of the Crustacea, Bullet, de la Soc. Philomatique. We shall return to this
subject at another period.
CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES, 1NSECTA. 3
Other organs which for the first time are here presented to
us, and which are found in two of these classes, the Crustacea
and the Insecta(l), the antennae, are articulated filaments, va-
rying greatly in form, and frequently according to the sex,
attached to the head, appearing to be peculiarly devoted to a
delicate sense of touch, and perhaps to some other kind of sen-
sation of which we have no idea, but which may refer to the
state of the atmosphere.
These animals enjoy the sense of smell and that of hearing.
Some authors place the seat of the first in the antenn3e(2),
others, M. Dumeril for instance, in the orifices of the tracheae,
and Marcel de Serres, &c. in the palpi ; neither of these
opinions, however, are corroborated by positive and conclu-
sive facts. As to the second, it is only in the Crustacea Deca-
poda and some few of the Orthoptera, that we can find a visi-
ble ear.
The mouth of these animals presents a great analogy, which,
according to Savigny(3), and at least with respect to the Hex-
apoda, extends to those which can only feed by the suction of
liquid aliment.
Those called Tritores or Grinders {broyeurs), on account
of their having jaws fitted for triturating their food, always
present them in lateral pairs, placed one before the other ; the
anterior pair are especially called mandibles; the pieces which
(1) And even in the Arachnides, but under different forms, and with different
functions.
(2) As regards insects, and when they are claviform, or terminate in a club
more or less developed, or furnished with numerous hairs. According to M.
Robineau Desvoidy, the intermediate antennje of the Crustacea Decapoda are the
olfactory organ, Bullet, des Sc. Nat.; but he adduces no one direct experiment in
proof of his opinion. It would, if this were so, seem probable that in the highly
carnivorous Crustacea, such as the Gecarcini and others, we should find this organ
in a comparatively greater state of development, whereas the fact is directly the
reverse. His ideas respecting the external composition of the Crustacea Decapoda
suppose the existence of a skeleton. He should have commenced, however, by
establishing the connexion of these animals with the Fishes, and not by admitting,
as a positive fact, what is at least a- matter of doubt.
(3) MSmoire sur Its animaux sans vertebres. The original idea was thrown out,
but undeveloped, in my Hist. Gen. des Insectes.
4 CRUSTACEA, ARACHNIDES ? IXSECTA.
cover them before and behind are named labia(l), and the
front one, in particular, lafoum. The palpi are articulated
filaments attached to the jaws or to the lower lip, and appear
to be employed by the animal in recognizing its food. The
form of these various organs determines the nature of the re-
gimen with as much precision as the teeth of quadrupeds. The
ligula, or tongue, commonly adheres to the lower lip(2).
Sometimes, in the Apes and other Hymenopterous insects,
it is considerably elongated, as are also the jaws, forming a
sort of false proboscis (promuscis) at the base of which is the
pharynx, and frequently covered by a sort of sub-labrum,
styled by M. Savigny the epipharynx{3). At other times,
(1) We here more particularly allude to Insects with six feet, or to the Hexa-
poda.
(2) Or rather labium, since the other is termed labnim. It is protected, before,
by a horny production formed by a cutaneous prolongation, and articulated at the
base with an inferior portion of the head called the mentum or chin. Its palpi,
always two in number, are distinguished'from those of the maxillae by the epithet
labial. When the latter amount to four they are designated as external and inter-
nal; they are considered as a modification of the external and terminal division of
the maxillae. This production, which, in his Ulonates or the Orthoptera, Fabricius
termed the Galea, is still the same maxillary division, but more dilated, arched, and
fitted to cover the internal division which, here, on account of its scaly consistence
and of its teeth, resembles a mandible. In the last insects, and particularly in the
Libellula:, the interior of the buccal cavity presents a soft or vesicular body, dis-
tinct from the lip, and which, compared to the Crustacea, appears to be the true
tongue labium, Fab. This part is perhaps represented by those lateral divi-
sions of the ligula termed paraglossse. (See the Coleoptera Carnivora, Hydro-
phili, Staphylini, the two pencil-shaped pieces that terminate the lip of the Lucani,
Apiarise, &c) The above mentioned Insects, the Orthoptera and the Libellulas of
Linnaeus, evidently demonstrate that this membranous and terminal portion of the
inferior lip, which projects more or less between its palpi, and is particularly elon-
gated in several of the Hymenoptera, is very distinct from that internal caruncle
which I consider the tongue properly so called; notwithstanding this, nearly all
Entomologists designate this external extremity of the lip by the name of ligula,
or languette. To say, however, that the tongue properly so called, is usually so
intimately connected with the lip that at the first glance they seem to be con-
founded, is correct. The pharynx is situated in the middle of the anterior face of
this lip a little above its root, and in the Coleoptera provided with paraglossae, at
their point of union. In order to understand well the primitive composition of
the under lip, it must be studied in the larvae, and chiefly in those of the Aquatic
Carnivorous Coleoptera. See General Observations on Insects.
(3) There is a membranous production beneath the labrum, in many Coleop-
CRUSTACEA, ARACHN1DES, INSECTA. 5
in the Hemiptera and Diptera, the mandibles and maxillae are
replaced by scaly pieces in the form of setre, which are re-
ceived in an elongated tubular sheath, that is either cylin-
drical and articulated, or formed with more or less of an elbow,
and terminated by a kind of lips. In this case they constitute
a true proboscis. In others that also live by suction, the Le-
pidoptera, the maxillae alone are greatly elongated and united,
producing a tubular setiform body, resembling a long, slen-
der, and spiral tongue (or the spiritrompe, Lat); the re-
maining parts of the mouth are considerably reduced. Some-
times again, as in many of the Crustacea, the anterior feet
approach the maxillce, assume their form, and exercise part of
their functions the latter are then said to be multiplied. It
may even happen that the true maxillcE become so much re-
duced, that the maxillary feet supply their place in toto.
Whatever be the modifications of these parts, however, they
can always be recognized and referred to a general type(l).
tera, which appears to me to be analogous to the epipharynx. The labrum is to it,
what the mentum is to the labium.
(1) It is only by a comparative and gradual study of the mouth of the Crus-
tacea, that Ave can acquire correct and exact ideas respecting the various trans-
formations of these parts, and the means of establishing - , if not a certain, at
least a probable general concordance between these various organs in the three
classes. The mandibles, maxillx, and the labium, are in fact, a sort of feet' appro-
priated to the masticatory or buccal functions, but susceptible of being so modified
as to become organs of locomotion. This principle even extends to the anten-
nae, or at least to the two intermediate ones of the Crustacea. By adopting it, we*
are enabled to reduce the composition of these organs to one general type, and
we shall hereafter see that, in this respect, neither the Arachnides nor Myriapoda
present any anomaly.
CLASS I.
CRUSTACEA.
The Crustacea are articulated animals, with articulated feet,
respiring by means of branchiae, protected in some by the bor-
ders of a shell., and external in others, but which are not in-
closed in special cavities of the body, and which receive air
from openings in the surface of the skin. Their circulation
is double, and analogous to that of the Mollusca. The blood is
transmitted from the heart, which is placed on the back, to
the different parts of the body, whence it is sent to the bran-
chiae, and thence back again to the heart(l). These branchiae,
sometimes situated at the base of the feet, or even on them,
and at others on the inferior appendages of the abdomen, either
form pyramids composed of laminae in piles, or bristled with
setos or tufted filaments of simple ones, and even appear in
some cases to consist wholly of hairs.
Some of the Zootomists, Baron Cuvier in particular, had
already made known to us the nervous system of various Crus-
tacea of different orders. The same subject has lately been
thoroughly examined by Messrs Victor Audouin and Milne
Edwards in their third Memoir on the Anatomy and Physio-
logy of these animals Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIV, 77, and all
that is now wanting to complete their researches, is the pub-
lication of those made by M. Straus on the Branchiopoda and
the Limuli in particular, which they have not noticed.
(1) See the order Decapoda.
CRUSTACEA. 7
"The nervous system of the Crustacea submitted to our
observation, say they, presents itself in two very different as-
pects, which constitute the two extremes of the modifications
visible in that class. Sometimes, as in the Talitrus, this ap-
paratus is constituted by numerous similar nervous inflations,
arranged in pairs, and united by cords of communication in
such a way as to form two ganglionic chains, separated from
each other and extending throughout the length of the animal.
At others, on the contrary, it is solely composed of two gan-
glions or knotty enlargements, dissimilar in form, volume, and
arrangement, but always simple and azygous, and situated,
one in the head and the other in the thorax. Such is the
case in the Maia.
u These two modes of organization, at the first glance, cer-
tainly seem essentially different, and if the study of the ner-
vous system of the Crustacea were limited to these two ani-
mals, it would be extremely difficult to recognize the analogy
between the central nervous mass in the thorax of the Maia,
and the two ganglionic chains which occupy the same region
of the body in the Talitrus. But if we remember the various
facts detailed in this memoir, we necessarily arrive at this re-
markable result."
They were led to it by the exact and careful study of the
nervous system of various intermediate Crustacea, forming so
many links of the series, such as the Cymothooe(l), the Phyllo-
som8e(2), Astacus(3), Paloemon and Palinurus. They have also
supported their positions by the observations of Cuvier and
those of M. Treviranus. The consequence deduced by them
is, that notwithstanding this difference, the nervous system of
the Crustacea is formed of the same elements, which, insulated
in some and uniformly distributed throughout the length of
the body, present in others, various degrees of centralization,
at first from without inwardly, and then in a longitudinal di-
(1) Isopoda.
(2) Stomapoda.
(3) For this subgenus and the two following subgenera see the Decapoda
Macroura.
8 CRUSTACEA.
rection ; and that finally, this approximation in all directions
is carried to its extreme point, when it is reduced to a single
nucleus in the thorax as in Cancer properly so called, or
the Brachyura. Of all the Decapoda Macroura examined by
Messrs Audouin and Edwards, the Palinurus was found to
have the venous system most centralized ; and in fact, that
animal in our system is but little removed from the Brachyura.
But this should not be the case with Palsemon and the Asta-
cini, for according to them the former approximates more
closely in this respect to Palinurus than the latter, while in
our arrangement the second precede the first, a disposition
which appears to us to be founded on several very natural
characters.
The Crustacea are apterous or deprived of wings, furnished
with compound eyes, though rarely with simple ones, and
usually with four antennse. They have mostly the Psecilo-
poda excepted three pairs of jaws, the two superior ones,
designated by the name of mandibles, included ; as many foot-
jaws^), the last four of which, however, in a great many in-
stances, become true feet ; and ten feet properly so called, all
terminated by a single small nail. When the last two pairs of
foot-jaws exercise the same functions, the number of feet is in-
creased to fourteen. The mouth, as in insects, presents a
labrum and a ligula, but no lower lip properly so called, or
comparable to that of the latter ; the third pair of foot-jaws,
or the first, closes the mouth externally, and replaces that
part.
The sexual organs, at least those of the males, are always
double, and situated on the breast or at the inferior origin of
that posterior and abdominal portion of the body commonly
(1) Auxiliary jaws, as they are termed by M. Savigny, at least when speaking'
of the Crustacea Decapoda. As the two superior ones, in the Amphipoda and
Isopoda, form a sort of lip, he there calls them the auxiliary lip. He distinguishes
the jaws in Phalangium, a genus of Arachnides, as principal jaws,- those which are
attached to the palpi false palpi, according to him; and as supernumerary jaws,
those which are attached to the first four feet. Those parts of the same animals
which have been considered as mandibles, are his mandibules succtdanes. He ad-
mits of two auxiliary lips in the Scolopendne.
CRUSTACEA. 9
called the tail, and never posteriorly. Their envelope is usually
solid, and more or less calcareous. They change their skin
several times, and generally preserve their primitive form and
natural activity. They are mostly carnivorous and aquatic,
and live several years. They do not attain their adult state
until after casting their skin a certain number of times. With
the exception of a few in which these changes somewhat in-
fluence their primitive form and modify or augment their
locomotive organs, they are at birth, size apart, such as they
are always to remain.
Division of the Crustacea into Orders.
The situation and form of the branchiae, the mode in which
the head is articulated with the trunk(l), the mobility or fix-
edness of the eyes(2), the organs of manducation, and the tegu-
ments, constitute the basis of our divisions, and give rise to
the following orders(3).
We divide this class into two sections, the Malacostraca,
and the Entomostraca(4).
The first are usually furnished with very solid teguments,
of a calcareous nature, and with ten or fourteen feet(5), gene-
rally unguiculated. The mouth, situated in the ordinary
(1) "With respect to this term, and that of thorax, which are frequently em-
ployed in an arbitrary manner, see our general observations on the class of Insects.
(2) These organs are either pediculated and movable, or sessile and fixed. It
is from this character that Lamarck has divided the Crustacea into two great sec-
tions, the Pediocles and the Sessiliocles; for which denominations, but restricting its
application to the Malacostraca, Doctor Leach has substituted those of Podop-
tlialma and Edriopthalma. Gronovius was the hrst who had recourse to this dis-
tinction.
(3) Although we possess but few observations on the nervous system of the
Crustacea, all those which have been made support the truth of our divisions.
(4) They might be still further divided into the Dentata and the Edentata, ac-
cording to the presence or absence of the mandibles. Jurine, Jun., has already
proposed these divisions in his excellent Me moire sur l'Argule foliace.
(5) The four anterior, when there are fourteen, are formed by the last four pos-
terior foot-jaws. In the Decapoda, the six foot-jaws belong to the mouth, and per-
form the office of maxillx.
Vol. III. B
10 CRUSTACEA.
place, is composed of a labrum, tongue, two mandibles (fre-
quently furnished with palpi), and two pairs of maxillae co-
vered by the foot-jaws. In a great number each eye is placed
on an articulated and movable pedicle, and the branchiae are
concealed under the lateral margins of the upper or lower
shell ; in the others they are usually placed under the post-
abdomen. This section consists of five orders : the Decapoda,
Stomapoda, L^emodipoda, Amphipoda, and the Isopoda.
The four first embrace the genus Cancer of Linnaeus, and the
last his Oniscus.
The second, the Entomostraca, or " Insects with shells" of
Muller, is formed of the genus Monoculus, Lin. Here
the teguments are horny and very thin, while a shell, resem-
bling a buckler, composed of from one to two pieces, covers
or incloses the body of the greater number. The eyes are
almost always sessile, and frequently there is but one. The
feet, the number of which varies, are mostly fitted for nata-
tion, and without a terminal nail. Some of them, having an
anterior mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles rarely
furnished with palpi, a tongue, and one, or at most two pairs
of jaws, of which the external ones are naked or are not co-
vered by the foot-jaws, approximate to the preceding Crusta-
cea. In the other Entomostraca, which seem to approach the
Arachnides in several particulars, the organs of manducation
are sometimes simply formed by the coxae of the feet, pro-
jecting and arranged like lobes bristling with small spines
round a large central pharynx. At others they either com-
pose a little siphon or beak, used for suction, as in several
Arachnides and Insects, or they are wholly (or nearly so) in-
visible externally, either because the siphon is internal, or be-
cause the suction is produced in the manner of a cup.
The Entomostraca are thus dentated or edentated. The
first will form our order of the Branchiopoda(I), and the
(1) In my work entitled Families Nat. du Regne Animal, the Entomostraca are
divided into four orders: the Lophykopoda, Phyllopoha, Xiphosuka, and the Si-
PHOSOSTOMA.
CRUSTACEA. 11
second that of the P;ECILopoda, which in the first edition of
this work were a mere section of the preceding order.
The singular fossils called Trilobites, of which M. Brong-
niart has given an excellent Monograph, being considered
by him, as well as by many other naturalists, as Crustacea al-
lied to the Entomostraca, we will briefly speak of them after
we have done with the latter.
12 CRUSTACEA.
FIRST GENERAL DIVISION.
MALACOSTRACA.
The Malacostraca naturally divide themselves into those
whose eyes are placed on a movahle pedicle, and those in which
they are sessile and fixed.
a. Eyes placed on a movable and articulated pedicle.
Eyes(l) placed on a movable pedicle composed of two arti-
culations, and received into fossilise, distinguish the Decapoda
and Stomapoda from all the others. Anatomically considered,
they appear to be still further removed from them, Lecons
d'Anat. Compar., Cuv.; Ann. des Sc. Nat., t. XI, inasmuch
as they are the only ones that present sinuses in which the
venous blood is collected previous to its transmission to the
branchice on its return to the heart.
The Decapoda and Stomapoda resemble each other in se-
veral characters common to both. A large plate called a shell
covers a greater or less extent of the anterior portion of their
body. They all have four antennse(2), the middle ones of
(1) Behind the cornea, according- to Blainville, is a choroides perforated with
numerous holes; then a true crystalline, resting- on a nervous ganglion, and divided
into a multitude of little fasciculi.
(2) We must distinguish the peduncle stipes, and the stem caulis, funiculus.
The peduncle is thicker, cylindrical, and composed of three joints, a number which
seems peculiar to these organs in their imperfect or rudimentary state. The stem
is setaceous, and divided into a variable number of very small joints. That of the
external antennre is simple, but that of the interior ones consists of at least two
filaments, and in several of the Decapoda Macroura, of three. Passing' gradually
from these latter to the Brachyura, the antennae become shortened, so that, in
several of the Quadrilatera, the lateral ones, at least, are very small. In this case
the two terminal divisions of the intermediate ones form a sort of bifurcated forceps,
or unequal and articulated fingers.
M.VLACOSTRACA. 13
which are terminated by two or three filaments; two mandi-
bles, each of which, at its base, bears a palpus that is divided
into three joints and usually laid on it; a bilobate tongue;
two pairs of jaws ; six foot-jaws, the four posterior of which,
in some, are transformed into claws ; and ten feet, or fourteen,
in those where the four foot-jaws have that form.
In the greater number the branchiae, of which there are
seven pairs, are concealed under the lateral margin of the
shell: the two anterior pairs are situated at the origin of the
four last foot-jaws, and the others at that of the feet properly
so called. In the other Crustacea they are annexed, in the
shape of tufts, to five pairs of paddles (feet) placed under the
post-abdomen. The under part of this posterior portion of
the body is similarly furnished, in the others, with four or
five pairs of bifid appendages.
ORDER I.
DECAPODA.
The head, in the Decapoda, is closely joined to the thorax,
and covered with it by a shell, entirely continuous, but that
most frequently exhibits deep lines dividing it into various
regions which indicate the places occupied by the principal
internal organs(l). The mode of their circulation presents
characters which distinguish them from the other Crustacea.
(1) M. Desmarest, in his Histoire Naturelk des Crustace's Fossiles, and in his
Considerations Generates sur la Classe des Crustacea, lias presented us, in relation
to this point, with an ingenious nomenclature, based on the concordance of the
portions of the external surface of the shell with the organs they cover. But, in
addition to the fact that the shell of several Decapoda presents no impressions, or
has them nearly obliterated, these denominations may be replaced by others
more simple, more familiar, and relating 1 to these same organs; as the middle or
centre, the anterior and posterior extremities, the sides, &c: it appears useless to
increase our nomenclature in this case.
14 CRUSTACEA.
The circumscribed heart(l),of an oval form and with muscu-
lar parietes, gives origin to six trunks of vessels, three of
which are anterior, two inferior, and the sixth posterior. Of
the three anterior arteries, the median the ophthalmic is
distributed almost exclusively to the eyes ; the two others
the antennarics spread over the shell, the muscles of the sto-
mach, a portion of the viscera and the antennae ; the two in-
ferior ones the hepatics transmit blood to the liver; the
last the sternal is the most voluminous of the three, and
arises from the posterior part of the body, sometimes on the
right side and at others on the left; its chief course is to the
abdomen, and to the organs of locomotion. It gives origin to
a great number of large vessels, among which we should par-
ticularly observe the one called by M. Audouin and Edwards
the superior abdominal, because it arises from the posterior
part of that artery, at a short distance before the articulation
of the thorax with the abdomen, vulgarly termed the tail, and
because it soon dips into the abdomen tail, where it divides
into tw T o large branches, running backwards, becoming gra-
dually smaller and terminating at the anus. The blood which
has nourished these various organs, and thus become venous,
collects from all quarters in two large sinuses(2), one on each
(1) These observations are extracted from the excellent Memoir of Messrs
Audouin and Edwards, published in the Jinn. d'Hist. Nat., t- XI, 283 314, and
352 393. See also the Mem. duMus. d'Hist. Nat., where M. Geoffroi Saint-Kil-
aire has inserted the results of his curious researches on the solids, and on the cir-
culation of the Lobster.
(2) These learned naturalists compare them to the two lateral hearts of the Ce-
phalopoda, and the analogy has been admitted by Baron Cuvier in his general Re-
port on the transactions of the Acad. Roy. des Sc, for 182"; but the idea had been
communicated by me to M. Audouin, and was a necessary consequence of my
theory of the circulation of the blood in the Crustacea, published in a note of my
Esquisse d'une Distribution Generate du Begne Animal, p. 5. As the writers alluded
to have taken no notice of what I have stated in this particular, both in the pam-
phlet quoted, and in my work on the " Families of the Animal Kingdom," I beg
leave to produce that note. " I submit the following opinion to the judgment of
Zootomists, and of M. Cuvier in particular, viz. that in those of the Vertebrata
possessed of a circulation, the organ called heart represents, in its functions, a
left ventricle, the arterial and dorsal trunk of Fishes and of the larvae of the Ba-
trachians; that one or two arteries, which in the Cephalopoda have the form of
DECAPODA. 15
side and above the feet, and formed of venous sacs united
in a longitudinal series, or like a chain. It is thrown into an
external vessel efferent of the branchiae, where it is re-
newed and becomes arterial ; thence proceeds into an internal
vessel afferent; and finally seeks the heart through canals
branchio- cardiac laid beneath the arch of the flanks. All
the canals of a side unite in one large trunk, and open into the
lateral and corresponding part of the heart by a single orifice,
the folds of which form a double valve that opens to allow the
transit of the blood from the branchiae to this viscus, but pre-
vents a retrograde motion by closing. Examined internally,
the heart exhibits numerous fasciculi and muscular fibres, va-
riously intercrossed and forming several small chambers before
the orifices of the arteries. These chambers are so many
small auricles, which communicate freely with each other
when it dilates, but appear to form a similar number of little
cells for each vessel when it contracts, their capacity being
proportioned to the quantity of blood in their peculiar vessels.
These vessels debouche in the interior of the heart by eight
openings, the two lateral valvular ones above mentioned in-
cluded. Such, with the exception of some modifications^ ),
is the general system of the circulation in the Decapoda.
The superior face of the brain(2) is divided into four lobes,
each of the two middle ones furnishing from its anterior mar-
gin an optic nerve that plunges directly into the pedicle of
the eye and there divides into numerous filaments, each of
which is destined to a facet in the cornea of that organ.
hearts, replace the right ventricle. The focus of the circulation, highly concen-
trated in the first of the Vertebrata, thus becomes gradually weaker, so that finally
there is no circulation whatever. The dorsal vessel of Insects would then be the
mere rudiment of the heart of the Mollusca and Crustacea." I will add, that
twenty-five years ago, in my Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insectes, I rectified the
error of Hcesel respecting the nervous cord of the spinal marrow, which had been
taken for a vessel.
(1) See general observations on the family of the Macroura.
(2) These observations are extracted from the Legons d'Anatomie Compare of
Baron Cuvier. For other details and particular facts see the Memoir of Messrs
Audouin and M. Edwards, loc. cit.
16 CRUSTACEA.
The inferior face of the brain produces four nerves, which
belong to the antennae, and that also give off some twigs to the
neighbouring parts. Two nervous and very long cords, em-
bracing the esophagus laterally and uniting beneath it, arise
from its posterior margin. There, as in the Brachyura, this
union only takes place in the middle of the thorax, the me-
dulla then assuming the form of a ring whose proportions are
eight times larger than those of the brain : six nerves on each
side arise from this ring ; the anterior ones belong to the parts
of the mouth, and the five others to the five feet of the same
side. From the posterior margin arises another nerve which
runs to the tail, without producing any sensible ganglion, and
that apparently represents the ordinary nervous cord. Here,
as in the Macroura, each of the two nervous cords, previous
to uniting beneath the esophagus, and at about the middle of
its length, gives off a thick nerve for the use of the mandibles
and their muscles. United, they form a first sub-cervical
ganglion that distributes nerves to the maxillae and the foot-
jaws(l); they afterwards continue approximated throughout
their length, presenting eleven successive ganglions, each of
the five first furnishing nerves to as many pairs of feet, and
the remaining six those of the tail; that of the Pagurus has
some ganglions less, thus appearing to form the passage from
the Brachyura to the Macroura. M. Serres thinks that he
has recognized in these Decapoda, vestiges of the great sym-
pathetic (2).
The lateral margin of the shell is bent under, to cover and
protect the branchiae, leaving an opening anteriorly for the
(1) According to M. Straus, the anterior division of the body of the Liinuli,
that which is covered by a semi-lunar buckler, presents, besides the brain, no
other ganglion but this, whence we may infer that the inferior organs of locomo-
tion correspond to the parts of the mouth in the Decapoda, Stomapoda, and even
in the Arachnides, and that those of the other division of the body, or of the
second buckler, are analogous to the feet of the same Decapoda.
(2) Messrs Audouin and Edwards have observed in the Maia and in the Palinu-
rus a nerve analogous to the one called by Lyonet, in his Jnatomie de la Chenille
du Saule, "recurrent." The discovery of the other gastric nerves is also due to
them.
DEC APOD A. 17
passage of water. Sometimes, see Dorippe the posterior
and inferior extremity of the thorax has two peculiar aper-
tures for that purpose. The branchiae are situated at the
origin of the last four foot-jaws and feet; the four anterior ones
have less extent. The six foot-jaws are all of a different form,
are applied to the mouth, and divided into two branches, the
exterior of which resembles a small antenna, formed of a pe-
dicle, and a setaceous and pluri-articulate stem it has been
compared to a whip, palpus flagellifor?nis(l). The two an-
terior feet, and sometimes the two or four following ones, are
in the form of claws. The penultimate joint is dilated, com-
pressed, and in the form of a hand ; its inferior extremity is
lengthened into a conical point, representing a sort of finger,
opposed to another formed by the last joint, or the tarsus
proper. This one(2) is movable, and has received the name
of thumb pollex ; the other is fixed, and considered as the
index index. These two fingers are also called mordaces.
The last is sometimes very short, and has the form of a sim-
ple tooth ; in this case the other is bent underneath. The
hand with the fingers constitutes our forceps properly so
called. The preceding, or antepenultimate joint is termed
carpus.
The respective proportions and the direction of the organs
of locomotion are such, that these animals can walk sideways
or backwards.
With the exception of the rectum, which opens at the end
of the tail(3), all the viscera are contained in the thorax, so
that this portion of the body represents the thorax and the
greater part of the abdomen of insects. The stomach, sup-
(1) There is a long, tendinous and hairy lamina at its base.
(2) The hand being 1 placed on its edge, the finger is uppermost.
(3) This suite of segments which, in the Crustacea of the first orders, imme-
diately succeed those to which the five last pairs of feet are attached, compose
what I have termed the post-abdomen. The appellation of tail usually affixed to
it, and which, in order to accommodate ourselves to common parlance, we have
retained, is very improper; it can only apply to the posterior terminal appendages
of the body which extend considerably beyond it. See my Fam. Nat. du Regne
Anim., p. 255, et seq.
Vol. III. C
18 CRUSTACEA.
ported by a cartilaginous skeleton, is armed internally with
five bony and notched appendages, which completes the tri-
turation of the aliment. In it, in the moulting season, which
arrives near the end of spring, we observe two calcareous bo-
dies, round on one side and flat on the other, commonly called
crabs' eyes, that disappear after the change is completed,
thereby inducing us to believe that they furnish the material
for the renewal of the shell. The liver consists of two large
clusters of blind vessels, filled with a bilious humour, which
they pour into the intestine, near the pylorus. The alimen-
tary canal is short and straight. The flanks present a range of
holes situated immediately at the insertion of the branchiae,
but which can only be seen by removing those organs. The
under shell, viewed internally, at least in several large spe-
cies, exhibits transverse cells formed by crustaceous laminae,
and separated in their middle by a longitudinal range of the
same nature.
The sexual organs of the male are situated near the origin
of the two posterior feet. Two articulated pieces, of a solid
consistence, and resembling horns, stylets, or setaceous an-
tennae, placed at the junction of the tail with the thorax and
replacing the first pair of subcaudal appendages, are regarded
as the male organs of copulation, or at least as their sheaths.
But, according to our observations on various Decapoda, each
of them consists of a little membranous body, sometimes seta-
ceous, and at others filiform or cylindrical, that projects from
a hole situated at the articulation of the hip of the two poste-
rior feet, with the lower shell. The two vulvae are placed on
this piece, between those of the third pair, or on their first
joint, a disposition depending on the widening and narrowing
of the lower shell. Copulation takes place, ventre a ventre,
These animals grow but slowly, and live a long time. It is
among them that we find the largest and most useful species,
but their flesh is not easily digested. The body of some Pali-
nuri attains the length of a metre. Their claws are efficacious
weapons, and have such power in large individuals, that they
have been seen to seize a Goat, and drag it from the shore.
DECAPODA. 19
They usually inhabit water, but do not instantly perish when
deprived of it; some species even pass a part of their lives on
land, only visiting the water in the nuptial season, and for the
purpose of depositing their spawn. Even they are compelled
to fix their domicil either in burrows, or in cool, damp places.
The Decapoda are voracious and carnivorous. Certain spe-
cies even penetrate into cemeteries, and devour the dead.
Their limbs are regenerated with surprising promptitude, but
it is requisite that the fracture be at the junction of the arti^
dilations, and when accident determines it otherwise, they
know how to apply a remedy. When they wish to change
their skin, they seek a retired and solitary spot, in order to
be sheltered from their enemies, and to remain at rest. When
the change is effected, their body is soft, and has a more ex-
quisite flavour. A chemical analysis of the old shell proves it
to be formed of the carbonate and phosphate of lime, united
in different proportions with gelatine. On these proportions
depends the solidity of the shell : it is much less thick and flexi-
ble in the latter genera of this order, and further on, it becomes
almost membranous. M. de Blainville has observed that the
shell of the Palinurus is composed of four superincumbent lay-
ers, the superior and two inferior of which are membranous ;
the calcareous matter is interposed between them, forming
the fourth. Exposed to heat, the epidermis becomes of a more
or less vivid red, the colouring principle being decomposed
by boiling water; other combinations of this principle produce,
in some species, a very agreeable mixture of colours, that fre-
quently border on blue or green.
The greater number of fossil Crustacea hitherto discovered
belongs to the order of the Decapoda. Among those of Eu-
rope, the oldest approach to species now living in the vicinity
of the tropics; the others, or more modern ones, are closely
allied with the living species of Europe. The fossil Crustacea
of the tropical regions, however, appear to me to bear the
closest similitude to several of those now found there in a liv-
ing state, a fact of much interest to the geologist, should the
study of the fossil shells of those countries, collected from the
deepest strata, furnish a similar result.
20 CRUSTACEA.
FAMILY 1(1).
BRACHYURA. Kleistagnatha, Fab.
Tail shorter than the trunk, without appendages or fins at
the extremity, and doubled under, in a state of rest, when it
is received in a fossula on the chest. Triangular in the males,
and only furnished at base with four or two appendages, in the
form of horns, the superior of which are the largest, it becomes
widened? and convex in the females(2), presenting beneath
four pairs of double hairy filaments(3), destined to support
the ova, and analogous to the sub-caudal natatory feet of the
Macro ura, and others.
The vulvae are two holes situated under the pectus, between
the third pair of feet. The antennae are small : each of the
intermediate ones, usually lodged in a fossula under the ante-
rior edge of the shell, terminates in two very short filaments.
The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the
Decapoda Macroura. The auricular tube is almost always stony.
The first pair of feet terminate in a forceps or claw. The
branchiae are disposed on a single range, in the form of pyrami-
dal ligulas, composed of a multitude of leaflets piled one on
another, in a direction parallel to their axis. The foot-jaws are
generally shorter and broader than in the other Decapoda, the
(1) The sections thus named are based on an ensemble of important anatomical
characters, and generally correspond to the Linnsean genera, and sometimes also
to those established by Fabricius in his earlier works. These families are more
extensive than the sections thus named in my other writings: but if they be con-
sidered as first divisions of orders, and if what I have termed tribes be considered
as families, it will be seen that the method is essentially the same. There is,
then, the opinions of others to the contrary notwithstanding, no real discrepance
in this respect. On the same principle, the subgenera, with the exception of
some whose characters are too minute or too slightly marked, will become genera
in a more detailed and special system.
(2) The apparent number of segments, which is usually seven, sometimes also
varies according to the sex; it is less in the females. Dr Leach has made great
use of this consideration, which appears to us of but little importance, and opposed
to the natural order.
(3) Several of these filaments exist in the males, but in a rudimental state.
DECAPODA. 21
two external ones forming a sort of lip(l ). Their nervous
system also differs from that of the Macroura(2).
This family, as in several of the systems anterior to the
distribution of these animals by Daldorf, might constitute but
one genus, that of
Cancer, Lin.
In the greater number, all the feet are attached to the sides of the
pectus, and are always exposed; this is the case in the first five sec-
tions. The first, or that of the Pinnipedes(3), to this character, adds
that of having the last feet, at least, terminated by a very flat or fin-
like joint that is oval or orbicular and broader than the same joint
of the preceding feet, even when they also are shaped like a fin.
They seldom frequent the coast, and are generally found in the high
(1) Those of the Macroura are longer and narrower. It is on this difference
that Fabricius established his order of the Exochnata.
(2) See general observations on the Decapoda.
(3) This systematic arrangement of the Brachyura is artificial, or but little
natural in some respects; in consequence of which, we have somewhat altered it
in our Families Naturelles du Regne Animal. The Quadrilatera compose our
first tribe, at the head of which are the Ocypodamd other Land-Crabs, ending with
the River-Crabs, or the Telphusx. The Arcuata form the second. That of the
Cryptopoda appearing to us more closely allied to the preceding one than the
Triangularia, will immediately follow, and be the third, and not the fourth, as
in this method. Immediately after the Arcuata we will place those genera whose
claws are in the form of a crest, whose lateral antennae are always very short, and
the third articulation of whose foot-jaws is triangular, and frequently entire, or
without any emargination; such are the Hepati, Matutse, Ovithyise, and Mursix.
Brachyura approaching the latter in the form of the same articulation, but
whose claws differ, and where the lateral antenr.se are salient, advanced, and fre-
quently hairy, such as the Tkisc, Pirimelse, and Atelecycli, will immediately pre-
cede these latter subgenera. As the Telphusae seem to be connected with the
Eriphiae and the Filumni, and as from these we naturally pass to Cancer properly
so called, or the Cancer, Fab., it follows that the Portuni and other natatory Ar-
cuata should be at the head of this tribe. Then follow the Orbicularia, the
Triaxgularia, and the Notofoda. But of these the Dromiac and the Dorippes
should be placed higher in the scale. The Ilomoke, Lithodes, and Raninse, appear
tome to be of all the Brachyura, those which are most closely allied to the Mac-
roura. The external foot-jaws of the Homolae and of the Lithodes greatly resem-
ble those of the Macroura by their length and projection.
Although we have divided the Decapoda into two genera only, in order to con-
form to modern systems, and to diminish the number of subgenera, our sections
may be converted into tribes, corresponding to as many subgenera, to be after-
wards divided into various subgeneric sections.
22 CRUSTACEA.
seas. With the exception of the Orithyiae, we observe but five dis-
tinctly marked segments in the tail of the males, while that of the
females presents seven. We will begin with those in which all the
feet, except the claws, are natatory.
Matuta, Fabr.
The Matutae have an almost orbicular shell armed on each side
with a very stout tooth in the form of a spine; the superior edge
of the hands dentated like a crest, and their external face studded
with pointed tubercles; the third joint of the external foot-jaws,
without any apparent emargination, terminates in a point, so that
it forms, with the preceding joint, an elongated and almost right-
angled triangle. The external antennae are very small, and the ocular
pedicles slightly arcuated.
De Geer mentions a species Cancer latipes, which he says is
from the American seas, and has its front terminated by a
straight and entire margin. All those we have seen, how-
ever^), were brought from the East, and the middle of that
margin always presents a bidentated or emarginated projection.
The
Polybius, Leach,
Is allied to the Portuni, but the shell is proportionably narrower
and more rounded; the sides are merely furnished with ordinary
teeth. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is obtuse and emar-
ginated. The eyes are much thicker than their pedicles, and glo-
bular.
But a single species is as yet known(2); it was found on the
coast of Devonshire, and has also been observed by M. D'Or-
bigny on the sea-coast of the western departments of France(3).
In all the following swimmers, the two posterior feet only are
formed like fins(4).
We may first separate those whose shell is almost ovoid and trans-
(1) M. victor, Fab.;Herbst., VI, 44r.M.planipes, Fab.; Hcrbst., xlviii, 6; M.
lunaris, Leach, Zool. Miscell., cxxvii, 35, var.; M. Pcrom'i, lb., tab., ead.,
]_2. Perhaps we should refer the fossil species called by M. Desmarest, Portune
d'Hericart, Hist. Nat. des Crust., Fobs. V, 5, to this genus, or the Mursia, Leach.
(2) Polybius Hensloicii, Leach, Malac. Brit.j IX, B.
(3) The tarsi of the intermediate feet of the Portumni, Leach, are almost com-
pressed into a fin; they might be placed after the Polybii.
(4) Always wider and more oval than the preceding tarsi.
DECAPODA. 23
versely truncated before, and where the tail of the males (the only-
sex known) consists of seven distinct segments. Such'is the
Orythyia, Fabr.
The only species known, Orith. mamillaris, Fabr., Cancer
bimaculatus, Hcrbst., XVIII, 101, is found in the sea of China,
or at least forms a part of the collections of Insects sold by its
inhabitants to foreigners. The ocular pedicles are longer in
proportion than those of the Portuni.
The shell of the last swimmers is much wider before than behind,
forming either the segment of a circle narrowed towards the tail
and truncated, or a trapezium, or is almost in the shape of a heart.
Its greatest transverse diameter generally surpasses the opposite
one. There are but five segments in the tail of the males, instead
of the seven found in that of the females, the number usually pecu-
liar to the tail of the Decapoda; the third and the two following
ones are confounded or form but one; frequently, however, traces of
them are discovered, at least on the sides.
We will first separate those whose eyes are supported by very long
and slender pedicles, arising from the middle of the anterior margin
of the shell, extending to its lateral angles, and received into a
groove run under the edge. Such is the
Podophthalmus, Lam.,
Where the shell forms a transverse trapezium, wider and straight
before with a long spiniform tooth behind the ocular cavities. The
claws are elongated, spiny, and similar to those of most of the spe-
cies of the genus Lupa, Leach.
The only living species known(l) inhabits the coasts of the
Isle of France and those of the neighbouring seas.
The valuable cabinet of one of the most learned fossil con-
chylidogists of Europe, contains an internal cast of a fossil Po-
dophthalmus, to which M. Desmarest has affixed the name of
its possessor, M. de France(2).
The ocular pedicles of the other Crustacea, belonging to this sec-
tion, are short, occupy but a very small portion of the transverse
diameter of the shell, are placed in oval cavities, and resemble,
generally, those of the ordinary Crabs with which these swimmers
(1) Podophthalmus spinosus, Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 1, and II, 1;
Leach, Zool., Miscell. cxlviii; Portunus vigil, Fab.
(2) Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., V, 6, 7, 8.
24 CRUSTACEA.
are almost insensibly connected. They may all be united in one
single subgenus, that of
Portunus, Fab.
Certain species(l) peculiar to the Indian Ocean, such as the Ad-
mete, Herbst., LVII, 1, are distinguished from all the following
ones by their shell, which is of a transversely quadrilateral form,
narrowed posteriorly, and whose ocular cavities occupy its anterior
lateral angles; the eyes are thus separated by an interval almost
equal to the greatest width of the shell. The insertion of the lateral
antennas is at a considerable distance from these cavities.
Other species, whose shell forms the segment of a circle, poste-
riorly truncated and widest in the middle, are remarkable for the
length of their claws, which is at least double that of the shell,
Each side presents nine teeth, the posterior largest and spiniform.
The tail of the males is frequently very different from that of the
females.
These Portuni constitute the genus Lupa, Leach, and are mostly
of a large size and foreign to Europe. One species, however, is
found in the Mediterranean^).
A third division will consist of species analogous to the last in
the form of their shell, but whose lateral teeth, usually five in num-
ber, are nearly equal, or where, at least, the posterior tooth differs
but slightly from the preceding ones; the length of the claws does
not much exceed that of the shell.
Those which have from six to nine teeth on each side are
exotic. The Portunus tranquebaricus, Fabr., Herbst, Cane,
XXXVIII, 3, is the only one known that has nine equal teeth
on each lateral edge; it is large, and is much esteemed as food.
We suspect the P. leucodonte, Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust.
Foss., VI, 1 3, is the same species in a fossil state; it is also
from India.
The following species, all from European seas(3), have five teeth
on each lateral edge of the shell.
(1) Genus Thalamita, Lat.
(2) Portunus Dufourii, Latr., Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II. This species,
figured in the Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat., closely approaches the Cancer hastatus,
Lin., which he says is found in the Adriatic. The following are to be referred to
the same division: Cancer pelagicus, Herbst., lviii, 55, C. forceps, Id., Iv, 4;
Leach, Zool. Miscell., liv; C. sanguinolentus, Herbst., VIII, 56, 57; C. cedonulli,
Id., xxxix; C. reticulatus, lb., 1; C hastatus, lb., Iv, 1; C. menestho, lb., 3;
C. ponticus, lb. 5.
(3) For the Mediterranean species see Petagna, Rissoand Olivi; for those on the
western coast of France and the British seas, the Catalogue Mtfhodiquc des Cms-
DECAPODA. 25
P. puber, Fab.,: Cancer puber, L.; Ptnn. Brit. Zool.,IV,iv, 8;
Herbst., VII, 59; Leach, Malac. Brit., VI. Covered with a
yellowish down; eight small teeth between the eyes, the two
middle ones longest, obtuse and divergent; claws sulcated, armed
with a stout dentated tooth on the inner side of the carpus, and
from one joint to the following one or the hand; fingers blackish.
This species is usually called in France, where its flesh is
considered a delicacy, VEtr'dle.
P. corrugatus; Cancer corrugatus, Penn. Brit. Zool., IV,
pi. v, 9; Leach, Malac. Brit., VII, 1, 2. The shell rugose,
covered with a yellowish down, and furnished with three equal,
and almost lobuliform teeth in front; the three posterior teeth
of the lateral margins very sharp and spiniform.
P. mamas; Cancer mccnas, L., and Fab. This common spe-
cies of the French coast, called Crabe enrage, appears to me
to belong to the Portuni, rather than to the Crabs properly so
called; its posterior fins are only somewhat narrower. Such was
the first opinion of Dr Leach, who subsequently made a peculiar
genus for it called Carcinus, (Malac. Brit., XII, tab. v). It
also has five teeth on each side, and a similar number in front,
the internal oculars included. The top of the shell is glabrous,
finely shagreened, with deeply impressed lines. The tarsi are
striate; the upper edge of the hand is so compressed as to form
a rounded ridge, terminated by a small tooth; a second but
stronger one is observed on the inner side of the preceding
joint; fingers striate, and almost equally dentated, with a black-
ish tip.
A fossil species is found in the marly limestone of Monte-
Bolca, which, according to Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust.
Foss., p. 125, is closely related to the mosnas.
In the Portunus Rondelelii, Risso, there are no teeth in front.
The one he calls longipes, presents the same character, but its
feet are longer in proportion than those of other analogous spe-
cies.
We will form a fourth division with the subgenus.
Platyonichus, Lat.
Which name has replaced that of Portumnus, Leach, on account
tacts du departement du Calvados," by ]?rebisson,'and especially the excellent work
of Dr Leach, Malacostraca Podophthalmia Britanniw. M. Desmarest has well de-
veloped the system of this author in his Considerations Generates sur les Crustacfs,
an extremely useful book to those who make this branch of Zoology their study.
See also our article Portune, Encyc. Methodique.
Vol. Ill D
26 CRUSTACEA.
of the too great similarity between the latter and the word Portunus
already adopted. Here the shell is at least as long as it is broad
and almost cordate. All the tarsi of the feet, the claws excepted,
terminate in a small, semi-elliptical, elongated and pointed lamina ;
the index is strongly compressed.
This division also comprises but a single species, the Cancer
latipes, Plancus, De Conchis minus notis III, 7, B, C, and
which has also been figured by Leach Malac. Brit., IV. There
are three teeth front, and on each lateral edge five(l).
From the swimmers we pass to those whose feet all terminate in a
point, or conical and sometimes compressed tarsus, but never form-
ing a fin properly so called. Those of them whose shell is tapering,
forming the arc of a circle before, and narrowed and truncated be-
hind, in which the claws of both sexes are alike, where the number
of the caudal segments is the same as in the Portuni, and which,
with the exception of the tarsi, almost completely resemble them,
will constitute our second section, that of the Arcuata. In the
Cancer, Fabr.
Or the Crab properly so called, the third joint of the external
foot-jaws is emarginated or marked with a sinus near the internal
and almost square extremity. The antennae scarcely extending be-
yond the front and composed of but few articulations, are flexed and
glabrous, or but slightly hairy. The hands are rounded and have
no appearance of a crest on the upper edge.
The radical joint of the external antennae is, in some, much larger
than the following ones, and resembles a lamina; terminated by a sa-
lient and advanced tooth, closing inferiorly the internal corner of the
ocular cavities. The fossulae of the middle or internal antennae are
nearly longitudinal. Such is the
C. pagurus, L.; Crabe poupart, Sec; Herbst., IX, 59. Shell
reddish, wide, plane, almost smooth above, with nine festoons
in each lateral margin, and three teeth in front. Its claws are
large, smooth, with black fingers studded internally with blunt
tubercles. It is sometimes a foot wide, and weighs five pounds.
Common on the Atlantic coast of France, but less abundant in
the Mediterranean. Its flesh is esteemed. Dr. Leach separates
it generically from the other Crabs: Malac. Brit., XVII, x.
In the others, the lower joints of the Antennae are cylindrical; al-
though somewhat larger, the first does not differ from the following
(1) See the article Plat yuniquc, Encyc. Methodique.
DECAPODA. 27
ones in form or proportion, and does not extend beyond the internal
canthus of the ocular fossulae; those of the intermediate antennae are
prolonged in a direction rather parallel to the breadth of the shell
than to its length.
There are some of them C. ll-dentalus. Fab., in which the ex-
tremity of the fingers are excavated like the bowl of a spoon: they
form the Clorodins, Leach. Several species, where they terminate
in a point, are remarkable for the arcuation of the edges of the shell
which terminate posteriorly by a fold and overlapping projection,
in the manner of an angle.. Those with a tridentated front, and
whose shell only presents that projection or posterior tooth, com-
pose his genus CarpWus. The species of this subdivision, C. co-
rallmus, F. ; C. mauculatus, Id., are marked with round blood-
coloured spots. They more particularly inhabit the Indian Ocean.
Many fossil Crabs appear to me to belong to this subdivision.
The Xantho, of the same, some of which, Xanth. Jloridus, Leach,
Malac. Brit., XI; Cancer poressa, Oliv., Zool. Adriat., II, 3, inhabit
the coast of France, have their antennae inserted in the internal can-
thus of the ocular fossulae, and not in the outer one, as in those just
mentioned.
Other considerations would authorise us to augment the number
of these divisions, but our limits require us merely to indicate the
principal ones.
The " Crabe vulgaire de nos cules" of the first edition of this work,
has in this one been placed among the Portuni. P. masnas.
Pirimela, Leach.
These Crustacea completely i*esemble Crabs, but their external
antennae extend considerably beyond the front, and their stem, longer
than their pedicle, consists of numerous joints. The fossulae of the
intermediaries, as in the C. pagurus, are rather longitudinal than
transversal.
But a single species is known, the P. denticulata, Leach,
Malac. Brit., VIII; it is found in the British channel and in the
Mediterranean. Perhaps we should refer to this species, the
fossil described by Desmarest under the name of Alelecycle ru-
gueux, in the Hist. Nat. de Crust. Foss., IX, 9.
Atelecyclus, Leach(l).
Fossulae of the intermediate antennae longitudinal; lateral antennae
(1) We had, at first, placed this subgenus, as well as the following one, among
the Orbicularia.
28 CRUSTACEA.
elongated, salient and composed of many joints, but very hairy as
well as the claws; the latter strong, and with compressed hands.
The third joint of the foot-jaws sensibly narrowed above, resembling
an obtuse or rounded tooth; conical tarsi, and the ocular pedicles
of the ordinary size. The tail is longer than in the preceding Crus-
tacea.
Two species have been described(l). One from the coast of
England, of a sub-orbicular form, and the other from that of
France, Mediterranean as well as Oceanic. The
Thia, Leach,
Approaches Atelecyclus in the lateral antennae^in the direction of
the fossulae in which the intermediaries are placed, in the form of
the third joint of the external foot-jaws, and in the sub-orbicular
shell; but the eyes, together with the pedicles, are extremely small
and scarcely salient. The tarsi are' strongly compressed and sub-
elliptical. The front is arcuated, rounded, and without any marked
dentations. The pectoral space between the feet is very narrow,
and of the same breadth throughout. The claws are much weaker
in proportion. The shell is smooth, and in some respects the Thiae
approach the Leucosias and the Corystes.
The type(2) of this subgenus, whose habitat was unknown,
has been discovered by Milne Edwards in the sandy shores of
the Mediterranean, near Naples. Risso Journ. de Phys., 1822,
p. 251, described a second, dedicated to M. de Blainville,
which he found in the river at Nice. The
Mursia, Leach(3),
Of which but a single species is known, and which is peculiar to
that part of the Ocean which bounds the southern extremity of Afri-
ca, approaches the Matutae and several Portuni, in the long spine
Avith which each side of the shell is armed posteriorly; it also
approximates to the true Crabs in the form of the shell and of the
external foot-jaws, with this difference, that their third joint forms
an elongated square, harrowed and obliquely truncated at its supe-
rior extremity; but, as in the Calappae and Hepati, the hands are
strongly compressed above, having a sharp and dentated edge, re-
sembling a crest(4).
(1) See Conskl. Ge'ner. surlaClasse des Crust, Desmar., p. 88,89.
(2) Thiapolita, Leach, Zool. Miscell. ciii.
(3) This name must be changed to avoid confounding- the division with that of
Nursia, another subgenus.
(4) Desmarest, Consid. Gener., &c, IX, 3-
DECAPODA. 29
Hepatus, Latr.
The Hepati have a considerable affinity with the true Crabs in the
widened form of their shell, and the shortness of their lateral anten-
nae, approaching the Mursiae and Calappas in their compressed
hands, the upper edge of which resembles a crest; but the third joint
of their external foot-jaws forms an elongated, narrow, and pointed
triangle, without any apparent emargination, a character also ob-
served in the Matutas and Leucosias.
The species(l) which served as the type of this division was
confounded by Fabricius with the Calapp. It is as large as an
ordinary Pagarus. The shell is yellowish, dotted with red, and
the margins finely and unequally crenulated. The eyes are
small and approximated, and the feet are traversed by red
bands. Although the tail of the male has but five complete seg-
ments, the traces of two others may still be discovered on the
sides. This species is common at the Antilles.
In our third section or that of the Quadrilatera, the shell is
nearly square or heart-shaped, the front generally prolonged, in-
flected or much inclined, and forming a sort of clypeus. There
are seven segments, distinctly marked across their whole breadth,
in the tail of both sexes. The antennas are usually very short.
The eyes of most of them are fixed on long or stout pedicles.
Several live habitually on land, inhabiting holes excavated by them-
selves; others frequent fresh water streams. They move with great
swiftness(2).
A first division will comprise those in which the fourth joint of
the external foot-jaws is inserted at the superior internal extremity
of the preceding one, either in a short, truncated projection, or in a
sinus of the inner margin. They approach nearest to the Crabs
proper.
The shell of some is nearly square, or a trapezium, but not trans-
verse, or almost in the form of a truncated heart. The ocular pedi-
cles are short, and inserted either near the lateral and anterior an-
gles of the shell, or more internally, but always at a considerable
distance from the middle of the front. Here comes the
(1) Hepatus fasciatus, Latr. ; Desmar., Consider., IX, 2; Calappa angustata,
Fabr. ; Cancer princeps, Bosc; Herbst., xxxvii, 2. See also his Cancer armadillus,
VI, 42, 43.
(2) I consider them, with respect to their habits and some of the characters
of their organization, as being- the furthest removed from the other Decapoda;
they should be placed at one of the extremities of that order-
30 CRUSTACEA.
Eriphia, Lat.
Where the lateral antennae are inserted between the ocular cavi-
ties and the median antennae ; the nearly cordiform shell is truncated
posteriorly, and the eyes are removed from its anterior angles.
The coast of France furnishes a species Cancer spinifrons,
Fab.; Herbst., XI, 65; Desmar., Consider., XIV, 1, which
is the Pasurus of Aldrovandus. The sides of its shell are fur-
nished with five teeth, the second and third bifid. The front
and claws are spiny; the fingers black.
Trapezia, Lat.
The Trapeziae resemble the Eriphise in the insertion of their late-
ral antennae, but their shell is nearly square, depressed, and smooth;
the eyes are placed at its anterior angles, and the claws, in compa-
rison with the other feet, very large.
All the species are exotic(l), and inhabit Eastern Seas. The
Pilumnus, Leach,
Differs from the two preceding subgenera, in the insertion of the
lateral antennae at the internal extremity of the ocular cavities,
above the origin of the pedicles of the eyes. The Pilumni, as to the
form of the shell, approach nearer to the Crustacea of the second
section, than the other Quadrilatera, and in this respect stand some-
what ambiguously between the two. As in most of the Arcuata the
third joint of their foot-jaw is nearly square or pentagonal. The
lateral antennae are longer than the ocular pedicles, and have a seta-
ceous stem longer than the peduncle and composed of numerous
small joints. The tarsi are simply pilose(2).
Thelphusa, Lat. (3)
The lateral antennae situated as in the Pilumni, but shorter than
the ocular pedicles, composed of but few joints, and with a cylin-
drico-conical stem hardly longer than its peduncle. The shell is
(1) Cancer cymodoce, 'Herbst., li, 5? C. rufo-pundatus, Id., xlvii, 6; C. glaber-
rimus, Id., xx, 115. See the article Trapezie, Encyc. Methodique.
(2) Seethe article Pilumne, Encyc. Method., and Desmarest, op.cit. p. 111.
(3) The Fotamophiks of the first edition of this work. That name having been
already applied to a genus of Coleopterous Insects, I have substituted the present
one. See this word in the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. They
are the Potamobias, Leach, Potamon, Savigny.
DECAPODA. 31
almost shaped like a truncated heart, and the tarsi are furnished
with spinous or dentated ridges.
Several species are known, all of which inhabit fresh water,
but capable, as it would appear, of living at a distance from it
for a considerable time. One of them, mentioned by the an-
cients, is found in the south of Europe, the Levant, and in
Egypt; it is the Crabe fluviatile, of Belon, Rondelet, and Ges-
ner(l). It is very common in several brooks and various lakes
of the craters of the south of Italy; its effigy is observable on
different antique Grecian medals, particularly on those of Si-
cily. The shell is about two inches in each diameter. It is
greyish or yellowish, as the animal is living or dead, mostly
smooth, with little incised rugae and asperities on the anterior
sides. The front is transversal, inclined, reflected, and eden-
tated. The claws are rough, with a reddish spot at the extrem-
ity of the fingers, which are long, conical, and unequally den-
tated. The Greek monks eat it raw, and during lent it forms
one of the articles of diet used by the Italians.
Two naturalists, travellers of the government, prematurely taken
from the sciences, Delande and Leschenault-de-Latour, discover-
ed two other species; one was collected by the first in his travels to
the south of Africa, and the other by the second in the mountains of
Ceylon.
The Cancer senex of Fabricius (Herbst., XL, 5), should, in my
opinion, be referred to the same subgenus. It inhabits the East
Indies.
A species peculiar to America, the Thelphusa serrata, Herbst.,
X, ii, is proportionably wider and flatter than the others, pre-
senting certain characters which seem to indicate a particular
division(2).
Other Quadrilatera having, like the preceding ones, the fourth
joint of the external foot-jaws inserted in the internal extremity of
the previous joint, differ from them in the trapezoidal, transverse and
(1) See Olivier Voy., en Egypte, pi. xxx, 2; and the plates of Nat. Hist, in the
great work on that country.
(2) See also the subgenus Octpode. I have made a new one called Tmciio-
dactylus, with a fresh-water species from Brazil analogous to the preceding ones,
but with an almost square shell, the third joint of the external foot-jaws forming
an elongated triangle hooked at the end, and the tarsi covered with a close down.
The Graspus tesselatus, of the pi. (cccv, 2) of Nat. Hist., Encyc. Method., is
also the type of the new genus Melia, but one of too little importance to be
treated of in detail in a work like this.
32 CRUSTACEA.
widened form of the fore-part of the shell, as well as in their ocular
pedicles, which, like those of the Podophthalmi, are long and slen-
der, extending to the anterior angles, and inserted near the middle
of the front. The claws of the males are long and cylindrical: such
is the
Gonoplax, Leach.
Two species of which are found in European seas; one of them,
however, may possibly be a mere variety of the other.
The first Cancer angulatus, L.; Herbst., I, 13; Leach, Ma-
lac. Brit., XIII, has the anterior angles of its shell prolonged
into a point, and a second, but smaller spine behind. Two
others are observed on the claws of the males, one on the joint
called the arm, and the other on the internal side of the carpus;
the hands are elongated, and somewhat narrowed at base; ano-
ther tooth is found on the superior extremity of the thighs of
the other feet. The body is reddish. It inhabits the western
coast of France, and that of England.
In the second Cancer rhomboides, L., the shell presents no
other spines than those formed by the prolongation of the ante-
rior angles. The body is smaller, and of a reddish-white or
flesh colour. From the rocky localities of the Mediterranean(l).
In the second division of the Quadrilatera, the fourth joint of the
external foot jaws, or those which cover the other parts of the mouth
below, is inserted in the middle of the extremity of the preceding
joint, or more outwardly.
Sometimes the shell is trapezoidal or ovoid, or is shaped like a
heart truncated posteriorly. The ocular pedicles, inserted at a short ,
distance from the middle of its anterior margin, extend to its ante-
rior angles, or even beyond them.
Commencing with those whose shell is transversely quadrilateral,
widened before and narrowed behind, or which has the form of an
egg, we first observe the
Macrophthalmus, Lat.
Where the shell, as in the Gonoplaces, is trapezoidal and the claws
are long and narrow; the ocular pedicles are slender, elongated,
and lodged in a groove under the anterior margin of the shell. The
first joint of the intermediate antennae is rather transverse than lon-
gitudinal, and the two which terminate them are very distinct and
(1) See the article lihombille, Encyc. Methodique.
DECAPQDA. 33
of a mean size. The external foot-jaws are approximated inferiorly
at their inner edge, leaving no interval between them, and their
third joint is transverse.
They(l) inhabit the Eastern Ocean and the seas of New Holland.
The following, which constitute the subgenera Gelasimus, Ocypode,
and Mictyris, inhabit burrows, are remarkable for the celerity of
their course, and have the fourth pair of feet, and next to them, the
third, longer than the others. The intermediate antennae are excess-
ively small and hardly bifid at the extremity; the radical joint is
nearly longitudinal. They are peculiar to hot climates.
Here the shell is solid, of a quadrilateral or trapezoidal form,
widest before.
Gelasimus, Lat. Uca, Leach.
Eyes terminating their pedicles like a small head; third joint of
the external foot-jaws forming a transverse square; last segment of
the tail of the males almost semi-circular, that of the females nearly
orbicular.
The lateral antennae are longer and slenderer in proportion than
those of the Ocypodes. One of the claws, now the right, and then
the left, varying in individuals of the same species, is much larger
than the other; the fingers of the small one are frequently shaped
like a spoon or spatula. The animal closes the entrance of its bur-
row, which it excavates in the vicinity of the sea-shore, or in marshy
places, with its large claw. These burrows are cylindrical, oblique,
very deep, and placed close to each other, but are usually inhabited
by a single individual. Their habit of holding the large claw in an
upright position before the body, as if making an appellative gesture,
has obtained for them the name of Calling-Crabs Cancer vocans.
One species, observed by Bosc in South Carolina, passes the three
winter months in its retreat without leaving it, and only visits the
sea when about to spawn(2).
(1) Gonoplax transversus, Latr., Encyc. Method., Hist. Nat., ccxcvii, 2; Can-
cer brevis, Herbst, lx, 4. The Gonoplace de Latreille, a fossil species described
by Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., IX, 1 4, and perhaps also his G.
incise, IX, 5, 6, may be a Macrophthahnus; generally speaking, however, his fossil
Gonoplaces are Gelasimi. The species he calls Gelasime luisante, VIII, 7, 8, does
not appear to differ from the living one which I have called the maracoani, Encyc.
Method., lb., ccxcvi, 1.
(2) See the article Gelasime, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat, Ed. II, and the same
article in the work of Desmarest on animals of that class. The Crabs, cietie-efe,
cietie-panama, of Marcgrave, appear to me synonymous with the Gelasimus pugi-
lator. According to the observations of M. Marion, communicated to the Acad.
Vol. III. E
34 CRUSTACEA.
Ocypode, Fabr.
Eyes extending into the greater part of the length of their pedicles,
or claviform; third joint of the external foot-jaws forming a long
square; tail of the males very narrow, and the last joint an elongated
triangle; that of the females is oval.
The claws are nearly similar, strong, but short, and the forceps
shaped like a reversed heart. Agreeably to the indication afforded
by their generic name, these Crustacea run with great swiftness,
which indeed is such, that a horse can scarcely overtake them,
whence the name of Eques, given to them by the older naturalists.
They are now sometimes termed Land-Crabs, and occasionally, na-
turalists have confounded them with the Gecarcini, under the gene-
ral denomination of Tourlouroux. The Ocypodes, during the day,
remain in the holes or burrows they have excavated in the sand, near
the sea-shore, and quit them after sun-set.
Ocyph. eques; Cancer cursor, L. ; Cancer eques, Bel.; Ocyph.
ippeus, Oliv., Voy. dans l'Emp. Ottom., II, xxx, 1. Distin-
guished from all the others by the bundle of hairs, which termi-
nate the ocular pedicles. It inhabits the coast of Syria, that of
Africa bordering on the Mediterranean, and is even found at
Cape de Verd. In the
Ocyp. cerathophthalmus; Cancer cerathopt., Pall., Spic. Zool.,
fasc. IX, v, 2^8, the superior extremity of these pedicles ex-
tends beyond the eyes for more than a third of their whole
length, in a conical and simple point. The forceps are codi-
form, very rough, and their cutting edge dentated. From the
East Indies.
In others the pedicles are terminated by the eyes forming a sort
of club. Some from the eastern continent and all those of the
western world are thus formed, but the latter possess a peculiar cha-
racter, which indicates more aquatic habits, or that they swim with
more facility: their feet are smoother, flatter, and furnished with a
fringe of hairs. Such is the O. blanc, Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Crust.,
I, 1. The Cumuru of Marcgrave belongs to this division(l).
In classing the collection of the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, we
Roy- des Sc, by M. de Blainville, this inequality of the forceps is peculiar to the
males, at least such was the case in all the numerous specimens examined by him
in his voyage to the East Indies.
(1) For the Ocypodes of the western continent, see the observations of M.
Say, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. His Ocyp. reticulatus is a Grapsus. Consult,
also, the article Ocypode, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., and the work of M. Desma-
rest.
DECAPODA. 35
placed among the Ocypodes, under the specific name of quadriden-
tata, a crustaceous animal, which appears to us to bear a close re-
semblance to the Gecarcin trois-epines, Desmar., a fossil species,
Hist. Nat. des. Crust. Foss., VIII, 10 ; he suspects it may belong to
the genus Thelphusa.
Here, at least in the females, the shell is very thin, membranous,
and flexible, and the body almost round or subovoid. The ocular
pedicles are sensibly shorter than in the preceding subgenera. First
comes the
Mictyris, Lat.
Where the body is subovoid, highly inflated, narrower and more
obtuse before, and truncated posteriorly; the clypeus considerably di-
minished, and its extremity narrowed into a point. The claws form
an elbow at the junction of the third and fourth joint, the latter of
which is almost as large as the hand; the other feet are long, with
angular tarsi. To these essential characters we will add, that the
ocular pedicles are curved and crowned with globular eyes; that the
external foot-jaws are very ample, and their internal edge hairy, the
second joint being very large, and the following one almost semi-
circular.
Two species are known: one is found in the Australasian
Ocean(l), and the other in Egypt(2), where it was observed by
M. Savigny. Immediately after these come the
Pinnotheres? Lat.
Very small Crustacea, which cluing a part of the year, in Novem-
ber particularly, inhabit various bivalve shells, chiefly the Mytili
and Pinnas. The shell of the females is sub-orbicular, very thin and
soft, while that of the males is solid, almost globular and somewhat
narrowed into a point before. The feet are of a middling length and
the claws straight and formed as usual. The external foot-jaws
present but three distinct joints, the first large, transversal, and
arcuated, and the second furnished at its internal base with a small
appendage. The tail of the female is very ample and covers the
whole under part of the body.
The ancients believed that they resided with the Mollusca, in
(1) Lat, Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 40; Encyc, Method., Atlas d'Hist. Nat.
ccxcvii, 3; Desmar., Consider., XI, 2. This subgenus, and that of Pinnotheres, in
the first edition of this work, constituted part of the Orbicularia; but in their nat-
ural order they approach the Ocypodes, Gecarcini, &c.
(2) Pi. d'Hist. Nat., of the great work on Egypt.
36 CRUSTACEA.
whose shells they arc. found, on friendly terms, warning- them of
danger and seeking food for them. The inhabitants of certain dis-
tricts, at the present day, attribute to their presence the unwhole-
some qualities sometimes manifested in the Mytili(l).
We now arrive at Crustacea, which, although analogous to those
just mentioned in the insertion of their ocular pedicles, are re-
moved from them in respect to their shell. It is heart-shaped and
truncated posteriorly, elevated, dilated and rounded on the sides
near the anterior angles. The ocular pedicles are shorter than those
of the preceding subgenera, and do not quite extend to the lateral
extremities of the shell. The intermediate antennae are always ter-
minated by two very distinct divisions. The inhabitants of the
French colonies designate them by various appellations, such as,
Tourlouroux, Crabes-peints, Crabes cle terre, and Crabes violets, which
may apply to different species, or to varieties from age; no observa-
tions worthy of credence have as yet settled this point of nomencla-
ture. These animals more particularly inhabit intertropical coun-
tries and those which adjoin them. Their habits are a constant
source of interest to travellers, but by abstracting from their ac-
counts all improbable and doubtful facts, their history will be as
follows. The greater portion of their life is passed on land, where
they secrete themselves in holes, from which they never issue but at
night. Some inhabit cemeteries. Once in the year, about the spawn-
ing season, they collect in immense bands and pursue a direct course
to the sea, heedless of all obstacles; after depositing their ova, they
return much enfeebled. It is sa id that they seal up the mouth of
their burrow during the time t\ ie y are casting their shell. When
this is effected, and while yet soft, they are called Boursiers, and
their flesh is much esteemed, although sometimes poisonous. This
quality is attributed to the fruit of the manchineel, which they are
supposed, falsely perhaps, to have eaten. In some of them, such
as the
Uca, Lat,
The size of the feet, commencing with those of the second pair,
progressively diminishes; they are extremely pilose, and the tarsi
simply sulcated without any remarkable spines or dentations.
The only species known Cancer uca, L., Herbst., VI, 38,
inhabits the marshes of Guiana and of Brazil.
In others, the third and fourth pair of feet are longer than the
(1) For species see Leach, Make. Podopli. Britt, and Uesmar., Consider.
Gene>. sur les Crust.-, 116.
DECAPODA. 37
second and fifth; the tarsi are marked with dentated or very spinous
ridges. They form two subgenera.
Cardisoma, Lat.
The four antennas and all the joints of the external foot-jaws
exposed; the three first joints of these same foot-jaws straight;
the third shorter than the second, emarginated superiorly and
nearly cordiform; the first of the lateral antennas almost similar and
broad.
They are called Crabes blancs at the Antilles, though sometimes
they have a yellow shell striped with red(l).
Gecarcinus, Leach.
The four antennas covered by the clypeus; second and third joints of
the external foot-jaws, large, flattened, arcuated, and leaving a space
between their inner sides, the last one forming a curvilinear trian-
gle, obtuse at the summit; it reaches to the clypeus, and covers the
three following ones, or the fourth, fifth, and sixth.
The most common species Cancer ruricola,L,., Herbst., Ill,
36, when young, IV, xx, 116; xlix, 1, is of a more or less
lively blood-red colour, more or less extended, and sometimes
spotted with yellow with a deeply marked impression of the
letter H. It is the Crabe violet, and Crabe print of travellers;
the name of Tourlourou appears to me to be more peculiarly
applied to this species(2).
Sometimes the shell is nearly square, subisometrical or not,
broader than it is long, flattened, and the front turned down for
nearly the whole of its width. The ocular pedicles are short and
inserted at the anterior lateral angles. The two ordinary divisions
of the intermediate antennae are very distinct. The inner sides of
the exterior foot-jaws are separated, leaving an angular space be-
tween them; their third joint is almost as long as it is broad. The
(1) Cancer cordatus, L.; Cancer carnifex, Herbst., XLI, 1, IV, 37; C. guan-
humi, Marcgrave. The tarsi have four ridges; there are two additional ones in the
Gecarcini.
(2) See the article Tourlourou in the Encyc. Methodique. Messrs Audouin
and Edwards have lately communicated to the Acad. Roy. des Sc. , some very
curious remarks upon an organ peculiar to these animals, which forms a sort of
reservoir capable of containing a certain quantity of water, and placed imme-
diately above the branchiae. This accounts for the unusual convexity of the ante-
rior sides of their thorax.
38 CRUSTACEA.
claws are short and thick, and the other feet very flat; the fourth
pair, and then the third are longer than the others; tarsi spinous.
Plagusia, Lat.
The mediate antennse lodged in two longitudinal and oblique
fissures traversing the whole thickness of the middle of the clypeus(l).
They are inferior or covered by this part in
Grapsus, Lam.
Where the shell is somewhat wider before than behind, or at least
not narrower, while in the Plagusiae it widens from before back-
wards.
The Grapsi are found throughout all parts of the globe, but are
more particularly abundant in the vicinity of the tropics. They are
not seen in Europe beyond 50 of latitude. If I mistake not they are
called Ceriques at Martinique. Marcgrave has figured some Brazi-
lian species by the names of Aratu, Arahc-pinima (Grapsus cruen-
tatus, Lat.) and Carava-una. At Cayenne they are called JRaga-
beumba, or soldier.
These animals conceal themselves during the day under stones,
&c, at the bottom of the sea. I have been informed that some of them
even climb up the trees on its shores and hide beneath their bark.
The broad and flattened form of their body and feet enables them to
support themselves for a moment on the surface of the water; they
always walk sideways, sometimes to the right and at others to the
left. Certain species inhabit rivers within the bounds of tide water,
but most frequently live on their banks or on land. They assemble
in great numbers, and when any one appears among them, they
hurry to the water with a tremendous noise, caused by striking one
claw against the other. Their habits are similar to those of other
carnivorous Crustacea(2).
G. varius, Lat.; Cancer marmoratus, Fab.; Oliv., Zool.,
Adr., II, 1; Cancre madre, Rondel.; Herbst., XX, 114. Size
middling; nearly square, hardly broader than long; yellowish
or livid; greatly elongated above, and marked with numerous
fine lines and points of a reddish-brown; four flattened projec-
(1) P. depressa, Lat.; Herbst., Ill, 35; P . clavimuna, Lat., Herbst, lix, 3;
Desmar., Consider., XIV, 2. The tail appears to me to consist of but four dis-
tinct segments. The third, however, presents one or two deep and transverse
lines. In the Grapsi there are seven segments, the third of which has an angular
dilatation on each side of its base.
(2) See Bosc, Hist. Nat des Crust.
DECAPODA. 39
uons arranged transversely at the base of the clypeus, and three
teeth at the anterior extremity of each lateral edge. The tarsi
are spiny. The
G. porte-pinccau; Cuv. Regne Anim., IV, xii, 1; Rumph.,
Mus. X, 2; Desmar., Consider., XV, 1, is remarkable for the
numerous, long and blackish hairs with which the superior
surfaces of the fingers are furnished. The tarsi are without
spines, a character exclusively peculiar to this species. It is
found in the East Indies(l).
In our fourth section or the Orbiculata(2), the shell is either
sub-globular, rhomboidal or ovoid, and always very solid; the
ocular pedicles are always short or but slightly elongated; the claws
of unequal size according to the sex, those of the males being largest;
there are never seven complete segments in the tail; the buccal
cavity grows gradually narrower towards its superior extremity,
and the third joint of the external foot-jaws always forms an elon-
gated triangle. The posterior feet resemble the preceding ones,
and neither of the latter is ever very long. In the
Corystes, Latr.,
The shell is an ovoidal oblong, and crustaceous;the lateral antennae
are long, projecting and ciliated; ocular pedicles of a mean size and
separated; third joint of the external foot-jaws longer than the pre-
ceding one, with a visible emargination for the insertion of the next.
The tail is composed of seven segments, the two middle ones obli-
terated in the males.
A species Cancer personatus, Herbst., XII, 71, 72; Leach,
Malac. Brit., VI, 1, is known on the coast of France. The
lateral edge of its shell is marked with three notches on each
side.
A second was brought from the Cape of Good Hope by the
late Delalande.
Leucosia, Fab.
Form of the shell varying, but generally ovoid or almost globular,
and always very hard and stony; lateral antennae and eyes very small;
eyes approximated. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is
smaller than the second, and without any apparent internal sinus;
(1) See the article Plagusie, Encyc. Method., and the Histoire des Animaux
sans vertebres of Delamarck, genus Grapse.
(2 ) The Orythia: and the Dorippes, in a natural series, would, in my opinion,
belong to this section, and lead to the Corystes; their shell is a truncated ovoid.
40 CRUSTACEA.
these parts are contiguous inferiorly along the internal edge, and
form an elongated triangle, the extremity of which is received into
two upper cells of the buccal cavity. The tail, which is ample and
suborbicular in the females, usually consists of from four to five seg-
ments, but never seven.
Doctor Leach(l) has separated this genus of Fabricius into seve-
ral genera, which, however, we will consider as simple divisions.
Those species which have a transversal shell, with the middle of
its sides greatly prolonged or dilated, so as to resemble a cone or
cylinder, form his genus Ixa{2).
Those which have a rhomboidal shell with seven conical points,
resembling spines on each side, compose that of Iphis.
If the shell still has the same rhomboidal figure, but merely pre-
sents angles or sinuses on the sides, it becomes his genus Nursia.
If these lateral edges are smooth, we have his Ebalia.
The Leucosiae with an ovoid or nearly globular shell, and other-
wise distinguished from several of the preceding by the claws being
always longer than the body and thicker than the other feet, and by
the tarsi being sensibly striate, may be divided thus:
In some the front projects, or at least is not surpassed by the
superior extremity of the buccal cavity. The outer branch of the
external foot-jaws is elongated, and almost linear.
Here the claws are slender, the hands cylindrical, and the fingers
long.
Sometimes the shell is nearly globular, and either very spiny, as
in the genus Jlrcania, or smooth as in Ilia.
At others, the shell is suborbicular and depressed, as in the genus
Persephona, or ovoid as in Myra.
There the claws are thick, with ovoid hands and short fingers.
They constitute the true Leucosise of that naturalist.
In the others, the superior extremity of the buccal cavity out-
reaches the front. The outer branch of the external foot-jaws is short,
and arcuated; the shell rounded and depressed. This last division
comprises his genus Phylira.
Other considerations, founded on the proportions of the feet and
the form of the external foot-jaws, strengthen these characters.
The Leucosie noyau; Ilia nucleus, Leach; Cancer nucleus, Lin.,
Herbst., XI, 14, is common in the Mediterranean; its shell is
globular, granulated on the sides and posteriorly; the front is
notched; two teeth on the posterior margin, and two others
(1) Leach Zool. Misc. Ill; Desmar., Consid.
(2) Leucosia cylindrus, Fabr., Herbst., 11,2931.
DECAPODA. 41
widely separated on each lateral margin; the posterior largest
and spiniform, and situated ahove the origin of the posterior
feet.
The sea coast of the western departments of France produces
some other species which belong to the genus Ebalia, Leach(l).
All the remaining ones are from India and America.
Some fossil Leucosis are found in the East Indies. Three
species have been described by M. Desmarest, two of which,
according to him, are true Leucosiae, Leach, and which are
now living in the same countries, and peculiar to them.
Our fifth section, that of the Thigona, is composed of those spe-
cies whose shell is usually triangular or subovoid, narrowed before
into a point or kind of beak, generally uneven and rough, with late-
ral eyes. The interval comprised between the antennae and the
buccal cavity, is always nearly square, as long, or almost as long as
broad. The claws, at least those of the males, are always large and
elongated. The following feet are very long in a great number, and
sometimes the two last even differ in form from the preceding ones.
The third joint of the external foot-jaws is always nearly square or
hexagonal, in those at least whose feet are of the ordinary length.
The apparent number of the caudal segments varies. In both
sexes of several it is seven; in others, however, the males at least,
it is less.
Several of these Crustacea are designated by the vulgar appella-
tion of Jlraignees tie mer or Sea-spiders.
Although the species of this tribe are very numerous, but two
have as yet been discovered except in a fossil state, one of which at
least Maia squinaclo exists at the present day in a living state, and
in the same localities(2).
A first division will comprehend those whose second and follow-
ing feet are similar, and which diminish progressively in size.
From the latter we will form a first group of all those where the
tail, either in both sexes, or in the females alone, is composed of
seven segments. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is almost
always square, and truncated or notched at the superior internal
angle.
Very large claws, particularly so when compared with the other
feet, which are extremely short, directed horizontally and perpen-
dicularly to the axis of the body as far as the carpus or joint im-
mediately preceding the hand, then reflected anteriorly on them-
(1) Make. Brit., xxv.
(2) See Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss
Vol. III. F
42 CRUSTACEA.
selves with the fingers bent, suddenly forming an angle; very short
ocular pedicles, projecting but little, if at all, from their cavities; a
stony and very uneven or spiny shell, designate the
Parthenope, Fab.
The lateral antennae of some are very short, not exceeding the
length of the eyes; the first joint is entirely situated under the ocular
cavities.
If there are seven segments in the tail of both sexes, we have the
genus Parthenope properly so called(l) of Leach.
If that of the males presents but five, it is his genus Lambrus{2).
The lateral antennae of the others are sensibly longer than the
eyes; their first joint extends to the superior internal extremity of
the cavities peculiar to these latter organs, and appears to be con-
founded with the shell. The post-abdomen is always composed of
seven segments. The claws of the females are much shorter than
those of the opposite sex. The same naturalist distinguishes these
Crustacea generically by the name of Eurynoma. But a single spe-
cies is known which inhabits the English and French coasts(3).
All the other Parthenopes, one excepted(4) are from the Indian
Ocean.
In the following ones, the claws always project, and their length,
at most, is double that of the body; their fingers are not suddenly
bent into an angle(5).
Here the length of the longest feet the second barely exceeds
that of the shell from the eyes to the origin of the tail. The under
part of the tarsi is usually either dentated or spiny, or furnished with
a ciliated fringe terminated like a club.
We will commence with those whose ocular pedicles are very
short, or of a mean length, susceptible of being entirely retracted
(1) Parthen. horrida, Fab. ;Rumph., Mus., IX, 1; Seba, III, xix,16, 17; Herbst.,
XIV, 88.
(2) Panth. longitnana, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., VIII? P. giraffa, Fab.; Herbst,
XIX, 108, 209; P. lar, Fab.; P. rubus, Latr.; Cancer contrarius, Herbst., lx,
3; P. macrocheks, Lat., Herbst., XIX, 107; Cancer longimanus, L., fern., P.
trigonomana, Lat.; Cancer prensor, Herbst., xli, 3.
(3) Cancer asper, Perm., Brit. Zool., IV; Eurynoma aspera, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
XVII.
(4) Parthenope angulifrons, Latr., Encyc. Method.; Cancer tongimanus, Olivi.
(5) The first joint of the lateral antennae appearing to form part of the shell,
has been mistaken by several naturalists, the second having been considered
by them as the first.
DECAPODA. 43
within their cavities, and whose claws, at least in the males, are
considerably thicker than the other feet.
Mithrax, Leach.
Robust claws: ends of the fingers like the bowl of a spoon; stem
of the lateral antennae sensibly shorter than the pedicle; the tail
composed of seven segments in both sexes.
All the known species are from the American seas(l).
Acanthonyx, Latr.
A tooth or spiniform projection on the inferior side of the tibae;
under part of the tarsi pilose, and as if pectinated; superior surface
of the shell smooth. The tale of the males presents, at most, but
six complete segments(2).
Pisa, Leach.
Claws of a mean size, with pointed fingers; tibae without any spine
beneath, and the tail composed of seven segments in both sexes.
As in the preceding subgenera, the lateral antennae are inserted at
an equal distance from the fossulae that receive the intermediate
ones, and from the ocular cavities, or rather nearer to the latter.
These, as in the genus Naxia, Leach, (3) have two ranges of den-
tations on the under part of the tarsi. Those have but a single row
of dentations, or a simple fringe of thick claviform cilia, under the
same joint. The latter constitute the genus Lissa of that author(4).
Among those which have a range of dentations, the feet some-
times gradually diminish in length, as happens in his Pisa(5) pro-
perly so called, and at others, the third ones, in the males, become
abruptly shorter than those which precede them, as in his Chori-
nus(6).
Pericera, Latr.
The Pericerae, though approaching the Pisae in the form and pro-
(1) Mithrax spinicinctus, Latr.; Desmar., Consid., p. 150; Cancer kispidus,
Herbst., XVIII, 100; Cancer aculeatus, Herbst., XIX, 104; C. spinipes, ejusd.,
XVII, 94. The lachus hircus, Fab., is perhaps a congener.
(2) Maia glabra, Collect, du Mus. d'Hist. Nat.; Maia lunulata, Risso, I, 4; Li-
binia lunulata, Desmar.
(3) Pisa aurita, Latr., Encyc. Method. P. monoceros, lb.
(4) Pisa chiragra, Latr., Encyc. Method.; Desmar., Consid.
(5) Pisaxyphias, Latr., lb.; ejusd., lb. P. aries,- P. barbicornis; P. corni-
gera; P. styx; P. bicornuta; P. trispinosa; P. armata, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
XVII; Cancer muscosus ? , Lin.; P. tetraodon, Leach, lb. xx.
(6) Pisa heros, Latr., Encyc. Method.
44 CRUSTACEA.
portions of the claws, and the number of their caudal segments, are
removed from them, as well as from the other anterior subgenera,
by the insertion of their lateral antennae under the snout, and their
approximation to the fossulae lodging the intermediate ones, being
closer than to those which receive the ocular pedicles(l).
In the two following subgenera the ocular pedicles are short or
moderate, as well as in the preceding ones. But the claws, even
those of the males, are hardly thicker than the following feet. The
tail always consists of seven segments. In the
Maia, Leach,
The second joint of the lateral antennae seems to arise from the
internal canthus of the ocular fossae. The hand and the joint which
precedes it are nearly of the same length. The shell is ovoid.
This subgenus established by Lamarck, and originally consisting
of a great number of species, comprises, at present, according to
the method of Dr Leach, but one, the Cancer squinado, Herbst, XIV,
884, 5, lvi; Inachus cornutus, Fab. It is very common on the coast
of France and in the Mediterranean, where it is called JLraignec de
mer. It is one of the largest of the European Crustacea, and the
Maia of the ancient Greeks, figured on some of their coins. They
attributed great wisdom to it, and considered it as sensible to the
charms of music.
Micippe, Leach.
The first joint of the lateral antennae curved, dilated at its supe-
rior extremity into a transverse and oblique blade, closing the ocular
fossae; the ensuing joint inserted under its superior margin. The
shell, viewed from above, appears widely truncated before; its an-
terior extremity is inclined, and terminates in a sort of clypeus or
dentated rostrum(2). The
Stenocionops, Leach,
Is distinguished from all the other subgenera of this tribe by
(1) Maia taurus, Lam.; Cancer cornudo, Herbst., lix, 6.
N.B. The genus Jimathia of M. P. Roux, Hist, des Crust, de la Mediterr., &c,
liv. I, does not differ from my Pericera it even appears to me to have the same
type. The Lithographic plates which accompany this work are distinctly and
faithfully executed.
(2) Cancer cristatus, L.; Rumph., Mus., VIII, 1, the male. Cancer phy lira,
Herbst.. lviii, 4; Desmar. Consider., XX, 2.
DECAPODA. 45
long and slender ocular pedicles which protrude from their fossu-
lae(l).
There, the under surface of the feet presents neither ranges of den-
tations nor claviform cilia. Those of the first pairs, at least, are one
half longer than the shell, and frequently much longer. The body
is usually more abbreviated than in the preceding subgenera, being
either nearly globular, or formed like a shortened e^g.
A species of this tribe, Maia retvja, Coll. du Jard. du Roi,
whose shell is woolly and forms a truncated ovoid, or is obtuse
anteriorly; whose strongly curved elongated ocular pedicles
are received into fossulse situated under the lateral margin
of the shell ; whose carpus is elongated, as in Maia, pre-
sents another character which exclusively distinguishes it, viz.
the length of the feet seems to augment progressively from the
second pair onwards, or at least to differ but little. It is the
type of the genus
Camposcia, Leach.
In the others, as usual, the length of the feet progressively di-
minishes from the second pair to the last.
In some of them, the ocular pedicles, although much shorter than
in the Stenocionops, are always salient, and the third joint of the
pedicle of their lateral antennae is as long, or even larger, than the
preceding one, the antenna; themselves terminating in a long seta-
ceous stem. They approach the Micippes; such is the
Halimus, Latr.(2)
In those which constitute the two following sub-genera, the ocular
pedicles are susceptible of being entirely retracted within their fos-
sulse, and are protected posteriorly by a dentiform projection, or
angle, of the lateral edges of the shell. The second joint of the pe-
duncle of the lateral antennas is much larger than the following
one; they are. terminated by a very short stem resembling an elon-
gated stylet.
Hyas, Leach.
Lateral edges of the shell dilated behind the ocular cavities which
are large and oval; external side of the second joint of the lateral
(1) Cancer cervicornis, Herbst., lviii, 2, from the Isle of France. M. Desmarest
was mistaken inciting, as the type, Consid. Gen. sur les Crust, p. 153, the
Maia taurus, Lamarck.
(2) Two species, one of which appears to be allied to the Cancer super ciliosus,
L., Herbst, XIV, 89.
46 CRUSTACEA.
antennae compressed and carinated; ocular pedicles, when erected,
entirely exposed. The body is sub-ovoid(l). In the
Libinia, Leach,
The ocular fossulae are very small and nearly orbicular, and the
ocular pedicles are very short, and but very slightly exertile. The
second joint of the lateral antennae is cylindrical, and not compress-
ed, or but very slightly so. The body is nearly globular, or trian-
gular.
We will unite the Doclsea and the Egeria of Leach, to his Li-
BINI.ffi.
In his Libiniae, properly so called(2), the claws of the males are
thicker than the two following feet and almost as long. The length
of the longest does not exceed twice that of the shell.
The claws of the male Doclaea(3) are much shorter than the two
following feet. The length of the latter is hardly more than once
and a half that of the shell, which is nearly globular and always co-
vered with a brown or blackish down.
In the Egeriae(4) the claws are filiform and the hands much elon-
gated and almost linear. The following feet are five or six times
longer than the shell. The body is triangular.
Having reviewed all the sub-genera of this tribe in which the feet
subsequent to the claws are of a similar form, and in which the tail,
of the females at least, and most generally in both sexes, is composed
of seven complete joints or segments, we now pass to those in which
it never consists of more than six. The feet are usually long and
filiform, as in the last sub-genera. With the exception of the Lep-
topi, these Crustacea are also removed from the preceding by the
form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws. It is proportion-
ally narrower, and contracted at base, and the ensuing joint appears
to be inserted in the middle of its superior margin, or more exter-
nally. The following sub-genus differs from those which succeed
to it, in the tail of the males, where we only find three segments.
The form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws appears to me
the same as in the preceding sub-genera.
(1) Cancer araneus, L.; Leach, Make. Brit., XXI, A; Herbst., XVII, 59?
Hyas coarctata, Leach, lb., xxi, IJ.
(2) Libinia canaliculata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. vol. I, p. 77, iv, 1;
L. emarginata, Leach, Zool. Misc., cviii.
(3) Doclaca Rissonnii, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxxiv. The Inachus ovis and the T.
hybridua, Fab., should be referred to it.
(4) Egeria indica, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxiii; Inachus spinifer, Fab.
DEC APOD A. 47
Leptopus, Lam.
Tail of the females composed of but five segments; the body con-
vex and feet very long.
But a single species is known which is part of the collection of
the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, where it is called Muia longipes.
Doctor Leach proposed to designate this genus by the name of Ste-
nopus, a denomination we have not adopted, inasmuch as it is al-
ready appropriated to another. That of Leptopus, Lam., is com-
posed of several species, which, the above mentioned one ex-
cepted, according to the characters here given, must be excluded
from it.
If we except some species of Hymenosomae in which the tail pre-
sents but four, or at most five, distinct segments, that part of the
body consists of six in all the following sub-genera, either in both
sexes, or in the males. The third joint of the external foot-jaws is
sometimes in the form of an inverted triangle or of a posteriorly
narrowed oval, and sometimes in that of a heart. The ensuing joint
is inserted in the middle of its superior margin, or rather more out-
wards than inwards.
Some of them, such as the three following sub-genera, approach
those of which we have just spoken by the almost isometrical, or at
least transversal form of the epistoma. The base of the interme-
diate antennae is but a short distance from the superior margin of
the buccal cavity.
One of these sub-genera is distinguished from the others by the
flatness of the shell, and by the superior extremity of the first joint
(free in several) of the lateral antennae, which does not extend be-
yond that of the ocular pedicles. Such is the
Hymenosoma, Leach.
The shell is triangular or orbicular(l). The species are gene-
rally small and peculiar to the Indian Ocean and coast of Australia.
The number of caudal segments varies, but never extends beyond
six.
In the two following sub-genera, the shell is more or less convex,
always triangular and terminated before in a rostrum. The first
joint of the lateral antennae, always fixed, forms a ridge or salient
line between the fossulae of the intermediate antennae and that of the
eyes, and which is prolonged beyond the end of the ocular pedicles.
In the
(1) Hymenosoma orbicularis, Desmar., Consid., xxvi, 1.
48 CRUSTACEA.
Inachus, Fab.,
The tail is always composed of six segments; all the tarsi are
nearly straight, or but slightly arcuated; the ocular pedicles are
smooth, susceptible of being concealed within their fossulae, and
there is a tooth or spine, at least in the males, at the posterior ex-
tremity of the latter cavities. Doctor Leach has considerably re-
duced the original extent of this group(l).
Ach^eus, Leach.
Six segments in the tail, but the four posterior tarsi are arcuated
or falciform; the ocular pedicles are always salient and present a
tubercle anteriorly(2).
Next come those in which the epistoma is longer than it is broad,
shaped like an elongated triangle truncated at the apex, and in which
the origin of the mediate antennae is separated by a considerable
space from the superior margin of the buccal cavity. The ocular
pedicles are always salient when the head is triangular and termi-
nated in a point more or less bifid or entire.
Stenorhynchus, Lam. Macropodia, Leach.
Six caudal segments in both sexes; anterior extremity of the shell
bifid(3). .
Leptopodia, Leach.
Five segments in the tail of the male; one more in that of the fe-
male. The shell is prolonged anteriorly into a long, entire, and
dentated point(4).
The latter Trigona differ from the preceding in the dissimilitude
of their posterior feet.
(1) Cancer dodecos ? L.; Inachus scorpio, Fab. ; Inachus Dorsettensis, Leach, Ma-
lac. Brit., xxii, A; Inachus phalangium, Fab.; Inachus dorynchus, Leach, lb.,
xxii, 7, 8; Inachus leptorinchus, ejusd., lb., xxii, B; Cancer tribulus, L. ? Near
the Inachi comes a new genus lately established by M. Guerin, called Eurypode,
minutely described and carefully figured, Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. XVI. It ap-
proaches that of Inachus, but the ocular pedicles are always salient; the post-ab-
domen is composed of seven completely separate segments in both sexes, and the
penultimate joint of the feet, or the metarsus, is inferiorly dilated and compressed.
(2) Jlchseus Cranchii, Leach, Malac. Brit, xxi, C.
(3) Macropodia tenuirostr is, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiii, 1 5; Inachus longirostrisP
Fab. ; Macrop. phalangium, Leach, lb., xxiii, 6.
(4) Inachus Sagittarius, Fab.; Leach, Zool. Misc., lxvii.
DECAPODA. 49
Pactolus, Leach.
The four or six anterior feet simple, or without forceps. The in-
ternal extremity of the penultimate joint of the four posterior ones
is prolonged into a tooth, forming with the last joint a forceps or
didactyle hand. The form of the shell is that of the Leptopodia:,
and the tail presents the same number of segments; but the feet are
much shorter; those of the third pair were wanting in the individual
which served as the type of this section(l).
Lithodes, Lat.
The Lithodes, as to the form of the first eight pairs of feet, re-
semble the other Trigona; their length, however, seems progressively
to increase from the second to the fourth, but the two last are very
small, bent, but slightly visible, beardless, and apparently useless.
The tail is membranous with three crustaceous and transverse
spaces on the sides and another on the end, representing the seg-
mentary divisions. The eyes are approximated inferiorly. The ex-
ternal foot-jaws are elongated and salient, and the shell is triangu-
lar, extremely spinous and terminated anteriorly by a dentated point.
These Crustacea are peculiar to the Arctic Seas(2).
Our sixth section, that of the Cryptopoda(S) consists of Brachyura
remarkable for a vaulted projection of the posterior extremities of
their shell under which their feet, the two anterior or the claws ex-
cepted, can be completely retracted and concealed. The shell is
nearly semi-circular or triangular. The superior edge of the forceps
is more or less elevated and notched in the manner of a crest. In
those species where they are largest, they cover the anterior part of
their body, and hence the name of Coq de mer (Sea Cock), and
Crabe hontenx (Bashful Crab), which have been given to some of
them. One sub-genus of this section, that of JEthra being closely
allied by other characters with the Parthenopes of Fabricius, the
first sub-genus of the preceding section, it follows, in a natural order
(1) Pactolus Boscii, Leach, Zool. Misc., lxviii.
(2) Cancer maja. L.; Parthenope rnaja, Fab.; Inachus maja, Id.; Lithodes arc-
tica, Leach, Malac. Brit., xxiv. See also the Maja camptschensis, Tiles., Mem.
Acad. St. Petersb., 1812, V, VI.
(3) Several of the Arcuata, such as the Hepati, Mul'siae, Matutse, among the
swimmers, have a crested forceps, and seem to be naturally allied to the Crypto-
poda, so that this section should be placed higher in the scale. The same obser-
vation applies to the last one, or that of the Notopoda, for some of them approach
the Arcuata, and others the Orbiculata and the Trigona.
Vol. III. G
50 CRUSTACEA.
the Cryptopoda should be placed between the Orbiculata and the
Trigona.
Calappa, Fabr.
An extremely convex shell; the forceps triangular, strongly com-
pressed, dentated superiorly like a crest, and perpendicularly cover-
ing the anterior part of the body, during the contraction of the feet.
The third joint of the external foot-jaws is terminated like a hook,
and the superior extremity of the buccal cavity is contracted and
divided longitudinally into two cells by a septum.
n most of them, the two posterior and lateral dilatations of the
shell are incised and dentated.
One species, the Calappe migrane, Cancer gramdatus, L.j
Calappa gramdata, Fab.; Herbst., XIII, 75, 76, vulgarly styled
Con de mer and Crabe honteux, is found in the Mediterranean.
The shell is reddish and marked with two deep sulci, and une-
qual tubercles of a carmine red. That portion of the lateral
margin which precedes the posterior dilatations, is at first
nearly entire, and terminates by four very short teeth, the two
first being most strongly marked; those of the edges of the
dilatations are large, and six in number, two on the posterior
margin, and the others lateral. There are two others on the
front. The forceps are also furnished with red tubercles, and
their crest is formed by seven teeth, the superior of which are
acute(l).
The others, such as the C. voute Cancer calappa, L.; Calappa
fomicata, Fab.; Herbst., XII, 73, 74, have the marginal dila-
tations of the shell entire. This species inhabits the seas in the
vicinity of Australia and the Moluccas.
iETHRA, Leach.
The iEthrae differ from the Calappse in their very flat shell, in their
forceps, which are not raised perpendicularly, and which do not
overshadow the forepart of their body, and in the almost square
form of the third joint of the external foot-jaws.
(1) In this division come the following- species of Fabricius: C. tuberculata,
Herbst, XIII, 78; Iviii, V.C. lophos, Herbst., XIII, 77; C. cristatus, Herbst,
xl, 3; C. marmoratus, Herbst., xl, 2. The Guaja apara, Pison and Marcgr.,
should probably be referred to this species, and according- to the citation ofBarere
is the Crabe des paletuviers of the colonists of Cayenne. The Cancer hepaticus
of Linnaeus is also a Calappa.
DECAPODA. 51
Sometimes(l) the shell is a transversal oval, and at others(2) forms
a short and very wide triangle laterally dilated and rounded. The
claws are but slightly elongated, and are tolerably thick; here they
are longer, angular, and remind us, as does also the form of the shell,
of the Parthenopes. These latter species might constitute a sepa-
rate subgenus.
Finally, our last and seventh division, that of the Notopoda, con-
sists of Brachyura, whose last four or two feet are inserted above
the level of the others, or which appear to be dorsal and look up-
wards. In those where they terminate by a sharp hook, they are
usually employed by the animal in seizing various bodies, such as
shells, Alcyonii, &c, with which it covers itself. The tail consists
of seven segments in both sexes.
The tail of some of them, as in other Brachyura, is folded under,
and their feet terminate in a sharp hook and are not fitted for nata-
tion.
Here the shell is nearly square, and terminates anteriorly in an
advancing and dentated point, or it is sub-ovoid or truncated before.
In the
Homola, Leach,
The eyes are supported by long pedicles closely approximated at
base, and inserted under the middle of the front. The two posterior
feet are alone turned up. The claws are larger in the males than in
the females.
The shell is extremely spinous, with a dentated projection on the
middle of the front. The superior foot-jaws are elongated and sa-
lient.
These Crustacea inhabit the Mediterranean, and were designated
by Aldrovandus under the name of Hippo car cini; they are the Thel-
xiopes of Rafinesque. Some of the species attain a great size(3).
Dorippe, Fab.
The eyes widely separated and placed at the anterior and lateral
angles of the shell; the four posterior feet turned up; the claws short
(1) JEihra depressa, Lam., Hist, des Anim. sans Verteb.; Cancer scruposus, L.;
Cancer polynome, Herbst, liii, 4, 5; Desmar., Consid., X, 2.
(2) Partlienope fornicata, Fab.
(3) Homola spimfrons,l.<z*c\\, Zool. Misc., lxxxviii; Cancer spinifrons, Fab. See
the article Homole, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. II, and Desmar., Consider.,
XVII, 1. The Dorippe Cuvieri, Risso, belongs to this subgenus.
52 CRUSTACEA.
in both sexes; the shell ovoid, widely truncated, without any projec-
tion like a rostrum, and flattened.
As remarked by Desmarest, we may observe on each side and
above the origin of the claws an oblique fissure resembling a button-
hole, longitudinally intersected by a diaphragm, ciliated, like itself,
on the margin that communicates with the branchiae, and affording
an issue to the water that bathes them.
Three species are found in the Mediterranean(l); the others
inhabit Oriental seas, and one of them D. quadridens, Fabr.,
Herbst., X, 70, is also obtained there in a fossil state.
There, the shell is sometimes nearly orbicular, or globular, and
sometimes arcuated anteriorly and narrowed posteriorly, and den-
tated or spinous on the sides. The eyes are situated near the middle
of the front and placed on short pedicles.
Dromia, Fab.
The four posterior feet inserted in the back, and terminated by a
double hook; the shell suborbicular or nearly globular, convex and
woolly, or very hairy.
With their hind feet they seize upon Alcyonii, shells, and other
bodies, beneath which they shelter themselves, transporting them
wherever they go.
The most common species, Cancer dormice, L., Rumph.,
Mus., XI, 1; Herbst., XVIII, 103, is found in every sea, that of
the North excepted. It is covered with a brown down, and has
five teeth on each lateral margin and three in front. The fin-
gers are stout, deeply dentated on the two edges, and partly
rose-coloured. Some authors say that it is venomous.
The Death's Head, Cancer caput mortuum, L. ; Dormia clype-
ata, Act. Hafu., 1802, is smaller, more convex, almost globular,
with three teeth on each side in its anterior margin, and has a
short front, emarginate in the middle and laterally sinuous. It
is found on the coast of Barbary(2).
Dynomene, Lat.
The two posterior feet much smaller than the others, alone dorsal,
and apparently unarmed; the shell widened, and nearly resembling
a reversed heart truncated posteriorly, like that of the last Quadri-
(1) Dorippe lanata; Cancer lemaius, L.; Desmar., Consider., XVII, 2; D.
affinis, Id.; Herbst., XI, 67 '; Cancer mascarone, Herbst., XI, 68.
(2) For the other species see Desmar., Consid. Gen. sur la Classc des Crust.,
p. 136, et seq.
DECAPODA. 53
latera, and simply pubescent. The ocular pedicles are longer than
those of the Dromice.
But a single species, the Dynomene hispide, Desmar., Consid.,
XVIII, 2, is known; it is found at the Isle of France.
The last Notopoda differ from the preceding in the feet, all of
which except the claws, terminate in a fin, and from all the Brachy-
ura in the extension of their tail. Such is the
Ranina, Lam.,
In which the elongated shell is gradually narrowed from before
backwards, and usually resembles a reversed triangle with a den-
tated base. The ocular pedicles are extended, and the lateral an-
tennae long and projecting. The external foot-jaws are similarly
lengthened and narrow, and the extremity of the third joint is com-
pressed into a point. All the feet are closely approximated, or
almost contiguous at their origin, and from the fourth pair ascend
towards the back; the two last, however, are alone on it. The for-
ceps are compressed, have the figure of a reversed triangle, and are
dentated; the fingers are suddenly flexed.
These Crustacea are closely allied to the Albuneae of Fabricius,
the first sub-genus of the following family, and thus form the passage
from the Brachyura to the Macroura. From the approximation of
the feet it is even probable that the genital orifices of the female are
situated as in the Macroura. According to Rumphius, they not
only leave the water, but even climb to the tops of houses; from the
form of their feet, however, this appears impossible, or at least very
improbable.
A fossil species was described by Aldrovandus, which the
Abbe Ranzani and M. Desmarest have since made better
known(l).
(1) Ranina Mdrovandi, Ranz., Mem. di Stor. Nat.; Desmar., Hist. Nat. des
Crust. Foss., VI, xi, 1. The fig - , x, 5, 6, appears to us to belong 1 to a Hippa rather
than to a Ramina; Ramina serrata, Lam. 5 Cancer raninus, L. ; Mbunea scabra,
Fab.; Rumph., Mus., VII, T.V.; Ranina dorsipes, Lam,; Mbunea dorsipes, Fab.;
Rumph., Mus., X, 3; Desmar., Consider., XIX, 2.
The genus Symethis, Fab., is unknown to us, but we presume it is allied to the
Raminse, or to the first subgenera of the subsequent family.
54 CRUSTACEA.
FAMILY II.
MACROURA. Exochnata, Fab.
In the Decapoda Macroura, the end of the tail is provided
with appendages(l) which most frequently form a fin on each
side; the tail itself is at least as long as the body, extended;
exposed and simply curved towards its posterior extremity.
Its under surface usually presents in both sexes five pairs of
false feet, each terminated by two laminae, or as many fila-
ments. This tail is always composed of seven distinct seg-
ments. The genital orifices of the females are on the first
joint of the third pair of feet. The branchiae are formed of
vesicular, bearded and hairy pyramids, arranged in several of
them, either in two rows, or in separate fasciculi. The an-
tenn8e are generally elongated and salient. The ocular pedi-
cles are usually short. The external foot-jaws are mostly
narrow and elongated, resembling palpi, and do not wholly
cover the other parts of the mouth. The shell is narrower
and more elongated than that of the Brachyura, and usually
terminates by a point in the middle of the front.
For more minute details we refer the reader to the pre-
cited memoir of Messrs Audouin and Edwards. These gen-
tlemen have observed a character in the Lobster, Astacus
(1) These appendages consist of three pieces, one of which serves as a base or
pedicle to the others, and is articulated with the penultimate segment; the latter,
in conjunction with them, usually forms a fan-like fin; but in the last subgenera of
this family these appendages are replaced by setaceous filaments. The false feet
under the tail are similar in their structure to these natatory appendages. In the
first subgenera they frequently do not exceed three or four pairs, and are smaller,
or even null in the males, the two anterior ones always excepted; the Paguri, as
it appears to me, only have them on one side: the terminal pieces are often une-
qual. In the succeeding ones, however, these feet are longer, and always form
five pairs; the ova attached to them, and they are used by the animal in swimming.
We observe that in the Macroura, where they are fewer in number, or less de-
veloped, as in those which we term the Anomala, the peduncle of the intermediate
antenna: is longer in proportion than in the others, and that the two or four last
four feet are smaller. These Crustacea, in some respects, seem also allied to the
Brachvura.
DECAPODA. 55
marinus, Fab. which., if it applied to the other Macroura,
would be decisive; it is, that besides the two venous sinuses
of which we have spoken in our general observations upon
the order, there is a third, situated in the sternal canal be-
tween the two preceding ones and extending from one end of
the thorax to the other. This curious arrangement, accord-
ing to them, establishes a connexion between the venous sys-
tem of the Macroura, and that of the Stomapoda.
The Macroura never quit the water, and, with the excep-
tion of a small number, are all marine Crustacea.
In imitation of De Geer and Gronovius, we will arrange them
in a single genus (l), that of Astacus, which we divide in the fol-
lowing manner:
Some, by the proportions, figure, and uses of their feet, of which
the first, or at least the second pair, are in the form of claws, and by
the subcaudal situation of their ova, evidently approach the preceding
Crustacea, and approximate still more closely to those commonly
known by the names of Craivfish, Lobster, and Shrimp.
The feet of the others are very slender, and are furnished with an
exterior and elongated appendage or branch, which seems to double
their number. They are exclusively adapted for natation, and none
of them terminates in a forceps. The ova are situated between them,
and not under the tail.
We will subdivide the former into four sections^ the Anomala, the
Locusts, the Astacina, and the Carides.
The latter will compose the fifth and last sections of this family,
and of the Decapoda, or that of the Schizopoda.
In the first, or the Anomala, the two or four last feet are always
much smaller than the preceding ones. The under part of the tail is
never furnished with more than four pairs of appendages or false
feet(2). The lateral fins of the end of the tail, or the pieces which
(1) The sections which we are about to describe might form so many generic
divisions, having for their basis the genera of Fabricius.
(2) With the exception of the two that are anterior, these appendages in the
males are mere rudiments, or are even wanting, a character common to the Gala-
theee, Scyllari, and Palinuri. We should also observe that in these three sub-
genera the caudal fins are thinner or almost membranous at their posterior extre-
mity. In this section, as well as in the Galatheae, the thoracic portion to which the
two posterior feet are attached forms a sort of petiole, so that these feet seem to
he annexed to the tail.
56 CRUSTACEA.
represents them, are thrown on the side and do not form with the
last segment a flabelliform fin.
The ocular pedicles are generally longer than those of the Ma-
croura belonging to the following sections.
Here (the Hippides, Latr.), all the superior teguments are solid.
The two anterior feet sometimes terminate in a monodactyle hand,
or one without a finger, in the manner of a palette, and sometimes
in a point; the six or four following ones end in a fin; the two last
are filiform, refiexed, and situated at the inferior origin of the tail.
The latter becomes suddenly narrowed immediately after the first
segment which is short and broad; the last is in the form of an
elongated triangle, and the lateral appendages of the penultimate in
that of curved fins. There are four pairs of sub-caudal appendages,
composed of a very slender and filiform stem. The antennae are very
pilose or strongly ciliated; the lateral first incline to the interme-
diate, and are then arcuated or contorted outwards.
Albunea, Fabr.
The two anterior feet terminated by a very compressed triangu-
lar, monodactyle hand; the last joint of the following ones falciform.
The lateral antennae are short, and the intermediate ones are termi-
nated by a single long and setaceous filament. The ocular pedicles
occupy the middle of the front, and form, together, a sort of fiat trian-
gular snout, with the external sides arcuated. The shell is almost
plane, and nearly square; the posterior angles are rounded, and their
anterior margin finely dentated.
The only well known species, Cancer syni7iista i 'L.; Albunea
symnista, Fabr., Herbst., XXII, 2; Desmar., Consider., xxix,
3, inhabits the Indian Ocean(l).
If the Cancer carabus of Linnaeus belong to the same subgenus, a
species would be found in the Mediterranean.
Hippa, Fab. Emerita, Gronov.
The two anterior feet terminated by a strongly compressed,
nearly ovoid and adactyle hand; the lateral antennae much shorter
than the intermediate, and contorted; the latter terminated by two
short, obtuse filaments placed one on the other; the ocular pedicles
(1) M. Desmarest hesitatingly places the genus Fosydon of Fabricius, who
speaks of two species, near the Albunese; but according to the latter the anterior
antennse are bifid, a character which does not belong to the Albuneac. Owing to
the imperfect manner in which he describes this genus, we are not able to recog-
nize it, or to appreciate its affinities.
DECAPODA. 57
long and filiform, and the third joint of the foot-jaws very large and
laminiform, emarginated at the end and covering the ensuing joints.
The shell is nearly ovoid, convex, and truncated at both ends.
The last joint of the second feet and of the two following pairs is
triangular, but approaching, in the latter at least, to the form of a
crescent; the two last of the fourth pair are turned up, and laid on
the two preceding ones; the first segment of the tail is marked with
two impressed and transverse lines(l).
Remipes, Lat.
The two anterior feet elongated, the last joint conical, compressed,
and hairy; the four antennae closely approximated, very short, and
nearly of an equal length, the intermediate ones terminated by two
filaments; ocular pedicles extremely short and cylindrical; external
foot-jaws in the form of small claws, thinned and arcuated at the
end, and terminated by a stout hook. The shell is shaped like that
of the Hippae.
The last joint of the second and third feet forms a triangular
blade, with an emargination in its external side; the same joint of
the fourth is triangular, narrow, and elongated. As in the Hippae,
the first caudal segment presents two impressed and transverse lines.
Two species are known; one from the Australian Seas(2), and
the other from the Antilles, and the coast of Brazil.
There (the Pagurii, Latr.), the teguments are somewhat crusta-
ceous, and the tail is most commonly soft, contorted, and in the form
of a sac. The two anterior feet terminate in a didactyle hand, the
four following ones in a point, and the four posterior, which are
shorter, in a sort of forceps or little didactyle hand. The first joint
of the peduncle of the lateral antennae presents a pointed or spiniform
appendage or projection.
These Crustacea, termed Carcinion by the Greeks, and Cancelli by
the Latins, usually inhabit empty univalve shells. Their tail, that
of the Birgi excepted, presents but three false feet, (in the females
only), situated on one of the sides, each of which is divided into two
filiform and hairy branches. The three last segments are suddenly
narrowed. In some of them, such as the
(1) Hippa adactyla,Fab.; H. emeritus, Id.; Cancer emeritus, L.; Emerita, Gro-
nov., Zoop., xvii, 8, 9; Herbst., xxii, 3; Desmar., Consider., xxix, 2, in the seas
of both Indies.
(2) Remipes testudinurius, Latr.; Desmar., Consid., xxix, 1; Cuv., Regne Ani-
mal, IV, xii, 2.
Vol. III. H
58 CRUSTACEA.
Birgus, Leach,
The tail is tolerably solid, suborbicular, and is furnished beneath
Avith two rows of laminiform appendages. The fourth feet are but a
little smaller than the two preceding ones; the two last are folded and
concealed, their extremities being received into a depression at the
bottom of the thorax; the fingers at the extremity, as well as those
of the penultimate pair, are hairy or spinous. The claws except-
ed, all the feet are visibly separated at their origin. The thorax
has the figure of a reversed heart, and is pointed anteriorly.
It appears that from their size, the form of their tail, and the
more solid consistence of their teguments, the Birgi are unable to
shelter themselves in shells. They must retreat to holes, or fissures
in the rocks.
The best known species, Cancer latro, L. , Herbst. XXI Vj
Rumph., Mus., IV; Seba, Thes., Ill, xxi, 1, 2, according to the
Indians, feeds on cocoa-nuts which it obtains during its noctur-
nal excursions for that purpose(l). In the others, or the
Pagurus, Fab.,
The last four feet are much shorter than the preceding ones, and
the forceps are covered with granules. The tail is soft, long, cylin-
drical, narrowed near the extremity, and has usually but a single
row of filiform oviferous appendages. The thorax is ovoid or oblong.
With the exception of some species domiciliated in sponges, Ser-
pulse and Alcyonii, they all inhabit univalve shells, whose aperture
they close with their anterior claws, and most frequently with one of
their fingers, which is usually larger than the other. It is asserted
that the female spawns twice or thrice in the year.
Some species, C^enobita, Latr. ; distinguished from the others by
their projecting antennae, of which the mediate are nearly as long as
the external or lateral, and are furnished with elongated filaments,
whose thorax is ovoido-conical, narrow, elongated, strongly com-
pressed on the side, with the anterior cephalic portion shaped like
a heart, establish their domicil in terrestrial shells on rocks near
the sea, whence, at the approach of danger, they roll down with
them(2).
(1) Pagurus laticauda, Cuv., Regn., Anim., IV, xii, 2; Desmar., Consider., p.
180, from the Isle of France. Very curious facts relating to the anatomy of the
preceding species have been published by M. Geoffrey Saint-Hilaire, from which,
however we do not draw similar conclusions.
(2) Pagurus clypeatus, Fab.; Herbst., xii, 2.
DECAPODA. 59
The true Paguri Pagurus, Latr. on the contrary, have the me-
diate antennse curved, much shorter than the lateral ones, with the
two filaments short, the superior forming an elongated or subulated
cone? the anterior division of the thorax is square, or forms a re-
versed and curvilinear triangle. They inhabit marine shells.
The Hermit, Cancer Bemhardus, L., Herbst., XXII, 6; Pa-
gurus strcblonyx, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVI, 1 4, is of a
mean size. Its two claws are bristled with spines, with the for-
ceps almost in the shape of a heart, the right one being the
largest. The last joints of the ensuing feet are also spinous.
It is very common in European seas. A second but fossil spe-
cies, the Pagure de Faujas, Desmar., Hist. Nat. des Crust.
Foss., XI, 2, is closely allied to it.
A third species, the Pagurus angulafus, Risso, Crust, de
Nice, I, 8; Desmar., Consider., XXX, 1, is remarkable for its
forceps, which are strongly sulcated with longitudinal ridges.
The right one is the largest(l).
A fourth from the same sea is removed from the preceding by
several characters, and merits the distinction of forming a separate
subgenus, the Prophylax, Latr. The tail, with the exception of
the superior surface of the three last segments, instead of being soft
and arcuated and having but a single range of oviferous filaments,
is covered with a coriaceous tegument, is straight, and is only curved
beneath at its extremity; its inferior surface presents a groove and
two rows of false feet. The body also is linear, and the two lateral
appendages of the end of the tail are almost equal, the larger divi-
sion being foliaceous and ciliated. The last four feet are slightly
granulated at their extremity, and appear to be terminated by a sin-
gle finger, or at least are not distinctly bifid. Perhaps we should
refer to this division those Paguri which inhabit the Serpulse, and
Alcyonii, such as the Pagurus tubularius, Fab.
In all the following Macroura, the two posterior feet at most are
smaller than the preceding ones. Most generally the sub-caudal
false feet form five pairs. The teguments are always crustaceous.
The lateral fins of the penultimate segment of the tail, and its last,
form a common one arranged like a fan.
The two subsequent sections possess a common character, which
(1) For the other species see the article Pagure, Encyc. Method.; die Atlas
d'Hist. Nat., of the same work; Desmarest, Consider. Gener. sur la Classe des
Crust. ; the plates of the Voy. de Freycinet. We should observe that in the figure
of the Cancer megistos, Herbst., LXI, 1, the tail is false; this arises from the fact that
the tail was wanting- in the individual from which the drawing was made, the artist
supplying it by copying the fin-tail of an ordinary Macroura.
60 CRUSTACEA.
separates them from the fourth or that of the Carides. The an-
tennae are inserted at the same height, or on a level; the peduncle of
the lateral ones, when accompanied by a scale, is never entirely co-
vered by it. There are frequently but four pairs of sub-caudal false
feet. The two mediate antennae are always terminated by two fila-
ments only, usually shorter than their peduncle, or scarcely any
longer. The external leaflet of the natatory appendages of the pe-
nultimate segment of the tail is never divided by a transverse suture.
In our second section, or the Locustje, so called from the name
Locusta given by the Latins to the most remarkable Crustacea of this
division, and from which is derived that of Langouste applied to
them in France, there are never more than four pairs of false feet.
The posterior extremity of the fin that terminates the tail, is always
nearly membranous, or less solid than the rest. The peduncle of
the mediate antennae is always longer than the two terminal fila-
ments, and more or less bent or geniculate; the lateral ones are
never furnished with scales; sometimes they are reduced to a single
peduncle which is dilated, very flat, and in the form of a crest;
sometimes they are large and long, terminating in a point and bris-
tled with spines. All the feet are nearly similar and end in a point;
the two first are merely somewhat larger; their penultimate joint and
that of the two last are at most unidentated, but without forming
with the last a perfectly didactyle hand. The pectoral space in-
cluded between the feet is triangular; the thorax is almost square or
sub-cylindrical, and without any frontal prolongation or rostrum.
Scyllarus, Fab.
The Scyllari, or Sea-Grasshoppers as they are called, present a
very unusual character in the form of their lateral antennae; the stem
is wanting and the joints of the peduncle, very much dilated trans-
versely, form a large, flattened, horizontal crest more or less den-
dated.
The external branch of the sub-caudal appendages is terminated
by a leaflet; but the internal one, in some of the males, is a mere
tooth.
Doctor Leach has established three genera of them, founded on
the proportions and form of the thorax, the position of the eyes, and
some other parts. They are,
1. Scyllarus, where the thorax is as long as it is broad or longer,
and without any lateral incisure, the eyes always situated near its ante-
rior angles; the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet uniden-
tated in the females. They excavate holes in the clayey soil near
the shore which serve them for habitations.
DECAPODA. 61
In one of them, the Scyllare ours; Cancer arctus, L.; Cigale de
mer, Rondel., livr. XIII, chap. VI j Herbst., XXX, 6, the ex-
ternal or lateral antennas are much dentated. The thorax is
marked with three longitudinal and dentated ridges, and the
superior surface of the tail sculptured, but its lateral margin
not crenulated.
The other, Scyllarus sequinoxiuUs, Fab.; Scy Hants orientalis,
Risso; Squille large, or the Orchetta, Rondel.; Gesn., Hist, des
Anim., Ill, p. 1097, is large, shagreened, and without ridges.
The crests are edentated, and the margin of the segments of the
tail crenulated. Its flesh is highly esteemed and the ova are
of a vivid red.
2. Thenus, where the fore part of the thorax is broader than it is
long, each lateral margin deeply incised, and the eyes are placed at
its anterior angles(l).
3. Ibacus, only differing from Thenus in the position of the eyes,
which are approximated to the origin of the intermediate antennae.
In an Australian species, Ibacus Pronii, Leach, Zool. Miscel.,
CXIX; Desmar., Consid., XXX, 12, the exterior lateral mar-
gin of the third joint of the external foot-jaws is transversely
striated and notched in the manner of a crest(2). In the
Palinurus, Fab.
The lateral antennas are large, setaceous, and bristled with
spines.
Of these Crustacea, called Carabos by the Greeks, and Locusta by
the Latins, and on which Aristotle made several important observa-
tions, some attain a length of nearly two metres, the antennas in-
cluded. The species found in European seas remains in deep water
during the winter, and only visits the coast on the return of spring.
Rocky localities are its favourite haunts. It subsequently deposits
its ova, which are of a beautiful red colour, whence their name of
Coral. At this period more males are taken than females, while
after the spawning season the latter are most abundant. According
to Risso a second copulation, followed by another production of ova,
takes place in the month of August. The Palinuri are disseminated
throughout all the seas of the temperate and intertropical zones, but
are particularly abundant in the latter. Their shell is rough, covered
(1) Thenus indicus, Leach; Scyllarus orientalis, Fab.; Rumpli., Mus., II, D.;
Herbst., XXX, 1; Encyc, Atl. d'Hist. Nat, CCCXIV; Desmar., Consid., XXXI, 1.
(2) Add Scyllarus antarcticus; Fabr., Herbst., xxx, 2, Rumph., Mus., IT, D.
See the article Scyllare, Encyc. Methodique.
62 CRUSTACEA.
with prickles, and armed in front with stout, projecting, and more
or less numerous spines or teeth. Its colour, as also that of the tail,
consists of an agreeable mixture of red, green, and yellow. The tail
frequently presents transverse bands or spots, sometimes ocellated,
arranged in regular series. Their flesh, that of the females particu-
larly, before and after the spawning season, is highly esteemed.
In the species taken on the coast of France, and probably in others,
the extremity of the penultimate joint of the two posterior feet of
the female is provided with a tooth or spur peculiar to the sex. The
same observation applies to the Scyllari.
Palinurus quadricornis, Fab.; Astacus elephas, Herbst., xxix,
1; Leach, Malac. Brit., xxx, or the Langouste commune of the
French, is sometimes half a metre in length, and when loaded
with ova weighs from twelve to fourteen pounds. The shell is
spinous and downy, with two stout teeth notched beneath, be-
fore the eyes. The superior surface of the body is of a greenish
or reddish brown; the tail is spotted and dotted with yellowish,
and its segments are marked by a transverse sulcus interrupted
in the middle, its lateral edges forming a dentated angle. The
feet are picked in with red and yellowish. It inhabits the coasts
of France, that of the Mediterranean in particular. It is found
fossil in Italy(l).
The third section, that of the Astacini, Latr., is distinguished
from the preceding by the form of the two anterior feet, and fre-
quently by that of the two following pairs, which' terminate in a
forceps with two blades, or a didactyle hand. In some, the last two,
or four, are much smaller than those which precede them, therein
. approaching the Anomala; but the fan-like fin of the extremity of
their tail and other characters remove them from that section. The
thorax is narrow anteriorly, and the front projects in a pointed snout
or rostrum.
Some of them, Galattiadese, Leach, as well as the preceding Ma-
croura, have four pairs of false feet; the mediate antennae flexed like
(1) M. Desmarest, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., p. 132, speaks of two other fossil
species, the second of which, however, may probably belong to the subgenus As-
taceus properly so called, and approach the A. norwegicus of Fabricius.
For the other living' species, see Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. , t. Ill, p. 391, etseq.;
the article Palmare, Encyc. Method., and its Atlas d'Hist. Nat; that of Langouste,
Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the same in the work of Desmarest on the
Crustacea. As respects the nervous system of the species that inhabits the French
coast, sec Audouin and Edwards, op. cit.; according to them, all the thoracic gan-
glions are as if soldered together, end to end.
DECAPODA. 63
an elbow, with the two filaments representing the stem, are mani-
festly shorter than their peduncle. That of the lateral antennae is
never provided with a lamina in the form of a scale. The two ante-
rior feet alone terminate in a didactyle hand, which is frequently-
much flattened. The last segment of the tail is bilobate, at least in
most of them.
At the head of this division come those whose(l) posterior feet
are much smaller and thinner than the preceding ones; they are fili-
form, bent up, and useless in locomotion. In the
Galathea, Fab.
The tail is extended, the thorax nearly ovoid or oblong, the medi-
ate antennae salient, and the forceps elongated. The superior sur-
face of the body is usually deeply incised or striate, spinous and ci-
liate. The most remarkable species of the European seas are the
Galathea rugosa^ab.; Leo, Rondel., Hist. des. Poiss., p. 390;
Penn. Brit. Zool., IV, xiii; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXIX, the
claws of which are long and cylindrical, the mandibles eden-
tate, and that has three long spines in the middle of the front,
directed forwards, and ten similar and equally projecting ones
on the tail, six on the second segment, and four on the follow-
ing one(2).
Galathea strigosa; Cancer strigosifs, L., Herbst., XXVI, 2j
Pennt. Brit. Zool. IV, xiv; Leach, Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B.
Similar, as respects the mandibles, to the preceding speeies, but
having a projection in front, or a rostrum, with four teeth on
each side, and an eighth at the end; the claws are large, but
neither very long nor linear, and very spinous, as is a great
part of the following feet. This last character distinguishes it
from a third species, also found in European seas, the Galathea
squamifera, Leach., Malac. Brit., XXVIII, B.
This learned entomologist has made a peculiar genus, Grimotea,
of the Galathea gregaria of Fabricius. The second joint of the in-
termediate antennae terminates in a club, and the three last external
foot-jaws are foliaceous. It is of a red colour, and was discovered by
Sir Joseph Banks in his voyage round the world. It collected in such
(1) According 1 to a verbal communication from Doctor Leach, in the Gaalthea
ampketens, Fab., it is not only the two posterior feet which are smaller, but the
penultimate likewise. This species would then form a separate genus.
(2) This species forms the genus Munida, Leach. See Desmar., Consider., page
191. The latter is mistaken however in attributing to the former the credit of
having been the first to discover the identity of this species with the lion of Ron-
delet. See my Hist. Gener. des Crust, et des Insectes., t. VI, p. 198.
64 CRUSTACEA.
immense numbers that the Ocean seemed to be of one blood-red
colour.
The JEglea, Id., is only distinguished from the preceding genus,
and from Galathea, by the dentation of the mandibles, by the second
joint of the external foot-jaws being shorter than the first, and by the
surface of the body being generally smooth(l).
That which Risso first named Calypso, and subsequently Janira,
in the opinion of Desmarest, Consider., p. 192, does not differ
from Galathea.
Porcellana, Lam.
The Porcellanas form a singular exception among the Macroura,
with respect to their tail, which is doubled under as in the Brach-
yura. They are otherwise removed from the Galathese by the more
abbreviated, suborbicular, or almost square form of their thorax; by
the mediate antennas, which are sunk in their fossulse, by their tri-
angular forceps; and finally, by the internal dilatation of the inferior
joints of their external foot-jaws. Their body is very flat.
They are small, slowly-moving Crustacea, found in every sea,
which conceal themselves under stones near the shore.
Doctor Leach has formed a genus with certain species hexapus
Latr. ; longicornis. Id., Bluteli, Risso, Crust., I, 7, 8cc, which he
calls Pisidia. According to Desmarest, however, it does not differ
in any anpreciable character.
Some of them are remarkable for their extremely large and pilose
or ciliated forceps. Such are, 1. The Porcellane larges pinces; Can-
cer platycheles, Penn., Brit. Zool., IV, vi, 12; Herbst., XLVII, 2,
where only the external margin of the forceps is pilose and the nearly
naked thorax is rounded ; it is found on the rocks in the seas of
Europe. 2. The P. hirta, Lam., the whole superior surface of
whose forceps and thorax is pilose, and where the latter is nearly
oval and becomes thinner anteriorly. It was brought from King's
Island by Messrs Peron and Lesueur.
The forceps of the others are glabrous. Such is the Cancer hex-
apus, L. ; Herbst. XLVII, 4. The thorax is marked with short,
transverse, and slightly ciliated lines; the front trifid, with its mid-
dle tooth finely notched. The claws are covered with little blood-
red scales and granules, the fingers separated and without internal
dentations. It inhabits European seas(2).
(1) JEgtte lisse, Desmar., Consider., xxxiii, 2; Latr., Encyclop. Method., Atl.,
d'Hist. Nat. cccviii, 2.
(2) See the article Porcellane, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed., II; and Desmar.,
Consid, sur les Crust., p. 192199.
DECAPODA. 65
The genus Monolepis, Say, Journ. of the Acad, of Nat. Sc. of
Philad., I, 155; Desmar., Consid., p. 199 and 200, appears to con-
stitute the passage from the Porcellanse to the Megalopes. It ap-
proaches the first in the two posterior feet, and in the direction of
the tail. But this tail has but six segments, and the eyes are very
large as in the second. It would also appear that the lateral fins of
the end of the tail resemble those of the latter.
The remaining Crustacea of the same division differ from the pre-
ceding in their posterior feet, which are similar to their preceding
ones in form, proportion and uses, or equally ambulatory. They
are also removed from them by the greater thickness and height of
the body, the shortness of the lateral antennas, the smallness of the
claws, the large eyes, and lateral fins of the tail which are composed
of a single lamina. This tail is extended, narrow, and simply bent
under near its extremity.
Megalopus, Leach. Macropa, Latr., Encyc.
Four species are known, three of which inhabit European seas
and the fourth the Indian Ocean(l) whence it was sent to Paris by
the late M. Leschenault and Messrs Quoy and Gaymard.
In our second division of the Astacini, Latr., will be comprised
those which have five pairs of false feet, the mediate antennae
straight or nearly so, salient, projecting, and terminated by two fila-
ments as long as their peduncle, or longer; and which, a single sub-
genus excepted Gebia have the four or six anterior feet terminated
by a didactyle hand.
Their tail is always extended; their two posterior feet are never
more slender than the preceding ones, nor folded. The peduncle
of the lateral antennse is frequently accompanied by a scale.
Some of them, as well as others of the ensuing section, inhabit
fresh water.
Those in which the first four feet, at most, terminate in two fin-
gers; whose lateral antennae never have a scale at the base; and
where the external leaflet of the lateral fins of the end of the tail
presents no transverse suture, will form a first subdivision. Most
of their feet are ciliated or pilose. They inhabit salt-water and con-
ceal themselves in holes which they excavate in the sand.
Sometimes the index or immovable finger formed by a projec-
tion of the penultimate joint, of the claws, is very evidently shorter
(1) For the European specie*., see Desmar., Consid., p. 200202, and pi.
xxxiv, 2, of the same work.
Vol. III. I
66 CRUSTACEA.
than the thumb or movable finger, merely constituting a simple
tooth. The
Gebia, Leach,
Approaches the preceding sub-genera in the two anterior feet
which are alone didactyle. The leaflets of the lateral fins of the end
of the tail widen from the base to their extremity, and are marked
with longitudinal ridges. The intermediate piece or the last seg-
ment of the tail is nearly square(l).
Thalassina, Lat.
The four anterior feet terminated by two fingers; leaflets of the
lateral fins of the end of the tail, narrow, elongated, and without
ridges; the last caudal segment or intermediate portion forming an
elongated triangle(2).
Sometimes the four anterior feet, or the two first and one of the
second(3) are terminated by two elongated fingers, forming a com-
plete forceps.
The two anterior claws are the largest; the lateral leaflets of the
fin terminating the tail, are in the form of a reversed triangle, or
widest at the posterior margin; the intermediary, on the contrary,
is narrowed from base to apex, and terminates in a point.
Callianassa, Leach.
The claws of the Callianassas are very unequal, both as to form
and proportion; the carpus of the largest of the two anterior ones is
transversal, and forms a common body with the forceps; the same
joint of the other claw is elongated; the two posterior feet are almost
didactyle. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the end of the
tail is larger than the internal, and has a ridge; the latter is smooth.
The ocular pedicles are squamiform, and the cornea is situated
near the middle of their external margin. The filaments of the me-
diate antennae are not longer than their peduncle.
Callianassa subterranea, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXII, is the
only known species. It is found on the coasts of France and
England. The
(1) Thalassina litoralis, Risso, Crust., Ill, 2; Gebia slellata, Leach, Malac. Brit.,
xxxi, 1 9. See Desmar., Consid., p. 203, 204.
(2) Thalassina scorpionides, Lat.; Cancer anomalus, Herbst, LXH; Leach, Zool.
Miscel., CXXX; Desmar., Consid., XXXVI.
(3) The left claw of the second pair seems to be monodactyle in the Callianassx,
and the penultimate joint dilated into a palette.
DECAPODA. 67
Axius, Leach,
Differs from Callianassa in the claws, which are nearly equal, and
in the carpus, which does not form part of the forceps; the posterior
feet are similar to the preceding ones. The leaflets of the lateral
fins are nearly equal in size, and have each a longitudinal ridge.
The filaments of the mediate antennae are evidently longer than their
peduncle. The
Axius stirhynchus, Leach, Malac. Brit., XXXIII, is found
on the coast of England, and on that of the western depart-
ments of France, where it was observed by M. d'Orbigny, sen.,
a corresponding member of the Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
Our second and last subdivision consists of Crustacea whose six
anterior feet form as many claws, terminating in a perfectly didac-
tyle forceps, a character which distinguishes them from all the pre-
ceding Decapoda, and one which approximates them to the first of
the ensuing section; but here the claws of the third pair are the
largest, whereas there, it is the two first, besides which they are
much thicker. The peduncle of the lateral antennae is accompanied
by a scale or spines. The external leaflet of the lateral fins at the
end of the tail, in all the living species, is divided in two by a trans-
verse suture(l). In the
Eryon, Desmar.,
All the leaflets of the caudal fin are narrowed at their extremity
and terminate in a point; the external one presents no transverse
suture. The two filaments of the mediate antennse are very short,
and hardly longer than their peduncle. The sides of the shell are
deeply emarginated.
The forceps of the two anterior claws are narrow and elongated.
This subgenus was established by Desmarest on a fossil species,
Eryon Cuvieri, Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss., X, 4; Consid. XXXIV,
3, found in a lithographic, calcareous stone from Pappenheim and
Aichtedt in the margraviate of Anspach.
Astacus, Gronov., Fab.
Leaflets of the lateral fins at the end of the tail widened and
rounded at their extremity; the external one divided transversely by
a suture, and the posterior extremity of the mediate obtuse or
(1) This character is common to the following section, so that by it we might
divide the Macroura, the Schizopoda excepted, into two great divisions.
68 CRUSTACEA.
rounded. The two filaments of the mediate antennas are much longer
than their peduncle. The sides of the shell are entire or not incised.
In some, all inhabiting salt water, the last segment of the tail, or
that which occupies the middle of the terminal fin, presents no trans-
verse suture.
Those whose lateral antennae have a large scale on their peduncle,
whose eyes are very large and reniform, and the forceps of whose
two anterior claws are narrow, elongated, prismatic, and equal,
form the genus Nephrops of Leach, the type of which is the Cancer
norwegicus, L.;de Geer, Insect., VII, XXI; Herbst., XXVI, 3,* Leach,
Malac. Brit., XXVI. The two anterior claws are furnished with
dentated spines and ridges, and the superior surface of the tail
is sculptured. It is found in the seas of the north of Europe and in
the Mediterranean.
Those in which the peduncle of the lateral antennae presents no-
thing but two short projections in the form of teeth or spines, whose
eyes are neither large nor reniform, and whose forceps are more or
less oval, compose, with the fresh water species, the genus Astacus^
properly so called, of the same author.
Astacus marinus, Fab.; Cancer gammarus, L.; Herbst.,
XXV; Penn.,Brit. Zool., V,x, 21; (the Common Lobster). The
point or rostrum of the anterior extremity of the shell has three
teeth on each side, and another double one at its base. The an-
terior claws are very large and unequal; the largest finger of the
forceps is oval, with great molar teeth, the other is elongated,
and has numerous small ones. Old individuals are sometimes
more than half a metre in length. Its flesh is highly esteemed.
It is found in the European Ocean, in the Mediterranean, and
even on the eastern coasts of North America. Its internal
structure has been carefully studied by Messrs Victor Andouin,
and Milne Edwards.
In the fresh water species, which otherwise resemble the preced-
ing in their antennae, eyes, and form of the claws, the last segment
of the tail, or the middle one of its terminal fin, is transversely di-
vided by a suture. The
Astacus communis; Cancer astacus, L.; Roesel, Insect., Ill, liv,
vii. The Craw-Fish has its anterior forceps granulated, and
the inner edges finely dentated. There is a tooth on each side
of the snout, and two at its base; the lateral edges of the seg-
ments of the tail form an acute angle. Its colour, which is
usually a greenish brown, is sometimes altered by accidental
circumstances.
This species, which inhabits the fresh waters of Europe, has
been more particularly studied, both as respects its anatomy
DECAPODA. 69
and habits, and the faculty enjoyed by the Crustacea of regene-
rating their antenae and feet when they are either mutilated or
destroyed. When about to cast its shell, two stony concretions
are found in the stomach, formerly much used in medical prac-
tice as an absorbent, but now replaced by the carbonate of mag-
nesia. It conceals itself in holes, or under stones, never quitting
its retreat except to search for food, which consists of small
Mollusca and Fishes, and the larvse of Insects. It also feeds on
putrid flesh, the carcases of quadrupeds, for instance, which
are placed as a bait for them in nets, or in the centre of fagots
of wood. They are also taken in their holes by the light of
torches. It changes its shell towards the end of spring. Two
months after coition, which takes place ventribus junctis, the
female produces her ova, which are at first collected in masses,
and glued to the false feet by means of a viscid humour. They
are of a reddish brown colour, and enlarge before they are
hatched. The young Astaci, at first extremely soft and precisely
like their parent, shelter themselves under her tail and remain
there several days, until their bodies acquire a certain degree of
solidity.
The term of existence assigned to the Astaci seems to be
twenty years and upwards, their size augmenting in proportion
to their age. Those are preferred'for the table which inhabit
running streams of fresh water. A parasitic animal belonging
to the Annelides, is found on their branchise, long ago observed
by Rcesel, but imperfectly known until the researches of M.
Odier(l).
The fresh-waters of North America produce another species,
the A. Bartonii, figured by Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Crust., II, x, 1.
A third inhabits the rice-fields of the same country, to which,
according to Major Le Conte, one of the best naturalists of the
United States, it is very injurious.
In the fourth section, that of the Carides, the intermedial anten-
nje are superior or are inserted above the laterals: the peduncle of
these latter is completely covered by a large scale.
Their body is arcuated, almost gibbous, and of a less solid con
sistence than that of the preceding Crustacea. The front is always
drawn out into a point, and most frequently so as to resemble a ros-
trum or pointed lamina compressed and dentated along the edges.
(1) See his Memoire sur le Branchiodelle, inserted in the Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist.
Nat. tome I, p. 69, et seq.
70 CRUSTACEA.
The antennae always project; the laterals are usually very long and
resemble very fine setae ; the intermediaries of a great number ter-
minate in three threads. The eyes are closely approximated. The
external foot-jaws, more elongated and narrow than usual, resemble
palpi or antennae. The mandibles of most of them are compressed
and arcuated at the extremity. One of the first pairs of feet is fre-
quently flexed upon itself. The segments of the tail are dilated or
widened laterally. The external leaflet of its terminal fin is always
divided in two by a suture, a character observed nowhere else ex-
cept in the last Crustacea of the preceding section; the azygous por-
tion of the middle, or the seventh and last segment is elongated,
narrowed near the extremity and provided above with ranges of
small spines. The false feet, of which there are five pairs, are elon-
gated and usually foliaceous.
Immense numbers of these Crustacea are consumed in all parts of
the world. Some species are even salted in order to preserve
them.
In some of them, the three first pairs of feet form a didactyle
claw, the length of which progressively augments, so that the third
pair is the longest. Such are the
Pex^us, Fab.,
Where there is no annular division in any of the joints of the
feet.
Their mandibular palpi are turned up and foliaceous. A little
elliptical appendage may be seen at the base of the feet, a character
which seems to approximate them to Pasiphaea, the last genus of
this section, and to those of the following one.
Some, all indigenous to Europe, on account of the shortness of the
two threads of their intermediate antennae, form a first division. It
contains the following species.
P. sulcatus; Palasmon sulcatus, Oliv., Encyclop.; Caramote,
Rond., Hist. Nat. des Poiss., liv. xviii, chap. 7. Nine inches
long; on the middle of the thorax a longitudinal carina bifurcated
at base, terminated by a projecting rostrum, compressed, with
eleven teeth in its upper edge and one in the lower; a longitu-
dinal sulcus along each side of the carina.
This species is very common in the Mediterranean and the
object of considerable commerce. It is salted and shipped to
the Levant. The P. trisulcatus, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLII,
which inhabits the coast of England, is perhaps a mere local
variety of the sulcatus. Its thorax is trisulcate and the ros-
trum bidentate beneath. In the P. d'Orbigny, Lat, Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist. Nat. , Ed. II, article Pence, the carina is not sulcated.
DEGAPODA. 71
The intermediate antennae of others are terminated by long
threads; they constitute our second division to which we refer.
Penseus monodon, Fab.; Squilla indica, Bont., Hist. Nat., p.
81, which inhabits the Indian Ocean.
P. antennatus, Risso, Crust., II, 6, and P. mars, Id., II, 5,
also appear to belong to it.
Stenopus, Lat.
Distinguished from the Penaei by the transverse and annular di-
visions of the two penultimate joints of the four posterior feet.
The entire body is soft; the antennas and feet are long and slender,
those of the third pair widest.
But a single species is known. It was brought from the seas
of New Holland by M. Peron and Lesueur. Olivier retains it
in the genus Palaemon Cancer setiferus, L. ; P. hispidus, Oliv.,
Encyclop. and Atl., d'Hist. Nat., CCCXIX, 2; Seba, Mus., Ill,
XXI, 6, 7; Herbst., XXXI, 3, where I first placed it.
The remaining Carides, the intermediate antennas of many of
which are terminated by three threads, have at most but two pairs
of didactyle claws formed by the four anterior feet.
A subgenus founded on a single species peculiar to North Ame-
rica, that of
Atya, Leach,
Is removed from all analogous Crustacea by an anomalous cha-
racter. The forceps terminating the four claws is cleft down to its
base, or seems to be composed of two fingers in the form of thongs
united at their origin; the preceding joint is crescent-shaped. The
second pair is the largest. The intermediate antennae have but two
threads.
In all the following subgenera, the blades of the forceps originate
at a certain distance from the base of the penultimate article, or of
that which has the form of a hand; the body or the part that pre-
cedes it is not lunulated.
We now have in the first instance those Carides whose feet are
generally robust and not filiform, and which have no appendage to
their external base. Their body is neither very soft nor greatly
elongated.
Among these subgenera, whose feet are deprived of this appen-
dage, the three following present an insulated form with respect to
their claws.
Crangon, Fab.
The two anterior claws, which are larger than the subsequent feet,
72 CRUSTACEA.
have but a single tooth in place of the index or immovable finger,
and that which is movable is bent and hooked.
The superior or intermediate antennae have but two threads.
The second feet are folded up, and are more or less distinctly bifid
or didactyle at their extremity; neither of the joints is annulated.
The rostrum is very short.
We do not separate the Egeon, Risso, or the Pontophilus, Leach,
from Crangon. In the former, the last joint of the external foot-
jaws is twice the length of the preceding one, while in the latter
they are equal. The second feet of the Egeones are shorter than the
third and the smallest of the whole number, whilst in Crangon their
length is the same. Besides, as the number of species is very
limited, this generic distinction becomes the less necessary.
C. vulgaris, Fab.; Roes., Insect., Ill, lxiii, 1,2. (The Shrimp),
about two inches long. It is smooth, of a pale glaucous green,
dotted with grey. That part of the thorax which supports the
third pair of feet, projects in a point. This species is very com-
mon on the oceanic coast of France, where it is vulgarly called
the Cardon. It is taken there annually in nets. Its flesh is deli-
cate, and highly esteemed. In the same locality, though rarely,
according to M. Brebisson, is found the C. ponctue de rouge, of
Risso; but I consider it, with him, as a mere variety. The C.
loricatus Egeon loricatus, Risso; Cancer cataphractus, Oliv.,
Zool., Adriat., Ill, 1, has three longitudinal and dentated ridges
on the thorax.
Northern seas produce a large species, the Crangon boreas,
Phipps., Voy. to the North Pole, pi. xi, 1, Herbst. XXIX, 2.
Processa, Leach. JVika, Risso.
One of the two anterior feet simply terminating in a point, the
other in a didactyle claw; the two following are unequal, slender,
and also didactyle. One of these second feet is very long, its carpus
and the preceding joint being annulated, a character which on the
other foot is only found in the first of these joints. The fourth pair
of feet are longer than the preceding and two following ones. The
superior antennas have but two threads.
P. edulis; Nika edidis, Riss., Crust., Ill, 3, is of a flesh colour
dotted with yellowish; a line of small yellow spots in the middle.
The anterior extremity of the shell is furnished with three
sharp points, the intermediate of which, or the rostrum, is the
longest. The two anterior feet are equal in size, the right one
forming a forceps. This species is found during the whole year
DEGAFODxV. 73
in the markets at Nice. It is also found on the coast of the
department of France, called the Bouches-du-Rh-jne(l).
Hymenocera, Latr.
The two anterior feet terminated by a long hook with a bifid ex-
tremity, and composed of very short divisions. The two following
are very largej the hands, immovable finger, and superior thread of
the intermediate antennae are dilated, membranous, and almost foli-
aceous. The external foot-jaws are equally foliaceous, and cover the
mouth.
The only species known is in the collection of the Museum
d'Histoire Naturelle, and was captured in the Indian Ocean.
We now pass to subgenera, in which the claws present no remark-
able or insulated peculiarity.
Sometimes the superior or intermediate antennae are only termi-
nated by two threads.
The rostrum is usually short.
Gnati-iophyllum, Latr.
The Gnathophylla are the only ones which approach the Hyme-
nocerse in the size of their foot-jaws. The four anterior feet form di-
dactyle claws; the second pair is longer and thicker than the first.
Neither of the segments of the four is annulated(2).
Pontonia, Latr.
The four anterior feet, as in the two following subgenera, didac-
tyle claws, but the carpus is not annulated(S).
Alpheus, Fab.
The four anterior feet also terminated by adidactyle claw, but the
carpus of the second is articulated. The latter are shorter than the
former(4).
(1) For the remaining species, see Risso, Hist. Nat. des Crust, de Nice; Leach,
Malac. Brit., XLI; and the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II.
(2) Alpheus elegans, Risso, Crust., II, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 228.
(3) Alpheus Ihyrenus, Risso, Crust., II, 2; Astacus thrjrenus, Petag 1 ., V, 5; Des-
mar., lb., p. 229.
(4) Alpheus malabaricus, Fab., and probably some other species, with which,
however, I am not sufficiently acquainted. See Desmar., Consid., p. 222, 223.
Vol. III. K
74 ,ifk CRUSTACEA.
Hyppolyte, Leach.
The Hyppolytes only differ from Alpheus in the respective pro-
portion of their claws; the second are longer than the first(l).
The two last following subgenera have this peculiarity; but a sin-
gle pair of their feet terminate in a didactyle claw. In the
AUTONOMEA, RisSO,
It is the two anterior, which are also distinguished from the
others by their size, their thickness, and their disproportion^). In
Pandalus, Leach,
The two anterior feet are simple, or hardly bifid; the two following
ones are longer, of unequal length and didactyle, the carpus and
preceding segment annulated.
The external foot-jaws are very long and slender, at least in some
of them. The anterior projection of the shell is greatly extended,
and multidentate(S).
Sometimes the superior antennas have three threads.
They have four didactyle claws, the smallest of which are folded
up, and an elongated rostrum.
Pal.emon, Fab.
Prawns are distinguished from the two following subgenera by
their inarticulated carpus; the second feet are larger than the first;
the latter are doubled up. A remarkably large species is found in
the East Indies, the second claws of which are very long. Tolerably
large ones are also found at the Antilles, some of which frequent the
mouths of rivers. Those on the coast of France are much smaller,
and are known there by the vulgar names of Crevettes and Salicoques.
Their flesh is more highly esteemed than that of the Shrimp. Ac-
cording to M. de Brebisson Catal. Method, des Crust, terrest. et
fluviat., de depart, du Calvados, they are taken in the same manner
as the latter Crustacea, but in the summer only. Prawns swim well,
particularly when escaping from pursuit, and in various directions.
They are. always found about the shore. The lithographic stone of
(1) To this subgenus should be referred the Pulsemon diversimane, and P.
marbre, of Olivier. See Desmar., Consid., p. 220.
(2) Jluionomea Olivii, Risso, Crust., p. 166; Cancer glaber, Oliv., Zool. Adriat.,
Ill, 4; Desmar., Consid., p. 251, and 252.
(3) Pandalus annuUcornis, Leach, Malac. Brit., XL; Pandalus narwal, Latr.;
Jlstacus nariualy Fab.; Palxmon pristis, Risso; Cancer armiger? Herbst., XXXIV,
4. See Desmar., Consid., p. 219, 220.
DECAPODA. 75
Pappenheirh and Solhnofen, frequently exhibits the debris of a fossil
crustaceous animal, referred by Desmarest to the Prawns, under
the specific appellation of spinipes Hist. Nat. des Crust. Foss. XI,
4. It does in fact resemble it, but the claws are wanting. A second
fossil species, but much larger, has been discovered in England.
Pal. serratus, Leach, Malac. Brit. XLIII, 1, 10$ Herbst.,
XXVII, 1, is from four to five inches long, of a pale red colour,
which becomes more vivid on the antennae, the posterior mar-
gin of the segments of the tail, and particularly on the terminal
fin. The rostrum extends beyond the peduncle of the interme-
diate antennae, is recurved at its extremity, and has five teeth
above, exclusive of the point, and five beneath. The fingers are
as long as the penultimate joint. It is found on the coast of
France and England, and is the species of this subgenus that is
more particularly sold at Paris. A sort of wen is frequently,
and at all seasons, observed on one side of the shell, which co-
vers a parasite Bopyrus, which fastens upon its branchiae.
Pal. squilla, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIII, 11 13$ Cancer
squilla, L.$ Squilla fusca, Bast., Opusc. subs., lib. 2, 111, 5, is
but half the size of the serratus. Its rostrum scarcely extends
beyond the peduncle of the superior antennae, is almost straight,
or but slightly recurved, is emargin.ated at the extremity, and
has seven or eight teeth above, and three below. The fingers
of the claws are somewhat longer than the hand. Common on
the coast of France and England(l).
The carpus is articulated, or presents annular divisions in the two
following genera, viz.
Sysmata, Risso: ante Melicerta, ejusd.
Where the second pair of claws are larger than the first(2), and
Athanas, Leach,
In which, on the contrary, the first pair is larger than the se-
cond(3). The last subgenus of this section, that of
(1) See the article Palemon, Encyclop. Method., and of the second edition of
the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., and Desmar., Consid., p. 236 238. See also in re-
lation to the nervous system, the Mem. Cit., of Messrs Audouin and Milne Ed-
wards.
(2) Lysmalu seticauda, Risso, Crust., II, 1; Desmar., Consid., p. 238.
(3) Athanas nitescens, Leach, Malac. Brit., XLIV; Desmar., Consid., p. 239,
240; de lireb., Crust, du Calv., p. 23, 24.
76 CRUSTACEA.
Pasiph.sa, Saw,
Although closely approximated to several of the preceding by the
superior antennae which are terminated by two threads; by the form
of the four anterior feet, terminating in a didactyle forceps, and pre-
ceded by a joint, without annular divisions, and by the shortness of
the rostrum, differs from them in several respects. A testaceous ap-
pendage is very evident at the external base of their feet; these lat-
ter, with the exception of the claws, which are larger and nearly
equal, are very slender and filiform; the body is greatly elongated,
strongly compressed, and extremely soft.
Pas. sivado; Jilpheus sivado, Risso, Crust., Ill, 2; Desmar.,
Consid., p. 240, is two inches and a half long, and four lines and
a half in breadth. The body is transparent, of a nacre white
edged with red, the caudal fin marked with small dots of the
same colour. The rostrum is sharp and slightly curved at the
point. Claws reddish.
It is very abundant on the shores of Nice, and according to
Risso spawns in June and July. No other species has yet been
observed.
Our fifth and last section of the Macroura, that of the Schizopoda,
appears to connect the Macroura with the following order. The
feet, none of which terminates in a forceps, are very slender, resem-
ble thongs, are furnished with an appendage more or less long, aris-
ing from their external side near their base, and serving for nata-
tion only. The ova are situated between them, and not under the
tail. The ocular pedicles are very short. As in most of the Ma-
croura the front projects into a point or rostrum. The shell is thin,
and the tail terminates, as usual, in a sort of fin. They are small,
and inhabit salt water.
Here the eyes are very apparent; the lateral antennse are accom-
panied by a scale, and the intermediaries terminated by two threads
and composed of several small segments, as in the preceding genera.
Mysis, Latr.
Antennse and feet exposed; the shell elongated; nearly square or
cylindrical; the eyes closely approximated, and the feet capillary, as
if formed of two threads(l).
(1) Mysis Fabrkii, Leach; Encyc. Method., Atl., d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 8,
9; Cancer oculatus, Oth.; Fab., Groenl., fig. 1. See Desmar., Consid., p. 241, 242.
DECAPODA. 77
Cryptopus, Latr.
A subovoid inflated shell, curving downwards on the sides, enve-
loping the body as well as the antennae and feet, exhibiting beneath
a mere longitudinal fissure. The eyes are separated, and the feet in
the form of thongs, with a lateral appendage(l).
There the eyes are concealed; the intermediate antennae are coni-
cal, inarticulated, and very short; the laterals are composed of a
peduncle, and a thread without any distinct articulations. There is
no at least salient scale at their base. Such is the
Mulciom, Latr.
The body is soft and thorax ovoid. The feet are in the form of a
thong, and mosc of them have an appendage at their base; the fourth
pair is the longest.
I know but one species, the Mulcion Lesueurii, which was
captured by that zealous naturalist in the seas of North Ame-
rica. The late Olivier, in the Pinna marina, found a crusta-
ceous animal very similar at the first coup d'ceil to the Lesueu-
rit, but the specimens were so much injured that it is impossible
for me to study their characters.
The Nebalise, which Ave at first placed in this section, having no
natatory appendages under the last segments of their body, and their
feet being tolerably similar to those of a Cyclops, will pass with the
Condylura into the order of the Branchiopoda, at the head of which
they will stand. The Nebalise, by their very prominent eyes, which
seem to be on pedicles, and by some other characters, appear to
connect the Schizopoda with the Branchiopoda.
ORDER II.
STOMAPODA.
The branchiae of the Stomapoda are exposed and at-
tached to the five pairs of sub-abdominal appendages, exhi-
bited to us by that part of the body, called tail, in the De-
eapoda, and which here, as in most of the Macroura, are fitted
(1) Cryptopus Defrancii, Latr., from the Mediterranean.
78 CRUSTACEA.
for natation, or are fin-feet. Their shell is divided into
two portions, the anterior of which supports the eyes and in-
termediate antennse, or composes the head, without giving
origin to the foot-jaws. These organs, as well as the four
anterior feet, are frequently approximated to the mouth on
two lines that converge inferiorly, and hence the denomina-
tion of Stomapoda affixed to this order. Judging by the
Squillse, the most remarkable genus of this order, and the only
one hitherto studied, the heart is elongated, and similar to a
large vessel. It extends along the whole length of the back,
rests upon the liver and intestinal canal, and terminates poste-
riorly and near the anus, in a point. Its parietes are thin,
transparent, and almost membranous. From its anterior ex-
tremity, placed immediately behind the stomach, arise three
principal arteries, the mediate of which the ophthalmic
giving off several branches on each side, is more particularly
directed to the eyes and intermediate antennae, and the two
lateral ones the antennaries pass over the sides of the sto-
mach and are lost in the muscles of the mouth and of the ex-
ternal antennae. No artery arises from the superior surface
of the heart, but a great many issue from its two sides, each
pair of which, as it appears to us, corresponds to a particular
segment of the body, commencing with the foot-jaws, whether
these segments be external, or concealed by the shell, and
even very small as is the case with those that are anterior.
On a level with the first five abdominal annuli, or those to
which the natatory appendages and the branchiae are attached,
this superior surface of the heart receives, near the median
line, five pairs of vessels a pair to each segment proceeding
from these latter organs, and which, according to Messrs
Audquin and Milne Edwards, are analogous to the branchio-
cardiacs of the Decapoda. A central canal (1 ) situated under
(1) See our general observations on the Macroura. Neither this vessel nor the
venous sinuses have been observed in the subsequent orders; but the heart pre-
serves the same elongated form, and presents similar anterior arteries. From its
sides also arise other arteries corresponding to the articulations of the body. In
addition to the pre-cited Memoir, see the Lecons d'Anatomie Comparee of the
Baron Cuvier.
STOMAPODA. 79
the liver and intestine receives the venous blood which is
poured into it from all parts of the body. On the level of
each segment to which the foot-jaws and branchiae are attach-
ed, it gives off a branch on each side, running to that part of
the branchise which is situated at the base of the correspond-
ing foot-jaw. The parietes of these vessels appear to the
above mentioned gentlemen to be smooth and continuous, but
formed by a layer of lamellated cellular tissue glued to the
neighbouring muscles, rather than by a membrane proper;
these vessels also appeared to them to communicate with each
other near the lateral margin of the annuli, but they could
not positively affirm it. The afferent or internal vessels of
the branchiae, which in these Squills form tufted bunches,
are continuous with the branchio-cardiac canals, are no longer
lodged in cells, pass between muscles, turn obliquely over the
lateral part of the abdomen, reach the anterior margin of the
preceding ring, and terminate on the superior surface of the
heart near the median line, one partly mounting on the other.
The medullary cord, exclusive of the brain, presents but ten
ganglions, of which the anterior furnishes nerves to the mouth,
the three following, those of the six natatory feet, and the last
six, those of the tail. Thus, although the four last foot-jaws
represent the four anterior feet of the Decapoda, they never-
theless form a part of the organs of manducation. The sto-
mach of these Crustacea Squillee is small and has but a few
very small teeth(l) near the pylorus. It is followed by a
straight and slender intestine which extends along the whole
abdomen, accompanied on the right and left by glandular lobes
which appear to supply the want of a liver. A ramous ap-
pendage adhering to the inner base of the last pair of feet
appears to characterize the male.
The teguments of the Stomapoda are thin, and in several,
nearly membranous or diaphanous. The shell is sometimes
formed of two shields, of which the anterior corresponds to
the head and the posterior to the thorax, and sometimes of
(l) They form two ranges of transverse and parallel striae.
80 CRUSTACEA.
a single piece, which however is free behind, usually exposing
the thoracic segments, bearing the three last pairs of feet and
having an articulation before that serves as a base to the eyes
and intermediate antennas ; these latter organs are always ex-
tended and terminated by two or three threads. The eyes
are always approximated. The formation of the mouth is
essentially the same as in the Decapoda ; but the palpi of the
mandibles, instead of being laid on them, are always vertical.
The foot-jaws are deprived of the flagelliform appendage pre-
sented to us by the same parts in the Decapoda. They have
the form of claws or of small feet, and, at least in several
the Squills, their external base as well as that of the two
anterior feet properly so called, exhibits a vesicular body.
Those of the second pair, in the same Stomapoda, are much
larger than the others and even than the feet, which has caused
them to be considered as true feet ; fourteen of them have
been counted(l). The four anterior feet have also the form
of claws, but are terminated as well as the foot-jaws by a hook
which curves towards the head, on the inferior and ante-
rior edge of the preceding joint or of the hand. In others how-
ever the Phyllosoma for instance(2) all these organs are
filiform and have no forceps. Some of them at least, as well
as the last six and equally simple ones of the Stomapoda pro-
vided with claws, have an appendage or lateral branch. The
seven last segments of the body, containing a large portion of
the heart and furnishing a base for the attachment of the res-
piratory organs, can no longer in this respect be assimilated
to that portion of the body which is called the tail in the De-
capoda : it is a true abdomen. Its penultimate segment has
a fin on each side formed like the caudal of the Macroura,
but is frequently, as well as the last segment or intermediate
portion, armed with spines or teeth.
(1) The second jaws of these Stomapoda no longer present the same form as
those of the Decapoda. They have the figure of an elongated triangle divided
into four segments by transverse lines. The mandibles are bifurcated and well
dentate d.
(2) In all those where the four anterior feet are in the form of claws, the six last
are natatory.
STOMAPODA. 81
The Stomapoda are all marine Crustacea. Their favourite
habitat is in the intertropical latitudes, and they are not found
beyond the temperate zones. Of their habits we are totally
ignorant; that those which are furnished with claws use them
in seizing their prey, in the manner of those Orthoptera
called in Provence Pregadious or Mantes{l), we cannot
doubt. Hence their vulgar appellation of Sea- Mantis: they
are the Crangones and Crangines of the Greeks. According
to Risso they prefer sandy bottoms in deep water, and copu-
late in the spring. Other Stomapoda, those of our second
family, being less favoured with natatory appendages and
having a much flatter and more superficially extended body,
are generally found on the surface of the water, where they
move very slowly. We will divide the Stomapoda into two
families.
FAMILY I.
UNIPELTATA.
In this family the shell consists of a single shield, of an
elongated quadrilateral form, usually widened and free behind,
covering the head, the antenme and eyes excepted which are
placed on a common anterior articulation, and at least the
first segments of the body. Its anterior extremity terminates
in a point or is preceded by a small plate with a similar end.
All the foot-jaws, the second of which are very large, and the
four anterior feet are closely approximated to the mouth on
two inferiorly converging lines, and have the form of claws
with a single finger or mobile and flexed hook. With the
exception of the second feet all these organs are furnished at
their external origin with a little pediculated vesicle. The
other six feet, at the base of whose third segment is a lateral
appendage, are linear, terminated by a brush, and simply na-
(1) Some other analogous Orthoptera, such as the PhyUium, resemble leaves.
The Phyllosoma:, Crustacea of the same order, exhibit similar affinities.
Vol. III. L
82 CRUSTACEA.
tatory. The lateral antennae have a scale at their base, and
the stem of the intermediaries is composed of three filaments.
The body is narrow and elongated; the ocular pedicles are
always short.
This family is composed of but one genus ? that of
Squilla, Fab.j
Which we will divide in the following manner:
In some the crustaceous shield is preceded by a small and more
or less triangular plate, situated above the segment in which the
eyes and mediate antennae are inserted, only covers the anterior por-
tion of the thorax, and does not curve downwards on the sides. The
piece which serves as a peduncle to the mediate antennae, as well as
the ocular pedicles and the external sides of the end of the abdomen,
are exposed.
Here the body is almost semi-cylindrical, the posterior edge of
the last segment being rounded, dentated or spinousj the lateral ap-
pendages of the last six feet are styliform.
Squilla, Lat.
The true Squillse, along the whole inner side of the penultimate
segment of the two large claws, have an extremely narrow groove,
dentated on one of its edges and spinous on the other, and the ensu-
ing joint or the claw, falciform and usually dentated.
Squilla mcmtis; Canca* mantis, L.^ Herbst., XXXIII, 1; En-
cyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXIV; Dcsmar., Con-
sid., XLI, 2, is about seven inches in length. The base of the
large forceps is furnished with three movable spines, and its
claws have six elongated and sharp-edged teeth, the last one
being the largest. The segments of the body, the last one ex-
cepted, are marked by six longitudinal ridges, mostly termi-
nating in a sharp point; the middle of the last is strongly cari-
nated, punctured and terminated posteriorly by a double range
of indentations, and four very stout points, the mediate teeth of
which are most closely approximated; each lateral margin has
two reflected or thicker divisions, the last one terminating in a
point. The peduncle of the lateral fins is prolonged beneath
and terminated by two very strong teeth. It is common in the
Mediterranean. The Squille de Besmarest, Risso, Crust. II, 8,
which also inhabits the same sea, is but two inches and a half in
length. Its claws have five teeth; the shell and the middle por-
STOMAPODA. 83
tion of the abdominal segments, the last ones excepted, are
smooth(l). In the
GoNODACTYLTJS, Lat.,
The groove of the penultimate segment of the large claws is wi-
dened at its extremity, presenting neither dentations nor spines.
The finger is dilated, or resembles a knot near its base, terminating
in a straight or slightly curved compressed point. They are all
foreign to Europe(2).
There, the body is extremely narrow and depressed, and the last
segment almost square, entire, and without dentations or spines.
The lateral appendage of its last six feet is in the form of an almost
orbicular and slightly bordered palette; the antennae and feet are
shorter than in the preceding; the penultimate segment of the large
claws has its inner margin fringed with numerous cilia in the form
of little spines: the finger is falciform.
Coronis, Latr.
But a single species is known(3)>
In the remaining Stomapoda of this family the shell is almost
membranous and diaphanous, covers the whole thorax, is curved la-
terally beneath, prolonged anteriorly into a spine or ensiform blade,
and projects above the base of the mediate antennas and of the eyes.
This base or support is susceptible of being curved under and en-
closed in the case formed by the curvature of the shield. The pos-
terior fins are concealed under the last segment.
These very small, soft Crustacea are peculiar to the Atlantic
Ocean and the Eastern seas. The fingers of the large claws have
no teeth; the second joint of the ocular pedicles is much larger than
the first, and has the figure of a reversed cone; the eyes properly so
called are large and almost globular; the fin-like appendage of the
feet resembles that of the Squillas and Gonodactyli. In the
Erichthus, Latr. Smerdis, Leach,
The first joint of the ocular pedicles is much shorter than the
second; the middle of the lateral edges of the shield has a strongly
(1) For the other species, see the article Squille, and pi., of the Encyc.
Method.; Desmar., Consid. In pi. XLII, he has given a detailed figure of the
Squille queue-rude.
(2) Squilla scyttarus, Fab.; Rumph., Mus., Ill, F;Squilla chiragra, Fab.;
Desmar. Consid., XLIII. See the article Squille, of the Encyclopedia Metho-
dique.
(3) See Encyclop. IVfethod., art. Squille. Squilla euseUa? R'issq.
84 CRUSTACEA.
angular dilatation, and their posterior extremity exhibits two
teeth(l). In
Alima, Leach,
The first joint of the ocular pedicles is slender, cylindrical, and
much longer than the following one: the body is narrower and more
elongated than that of an Erichthus; the lateral borders of the shield
are nearly straight or are but slightly dilated; there is a slight
longitudinal carina on its middle, and each of its angles forms a
spine, the two posterior of which are the largest(2).
FAMILY II.
BIPELTATA.
In this family we find the shell divided into two shields,
the anterior of which, very large and more or less oval, forms
the head, and the posterior, corresponding to the thorax
transverse and angular in its circumference, supports the foot-
jaws and feet. These latter, with the exception at most of
the two posterior and two last foot-jaws, are slender and fili-
form, usually very long and accompanied by a lateral, ciliated
appendage. The other four foot-jaws are very small and
conical. The base of the lateral antennae exhibits no scale ;
the intermediaries are terminated by two threads. The ocu-
lar pedicles are long. The body is much flattened, mem-
branous, and diaphanous ; the abdomen small and its posterior
fin without spines. It comprises but a single genus, the
9
Phyllosoma, Leach,
Of which all the species inhabit the Atlantic Ocean and Oriental
seas(3).
(1) Erichthus vitreus, Lat. See art. Squille, Atl. d'Hist. Nat. of the Encyclop.
Method., pi. cccliv; and Desmar. Consid., XLIV, 2, 3.
(2) Alima hyalina, Lat., Encyclop. Method., art. Squille, and Ibid. Atl. d'Hist.
Nat., CCCLIV, 8; Desmar., Consid., XLIV, 1.
(3) See Encyclop. Method., and Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, article Phyl-
losome,- also the work of Desmarest on the Crustacea and the Zoology of the Voy.
de Freycinet. As respects their nervous system, the Phyllosoma: seem to be in-
termediate between the preceding and subsequent Crustacea. See Audouin and
Edwards, op. cit.
CRUSTACEA. 85
MALACOSTRACA.
b. Eyes sessile and immovable.
The Branchiopoda are the only Crustacea of which we shall
henceforward have occasion to speak, that exhibit eyes placed
on pedicles. But independently of the fact that these pedi-
cles are neither articulated nor lodged in special cavities, the
Branchiopoda have no shell and are otherwise removed from
the preceding Crustacea by various characters. All the Ma-
lacostraca of this division are also deprived of a shell ; their
body, from the head downwards, is composed of a suite of
articulations of which each of the first seven is furnished
with a pair of feet, the following and last ones, seven at most,
forming a sort of tail terminated by fins or styliform appen-
dages. The head presents four antennae, the two interme-
diate superior, two eyes, and a mouth composed of two man-
dibles, a tongue, two pairs of jaws, and a sort of lip formed
by two foot-jaws that correspond to the two superior ones of
the Decapoda ; here, as in the Stomapoda, the flagrum no
longer exists. The four last foot-jaws are transformed into
feet, sometimes simple and at others constituting a claw, but
almost always with a single toe or hook.
According to the observations of Messrs Audouin and Ed-
wards, the two ganglionary cords of the spinal marrow are
perfectly symmetrical and distinct throughout the whole of
their length, and from those of the Baron Cuvier it would ap-
pear that the Onisci are only removed from them because
these cords do not present the same uniformity in all the seg-
ments of the body, and because there are some ganglions
less(l). Thus, according to them, the nervous system of the
Crustacea is the simplest of all ; in the Cymothoae and Idoteae
the two ganglionary chains are no longer distinct, and those
__ _^
(1) See Oniscus.
86 CRUSTACEA.
ganglions which immediately follow the two cephalics, form
as many small circular masses situated on the median line of
the body; but the cords of communication w.hich serve to
connect them, remain isolated and attached to each other. It
would appear from these facts that the latter Crustacea are
higher in the animal scale than the preceding ones, but other
considerations seem to us to require a considerable separation
between the Talitri and Onisci, and the arrangement of the
CymothotC and Idotese in an intermediate rank.
The organs of generation are situated inferiorly near the
origin of the tail. The two first appendages with which it is
furnished beneath, and which are analogous to those presented
to us by the same part in the preceding Crustacea, but more
diversified, and always, as it appears, supporting the bran-
chiae, differ in this respect, according to the sex. The coitus
takes place like that of insects, the male placing himself on the
back of his female ; the latter carries her ova under the thorax,
between scales which form a sort of pouch. There they are
developed, and the young remain attached to the feet or
other parts of the body of their mother, until they have ac-
quired the strength requisite for natation, and providing for
their wants. All these Crustacea are small, and mostly in-
habit the sea-coast or fresh water. Some are terrestrial,
and others are known which are parasitical.
They are divided into three orders : those whose mandibles
are furnished with a palpus, appear to be naturally connected
with the preceding Crustacea such are the Amphipoda ;
those in which these organs are deprived of them will consti-
tute the two following orders the Lsemodipoda and the Iso-
poda. The Cyami, a genus of the second one, being parasi-
tical, naturally lead us to the Bopyri and Cymothoae, with
which we commence the Isopoda.
AMPHIPODA. 87
ORDER III.
AMPHIPODA.
The Amphipoda are the only Malacostraca with sessile and
immovable eyes, whose mandibles, like those of the preceding
Crustacea, are furnished with a palpus, and the only ones
whose subcaudal appendages, always very apparent, by
their narrow and elongated form, their articulations, bifur-
cations, and other incisures, as well as by the hairs or cilia
with which they are provided, resemble false- or natatory feet.
In the Malacostraca of the following orders, these appendages
have the form of laminae or scales ; here these hairs and cilia
appear to constitute the branchiae. Many of them, like the
Stomapoda and the Laemodipoda, have vesicular bursas either
between their feet or at their external base, the use of which
is unknown.
The first pair of feet, or that which corresponds to the se-
cond foot-jaws, is always annexed to a particular segment, the
first after the head. The antennae, which, with a single ex-
ception the Phronimse, are four in number, project, gra-
dually taper into a point, and consist, as in the preceding
Crustacea, of a peduncle and a single stem, or one furnished at
most with a little lateral branch, and usually composed of
several joints. The body is generally compressed and curved
beneath posteriorly. The terminal appendages of the tail
are most frequently styliform and articulated. Most of them
swim and leap with facility and always laterally. Some in-
habit springs and rivulets, and are often found in couples
consisting of the two sexes ; most of them however live in salt
water. Their colour is uniform, verging on reddish or green-
ish.
They may all be comprised in a single genus, that of
Gammarus, Fab.,
Which we may subdivide, in the first place, into three sections,
from the form and number of* the feet.
88 CRUSTACEA.
1. Those which have fourteen feet all terminated by a hook, or in
a point.
2. Those which also have fourteen feet, but which are the four
last at least simply natatory.
3. Those which have only ten apparent feet.
The first section is divided into two.
Some of them, the Uropteua, Latr., usually have a large head;
the antennae are frequently short, and in some but two in number;
the body is soft. All the feet, the fifth pair at most excepted, are
simple, the anterior are short or small, and the tail is either fur-
nished at the extremity with lateral fins, or is terminated by points
or appendages, widened and bidentated, or forked at their posterior
extremity. They inhabit the bodies of various Acephala or Lin-
naean Medusae, and of some other Zoophytes.
Here, as in
Phronima, Lat.,
There are but two very short and biarticulated antennae; the
fifth pair of feet is the largest of all and terminates in a didactyle
forceps; the six appendages of the extremity of the tail are styli-
form, elongated and forked or bidentated at the end; six vesicu-
lar sacs may be observed between the last feet. Several species ap-
pear to exist, but they have not been strictly and comparatively de-
scribed.
That which has been taken for our type is the Cancel' seden-
tarius, Forsk. , Faun. Arab., p. 95; Latr., Gener. Crust, et In-
sect. I, ii, 2, 3, which is found in the Mediterranean, and in-
habits a membranous transparent body that has the figure of a
cask, and which appears to proceed from the body of a species
of Beroe.
The Phronime sentinelle, Risso, Crust., II, 3, inhabits the in-
terior of Medusae, constituting the genera Equoree and Ge'ro-
nie of Peron and Lesueur. Another species, according to Leach,
has been observed on the coast of Zealand.
There we observe four antennae; all the feet are simple; on each
side of the extremity of the tail is a lamellated or foliaceous fin, the
leaflets of which are acuminated or unidentated at the end. ,
Hyperia, Lat.
The body thickest anteriorly; the greater portion of the head oc-
cupied by oblong eyes somewhat emarginated on the inner edge;
AMPH1P0DA. 89
two of the antennae, at least half as long as the body and terminated
by a long setaceous stem composed of several small joints(l).
Phrosine, Risso.
Form of the body and that of the head similar to the Hyperiae, but
the antennae, at most, the length of the latter, composed of but few
and styliform joints, or terminated by a stem resembling an elon-
gated cone(2 \
Dactylocera, Lat.
The body not thickened anteriorly; the head moderate, depressed,
nearly square; eyes small ; four extremely short antennae composed
of but few joints, as in Phrosine, of various forms the inferior
being thin and styliform, and the superior terminated by a small
concave plate on the inner side 'esemble a spoon or forceps(3).
The others Gammarin^e, Latr. always have four antennae ; their
body, invested with coriaceous and elastic tegments, is generally
compressed and arcuated ; the posterior extremity of the tail is de-
prived of fins ; its appendages are styliform and cylindrical, or coni-
(1) Cancer monoculoides, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI, ii, 3; Hypirie de Le-
sueur, Lat.,.Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat, CCCXXVIII, 17, 18; Desmar.
Consid., p. 258.
N.B. Near the Hyperiae should be placed the genus Tuemisto, Lat., carefully
figured and described in the Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., tome IV. As in the
Hyperise, the eyes are very large and occupy the larger portion of the head; two
of the antennae (the inferior), all terminated by a multi-articulated stem tapering to
a point, are evidently longer than the others. The part there called levre inferieure,
is the ligula; those which appeared to form the third pair of jaws are the first
of the foot-jaws, and, as in the Amphipodaand Isopoda, close the mouth inferiorly
under the form of a lip. The four remaining foot-jaws are very short, directed
forwards and laid upon the mouth in such a way that they seem to constitute a
part of it, so that if we do not count them, or if we merely consider the following
locomotive and much more apparent organs as feet, this animal, like the Hyperia
and Phrosine, appears at the first glance to have but ten feet instead of fourteen.
The third pair of foot-jaws is terminated by a small didactyle forceps. The same
pair of feet, properly so called, is much longer than the others; its penultimate
joint is greatly elongated, and is armed with a range of small spines forming a sort
of comb. But a single species is known.
(2j Phros. macrophthalma, Risso, Journ. de Phys., Octob. 1822; Desmar., lb., p.
259; Cancer galba, Montag., Trans., Lin. Soc, XI, ii, 2.
(3) Phros. seminulata, Risso, lb.; Desmar., lb. The stem of the inferior antennae
consists of two or three joints, while in Phrosine it is inarticulate. There also,
the joints of the peduncles of the same antennae are shorter.
Vol. Ill M
90 CRUSTACEA.
cal. At least two of their four anterior feet are usually terminated
by a forceps.
The vesicular bursae, in those where they have been observed
the Gammarinae,Latr. are situated at the exterior base of the feet,
commencing with the second pair, and are accompanied by a small
plate. The pectoral scales which enclose the ova are six in number.
Sometimes the four antennae, although of different proportions in
several, have a similar form and uses; the inferior have no resem-
blance to feet nor do they perform their functions.
A subgenus which we have established under the denomination of
Ione, Lat.,
Only, however, from a figure given by Montagu Oniscus thora-
cicus, Trans. Lin. Soc. ,IX, III, 3, 4 exhibits very peculiar charac-
ters which separate it from all others of the same order. The body
consists of about fifteen joints, but only distinguished by lateral
tooth-like incisions. The four antennas are very short; those that
are external, being longer than the others, are the only ones visible
when the animal is seen on its back. Each of the two first segments
of the body of the female is provided with two elongated, fleshy,
flattened cirri resembling oars. The feet are very short, concealed
under the body and hooked. The six last segments are furnished
with lateral, fleshy, elongated, fasciculated appendages, which are
simple in the male and like oars in the female. At the posterior
extremity of the body we also observe six simple, recurved appen-
dages, two of which are larger than the others. The abdominal
valves are very large, cover the whole inferior surface of the body,
and form a sort of receptacle for the ova. This animal remains
concealed under the shell of the Calinassa subterranea, on the side
of which it forms a tumour. Montagu, having withdrawn one of
these Crustacea from its domicil, kept it alive for several days. The
female is always accompanied by the male, who fixes himself firmly
to her abdominal appendages by means of his forceps. It is a rare
animal which, in its habits, approaches the Bopyri(l).
All the ensuing Amphipoda have the segments of the body per-
fectly distinct, throughout their whole extent; in neither sex nor in
any of the species do we find those long oar-like cirri observed in
the first of the Iones.
(1) See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Decemb. 1826, XLIX, 10, the male II, the fe-
male.
AMPHIPODA. 91
In the latter, when it exists, the movable toe of the foot, termi-
nated by a forceps, is formed of a single joint.
Of these last, there are some whose superior antennae are much
shorter than the inferior, and even than their peduncle; the stem of
the latter is composed of numerous joints.
Orchestia, Leach.
The second feet of the male terminated by a large forceps, the
movable toe long and somewhat curved; those of the female by two
toes. The third joint of the inferior antennae is at most twice the
length of that of the preceding ones(l).
Taliprus, Lat.
Neither of the feet forming a forceps. The third joint of the in-
ferior antennae more than twice the length of that of the preceding
ones; the antennae large and spinous(2).
In the following, the superior antennae are never much shorter
than the inferior.
Some of them, furnished with elongated setaceous antennae ter-
minated by a pluri-articulated stem, and without any remarkable
forceps, approach the preceding in their superior antennae, which
are somewhat shorter than the inferior, and are removed from those
that follow by the form of their head which is narrowed before into
a kind of snout. Such is
Atylus, Leach(3).
All those which succeed have the superior antennae as long as the
inferior, or longer; their head is not elongated into a snout.
Here, as in the five following genera of Leach, the peduncle of
the antennae is formed of three joints(4).
Some, in their superior antennae, present a character which is
(1) Oniscus gammarellus, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascia, IX, iv, 8; Cancer gamma-
rus littoreus, Montag 1 . ; Desmar., Consid., p. 261, XLV, 3.
(2) Oniscus locusta, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, 7; Cancer gammarus salta-
tor, Montag - .; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 1.1.
(3) Atylus carinatus, Leach, Zool. Misc., LXIX; Desmar., Consid., p. 262,
XLV, 4; Gammarus carinatus, Fab.; G. nugax? ejusd. ; Phipps, Voy. to the
North Pole, XII, 2?
(4) The third joint of the peduncle may be very small and thus become assi-
milated to the following, or those of the stem; this peduncle, as in the Dexamines,
then appears to consist of but two joints. According- to the system of Leach the
stem is understood to form another but compound joint.
92 CRUSTACEA.
unique in this order the internal extremity of the third joint of the
peduncle is provided with a little articulated thread. It distin-
guishes the
Gammarus, Lat.,
Where the four anterior feet have the form of small forceps, the
movable toe folding beneath.
The species best known and the type of this subgenus is the
Cancer pulex, L.; Squillu pulex, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxiii,
1,2. It inhabits brooks, etc. The other species are marine(l).
The antennae of the following, as in all the other Amphipoda, are
simple or without appendages.
Melita, Leach.
The second pair of feet, in the male, terminated by a large com-
pressed forceps, the toe folding under its internal surface; the an-
tennae nearly equal in length; a small foliaceous appendage on each
side of the posterior extremity of the body(2).
MiERA, Leach.
The second feet in the males terminated as in the Melitae, but the
toe folds under the inferior edge of the forceps and is not concealed.
The superior antennae are longer than the inferior, and the foliace-
ous appendages of the posterior extremity of the body are want-
ing(3).
Amphithoe, Leach.
The four anterior feet nearly similar in both sexes; the penultimate
article or hand proper, ovoid(4).
Pherusa, Leach.
The Pherusae only differ from the preceding subgenus in the hand
of the forceps, which is filiform(5).
There, the peduncle of the antennae is only composed of two joints,
(1) See Desmar., Consid., p. 265, 267.
(2) Cancer palmatus, Montag., Trans., Lin. Soc, VII, p. 69; Encyclop. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 31; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 7.
(3) Cancer gammarus grosimanus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, IX, iv, 5; Desmar.
Consid. p. 264.
(4) Cancer rubricatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, IX, p. 99; Encyclop. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 33; Desmar., Consid., XLV, 9;0niscus cancellus,
Pall., Spic. Zool. Fascic, IX, iii, 18; Gammarus cancellus, Fab.
(5) Pherusa fusicola, Leach; Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p. 360; Desmar., Consid.,
p. 268.
AMPHIPODA. 93
the third being so small as to be confounded with those of the stem,
or forming; that of the base ; the superior are longer than the infe-
rior. All the feet are simple, or without forceps. Such is
Dexamine, Leach(l).
In those, the movable toe of the two forceps is bi-articulated.
The antennae are of equal length.
Leucothoe, Leach.
The antennae short, their peduncle formed of two joints; the four
anterior feet terminated in a stout forceps; toes of the two first bi-ar-
ticulated; those of the second pair consisting of a single and long
joint(2).
Cerapus, Say.
Large antennae, the peduncle consisting of three the superior
or four the inferior joints; the two anterior feet small, with a
uni-articulated toe; the two following terminating in a large triangu-
lar, smooth, dentated hand, with a bi-articulated finger.
Ceraphus tubularis, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philad., I,
iv, 7 11; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 2. It inhabits a little cy-
lindrical tube, and in this respect approaches the subsequent
subgenus. Very common at Egg Harbour, New Jersey, among
the Sertulariae on which it appears to feed.
Finally, the inferior antennae, sometimes much larger than the
superior, their stem consisting at most of four joints, have the form
of feet, and appear to serve, at least occasionally, as organs of pre-
hension.
Kere the second feet are terminated by a large forceps.
Podocerus, Leach.
Eyes very prominent(3).
Jassa, Leach.
Eyes not prominent(4).
There, neither of the feet is terminated by a large forceps.
(1) Cancer gammarus spinosus, Montag. , Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p, 3; Desmar.,
Consid , XLV, 6.
(2) Cancer articulosus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. VII, 6; Desmar., Consid., p.
263, XLV, 5.
(3) Podocerus variegatus, Leach, Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, p. 361; Desmar., Consid.
p. 269.
(4) Jassa pulehella, Leach, lb., p. 361; Desmar., Consid., p. 269.
94 CRUSTACEA.
Corophium, Lat.
C. longicornis; Cancer grossipes, L.; Gammarus longicornis,
Fab. j Oniscus volutator, Pall., Spic. Zool., Fascic. IX, iv, 9;
Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 1, called Pernys, on the coast of Ro-
chelle, lives in holes, which it forms in the mud, that is covered
with hurdles, called bouchots, by the inhabitants- The animal
does not make its appearance till the beginning of May. It wages
everlasting war against the Nereides, Amphinoma?, Arenicolse,
and other marine Annelides, which inhabit the same locality. A
curious spectacle is presented by these Crustacea, when the tide
is coming in; myriads of them may then be seen moving in every
direction, beating the mud with their great arms, and diluting
it in order to discover their prey is it one of the above men-
tioned Annelides they have discovered, which is ten or twenty
times larger than themselves? they unite to attack and devour
it. The carnage never ceases until the mud has been thorough-
ly turned up and its inequalities levelled. They do not even
spare Molluscae, Fishes, or dead bodies on the shore. They
mount upon the hurdles which contain Muscles, and fishermen
assert that they will cut the threads that keep them there, in
order to precipitate them into the mud, where they may devour
them at their leisure. They appear to breed during the whole
summer, as females carrying their ova are to be met with at
various periods. Waders and different Fishes prey upon them.
For these interesting observations we are indebted to M. D'Or-
bigny, Senior, conservator of the Rochelle Museum and cor-
responding member of that of Paris(l).
The second section Heteropa, Lat. is composed of those with
fourteen feet, the last four of which, at least, are unarmed and des-
tined for natation only. It comprises two subgenera(2).
Pterygocera, Latr.
The thorax divided into several segments; four antennas furnished
with setae or hairs in bunches; all the feet natatory and the last large
(1) See Encyclop. Method., article Podocere.
(2) This and the following 1 section, in the first edition of the Regne Animal,
form the second of the Isopoda, that of the Phytibranckiata. But independently of
our having 1 discovered mandibular palpi in some of these Crustacea, the form of
the subcaudal appendages appears to us to approximate them much nearer to the
Amphipoda, than to the Isopoda. We may also observe that these animals, of
which we have seen but very few, have not yet been well studied.
AMPHIPODA. 95
and pinnated(l); cylindrical, articulated appendages to the posterior
extremity of the body.
Apseudes, Leach. Eupheus, Risso.
The thorax also divided into several segments, but the two ante-
rior feet terminated by a didactyle forceps; the two following ones
claviform, ending in a point and dentated on the edges; the next
six slender and unguiculated at the extremity; the last four natatory.
The antennae are simple. The body is narrow, elongated, and has
two long setaceous appendages at its posterior extremity(2).
The third and last section Decempedes, Lat. is composed of
Amphipoda, which present but six distinct feet.
Typhis, Risso.
But two very small antennae, the head large and eyes not promi-
nent; each pair of feet annexed to its peculiar segment, and the four
anterior terminated by a didactyle forceps. On each side of the
thorax are two movable plates, forming a sort of lids or valves,
which when joined, the animal folding up its feet and tail beneath,
enclose the body inferiorly and give it a spheroidal appearance.
The posterior extremity of the tail has no appendage(3).
Anceus, Risso. Gnathia, Leach.
The thorax divided into as many segments as there are pairs of
feet, but all the latter simple and monodactyle; four setaceous an-
tenna; a stout square head with two large projections in the form of
mandibles; extremity of the tail furnished with foliaceous fin-like
appendages(4).
(1) According 1 to the figure of Slabber Oniscus arenarius, Encyclop. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat, CCCXXX, 3, 4, the number of feet is but eight; reasoning from
analogy, I presume it to be fourteen; besides, if the figure be exact, this genus
would belong to the next section.
(2) Eupheus ligioides, Risso, Crust., Ill, 37; Desmar., Consid., 285; Apseudes
talpa, Leach; Cancer gammarus talpa, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, IX, iv, 6; Des-
mar, Consid.; XLVI, 9. See the Gammarus heteroclitus, Viviani, Phosphor.
Maris, II, ii, 12.
N.B. The genus Rhcea, M. Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, xiii, A, 292, dif-
fers from the preceding in the superior antennae, which are stouter, longer, and
bifid.
(3) Typhis ovoides, Risso, Crust., IF, 9; Desmar., Consid., p. 281, XLVI, 5.
(4) Anceus forficularis, Risso, Crust., II, 10; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 6; An-
ceus maxillaris; Cancer maxillaris, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, VII, vi, 2; Desmar.
lb., XLVI, 7.
96 CRUSTACEA.
Praniza, Leach.
Four setaceous antennae, as in the preceding; but the thorax viewed
from above presents but three segments, the two first of which are
very short and transverse, each supporting a pair of feet, while the
third, much larger and longitudinal, supports the others. The feet
are simple; the head is triangular, pointed before, and has prominent
eyes. Each side of the posterior extremity of the body is also pro-
vided with a fin(l).
Various genera of Messrs Savigny, Rafinesque and Say(2), but
the characters of which have not been described or sufficiently de-
veloped, appear to belong to this order of the Amphipoda. Even
some of the subgenera I have just quoted, require to be re-examined.
M. Milne Edwards has made several valuable and detailed obser-
vations on several of these Crustacea, which will most certainly tend
to elucidate the subject.
ORDER IV.
LiEMODIPODA.
The Laemodipoda are the only Malacostraca with sessile
eyes, in which the posterior extremity of the body exhibits
no distinct branchiae, and which are almost deprived of a tail,
the two last feet being inserted in that extremity, or the seg-
ment which connects them with it being merely followed by
one or two very small joints. They are also the only ones in
which the two anterior feet, that correspond to the second
foot-jaws, form part of the head.
They all have four setaceous antennas supported by a triar-
(1) Oniscus coeruleatus, Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, XI, iv, 2; Encyclop. Method.,
Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXIX, 28, and CCCXXIX, 24, 25; Desmar. Consid.,
XLVI, 8.
(2) I can say nothing of the G. ergine, Risso: the number of its feet would seem
to place it in the last section of the Amphipoda; while the manner in which they
terminate, and the number of the segments of the body, appear to throw it among
the Isopoda.
LiEMODlPODA. 97
ticulated peduncle, mandibles, without palpi, a vesicular body
at the base of at least the four pairs of feet, beginning at the
second or third pair, those of the head included. The body,
usually filiform or linear, is composed of eight or nine seg-
ments, including the head, and some small appendages in the
form of tubercles at its posterior and inferior extremity. The
feet are terminated by a stout hook. The four anterior, the
second of which are the largest, are always terminated by a
moupdactyle forceps or a claw. In several, the four follow-
ing ones are shortened, less articulated, without the terminal
hook, or are rudimental, and nowise adapted for the ordinary
uses of similar parts.
The females carry their ova under the second and third
segments of the body in a pouch formed of approximated
scales.
They are all marine Crustacea. M. Savigni considers
them as allied to the Pycnogonides, and constituting with the
latter the transition from the Crustacea to the Arachnides.
In the first edition of this work they formed the first section
of the Isopoda, that of the Cistibranchiata.
We may unite them in a single genus which, by the law of
priority, should be called the
Cyamus, Lat.
Some the Filiforma, Lat. have a long and very slender or
linear body with longitudinal segments; feet equally slender and
elongated, and the stem of the antennae composed of several small
joints.
They are found among marine plants, walk like the caterpillar
termed the Geometra, sometimes rapidly revolving in a circle, or
turning up their body, during which time the antennse are vibrating.
While swimming, the extremities of their body are curved.
Leptomera, Lat. Profo, Leach.
Fourteen feet, including the two annexed to the head, all complete
and in a continuous series.
Here, as in our Leptomera proper Gammarus pedatus, Mull.,
Zool. Dan., CI, 1, 2 all the feet, the two anterior excepted, have a
vesicular body at their base.
There, as in the Proto, Leach Cancer pedatus, Montag., Trans.
Vol. III. N
98 CRUSTACEA.
Lin. Soc, II, 6; Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat. CCCXXXVI,
38 those appendages are only proper to the second, and four fol-
lowing feet(l).
Naupredia, Lat.
But ten feet, all in one continuous series; the base of the second
and two following pairs provided with a vesicular body(2).
Caprella, Lam.
Ten feet also, but in an interrupted series, commencing with the
second segment, exclusive of the head; both this segment and the
following have two vesicular bodies, and are totally deprived of
feet(3).
The other Ovalia, Lat. Lsemodipoda have an oval body with
transversal segments. The stem of the antennae appears to be in-
articulated, and the feet are short but slightly elongated; those of
the second and third segments are imperfect and terminated by a
long cylindrical joint without a hook; their base is provided with an
elongated vesicular body. They form the subgenus
Cyamus, Lat. Larunda, Leach.
I have seen three species, all of which live on the Cetacea;
the most common, Oniscus ceti, L.; Pall., Spicil. Zool. Fascic.
IX, iv, 14; Squille de la Baleine, De Geer, Ins., VII, vi, 6; Pyc-
nogonum ceti, Fab.; Savig., Mem. sur les anim. sans verteb.,
Fascic, I, v, 1, is also found on the Mackerel: it is called by
fishermen Pou de Baleine. A second very analogous species
was brought to France by the late Delalande from the Cape of
Good Hope. The third, which is much smaller, establishes
itself on the Cetacea of the Indian Ocean.
(1) We should also refer to the Leptomerae the Squilla ventricosa, Mull., Zool.
Dan., LVI, 1 3; Herbst, XXXVI, ii: the Cancer linearis, L., is perhaps a con-
gener. He describes it as having 1 six feet, but does not include the head.
(2) A subgenus founded on a species from the coast of France, which appears
to me undescribed.
(3) The Squilla lobata, Mull., Zool. Dan., LVI, 4, 6; his Gammarus quadrilo-
batus, lb., CXIV, 12; the Oniscus scolopendroides, Pall, Spic. Zool. Fascic, IX, iv,
15, are Caprellx, but their specific differences are not well characterized. We
had referred the Cancer linearis, L., to the first, which, (see note one) now ap-
pears doubtful. His Cancer filiformis is probably a Caprella; the Cancer phasma,
Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc, VII, vi, 2, is a congener. His figure is copied Encyc.
Method , Atl. d'Hist. Nat., CCCXXXVI, 37. For details concerning this order
and genus, seethe Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and the work of Desmarest on
the Crustacea
ISOPODA. 99
ORDER V.
ISOPODA(l).
The Isopoda approach the Lsemodipoda by the palpi of
the mandibles being absent, but are removed from them in
several other respects. The two anterior feet are not at-
tached to the head, and belong, as well as the following ones,
to a particular segment. They are always fourteen in num-
ber, unguiculated, and without any vesicular appendage at
their base. The under part of the tail is furnished with very
apparent appendages resembling leaflets or vesicular bursse,
the two first or external of which, either partially or wholly,
usually cover the others. The body is generally flattened,
(1) The Polygonata, Fab., with the exception of the genus Monoculus.
Messrs Audouin and Edwards Ann. des Sc. Nat., Aout 1827, p. 379, 381
have published some interesting observations on the circulation of the Isopoda, and
on that of the Ligiae in particular. The heart resembles a long' vessel extended
above the dorsal surface of the intestine. From its anterior extremity arise three
arteries, similar to those of the Decapoda. Lateral branches are also to be observed
running from the heart towards the feet. On a level with the two first segments
of the abdomen (the tail), that organ receives, from the right and left, small canals
(branchio-cardiac vessels) which seem to proceed from the branchiae. From their
experiments on the Ligiae, it would appear that the venous system is less complete
than in the Decapoda macroura, and that the blood driven from the heart into va-
rious parts of the body, passes into lacunae formed between the organs in the infe-
rior part of the body which communicate freely with the afferent vessels of the
branchiae. The blood having traversed the respiratory apparatus, returns to the
heart through the branchio-cardiac vessels. This disposition would form the tran-
sition from the circulating system of the Decapoda to that of certain Branchio-
poda. According to Cuvier, the two anomalous cords which form the mediate
portion of the nervous system of the Onisci and, probably, of the other Isopoda
and even of the Amphipoda are not in complete juxtaposition, and may be dis-
tinguished throughout their whole course. There are nine ganglions without
counting the brain, but the two first and two last are so closely approximated that
we may reduce the number to seven. The second and six subsequent ones fur-
nish nerves to the seven pairs of feet; the four anterior, although, by the order of
the parts, analogous to the four last foot-jaws of the Decapoda, are true feet. The
segments which immediately follow, or those which form the tail, receive their
nerves from the last ganglion; these segments may be considered as simple divi-
sions of one segment represented by this ganglion; thus we find that the number
of these posterior segments varies.
100 CRUSTACEA.
or is wider than it is thick. The mouth consists of the same
pieces as in the preceding Crustacea; but here, those which
correspond to the two superior foot-jaws of the Decapoda, ex-
hibit an appearance of a lower lip terminated by two palpi,
still more than in the latter. The two mediate antennae are
almost obliterated in the last Crustacea of this order, which
are all terrestrial and also differ from the others in their re-
spiratory apparatus. The male organs of generation are
usually announced by linear or filiform appendages, and
sometimes by hooks, situated at the internal origin of the first
sub-caudal laminae. The females carry their ova under the
thorax, either between scales, or in a pouch or membranous
sac, which they open in order to allow a passage to their
young, which are produced with the form of parts peculiar to
theiii species, merely changing their skin as they increase in
size. Most of them are aquatic. Those which are terrestrial,
like all other Crustacea which live out of water, still require a
certain degree of atmospheric humidity to enable them to
breathe, and to preserve their branchise in a proper state for
the exercise of that function.
This order according to the system of Linnaeus embraces
the genus
Oniscus, Lin.,
Which we will divide into six sections.
The first Epicarides, Latr. is composed of parasitical Iso-
poda, with neither eyes nor antennae, the body of which, in the male,
is very flat, small and oblong; much larger in the female, and having
an oval form narrowed and slightly curved posteriorly, hollow be-
neath, with a thoracic border divided on each side into five mem-
branous lobes. The feet are placed on this border and cannot be
used either for locomotion or natation. The under surface of the
tail is provided with five pairs of small, ciliated, imbricated leaflets,
corresponding to as many segments and arranged in two longitudi-
nal series; there is no appendage, however, to the posterior ex-
tremity. The only parts distinctly visible in the mouth are two
membranous leaflets laid upon another of the same nature, forming
a large quadrilateral figure. The inferior concavity, forming a sort
of shallow basket, is filled with the ova. Near their outlet is al-
ways found the individual presumed to be the male. Its extreme
ISOPODA. 101
smallness seems to forbid all possibility of copulation; according to
Desmarest it is provided with two eyes; its body is straight and al-
most linear.
These Crustacea form but a single subgenus, that of
Bopyrus, Lat.,
The most common species is the Bopyrus crangorum, Lat.,
Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 114; Monoculus crangorum, Fab.;
Fouger. de Bondar, Mem. de l'Acad. Roy. des Sc, 1772, pi. l'j
Desmar., Consid. XLIX, 8 13. It lives on the Palaemon ser-
ratus, and the Pal. squilla, placed directly on the branchiae and
under the shell; it occasions a tumour on one of its sides, re-
sembling a wen. The fishermen of the British channel con-
sider them as very young Soles or Plaice.
A second species, the B. des palemons, has been described by
Risso, under the female of which he observed eight or nine
hundred living young ones(l).
The second section CYMOTHOADA,Lat. comprises Isopoda with
four very apparent setaceous antennae, almost universally terminated
by a pluri-articulated stem; having eyes, a mouth composed as
usual(2); vesicular branchiae arranged longitudinally and in pairs;
the tail formed of from four to six segments, with a fin on each side
near the end; and the anterior feet usually terminated by a small
stout nail or claw. They are all parasitical.
The eyes are sometimes placed on tubercles on the top of the
head; the tail consists of but four segments.
Serolis, Leach.
But a single species is known, the Cymothoa paradoxa, Fab.
The antennae are placed on two lines, and terminated by a pluri-
articulated stem. Under the three first segments of the tail,
between the usual appendages, there are three others, trans-
versal and terminated posteriorly in a point(3).
Sometimes the eyes are lateral and not placed on tubercles; the
tail is composed of five or six segments.
Here the organ of sight is not formed of smooth, granular, ap-
proximated eyes; the antennae are placed on two lines, and consist of
seven joints at least; the six anterior feet are usually terminated by
a small, stout nail.
(1) See the work of Desmarest, who has completely described this subgenus.
(2) See our general observations on the Malacostraca with sessile eyes.
(3) For other details consult Desmar., Consid., p. 2y2 294.
102 CRUSTACEA.
In some, where the tail always consists of six segments, the length
of the inferior antennae never surpassed the half of that of the body.
We will begin with those whose mandibles, as usual, are but
slightly, or in no degree salient.
Cymothoa, Fab.
The antennae nearly equal in length; eyes scarcely apparent; last
segment of the tail forming a transverse square; the two pieces ter-
minating the lateral fins, linear, equal and styliform(l).
Icthyophilus, Lat. Nerocila, Livoneca, Leach.
The antennae, equal in length, and but slightly visible eyes; the
last segment of the body almost triangular; the two pieces termi-
nating the lateral fins in the form of leaflets or laminae, the exterior
of which is largest in the Nerocilae, and of the size of the other in
Livoneca(2).
In the four following subgenera the superior antennas are mani-
festly shorter than the inferior.
In several, as in Cymothoa, all the feet are terminated by a small,
stout, and strongly curved nail; the last eight are not spinous; the
eyes are always separated and convex. They form three genera in
the system of Leach, but may be united in a single subgenus, under
the common denomination of one of them, or the
Canolira, Leach. Anilocra, Olencira, Ejusd.
The laminae of the fins in the Olencirae(S) are narrow and armed
with spines. In the Anilocrae(4) the external leaflet of the same
parts is longer than the internal; the reverse is the case with the
Canolirae(5). The eyes, besides, are but slightly granulous while in
the preceding that disposition is evident.
In the three following subgenera, the second, third and fourth feet
alone are terminated by a strongly curved nail, and the last eight
are spinous. The eyes are usually but slightly convex; they are
large and converge anteriorly.
(1) Cymothoa sestrum, Fab.; Desmar., Consid., XLVI, 6, 7; C. imbricata, Fab.
For the other species, see Desmar., loc. cit.
(2) See Desmar., op. cit., p. 307, genera Nerocila and Livoneca, and various spe-
cies of Cymothoae of Hisso, p. 310, 311.
(3) Desmar., Consid., p. 306.
(4) Desmar., Consid., Anilocre du Cap, XLV1II, 1-
(5) Desmar., Consid., p. 305.
ISOPODA. 103
jEga, Leach.
The two first joints of the superior antennae very broad and com-
pressed, while in the two subsequent subgenera they are almost cy-
lindrical^).
Rocinela, Leach.
The Rocinelae differ from the iEgae, as just stated, in the form of
the two first joints of their superior antennae, but otherwise approach
them, as in their large eyes which approximate anteriorly(2). The
Conilira, Leach,
Resembles Rocinela in the antennae; but the eyes are smaller and
distant, and the edges of the segments nearly straight and not
falciform nor prominent(3).
The last subgenus, among those of this section in which the an-
tennae are placed on two lines, where the tail is composed of six
segments, and the inferior antennae are always short, is distin-
guished from all the preceding by strong and salient mandibles.
It is the
Synodus, Lat.,
A subgenus established on a single species(4).
In those that follow, the tail is usually composed of but five seg-
ments. The length of the inferior antennae is more than the half of
that of the body.
Cirolana, Leach.
The tail composed of six segments(5). In the
Nelocira, Leach,
It consists of but five. The cornea of the eyes is smooth(6).
Eurydice, Leach.
Similar to Nelocira in the number of caudal segments, but re-
moved from it by the granulous eyes(7).
(1) Desmar., Consid., p. 304, JEga entaillee, XLVII, 4, 5.
(2) Desmar., Consid., p. 304.
(3) Desmar., Consid., p. 304.
(4) SeeEncyc. Method., article Synodus.
(.5) Desmar., Consid., p. 303.
(6) Desmar., Consid., p. 302; Ndocire de Swainson, XL VIII, 2.
(7) Desmar., Consid., p. 302.
104 CRUSTACEA.
This subgenus leads us to those in which these organs are formed
of granules or approximated simple eyes, and that also have the
four antennse, composed of four joints at most, inserted on one hori-
zontal line, and all the feet fitted for walking. The tail consists of
six segments, the last of which is large and suborbicular. Such is
the
Limnoria, Leach.
The only living species known is the Limnoria terebrans,
Leach, Edinb. Encyclop., VII, p. 433; Desmar., Consid., p.
312. Although scarcely above two lines in length, its habits
and fecundity render it highly noxious. It perforates the tim-
bers of ships in various directions and with alarming rapidity.
When taken in the hand it rolls itself into a ball. It is found
in various parts of the British seas.
The figure and description of a small fossil crustaceous ani-
mal has been sent to Count Dejean by Professor Germar, which
seems to us to belong to this subgenus(l).
The third section Sph^eromides, Lat. exhibits four very dis-
tinct, short, setaceous or conical antennse, and a single genus An-
thura excepted, always terminated by a stem divided into several
small joints; the inferior, always the longest, are inserted beneath
the under part of the first joint of the superior which is broad and
thick. The arrangement of the mouth is as usual. The branchiae
are vesicular or soft, exposed, and arranged longitudinally in pairs.
But two complete and movable segments are observed in the tail,
the first, however, frequently presents impressed and transverse
lines indicating vestiges of others; on each side of its posterior ex-
tremity is a fin terminated by two leaflets, of which the inferior alone
is movable; the superior(2) is formed by an internal prolongation
of the common stem. The branchial appendages are curved in-
wards; the inner side of the first are accompanied, in the male, by a
small linear and elongated projection. The anterior part of the
head situated beneath the antennse is triangular, or has the figure of
a heart reversed.
Some have an oval or oblong body, usually assuming, when con-
tracted, the form of a ball; the antennse terminated by a pluri-articu-
lated stem, and the inferior, at least, visibly longer than the head.
(1) The Oniscus prsegustator, figured in Parkinson, is allied to this species, or at
least appears to belong to the same section.
(2) It folds over the posterior edge of the last segment, and in several, such as
the Zuzarae, and Naess, Leach, like an arch.
ISOPODA. 105
The lateral and posterior fins are composed of a peduncle and two
laminae, forming with the last segment a common fin shaped like a
fan.
In these, the impressed and transverse lines of the anterior seg-
ment of the tail, which is always shorter than the next or last one,
do not extend to the lateral margin. The first joint of the superior
antennae has the form of a triangular palette.
The head, viewed from above, forms a transverse square. The
leaflets of the fins are much flattened, and the intermediate piece or
the last segment is widened and rounded laterally.
Zuzara, Leach.
Leaflets of the fins very large; the superior, which is the shortest,
separates from the other to form a border to the last segment(l).
Sphjeroma, Lat.
Leaflets of a moderate size, equal, and laid one over the other(2).
In those, the impressed lines or transverse sutures of the anterior
segment of the tail extend to its lateral edges and cut it. The first
joint of the superior antennae forms an elongated square, or linear
palette.
The leaflets of the fins are usually narrower and thicker than in
the preceding ; the external sometimes (Cymodocea) incloses the
other, which is prismatic ; the point at which they unite resembles
a knot or joint.
Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is visibly longer through-
out all its width than the preceding ones and that which follows.
Only one of the two leaflets projects.
Njesa, Campecopea, Leach(3).
Sometimes the sixth segment of the body is as long as the preced-
ing ones and as that which follows.
Cilicea, Leach.
Only one of the fin-leaflets salient, the other being placed against
the posterior edge of the last segment(4).
(1) Desmar., Consid., p. 298.
(2) Desmar., Consid., p. 299302. Spherome derive, XLVII, 3;0niscus ser-
ratus, Fab.
(3) Desmar., Consid., Nes4e bidentt, XLVII, 2;Campecopee velue, Id., It., 1.
(4) Desmar., Consid., Cilicee de Latreille, XLVIII, 3.
Vol. III. O
106 CRUSTACEA.
Cymodocea, Leach.
Both leaflets salient and directed backwards ; the sixth segment
is not prolonged posteriorly, and the extremity of the last one pre-
sents a small lamina in an emargination(l).
Dynamene, Leach.
Similar to the Cymodoceae in the projection and direction of the
leaflets of the fins, but the sixth segment is prolonged posteriorly,
and the last one exhibits a mere fissure without the lamina(2).
The others,- such as the
Anthura, Leach,
Have a vermiform body, and the antennae, composed of four joints,
scarcely as long as the head. The leaflets of the posterior fins by
their disposition and approximation form a sort of capsule.
The anterior feet are terminated by a monodactyle forceps(3).
In the fourth section Idoteides, Leach there are also four an-
tennas, but they are placed on one horizontal and transverse line;
the laterals terminate in a tapering, pointed, pluriarticulated stem ;
the intermediaries are short, filiform or slightly inflated at the end,
and consist of four joints, neither of which is divided. The compo-
sition of the mouth is the same as in the preceding sections. The
branchiae, white in most of them, are in the form of bladders, sus-
ceptible of inflation, serving for natation and covered by two lami-
nae or valvulae of the last segment that adhere laterally to its edges j
they are longitudinal, biarticulated, and open in the middle on a
straight line like folding doors. The tail consists of three seg-
ments, the last of which is much the largest, and has neither termi-
nal appendages nor lateral fins. They are all marine.
Idotea, Fab.
All the feet alike, and strongly unguiculated ; the body oval or
simply oblong, and the lateral antennae shorter than half the length
of the body(4).
(1) Desmar., Consid., XLVIII, 4.
(2) Desmar., Consid., p. 297.
(3) Desmar., Consid., Anthure grtle, XLVI, 13; Oniscus gracilis, Montag.,
Trans. Lin. Soc. IX, v, 6; Gammarus keteroclitus, Vivian., Phosph. Mar., II,
11, 12.
(4) Oniscus entomon, L. ; Squilla entomon, Deg. , Insect., VII, xxxii, 1, 2;
Idotea tricuspidata, Latr.; Desm., Consid., XLVI, ii. For the other species, see
Idotea, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Ed. II, and Desmar. op. cit.
ISOPODA. 107
Stenosoma, Leach.
The Stenosomae only differ from the Idotese in the linear form of
their body, and the length of their antennae which is more than half
that of the body(l).
Arcturus, Lat.
The Arcturi are very remarkable for the form of the second and
third feet, which incline forwards and terminate by a long, bearded
and unarmed or feebly unguiculated joint; the two anterior are laid
on the mouth and are unguiculated; the last six are strong, ambu-
latory, thrown behind, and bidentated at the extremity. In the
length of the antennae and form of the body they approach the Ste-
nosomae.
I have never seen but a single species, the JLrct. tuberculatus,
which was brought to Europe, from the Arctic seas, in one of
the last expeditions to those regions.
The fifth section Asellota, Lat. comprises Isopoda with four
very apparent setaceous antennae, arranged on two lines, and termi-
nated by a pluriarticulated stem; two mandibles; four jaws covered,
as usual, by a kind of lip formed by the first foot-jaws; vesicular
branchiae, in pairs, covered by two longitudinal and biarticulated,
but free leaflets; a tail composed of a single segment, without late-
ral fins, but with two bifid stylets, or two very short tubercular ap-
pendages on the middle of its posterior edge. Other lamelliform
appendages, situated at its inferior base, which are now numerous
in the males, distinguish the sexes.
Asellus, Geoff.
Two bifid stylets at the posterior extremity of the body ; eyes
separated; the superior antennae at least as long as the peduncle of
the inferior ; the hooks at the end of the feet entire.
The only species of this subgenus that is known the Aselle
d'eau douce, Geoff., Ins. II, xxii, 2; Squille aselle, Deg., Insect.,
VII, xxi, 1; Desmar., Consid., XLIX, 1,2; Jdotea aquatica,
Fab., is very abundant in fresh and stagnant waters as well as
in the marshes, in the vicinity of Paris. Its gait, unless alarm-
ed, is very slow. In the spring it issues from the road in which
(1) Stenosoma Uneare, Leach; Desmar. op. cit. lb. xlvi, 12; Stenosoma hecticum,
lb. ; Idotea viridissima, Risso, Crust, III, 8. For the other species, see Desmar.
op. cit.
108 CRUSTACEA.
it has passed the winter. The male, much larger than the fe-
male, carries the latter for eight days, clasping her with the
fourth pair of feet. When he abandons her she is loaded with
a great number of ova inclosed in a membranous sac, situated
under the thorax, which affords an issue to the young through
a longitudinal fissure.
Oniscoda, Lat.
The Oniscodse or Janirje(l) of Leach differ from the Aselli in the
approximation of their eyes, in the superior antennae which are
shorter than the peduncle of the inferior, and in the hooks of the
tarsi which are bifid.
The only species known, the Janira maculosa, Leach; Des-
mar., Consid., p. 315, was found on the coast of England among
the Fuci and Ulvse.
Jjera, Leach,
But two tubercles at the extremity of the tail in place of the
stylets.
But a single species has been described, the gsera albifrons,
Leach; Desm., Consid., p. 316, which is very common on the
English coast among the Fuci and Ulvae.
Finally, the Isopoda of the sixth and last section Oniscides,
Lat. have four antennae also, but the two intermediate ones are very
small, but slightly apparent, and are composed at most of but two
joints; the lateral are setaceous. The tail consists of six segments,
with two or four styliform appendages on the posterior margin of
the last one, and is without lateral fins. Some of them are aquatic
and others terrestrial. In the latter, the first leaflets of the under
part of the tail exhibit a series of small holes, through which air
penetrates to the organs of respiration therein contained.
In some, the sixth joint of their antennae, or the stem, is so com-
posed, that by counting the little joints of this part the total num-
ber amounts at least to nine. These Isopoda are marine and form
two subgenera. The
Tylos, Lat.,
Appears \o possess the faculty of rolling itself into a ball. The
(1) A name employed by Risso for a genus of the same class; I have conse-
quently been obliged to repUce it with another.
ISOPODA. 109
last segment of the body is semicircular, and exactly fills up the
emargination formed by the preceding one; the posterior appendages
are very small and entirely inferior. The antennae consist of nine
joints, the last four composing the stem. On each side is a de-
pressed tubercle representing one of the intermediate antennae; the
intervening space is raised. The branchiae are vesicular, imbricated,
and covered by laminae(l).
Ligia, Fab.
The stem of the lateral antennae composed of a great number of
small joints ; two very salient stylets divided at the end into two
branches, at the posterior extremity of the body.
Ligia oceanica ; Oniscus oceanicus, L., Desmar., Consid.,
XLIX, 3, 4, about an inch long, grey, with two large yellowish
spots on the back. The lateral antennae are less than half the
length of the body, and their stem consists of thirteen joints.
The stylets are as long as the tail. This animal is very com-
mon on the coast of France, where it is seen climbing up the
rocks, 8cc. If an attempt be made to capture it, it quickly
folds up its feet and lets itself fall.
In the Ligia italica, Fab., the lateral antennae are nearly as
long as the body; the sixth joint, or the stem, is divided into
seventeen small ones. The stylets are much longer than the
tail. .
Ligia muscorum; Oniscus hypnorum, Fab., Cuv., Journ.
d'Hist. Nat. II, xxvi, 3, 4, 5; Oniscus agilis, Panz., Faun., Ins.
Germ., Fascic. IX, xxiv. The lateral antennae shorter than the
half of the body, and their stem composed of but ten small
joints. The peduncle of the posterior stylets is furnished on
the inner side with a tooth and seta.
In others, all terrestrial, the lateral antennae consist at most of
eight joints which gradually diminish in size towards the extremity,
so that no one of them appears to be divided or compound.
Here, the posterior appendages, or stylets, project beyond the last
segment. The body does not contract into a ball, or does it im-
perfectly.
Philoscia, Lat.
The lateral antennae divided into eight parts and exposed at base;
(1) Tylos armadillo, Lat., fig. in the pi. d'Hist. Nat. of the great work on
Egypt from the Mediterranean.
110 CRUSTACEA.
the four posterior appendages nearly equal. They are only found
in wet places(l).
Oniscus, Lin.
The true Onisci have also eight joints in their lateral antennas,
but their base is covered, and the two external appendages of the
extremity of the tail are much larger than the others. These ani-
mals, and those of the two following subgenera are vulgarly called
Clous-a-porte, and by syncope Cloporte, Porcelets de Saint -Jlntoine(2).
They inhabit retired and obscure places, cellars, fissures in walls,
old buildings, under stones, Sec, 8cc. They feed on decaying vege-
table and animal matters, and seldom issue from their retreat, ex-
cept in rainy weather. They move but slowly, unless they are
alarmed. The ova are inclosed in a pectoral pouch. The young,
at birth, have one thoracic segment less than the adult, and conse-
quently have but twelve feet. They are no longer employed in
medicine(S).
Porcellio, Lat.
The Porcelliones differ from the Onisci in the number of joints
that compose the lateral antennae, which is only seven. In their
other characters they are alike(4).
There, as in
Armadillo, Lat.
The posterior appendages of the body do not project; the last
segment is triangular; a little lamina resembling a reversed trian-
gle, or widest and truncated at the end, formed by the last part of
the lateral appendages, fills, on each side, the space between that
segment and the preceding one. The lateral antennas have but
(1) Oniscus sylvestris, Fab.; Oniscus muscorum, Cuv., Journ. d'Hist. Nat. II,
xxvi, 6, 8; Coqueb., 111. Icon. Insect, Dec. I, vi, 12.
(2) These "Pigs of St Anthony" are our Wood-Lice Boiled in milk they still
constitute a favourite remedy with numerous patients, and some few equally in-
telligent practitioners, who attribute to them diuretic, absorbent, and aperient
qualities. That they may act as an emetic, I can readily admit. Am. Ed.
(3) Oniscus murarius, Fab.; Cuv., Journ. d'Hist. Nat., II, xxvi, 11, 13; Le Clo-
porte ordinaire, Geoff., Insect. II, xxii, 1; Cloporte aselle, Beg., Insect. VII, xxxv,
3; Desmar. Consid., XLIX, 5.
(4) Oniscus asellus, Cuv., lb.; Panz., Faun. Ins. Germ., IX, xxi; Cloporte ordi-
naire, var. C, Geoff; Porcellio kevis, Latr.; Cloporte ordinaire, var. B, Geoff.
ISOPODA. Ill
seven joints. The superior subcaudal scales exhibit a range of
small holes(l).
(1) Oniscus armadillo, L.; Cuv., lb., 14, 15; Oniscus cinereus, Panz.,Ib., Fascic.
LXII, xxii; Oniscus variegatus, Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 16; Armadilh pustuli, Des-
mar., Cortsid., XLXIX, 6; Armadilh des boutiques, Dumer., Diet, des Sc. Nat,
III, p. 117, a species from Italy formerly employed by the apothecaries.
112 CRUSTACEA.
SECOND GENERAL DIVISION.
ENTOMOSTRACA.
Under this denomination, which is taken from the Greek
and signifies Insects with shells, Othon Frederick Muller
comprises the genus Monoculus of Linnaeus, to which we
must add some of his Lernasse. His investigation of these
animals, the study of which is so much the more difficult as
they are mostly microscopic, and the observations of Schseffer
and of M. Jurine, Sen., have excited the admiration and
secured the gratitude of every naturalist. Other but partial
labours such as those of Randohr, Straus, Herman, Jun., Ju-
rine, Jun., A. Brongniart, Victor Audouin, and Milne Ed-
wards, have extended our knowledge of these animals and
particularly of their anatomy ; but in this respect, Straus, as
well as M. Jurine, Sen., although preceded by Randohr in
the observation of several important details of organization, of
whose memoir on the Monoculi, 1805, they seem to have been
ignorant, has surpassed them all. Fabricius merely adopted
the genus Limulus of Muller, which he placed in his class of
the Kleistagnatha, or our family Brachyura of the order De-
capoda. All the other Entomostraca are united as by Lin-
nseus in one single genus, Monoculus, which he places in his
class of the Polygonata or our Isopoda.
These animals are all aquatic and mostly inhabit fresh wa-
ter. Their feet, the number of which varies, and that some-
times extends to beyond a hundred, are usually fitted for
natation only, being sometimes ramified or divided, and some-
times furnished with pinnulse or formed of lamella?. Their
brain is formed of one or two globules. The heart has always
the figure of a long vessel. The branchiae, composed of hairs
or setae, singly or united, in the form of barbs, combs or tufts,
ENTOMOSTRACA. 113
constitute a part of those feet or of a certain number of them,
and sometimes of the upper mandibles(l). Hence the origin
of our term Branchiopoda, affixed to these animals, of which
at first we formed but a single order. Nearly all of them
are provided with a shell composed of one or two pieces,
very thin, and most generally almost membranous and nearly
diaphanous, or at least with a large anterior thoracic segment,
frequently confounded with the head, which appears to re-
place the shell. The teguments are usually rather horny
than calcareous, thereby approximating these animals to the
Insecta and Arachnides. In those which are provided with
ordinary jaws, the inferior or exterior are always exposed, all
the foot-jaws performing the office of feet properly so called,
and none of them being laid upon the mouth. The second
jaws, those of the Phyllopa at most excepted, resemble these
latter organs ; Jurine sometimes distinguishes them by the
name of hands.
These characters distinguish the gnawing Entomostraca
from the Malacostraca ; the others, those which constitute
our order of the Pcecilopoda, cannot be confounded with the
Malacostraca, inasmuch as they are deprived of organs of mas-
tication, or because the parts which seem to act as jaws are
not united anteriorly nor preceded by a labrum as in the an-
tecedent Crustacea and the gnawing Insecta, but are simply
formed by the branches of the locomotive organs, which, for
that purpose, are furnished with small spines. The Pcecilo-
poda in this class of animals represent those which in that of
Insects are knowii by the name of Suctoria or the Suckers.
Nearly all of them are parasitical, and they seem to lead to
the Lernsese by insensible gradations ; but the presence of
eyes, the faculty of changing their skin, or even of undergo-
ing a sort of metamorphosis(2), and that of locomotion by
(1) See Cypris.
(2) The young of Daphnia, and of some neighbouring- subgenera, and probably
also those of Cypris and Cytherea, with the exception of size, scarcely differ, if
at all, from their parents on quitting the egg; but those of Cyclops, the Phyllopa,
and the Arguli, experience considerable changes while young, either as respects
Vol. III. P
114 CRUSTACEA.
means of their feet, appear to us to establish a positive line of
demarcation between the former and the latter. We have
consulted several erudite naturalists with respect to these
transformations, but none of them have observed a change of
skin to occur. The antennae of the Entomostraca, whose form
and number greatly vary, serve for natation in several. The
eyes are rarely placed on a pedicle, and when this is the case,
that pedicle is a mere lateral prolongation of the head, and is
never articulated at base ; they are frequently closely ap-
proximated and even form but one. The organs of genera-
tion are situated at the origin of the tail ; it has been thought,
but erroneously, that their seat was in the antennse of the
male. This tail(l) is never terminated by a fan-like fin, nor
does it present those false feet observed in the Malacostraca.
The ova are collected under the back, or are external, and
covered by a common envelope, and resemble one or two
small clusters at the base of the tail ; it appears that they can
be kept in a desiccated state for a long period without losing
their properties.
It is only after a third change of skin that these animals
become adult and capable of continuing their species. It has
been proved, with respect to some of them, that a single copu-
lation fecundifies several successive generations.
ORDER I.
BRANCHIOPODA.
A mouth composed of a labrum, two mandibles, a ligula,
and one or two pairs of jaws, and branchiae, the first of
the form of the body or the number of feet. These organs in some, the Arguli for
instance, experience changes which modify their uses.
(1) If we except the Phyllopa, the last feet are thoracic, or foot-jaws (Cypris).
BRANCHIOPODA. 115
which, when there are several, are always anterior, charac-
terize this order or the sixth of the class.
These Crustacea are always wandering and are generally
protected by a shell resembling that of a bivalve, and fur-
nished with four or two antennae. Their feet, with a few
exceptions, are wholly natatory. Their number varies, be-
ing but six in some, while in others it amounts to twenty, for-
ty-two, or more than a hundred. Many of them have but
one eye.
Most of these animals, as we have already stated, being
nearly microscopical, it is evident that the application of one
of the characters we have employed that of the presence or
absence of the palpi of the mandibles with respect to them,
presents almost insuperable difficulties(l). The form and
number of the feet, that of the eyes, the shell, the antennas,
furnish us with more visible marks, and such as are within
the observation of every one.
This order in the systems of De Geer, Fabricius and Lin-
naeus, a single species excepted M. polyphemus, contained
but the single genus
Monoculus, Lin. (2)
Which we will divide into two principal sections.
The first, that of the Lophyropa is distinguished by the number
of feet, which never extends beyond ten; their joints are also more
or less cylindrical or conical, and never entirely lamelliform or foli-
aceous; the branchiae are but few in number, and most of them have
but one eye. Several, besides, have mandibles provided with a
palpus(3); there are, almost always, four antennae which serve for
locomotion.
In the second section that of the Phyllopa the number of feet
is increased to at least twenty, and in some amounts to many more;
their joints, or at least the last ones, are flattened and resemble cili-
(1) We will begin, however, with those Uranchiopoda whose mandibles are
furnished with palpi; they constitute the two first divisions of the Lophyropa.
(2) And that of Binocle in the system of Geoffroi.
(3) M. Straus appears to attribute this character exclusively to Cypris and Cy-
therea, which compose his order of the Ostrapoda; but from the observations of
Jurine, Sen., and Handohr, it seems that it also belongs to Cyclops.
116 CRUSTACEA.
ated leaflets. The palpi of the mandibles are always wanting. They
all have two eyes, situated in some at the extremity of two movable
pedicles; their antennae, but two in number in several, are generally
small and not fitted for natation.
We will divide the Lophyropa into three principal and very natu-
ral groups, the two first of which approach the Crustacea of our
three first orders in their mandibles, each of which is furnished with
a palpus, and in some other characters.
1. Those Carcixoida, Lat. whose more or less ovoid shell is
not doubled like that of a bivalve, and leaves the inferior portion of
the body exposed. They never have antennae resembling ramified
arms. They have ten feet, more or less cylindrical or setaceous.
The ova, in those females whose gestation has been observed, are
contained in two external sacs situated at the base of their tail.
Some of them have eyes.
2. Those Ostracoda, Lat.; Ostrapoda, Straus whose shell is
formed of two pieces or valves resembling those of a muscle, united
by a hinge, and closing while the body is quiescent. They have but
six feet(l), neither of which terminates in a digitated fin, nor is ac-
companied by a branchial lamina. Their antennae are simple, fili-
form or setaceous. They never have more than one eye. Their
mandibles and superior jaws are furnished with a branchial leaf.
The ova are placed under the back.
3. The last Cladocera, Lat.; Daphnides, Straus have but
one eye, and the shell doubled but without a hinge (Jurine), termi-
nating posteriorly in a point, and leaving the head, which is cover-
ed by a kind of shield like a rostrum, exposed. They have two,
usually very large, antennae, resembling arms, divided into two or
three branches directly above the peduncle, which are furnished
with threads, always projecting and serving as oars. Their ten
feet(2) are terminated by a digitated or pectinated fin accompanied,
the two first excepted, by a branchial lamina(3).
Their ova are also placed under the back; their body always ter-
minates posteriorly in the manner of a tail, with two or three threads
at the end. The anterior extremity of the body is sometimes pro-
(1,) According to Straus, the first pair of feet; but although these parts by serv-
ing as oars perform their functions, I nevertheless consider them as analogous to
the lateral antennae of the superior Crustacea and to the two superior ones of a
Cyclops, which here also concur with the feet in producing locomotion.
(2) Midler gives eight to the Cytherea;; reasoning from analogy, we may pre-
sume that he was mistaken.
(3) This character applies especially to Daphnia, the most numerous subgenus
of this division, and by analogy, to Polyphemus and Lynceus.
BRANCHIOPODA. 117
longed into a kind of rostrum, and at others forms a kind of head,
almost entirely occupied by a large eye.
The first division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda that of the
Carcinoida may be divided into two according to the number of
the eyes.
Some of them have two.
Here the shell completely invests the thorax; the eyes are large
and very distinct, and the intermediate antennae are terminated by
two threads.
Zoea, Bosc.
Very large globular eyes completely exposed, and horn-like pro-
jections on the thorax.
Zoea pelagica, Bosc, Hist. Nat. Crust. II, xv, 3, 4. The
body semi-diaphanous; four antennae inserted under the eyes,
the external ones bent into an elbow and bifid; a kind of long
rostrum on the forepart of the thorax and between the eyes,
and a long pointed prominence on the posterior part of the
back. The feet are very short and hardly visible, the two last
excepted, which are elongated or terminate in a fin. The tail is
as long as the thorax, curved, and formed of five joints, the last
being large, crescent-shaped and spinous. It was discovered by
Bosc in the Atlantic Ocean.
The Monoculus taurus, Slabber, Microsc. V, and the Cancer
germanus, L., appear to be allied to it(l).
Nebalia, Leach.
Triangular, flattened eyes, partly covered by a triangular and
arched scale.
The feet are forked, and the terminal appendages of the tail seta-
ceous^).
(1) See the Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insect., of Latreille, and the work of
Desmaresl on the Crustacea. This genus has not yet been completely described,
and we have not been able to procure a single specimen of it.
(2) Nebalia Herbstii,Lea.ch, Zool. Miscell., XLV; Desmar., Consid., XL, 5;
Rand., Monoc. I, 8?
The Nebalie ventrue, Risso, Journ. de Phys., Octob. 1822, probably forms a pe-
culiar subgenus in the section of the Schizopoda. In the Cyclops exiliens, Viviani,
the thorax is divided into several segments, a circumstance which excludes it from
the Nebaliae. It also forms a new subgenus intermediate between the preceding
and following one.
N.B. A new species of this genus, the N. Geoff. Saint-Hil., lb., XV, 1, has been
very minutely described by Milne Edwards. The head is terminated anteriorly by
118 CRUSTACEA.
There, the thorax or the shell, viewed from above, is divided into
five segments, of which the first is much the largest and has the an-
tennae, eyes, and foot-jaws attached to it; the second and the third
have each one pair of feet, the fourth has the two following pairs,
and the fifth, the last. The eyes are small and not prominent; all
the antennae are terminated by a single thread.
CoNDYLURA, Lat.
The inferior antennsa longest; the anterior sides of the first seg-
ment prolonged into a point forming two scales approximated into
a kind of rostrum; feet terminating in a silky point; some of the
intermediaries, as in the Schizopoda, with an external appendage
near their base; the tail narrow and formed of seven annuli, the last
of which, conical and elongated, projects between the two lateral
appendages that are slender, styliform, and composed of two joints,
the lastsilky(l).
We should remark, that the genus Nicothoe of MM. Audouin
and Milne Edwards, by admitting it to have mandibles and jaws,
would belong to this section; but as the animal on which it is founded
is parasitical, and, as I think I perceived in it a vestige of a sucker, I
have placed it among the Poecilopoda. I would observe, however, that
the feet, the anterior excepted, closely resemble those of Cyclops,
and that the females also carry their ova in two sacs situated at the
base of the tail as in the latter genus(2).
a rostrum articulated at base, or movable and pointed; the eyes are pedunculated;
the superior antennae are inserted under them, and the second joint of their .pe-
duncle isfurnisbed vvitb a lamina; the mouth is surrounded with three pairs of ap-
pendages which appear to us to correspond in their progressive order to the pal-
pigerous mandibles and four jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda; beneath are placed
five pairs of foliaceous and ciliated laminae which appear to be branchial, and fur-
ther down are four pairs of bifid and natatory feet; the abdomen is composed of
seven annuli, the first of which support two small rudimental filaments; the last is
terminated by two elongated stylets furnished with long hairs. As it is extremely
probable that there is, as usual, another pair of feet, the two inferior and branchial
appendages above mentioned, may very well represent that pair. In the other
appendages we should find foot-jaws and the parts of the ligula; in that case the
Nebalice must be referred to the last section of the Decapoda Macroura.
(1) Condylura Dorbigni, Lat. From the sea coast of Kochelle.
(2) Near the Condylurae should be placed the genus Cuma, M. Edwards, Ann.
des Sc. Nat. XIII, xiii, B. The superior antennae are rudimental, and consist of
but one joint. The head is distinct from the thorax which is divided into four seg-
ments, to the first of which are attached the four anterior feet, each of the follow-
ing having a pair; all these feet are natatory, directed forwards, and have no hook
at the end; the two first pairs alone are bifid.
BRANCH10P0DA. 119
In the remaining Lophyropa of our first division, the thorax, as
in the Condylura, is divided into several segments, the first of which
is much the largest; they have bufJBne eye situated in the centre of
the front between the superior antennas. Such is the
Cyclops, Mull.,
So well studied by Jurine, Sen., and Randohr. The body is more
or less oval, soft or gelatinous, and divided into two portions, one
anterior, composed of the head and thorax, the other posterior, or
the tail. The segment immediately preceding the sexual organs,
and which, in the female, is provided with two appendages in the
form of little feet fulcra, Jurine may be considered as the first
of the tail, which is not always decidedly or suddenly distinguished
from the thorax. It is composed of six parts or segments; under the
second in the males, are two articulated appendages, sometimes sim-
ple, and at others with a small branch on the inner side of various
forms, and constituting, either wholly or partially, the organs of gene-
ration. The vulva, in the other sex, is situated on the same segment.
The last one is terminated by two points or stylets, forming a fork,
and is more or less furnished with setae or penniform threads. The
other or anterior portion of the body is divided into four segments,
the first of which is much the largest, and composes the head and
part of the thorax, which are also covered by a common scale. In
it, are inserted the eye, four antennae, two mandibles mandibules
internes of Jurine, furnished with a palpus, either simple or di-
vided into two articulated branches, two jaws mandibules externes,
or levre avec des barbillons of Jurine(l), and four feet, each di-
vided into four cylindrical stems furnished with hairs or bearded
threads; the anterior pair, corresponding to the second jaws, differs
slightly from those that follow. Jurine compares it to a kind of
The genus Pontia, Id., lb., XIV, appears to us to approach Cyclops. The
head is distinct from the trunk, and terminated by a rostrum which is rather acute
and appears to be formed of two pieces; it has two sessile eyes; four antennae, the
superior of which are setaceous, multi-articulated and ciliated; the inferior are
pediform, composed of a peduncle, serving as a base to two divisions or branches,
each terminated by a pencil of hairs, one of them having two joints, the last
widened at the end, and the other consisting of one. The thorax is divided into
five annuli, and has six pairs of natatory and bifid feet. The abdomen is formed
of two segments and terminated by two spatula-like appendages or fins.
(1) According to the successive order of the parts of the mouth in the Deca-
poda, the part situated immediately beneath the mandibles is the ligula; but the
dentation of those here spoken of indicates maxillary organs. The ligula may
have escaped the notice of M. Jurine.
120 CRUSTACEA.
hands. To each of the three following segments, is attached a pair
of feet formed like the two last^f the preceding ones. Two of the
antennae, superior to the others^are longer, setaceous, simple, and
composed of numerous small joints; by their action, they facilitate
the motion of their body, and almost perform the office of feet.
The inferior antennales, Jurine are filiform, usually present but
four joints, are sometimes simple, and at others, forked; by the ra-
pidity of their motions in the water, they occasion a kind of whirl-
pool. In the males, the superior antennae, or one of them only (C.
castor) are marked by a strangulation and dilatation, followed by a
joint with a hinge. By means of these organs, they seize their fe-
males, in their amorous preludes, either by the posterior feet, or by
the extremity of the tail, and keep them, nolens volens, in the pecu-
liar position in which they fix themselves. The latter carry off the
males, when they are unwilling to gratify their desires on the spot.
The business of coition is performed, as in the preceding Crustacea,
and by prompt and repeated acts. Jurine observed it to occur
three times in the space of fifteen minutes. Until the publica-
tion of his remarks, it was thought that the male organs of gene-
ration were placed on the superior antennae, and this error appear-
ed to be the more probable, inasmuch as an analogous conformation
was known to exist in the Araneides. On each side of the tail, in
the female, is an oval sac, filled with eggs ovaire externe, Jurine
adhering by a very slender pedicle to the second segment, close to
its junction with the third, where the orifice of the oviduct is also
visible. The pellicle, forming these sacs, is a mere continuation of
that of the internal ovary. The number of ova they contain aug-
ments with age; they are at first brown or dark, afterwards become
reddish, and when the young ones are about to be hatched, are al-
most transparent, but without increasing in size. If insulated or
detached, at least until a certain period, the germ perishes. A
single, but indispensable fecundification suffices for several success-
ive generations. The same female may spawn ten times in the
space of three months. Allowing it to occur but eight times in that
period, and the number of young ones produced to be forty, the sum
total of births will amount to near four thousand five hundred mil-
lions. The length of time which the young remain in the ovaries,
varies from two to ten days, according to the temperature of the
season, and various other circumstances. The oviferous sacs
sometimes present a greater or less number of elongated glandiform
bodies which appear to consist of a collection of Infusoria.
The young, at birth, have but four feet, and their body is round-
ed and without a tail. It was with these that Muller formed his
genus Amymone. Some time after fifteen days, from February to
BRANCHIOPODA. 121
March they acquire another pair of feet, constituting the genus
Nauplias, Muller. After the first change they have the form and all
the parts which characterize the adult animal, but more exiguously
proportioned; their antennae and feet are proportionally shorter.
After thrice changing their skin they are capable of propagation.
Most of these Entomostraca swim on their back, dart about with
great vivacity, and move both backwards and forwards with equal
facility. For want of animal substances they will attack vegetable
matters, but the fluid in which they live does not pass into their
stomach. The alimentary canal extends from one extremity of the
body to the other. The heart in the C. castor is oval, and situated
under the second and third segment of the body; a vessel is given off
at each of its extremities, one running to the head, and the other to
the tail. Directly under it is a second analogous, but pyriform or-
gan, which also produces a vessel at each end, corresponding per-
haps to the branchio-cardiac canals, mentioned in our observations
on the circulation of the Crustacea Decapoda. From several expe-
riments made by Jurine upon various Cyclopes, alternately asphyxi-
ated and resuscitated, it would appear that in this sort of resurrec-
tion the extremity of the intestinal canal gives the first signs of life,
and that the irritability of the heart is less energetic; that of the an-
tennas, in the males especially, of the palpi, and lastly of the feet, is
inferior. No alteration is effected in the antennae by amputating a
portion of them; the reintegration takes place under the skin, for the
organs reappear in all their entireness at the ensuing moult.
The C. staphylinns, from its shorter antennae, the superior of which
consist of a considerably less number of joints than those of other
Cyclopes, while the inferior, on the contrary, have more; and from
the shape of its body which gradually diminishes towards its poste-
rior extremity, so that it seems to have no tail or at least none that
is abruptly formed, and its back, in the females, being armed with
a kind of horn posteriorly arcuated, forms a particular division. The
C. castor, and some others whose inferior antennae and mandibular
palpi are divided above their base into two branches, may also com-
pose another group. The one designated by Leach under the gene-
ric name of Calanits, might in fact constitute a separate subgenus,
if it were true that the animal on which it is founded had no inferior
antennae; but has that gentleman satisfied himself that such is the fact,
by personal observation, or does he depend upon the assertion of
Muller?
C. quadricomis; Monoculus quadricomis^ L. ; Mull., Entom.,
XVIII, 1 14; Jurine, Monoc, I, II, III. All the antennae sim-
ple or undivided; the inferior with four joints, and their length
Vol. III. Q
122 CRUSTACEA.
hardly equal to one-third of the others; the body, properly so
called, inflated and almost ovoid; tail narrow and formed of six
segments. The colour varies greatly; some are reddish, others
whitish or greenish. The whole length of the animal is two
lines. This species is very common(l).
The second general division of the Lophyropa Branchiopoda, or
that in which the shell is formed of two valves united by a hinge
Ostracoda, Lat. ; Ostrapoda, Straus is composed of two subge-
nera, the first of which, Cythere, since the interesting and valuable
observations of the latter upon the second or Cypris, appears to
solicit a more profound examination than that of Midler, our only
authority with respect to its characters, in order that they may be
clearly defined. According to Miiller we find in the
Cythere, Mull. Cytherina, Lam.
Eight simple feet(2), terminating in a point, and two equally sim-
ple, setaceous antennae, composed of five or six joints, furnished with
scattered hairs. They are found in the salt and brackish waters of
the sea-coast among the Fuci and Confervae(3).
Cypris, Mull.
But six feet(4); the two antennae terminated by a bundle of setae
resembling a pencil.
The shell forms an oval, laterally compressed body, with an arcu-
ated and convex back, or towards the hinge; the opposite side is
almost straight, and slightly emarginated or reniform. Before the
hinge and on the median line is the eye, forming a large, blackish,
round point. The intermediate antennae, inserted above, are shorter
(1) Desmar., Consid., p. 364. For the other species, seethe same work, p.
361 364, L1V; Mull., Entom-, Cyclops; Jurine, Hist- des Monoc, p. 1 84, prem.
fam. des Monoc. a. coquille univalve; Rand., Monoc, I, II, III.
(2) It is probable there are but six. See Cypris, note 4.
(3) If these Entomostraca inhabit salt-water exclusively, it is easy to see that
Jurine and other observers whose geographical position limited their researches
to the fresh-water genera, could not have spoken of the former. See Mull., En-
tom., Cythere, and Desmar., Consid., p. 387, 388, LV, 8.
(4) Four according to Randohr, and eight according to Jurine; the first consi-
dering the two last as appendages of the males, and the second looking upon the
palpi of the mandibles and the branchial laminae of each upper jaw the two first
feet of his second division of the body, those which he says are composed of but
one joint and terminated in a dentated spoon as so many feet. The latter does
not include in this number those which the former considers a3 sexual organs; he
states them p. 161, 166 to be five jointed threads issuing laterally from the
pouch of the matrix, of the use of which he is ignorant.
BRANCHIOPODA. 123
than the body, setaceous, composed of from seven to eight joints,
the last of which are shortest and terminated by a bundle of twelve
or fifteen seise, serving as fins. The mouth consists of a carinated
labrum, two large dentated mandibles, each furnished with a tri-
articulated palpus, to the first segment of which adheres a small
branchial leaf with five digitations(l), and of two pairs of jaws. The
two superior are much the largest, and have four movable and
silky appendages on their internal margin, and a large, pectinated,
branchial lamina on their anterior edge; the second are composed of
two joints, with a short, nearly conical, inarticulated palpus(2)
silky at the end, as is the extremity of the jaws themselves. A sort
of compressed sternum fulfils the functions of a lower lip(3). The
feet are divided into five joints, the third representing the femur,
and the last the tarsus. The two anterior feet, inserted under the
antennae, are much shorter than the others, incline forwards, and
are furnished with rigid setae, or long hooks united in a bundle at
the extremity of the last joints. They are deficient in the four fol-
lowing feet. The second, situated in the middle of the under part
of the body and at first directed backwards, are arcuated and termi-
nated by a long and strong hook inclining forwards. The two last
are never visible externally, but are turned up, applied to the poste-
rior sides of the body in order to support the ovaries, and terminate
in two very small hooks(4). The body presents no distinct articu-
lation, and terminates posteriorly in a kind of soft tail which is
doubled underneath, with two conical or setaceous threads furnished
with three setae or hooks at the end, directed backwards and issu-
ing from the shell. The ovaries constitute two large, simple and
conical vessels forming a cul-de-sac at their origin, and situated on
the posterior sides of the body, underneath the shell, and opening,
side by side, in the anterior portion of the abdomen where the canal
formed by the tail establishes a communication between them. The
ova are spherical. These Crustacea spawn, and change their skin,
as frequently as the Cyclopes and other Entomostraca, and their
mode of life is the same. Ledermuller states, that he observed them
in coitu. Modern naturalists, who have most closely studied them,
however, have never been able to discover their sexual organs with
certainty, nor been fortunate enough to see them in actu. M. Straus
(1) Interior lip, Randohr.
(2) Forked in the Ct/pris strigata, Id.
(3) Exterior lip, Id.
(4) In the figure given by Randohr these feet consist of but three joints, and the
last is somewhat dilated and emarginated at the end, with a hook in the middle of
the emargination.
124 CRUSTACEA.
observed, under the origin of the mandibles, the insertion of a stout
conical vessel filled with a gelatinous substance, which appeared to
communicate with the oesophagus by a straight canal, that he sus-
pects may be a testis or salivary gland. The individuals which
were the subjects of these observations having ovaries, the Cy-
prides according to the first supposition must be hermaphrodites.
This is so much the more doubtful, however, as he himself remarks
that it is possible the males may only exist at a particular season of
the year, and that the vessel alluded to seems to be more nearly
connected with the function of digestion than with that of gene-
ration^).
According to Jurine, the antennae are true fins, the threads of
which are spread out or united at the will of the animal, and in pro-
portion to the degree of velocity it wishes to communicate to its
motions; sometimes but a single one is visible, at others they are
all displayed. We also think that these threads, and those of the two
anterior feet, may be considered as aiding in respiration, quite as
much as the laminae of the mandibles, and of the two superior jaws,
which M. Straus distinguishes by the name of branchial. The last,
or those of the jaws, appear to me to be true but greatly dilated
palpi, and the two others are appendages of the mandibular palpi.
See Jurine, Hist, des Mon. VI, 3.
According to the naturalist of Geneva before mentioned, these
animals, while they are swimming, move their anterior feet as ra-
pidly as their antennae, but very slowly when walking over the sur-
face of aquatic plants. These feet, conjointly with the two termi-
nated by a long hook, or the penultimates, then support the body.
He supposes that those which, according to him, form the second
pair, are destined to create an aqueous current and to direct it to-
ward the mouth, thereby assimilating their functions to those of
the second inferior antennae, which he calls antennulae. The two
threads composing the tail unite on leaving the shell, and seem to
form but one; they serve, as he supposes, to brush out its interior.
The female deposits her ova in mass, fixing them on plants or the
mud by means of gluten. During this operation, which lasts about
twelve hours, and in the largest species produces twenty-four eggs,
she clings with her second feet, and in such a manner as not to fear
the shock of the water. He collected some of these packets of
newly laid eggs, and after separating them, observed the hatching
of the young ones, and obtained a second generation without the in-
(1) See the alimentary canal of the Daphnia pulex, figured hy Jurine, X, 7, and
Randohr, Monoc, Tab. V, ii, d, d, and x.
RRANCHIOPODA. 125
fervention of the males. A female which had deposited her ova on
the 12th of April, changed her skin six times hetween that period
and the 18th of the following May. On the 27th of the same
month she spawned a second time, and two days afterwards, on the
29th, a third. From this, he concludes that the number of these
changes in the young animal is in proportion to the gradual deve-
lopment of the individual ; that this development can only take
place by the general separation of an envelope become too small to
contain the animal; and that the size of the latter has a determined
limit to which it must.attain(l).
The Polyropha of our third division Cladocera, Lat.; Daph-
nides, Straus from the second family of the Monoculi of Jurine.
The form of two of their antennae, which resemble ramified arms
and serve as oars, and the faculty of leaping which they possess,
have acquired for one of the most common species, the name of the
aquatic arborescent flea.
The first of these naturalists, who has given us an excellent mono-
graphy of the Daphniae, a subgenus of this division, establishes two
new ones; one by the name of Latona, characterized by antennae, in
the form of oars, divided into three branches, of but one joint(2);
and the other by that of Sida, which approaches other known sub-
genera of the same division, in having similar antennae, divided into
two branches only, but of which one is composed of two joints, and
the other of three(3). The Daphniae, according to him, are distin-
guished from the preceding and from the Lyncei, inasmuch as one
of the two branches of these oars is composed of three joints and
the other of four. Jurine, however Hist, des Mon. p. 92 states,
that each branch is composed of three joints; but it seems that he
did not include the first of the posterior branch, a very short one, it
is true(4). The last, in all these Lophyropha, is terminated by
three threads, and each of the preceding ones gives out another;
these threads are either simple or barbed. There are also two other
but very short antennas particularly in the females situated at
(1) See Mull., Entom. genus Cypris; Hist, des Monoc, second dlvis., Mon. a
coquilles bivalves, p. 159179, XVII XIX; Rand., Mon., IV; Straus, Mem. du
Mus. d'Hist. Nat., VII, 1 ; Desmar., Consid., p. 380386, LV, 17. Desmarest
Crust. Foss., XI, 8 has figured a fossil species which he calls Cypris f eve, found in
great abundance near the Gergovian mountain in the Puy-de Dome, and between
Vichy-Les-Bains and Cussac.
(2) Daphnia setifera, Mull., Entom.
(3) Daphnia cristallina, Ejusd. Ibid.
(4) Randohr has given it in the fig., II, vii, tab. V, of these antennae.
126 CRUSTACEA.
the anterior and inferior extremity of the head which have but a
single joint with one or two setae at the extremity. In the
PoLTrHEMUS, Mull.
As in Daphniae and Lynceus, the antennae are in the form of oars
divided into two branches; but each of them is composed of five
joints. The head, moreover, which is very distinct and rounded, is
provided with a sort of neck, and is almost entirely occupied by a
large eye. The feet are completely exposed.
But a single species has hitherto been discovered, the Mono-
culus pediculus, L. ; Deg., Insect., VII, xxviii, 6 13; Polyphe-
mus oculus, Mull. , Entom., xx, 1 5; Cephaloculus stagnorum,
Lam.; Jurine, Monoc, xv, 1 3; Desmar. , Consid., LIV, 1, 2.
The feet, according to Jurine, have no resemblance whatever to
the Monoculi of this division. They consist of a thigh, leg, and
a tarsus composed of two joints, from the extremity of which, that
of the last pair excepted, issue several small threads. Two small
antennae, consisting of a single joint and terminated by two threads,
project from the anterior extremity of the head. The shell is so
extremely diaphanous, that all the viscera can be distinguished.
The matrix, when filled with eggs, occupies the greater part of its
interior. Their greatest number never exceeds ten. In following
the gradual development of the foetus, we are struck with the early
appearance of the eye, in comparison with that of other parts of the
body. It is greenish at first, and passes insensibly to a deep black.
The abdomen, after being flexed from behind forwards, bends sud-
denly backwards to form a long, slender, pointed tail, from which
issue two long articulated threads. The animal always swims on
its back, and most frequently in a horizontal direction, by the quick
and repeated motion of its arms and feet, and executes all sorts of
evolutions with ease and agility. When young, and after its first
changes, it is subject to a disease called the ephippium(l); but this
ephippium or saddle always has a determinate figure, and never con-
tains the two oval ampullae observed in the Daphniae. These ani-
mals do not live long in a state of captivity, nor can their young
ones be raised, at least such was the case with Jurine, who could not
preserve them after their first changes. Among all the specimens
which were the subjects of his observations, he could not find a
single male, though, it is true, he could procure but very few of
them, this species being rare in the environs of Geneva. It is said,
(1) See the following article, Daphnia, p. 128.
BRANCHIOPODA. 127
however, to be very common in the marshes and ponds of the North,
where it aggregates in considerable numbers. In the
Daphnia, Mull.
The oars are always exposed to their base or to the origin of their
peduncle; they are as long, or almost as long as the body, and are
divided into two branches, the posterior of which consists of four
joints, the first very short, and the other, or the anterior, of three.
Their eye is small or punctiform, and with the exception of certain
species, has not, as in Lynceus, the small black punctiform spot be-
fore it, which Muller considered as a second eye(l).
Although the extreme smallness of these animals might be sup-
posed to defy any attempt to investigate their organization, but few
are better known. Exclusive of those who have devoted themselves
to microscopic researches, four of the most profound naturalists,
Schseffer, Randohr, Straus, and Jurine, Sen., the third particularly,
have studied them with the most scrupulous attention. If some
anatomical details escaped the notice of the latter, the omission has
been remedied by the labours of Randohr and Straus; Jurine also
completes the observations of the former with respect to their habits,
which he studied for a long period, and with the greatest success.
The mouth is situated beneath at the base of the rostrum; we con-
sider (with Randohr) the inferior portion of the head, which Straus
denominates a labrum, as an elongated clypeus, and we apply the for-
mer term to that part which he styles the posterior lobule of the
labrum. Directly under it are two strong jaws interior jaws of
Randohr without palpi, vertically inclined, and applied to two
horizontal jaws(2) terminated by three stout horny spines, in the
form of recurved hooks. Then come ten feet, the second joint of
all of which is vesicular; the first eight terminate by an expansion in
the manner of a fin, the edges furnished with setae or barbed threads
arranged like a crown or a comb; the two anterior seem to be specially
appropriated to the purposes of prehension, and in fact Randohr
considers them as double palpi, the external and internal: they are
the same parts, elsewhere Cyclops called hands by Jurine. In the
figures which they have published, the terminal sets appear to be
(1) Such also is the opinion of Randohr, Monoc. pi. V, fig 1 . II, iii, 6; and as he
discovered it in the Daphnia sima, it is possible that, although but slightly visible
in several species, this character may be common to this subgenus, and that of
Lynceus. Schxffer had previously noticed it-
(2) The exterior jaws, in the language of Randohr; Jurine not having separated
these parts from the preceding ones, supposed that the latter were accompanied
by a kind of valve and by a palpus. Hist, des Monoc. IX, f. 13 17.
128 CRUSTACEA.
bearded: if this be so, we do not see why these appendages may not
concur in the process of respiration( 1), a property confined by Straus
to the following ones, because the latter have, besides, a lamina on
the inner side, which, with the exception of the two last, is edged
with a pectinated series of setae, that according to the figures of
Jurine and Randohr are also bearded. The structure of the two last
feet is somewhat different, and Randohr distinguishes them by the
name of claws. The abdomen, or body properly so called, is divided
into eight segments perfectly free between its valves, and is long,
slender, recurved at the extremity, and terminated by two small
hooks directed backwards. On the superior surface of the sixth
segment is a range of four papillae forming indentations, and the
fourth presents a sort of tail(2). The ovaries are situated along
the sides between this segment and the first, and open separately
near the back into a cavity matrix, Jurine formed betwixt the
shell and the body, in which the ova remain for some time after
they are produced.
Midler has given the name of ephippium, or saddle, to a large,
obscure, and rectangular spot, which at certain periods, and parti-
cularly in summer, appears, after the females have changed their
tegument, on the superior part of the valves of the shell, and which
he attributes to disease. According to Straus this ephippium pre-
sents two oval, diaphanous ampullae, placed one before the other,
and forming with those of the opposite side two small oval capsules,
opening like that of a bivalve. It is divided, as are also the valves
of which it forms a part, into two lateral halves, united by a suture
along their superior edge; its interior exhibits another similar, but
smaller one, with free edges, provided it be not the superior that is
attached to the valves, the two halves of which, playing upon each
other as if hinged, present the same ampullae as the exterior lids.
Each capsule contains an egg with a greenish and horny shell, other-
wise similar to an ordinary ovum, but requiring a greater length of
time for its development, and being destined to pass the winter in
statu quo. When the animal is about to change its tegument, the
ephippium, as well as its ova, is abandoned with the exuviae, of
which it constitutes a part, and which protect them during the
(1) According to Straus, Cypris and Cythere are not true Branchiopoda, inas-
much as their feet are not provided with branchiae; but, as we have already ob-
served, the setne and hairs of the two anterior ones and those of the antenna; may
exercise the functions of branchiae as well as those of the palpi and first juvvs.
(2) We omit various details of the organization, because some can only be com-
prehended by means of drawings, and others appear common to most of the Bran-
chiopoda.
BRANCHIOPODA. 129
winter from the cold. The heat of spring; hatches them, and young
Daphniae are produced exactly similar to those which come from the
ordinary eggs. Schaeffer affirms that they will remain for a long
period in a desiccated state without losing the vitality of the germ,
but none of those preserved in that condition by Jurine was ever
hatched. They are entirely free, or do not adhere to each other in
their peculiar cavities. In summer, according to Jurine, they may
be hatched in two or three days. In the climate of Paris, where
Straus observed them at all periods of the year, they require at
least one hundred hours. The foetus, twenty-four hours after the
production of the ovum, is a mere rounded and unformed mass, on
which, when closely examined, maybe seen obtuse rudiments of arms
in the form of very short and imperfect stumps glued to the body;
neither head nor eye is perceptible; and as yet, the green or reddish
body dotted with white, like the tgg, exhibits no motion. It is only
at the ninetieth hour, and when the eye has appeared, and the arms
and valves are elongated, that the fcetus begins to move. By the hun-
dredth hour it is very active, and finally, at the hundred and tenth
it only differs from the newly hatched animal in the sets of the oars
which are still glued to their stem, and in the tail of the valves
which is bent under and received between their inferior edges. To-
wards the end of the fifth day, the tail, which terminates the valves
in the young animal, and the setae of the arms become free, and the
feet for the first time begin to move. The young being ready to
make their appearance, the mother lowers her abdomen and they dart
out. Newly laid eggs deposited in a glass jar, where they were
observed by Straus, were developed in this order. Jurine has also
furnished us with the result of his analogous observations upon the
successive changes in the embryo Daphniae, but made during the win-
ter, and as the eggs were not hatched till the tenth day, he could con-
sequently detect their development with more precision. The ovum,
on the first day, presents a central bubble, surrounded by smaller ones,
with coloured molecules in the intervals. These bubbles and mole-
cules appear destined to form the organs by approximating towards
the centre, and finally disappear. The form of the foetus begins to
be defined on the sixth day; on the seventh the head and feet are
distinguishable; on the eighth appears the eye as well as the intes-
tine; on the ninth the network of that eye begins to be visible, and
the bubbles have entirely disappeared, the central one excepted,
which contains the alimentary canal under the heart; on the tenth
the development of the foetus is terminated, the young Daphnia
issues from the matrix and for a moment remains motionless.
The males, of those species at least observed by Straus, are very
distinct from the females. The head is proportionably shorter; the
Vol. III. R
130 CRUSTACEA.
rostrum less salient; the valves narrower and less gibbous superiorly,
and gaping in front in such a manner as to present a wide and al-
most circular opening. The antennae are much larger and have the
appearance of being furnished with two horns bent underneath,
which are considered by Muller as the organs of generation. Straus
could not discover these sexual parts, but he remarks that the little
nail terminating the last joint of the two anterior feet or the second,
if we suppose the oars to be the first is much larger than those in
the female, that it has the form of a very large hook with a strong
outward curvature, and that the seta of the third joint is also much
longer; it is by means of these hooks that he seizes the female. The
mammillae of the sixth segment of the abdomen are much smaller, and
at an early age have the form of tubercles. The inferior antennas
excepted, which are longest, the two sexes are nearly alike, and the
two valves of their shell terminate in a stylet, dentated beneath,
arcuated below, and nearly as long as the valves. Every time the
animal changes its tegument, this stylet becomes shorter, so that in
the adult it forms a mere obtuse point.
The males pursue their females with much ardour, and several
frequently unite in their advances to the same individual.
A single copulation fecundates the female for several successive
generations, and for a period of six months, as ascertained by Jurine.
Straus, remarking that the orifices of the ovaries are placed very
deeply under the valves and that consequently no part of the body
of the male could reach them, suspects that he has no copulating
organ, but darts the fecundating fluid under the valves of the female,
whence it finds its way to the ovaries; analogy however seems to dis-
prove this conjecture(l). Jurine saw them in actu, for a period of
eight or ten minutes. The male, first placing himself on the back of
the female, seizes her with the long threads of his anterior feet; he
then seeks the inferior margin of her shell, and approximating the
aperture of his own to that of the latter, he introduces the threads,
as well as the hooks of these same feet. He now brings his tail in
contact with that of his companion, who at first, refusing to comply,
flies with her amorous mate, but finally yields. Little granulated
bodies of a green, rose, or brown colour, according to the season,
gradually ascend into the matrix and become eggs. Jurine observes,
that the males of the D. pulex are but few, when compared to the
number of femates; that they are extremely rare in spring and sum-
mer, but less so in autumn.
About the eighth day after they are hatched, the young Daphnia
(1) See Jurine, Hist, des Mon. p. 106, et seq.
BRANCHIOPODA. ]31
effects its first change of tegument, and repeats the same process
every five or six days, according to the increased or diminished
temperature of the weather; it is not merely the body and valves
which lose their epidermis, the branchiae and setae of the oars under-
going the same operation. It is only after the third change that
they are fitted to continue their species. At first the female lays
but a single eg^, then two or three, gradually augmenting the num-
ber, which in the D. magna amounts to fifty-eight. The day after
she has produced her ova, the female changes her skin, and in the
teguments which she abandons may be found the shells of the eggs
she has previously laid. The next moment anew batch is produced.
The young from each set of eggs are generally of one sex, and it is
rare to find two or three males proceeding from that which produced
females, and vice versa. But in five or six of these broods, in the
summer, one at most consists of males. Individuals are frequently
remarked, whose integuments are of a milky white, opaque and
thickened; they do not however appear to be affected by it, and on
the renewal of the shell, but slight rugous traces of this alteration
are perceptible.
These animals cease to propagate, and no longer cast their skins
on the approach of winter; they perish before the extreme cold has
arrived. The ova contained in the ephippia, and which were laid
during the summer, are hatched on the first approach of the vernal
heat; and the ponds soon abound again with countless Daphniae. Some
naturalists attribute the occasionally sanguine tinge of these waters
to the presence of myriads of the D. pulex, but Straus says he never
remarked the fact, and that this species is at all times but slightly
coloured. Morning and evening, and even during the day in cloudy
weather, they keep on the surface; but in the heat of summer, or
when the sun darts his rays directly upon the pools which they inha-
bit, they descend to the depth of six or eight feet; frequently, not
one is to be seen on the surface. Their mode of natation is by little
bounds, of a greater or less extent, according to the length of their
oars, and in proportion to the projection of the shell which covers
the body, an increase of its size impeding their movements. Ac-
cording to Straus, their food consists exclusively of small parcels of
vegetable substances which they find at the bottom, and frequently
of Confervas. They always refused the animal substances he pre-
sented to them. He repeatedly saw them swallow their own faeces,
carried along by the current formed by the action of their feet, which
directs their ordinary aliment towards their mouth. They use the
hooks which terminate the extremity of their tail to clean their
branchiae.
Daphnia pulex; Monoculns pulex, L. ; Pulex aquaticus arbores-
132 CRUSTACEA.
cens, Swamm., Bib. Nat., xxxi; Perroquet d'eau, Geoff., Hist.
Ins. II, 455; Schsef., Die Griin., arm., Polyp., 1755, I, 1, 8;
Straus, Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. V, xxix, 1 20; Jurine,
Mon., viii xi. According to Straus, this species has a large
convex rostrum; setae of the oars plumose; first tubercle of the
sixth segment linguiform; inferior edge of the valves dentated;
valves terminated by a short tail, which is obtuse in the females.
This last character distinguishes it from another species with
which it has been confounded, the
Daph. longispina, Str. Deg. Insect. VII, xxvii, I 4. The
female is four millimetres in length(l).
The last subgenus of the Lophyropa is
Lynceus, Mull. Chilodorus, Leach.
It can scarcely be distinguished from the preceding except by the
oars, evidently shorter than the shell, the inferior portion of which
has but little or no projection. According to Straus the articula-
tions of the branchiae are more numerous than in the preceding
subgenera. They all have a little spot before their eye which has
the appearance of a second one. The rostrum, longer in proportion
than that of the Daphniae, is curved and pointed(2).
The second section of the Branchiopoda, that of the Phyllopa, is
distinguished from the first, as already stated, by the number of
feet, which at least amounts to twenty(3) and by the lamellated or
foliaceous form of their joints. There are always two eyes, which
are sometimes pediculated: several of them have also an ocellus.
They form two principal groups.
In the first Cehatopthalma, Lat. there are never less than ten
pairs of feet, nor more than twenty-two; the vesicular body at their
base is wanting; the anterior are never much longer than the others,
nor ramified. The body is contained in a shell resembling that of a
bivalve, or is naked, each thoracic segment bearing a pair of ex-
posed feet. The eyes arc sometimes sessile, small and closely ap-
proximated; at others, and most frequently, they are situated at the
extremity of two movable pedicles. The ova are internal or external,
and are contained in a sac at the base of the tail.
(1) For the other species, see Mem. cit. of Straus; Mull., Entom., and Jurine,
Hist, des Mon. fam. II, p. 185 58, and p. 181, 200. For the D. sima, and D.
longispinu, see Rand., Monc. V VII.
(2) See Mull., Entom., G. lynceus; Jurine, Monoc. p. 151, 158; and Desmar.,
Consid., 375378.
(3) These animals represent among the Crustacea, the Myriapoda of the class
of Insects.
BRANCHIOPODA. 133
Here the eyes are sessile and immovable; the body is invested with
an oval shell resembling that of a molluscous bivalve, and the ova-
ries are always internal. Such is the
Limnadia, Ad. Brong.(l)
The Limnadiae are so closely allied to the preceding subgenus,
that the only species known was placed among the Daphniae by the
younger Hermann. The shell is bivalve, oval, and incloses the body,
which is elongated, linear, and inflected forwards. In the head, and
almost confounded with it, we find: 1, two eyes closely approxi-
mated and placed transversely; 2, four antennae, two of which are
much the largest, each composed of a peduncle of eight joints and
of two setaceous branches or threads divided into eight segments
and somewhat silky; the two others are intermediate, small, simple,
and widened at base; 3, the mouth, situated beneath, and consisting
of two inflated mandibles arcuated and truncated at the inferior ex-
tremity, and of two foliaceous jaws. These parts when united form
a sort of inferior rostrum. The body, properly so called, is divided
into twenty-three segments, each of which, except the last, bears a
pair of branchial feet. All these feet are similar, strongly compress-
ed, and bifid; their external division is simple, and ciliated on the
exterior edge; the other has four joints, and is strongly ciliated along
its interior margin. The first twelve pairs are of equal length, and
larger than the others; the length of the latter progressively dimi-
nishes. The eleventh pair, and the two following ones, have a slen-
der thread at their base, which ascends into the cavity situated be-
tween the back and the shell, in order to support the ova. The last
segment on the tail is terminated by two threads. The ovaries are
internal, and placed along the sides of the intestinal canal, extending
from the base of the first pair of feet to the eighteenth; their open-
ings appear to be at the root of some of those that are intermediate:
The eggs, after having been produced, occupy the dorsal cavity
above mentioned, and are secured there by means of small threads,
which adhere to those of the feet. At first they are round and trans-
parent; they afterwards assume a yellowish tint, which is subse-
quently darker towards the centre, and their figure becomes irregu-
lar and angular.
All the individuals examined by M. Ad. Brongniart were provided
with them. The males, allowing the sex to exist, do not appear at
(1) In my work on the natural families of the animal kingdom, this subgenus,
with that ofJlpus, composes my family of the Aspidiphora; it approximates to this
one in the number of feet, and to the Daphnise in the shell.
134 CRUSTACEA.
the same time as the females, which is during the month of June,
and are unknown.
Limnadia Hermani, Ad. Brongn., Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat.,
VI, xiii; Daphnia-gigas, Herm., Mem. Apterol., V. Found in
great numbers in the little pools of the forest of Fontainebleau.
There, each eye is situated at the extremity of a pedicle, formed
by a lateral prolongation, in the shape of a horn, of each side of the
head. The body is naked, without a shell, and annulated throughout.
The ova of the females are contained in an elongated capsule, situ-
ated near the base of the tail in those which are thus terminated, or
in the posterior extremity of the body and thorax in those which
have no tail.
Some are provided with a tail.
Artemia, Leach.
Eyes placed on very short pedicles; the head confounded with an
oval thorax, furnished with ten pairs of feet, and terminated by a
long and pointed tail. The antennae short and subulate.
A. salina; Cancer salinus, L. ; Montag., Trans. Lin. Soc. XI,
xiv, 8 10; Gammarus salinus, Fab.; Desmar., Consid., p. 393.
A small species found in the salt marshes of Lymington, in
England, when nearly dry, of which as yet we have but a very
imperfect account.
Branchipus, Lat. Chirocephalus, B. Prevost, and Jurine.
Eyes placed on projecting pedicles; the body narrow, elongated
and compressed; the head distinct from the trunk, furnished with
appendages varying according to the sex, and with two appendages
resembling horns between the eyes; eleven pair of feet; the tail termi-
nated by two leaflets more or less elongated and edged with cilia.
Although Schaeffer and Benedict Prevost(l) have published very
detailed monographs of two species of this genus, they are still
imperfect with respect to the profound and comparative study of
the organs of the mouth and of some other parts of the head. Con-
sidering the two sexes together, we find the following general con-
formation; the body is almost filiform, composed of a head separated
from the trunk by a kind of neck; of a trunk or thorax longitudinally
hollow beneath, divided, at least above, exclusive of the neck, into
eleven segments, each bearing a pair of branchial, strongly com-
pressed feet, usually composed of three foliaceous joints, with a
(1) Mem. sur le Chirocephale printed at the end of the Hist, des Monoc. of the
late Lewis Jurine, and previously published in the Journal de Physique.
BRANCHIOPODA. 135
fringe of hairs or bearded threads along the edges; and of an elon-
gated tail tapering to a point, consisting of nine segments terminated
by two more or less elongated leaflets fringed with cilia. Under its
second segment we find the male organs of generation, and in the
female an elongated sac containing the ova she is ready to produce.
In the head we observe, 1. Two reticulated eyes situated at the ex-
tremity of two flexible peduncles formed by lateral prolongations of
the head; 2. Two antennae at least, frontal, scarcely longer than the
head, slender, filiform and composed of very small joints; 3. Two
projections under them, sometimes resembling a uniarticulated horn,
and at others digitiform the premier doigt des mains, Bened. Pre-
vost and biarticulated; 4. A mouth underneath composed of two
kinds of dentated mandibles without palpi, and of some other parts.
We suspect that these horn-like projections are merely an appen-
dage, larger and differently formed in the males, of the frontal an-
tennae; the two other antennae may be wanting or be obliterated in
the female, and form in the other sex of one of these species Chiro-
cephala diaphana, Prevost those singular appendicated and dentated
tentacula, in the form of a soft proboscis which is susceptible of
being spirally convoluted, designated by Benedict Prevost under
the name of doigts des mains, or fingers. It is probable that, as in
Apus, the mouth is furnished with two pairs of jaws, a ligula and
a labrum, but their respective form and situation have not yet been
well ascertained. I am convinced that the part resembling a ros-
trum mentioned by Schaeffer, and which Prevost calls a valve (sou-
pape) is the labrum; that the four bodies or tubercles placed on the
sides, mentioned by the former, are the mandibles and the two upper
jaws; and that the parts considered by the second as cirri (barbillons)
are also maxillary. The two first feet, which, according to Schaeffer,
are composed of but two joints, the last terminating in a point, would
represent the two firstfoot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, and the
two large antenniform feet of an Apus(l). The chief of the male
organs of generation, at least those which are considered as such,
consist in two conoid biarticulated bodies, which only project by
pressure (Schaeffer), situated under the second ring, in which vessels
terminate that arise from the first. M. Prevost presumes that the
two vulvae of the female are placed at the extremity of the tail, but
that they afford no issue to the ova. This issue (two apertures ac-
cording to Schaeffer), is in the second ring, and communicates in-
ternally with the sac containing the eggs, which acts as an external
(1) See Mem. sur les Anim. sans Verteb., Savign. parti.
136 CRUSTACEA.
matrix. But there is no crustaceous animal known in which the
female organs of generation are placed at the posterior extremity of
the body, and hence we can allow but little weight to this opinion.
The observations of Schaeffer on the hairs of the feet of these
Crustacea, prove that they are so many air tubes; even the surface of
the feet of which they are composed, appears to absorb a portion of
the air which adheres to it under the form of little bubbles.
The Chirocephalus diaphanus, Bened. Prevost, which seems to
us to be very closely allied to our Branchipus palustris, if it be
indeed different, has, when first hatched, a body divided into
nearly equal and almost globular masses. In the first we ob-
serve an ocellus, two short antennae, two very large oars ci-
liated at the extremity, and two short, slender feet composed
of five joints. After the first change of tegument the two com-
pound eyes make their appearance, the body is elongated pos-
teriorly, and terminated by a conical, articulated tail with two
threads at the extremity. The subsequent changes gradually
develope the feet, and the oars disappear. The valve soupape
which at first extended over and covered the abdomen, dimi-
nishes in proportion.
The Branchipi are found, and usually in great numbers, in little
muddy, fresh water pools, and frequently in those that are formed
by heavy rains, particularly in spring and autumn. On the first ap-
proach of cold weather they perish. They swim with the greatest fa-
cility on their back, and their feet, which they cannot use for walking,
while thus employed, present a graceful and undulating motion. This
motion creates a current between them, which, following the canal
of the thorax, directs to its mouth the atoms which constitute its-
food; when the animal wishes to advance it strikes the water, right
and left, with its tail, which forces it forwards by bounds and leaps.
Withdrawn from its element, it moves its tail for a while, and curves
itself into a circle. Deprived of a certain degree of humidity, it re-
mains motionless.
Benedict Prevost states, that when the male of the species which
constitutes the object of his memoir seeks his female, he swims
round her, seizes her by the neck with the two horn-like appendages
of his head, and remains fixed there, until she turns up the posterior
extremity of her tail, in order to approximate the two valves of the
copulating organs; this process is analogous to the coitus of the Li-
bellulae. The ova are yellowish, spherical at first, and afterwards an-
gular; the shell is thick and hard, a circumstance which lends to
preserve them. It appears that even desiccation, provided it be not
carried too far, produces no change in the germ, and that the young
are hatched as soon as a sufficiency of rain has fallen. M. Desmarest
BRANCHIOPODA. 137
has frequently remarked Branchipi in the little hollows filled with
rain water, on the summit of the rocks at Fontainebleau. The fe-
male Chirocephalus produces several distinct sets of eggs, after each
copulation, at different times, occupying some hours and even the
whole clay in the process. Each set consists of from one to four
hundred eggs; they are rapidly ejected from the female in jets of ten
or a dozen, and with sufficient force to sink them slightly in the mud.
Benedict Prevost has remarked that the Chir. diaphanus was sub-
ject to certain diseases, of which he gives a description. This spe-
cies, as we have already stated, does not differ from our Branchipus
palustris(l). The two horns, situated under the superior antennae,
are composed, in both sexes, of two joints, the last of which, how-
ever, is large and arcuated in the male, and very short and conical
in the female. In the Branchipus stagnalis(2), the horns consist of a
single joint, and those of the males resemble the mandibles of the
Lucanus cervus, in their form, dentations, and direction.
Others have no tail; their body terminates almost directly behind
the thorax and last feet. Such is the
Eulimene, Lat.
The body of the Eulimenes is almost linear, and has four nearly
filiform antennae, two of which are smaller than the others, bear-
ing a great resemblance to palpi, and placed on the anterior extre-
mity of the head. Their head is transverse, with two eyes seated
on large and cylindrical peduncles. There are eleven pairs of bran-
chial feet, the three first joints and the last small and tapering;
directly after them follows a terminal and nearly semiglobular piece
replacing the tail, and from which issues an elongated thread, that,
perhaps, is an oviduct. Near the middle of the fifth pair of feet,
and of the four following ones, I have remarked a globular body,
possibly analogous to the vesicles presented by these organs in the
following subgenus.
The only species known, Eulimene blanch&tre, Lat., Regne
Animal, Cuv., Ill, p. 68; Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. X, 333;
Desmar., Consid. p. 353, 354, is very small; whitish eyes, and
(1) Cancer paludosus, Mull. Zool. Dan. XLVIII, 18; Herbst, XXXV, 35;
Chirocephalus diaphanus? Prev., Journ. de Phys.; Jurhi., Monoc, XX XXII.
See Desmar., Consid. LVI, 2 5. This last species is described in the Manuel du
Naturaliste of Duchesne under the name of Marteau d'eau douce.
(2) Branchiopoda stagnalis, Lat., Hist, des Crust, et des Ins., IV, p. 297; Can-
cer stagnalis, L. ; Gammarus stagnalis, Fab.; Jipus pisciformis, SchaefF. ; Gammarus
stagnalis, Herbst., XXX, 310.
Vol. III. S
138 CRUSTACEA.
posterior extremity of the body blackish. From the vicinity
of Nice.
The remaining Phyllopa Aspidiphora, Lat. have sixty pairs of
feet, all furnished externally near their base with a large oval vesi-
cle(l), and the two anterior of which, although much larger and
ramous, resemble antennae; a large shell, covering the greater part
of the superior portion of the body, almost entirely free, clypeiform,
emarginated posteriorly, provided anteriorly in a circumscribed
space with three simple, sessile eyes, the two anterior of which are
largest and lunated; and two bivalve capsules containing the ova,
and annexed to the eleventh pair of feet. Such are the characters
which mark the
Apus, Scop.,
Which makes part of the genus Binoculus, Geoff., and of the Li-
mulus, Miiller.
The body, including the shell, inclines to an oval, wider and more
rounded before, and narrowed behind in the manner of a tail; ab-
stracting the shell, it is at first nearly cylindrical, convex above,
concave and divided longitudinally beneath by a furrow, and termi-
nates in an elongated cone. It consists of thirty annuli, which
are considerably smaller at the posterior extremity, and which,
the last seven or eight excepted, give origin to the feet. The first
ten are membranous, soft, without spines, exhibit a small button-
like prominence on each side, and have each but a single pair of
feet. The others are more solid or horny, with a range of small
spines on the posterior margin; the last is larger than the preceding
ones, nearly square, depressed, angular, and terminated by two arti-
culated threads or setae. In some species composing the genus Lepi-
durus, Leach, a horny, flattened and elliptical lamina is seen between
them. If the number of feet be about a hundred and twenty, the
last annuli, beginning with the eleventh or twelfth, must necessarily
have more than one pair, a circumstance which in this respect ap-
proximates these Crustacea to the Myriapoda. The shell, perfectly
free from its anterior adhesion, invests a great part of the body, and
thus protects the primary segments, which, as already stated, are
softer than the others. It consists of a large, horny, extremely thin,
and almost diaphanous scale or plate, which represents the superior
teguments of the head and thorax united, and forming a large, oval,
convex shield, angularly notched and dentated at its posterior ex-
(1) Possibly analogous to the vesicles forming' the second joint of the feet of
the Daphnix.
BRANCHIOPODA. 139
tremity. Its upper surface is divided by a transverse line forming
two united arcs, in two areas, the anterior nearly semilunar, corres-
ponding to the head, and the posterior to the thorax. In the middle
of the first, we observe three closely approximated simple eyes, or
without apparent facets, the two anterior of which are largest and
almost reniform, and the posterior much smaller and oval. A du-
plicature of the anterior portion of the shell forms a sort of frontal,
flattened, semilunar shield beneath, which serves as a base to the
labrum. The posterior area, that which corresponds to the thorax,
is carinated throughout the middle of its length. This shell is only
adherent by its anterior extremity, so that looking from this point
we can discover the whole back of the animal. Each side of the
shell, seen from beneath and in a strong light, presents a large spot,
formed by numerous lines describing concentric ovals, which appear
to be tubular and filled with a red fluid. Directly under the shield or
frontal disk, we find the antennae and mouth. The former, two in
number, are inserted on each side of the mandibles, are very short
and filiform, and are composed of two nearly equal joints. The
mouth consists of a square, projecting labrum; of two strong, horny,
inferiorly inflated mandibles, compressed and dentated at the extre-
mity and without palpi; of a large and profoundly emarginated li-
gula; and of two pairs of foliaceous jaws laid on each other, the
superior of which are spinous and ciliated along the inner margin,
and the inferior almost membranous and similar to small false feet;
they are terminated by a slender, elongated joint, and are prolonged
externally from their base into a species of auricle, (oreillette) fur-
nished with a uniarticulated and ciliated appendage, which may be
considered as a kind of palpus. According to Savigny(l), the li-
gula exhibits a ciliated canal, which leads directly to the oesophagus.
The feet, which amount to about one hundred and twenty, insensibly
diminish in size, commencing from the second pair; they are all
strongly compressed, foliaceous, and are composed of three joints,
exclusive of the two long threads at the extremity of the two ante-
rior feet, and the two leaflets at the end of the following ones, parts,
which, when united, we may consider as constituting a fourth, for-
ceps-like joint, or one with two elongated toes converted into a sort
of antenniform threads. On the posterior side of the first joint is
inserted a large, branchial, triangular membrane; the second also,
on the same side, has a red, vesicular and oval sac. On the oppo-
site margin of these feet are four triangular and ciliated leaflets, the
superior of which is closely approximated to the toes of the forceps,
(1) Mem. sur les Anim. sans Verteb., Savig 1 ., part I, fasc. I.
140 CRUSTACEA.
appearing to form a third to the second and following feet, as far as
the tenth pair. In proportion as these organs diminish in size, the
leaflets approximate more closely, the forceps is more clearly defined
and less pointed, and the first toe becomes wider, shorter and rounder.
The two anterior feet, which are much larger and are formed like
oars, resemble ramous antennas, and have been considered as such
by some writers(l): they exhibit four multi-articulated setaceous
threads, the two last joints, one of them particularly, being much
longer than the others which are situated on the internal side or
anteriorly. The two at the extremity are evidently analogous to the
toes of the forceps, the remaining two also correspond to as many of
the lateral leaflets; it is easy to convince ourselves of this by com-
paring these parts in young specimens. After their sixth or seventh
change of tegument, the two or three following feet of the latter
greatly resemble the two anterior ones, and even their antennas are
longer in proportion than in the adult, and are terminated by setse or
hairs. The eleventh pair are very remarkable(2). The first joint,
behind the vesicles, presents two circular valves, laid one on the
other, formed by two leaflets, and containing the ova, which resem-
ble granules of a bright red colour. Every specimen which has
hitherto been examined being always found to possess this kind of
feet, they have been considered as hermaphrodites, and are consi-
dered capable of self impregnation.
These animals inhabit ditches, pools, stagnant waters, Sec. and usu-
ally in myriads. Abducted, when thus assembled, by violent winds,
they have been seen to descend in rain. They generally make their
appearance in spring, and in the beginning of summer. Their cus-
tomary food is the Tadpole. They swim well on their back, and
when they sink into the mud they erect their tail. When first pro-
duced they have but one eye and four feet, resembling arms or oars,
furnished with tufts of hairs, the second of which are the largest.
Their remaining organs are regularly developed after each change
of tegument. M. Valenciennes, an attache of the Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
has remarked that these Crustacea are frequently devoured by the
bird vulgarly called the Lavandiere(3).
The number of species known being very small, it is unne-
(1) They also seem to represent the two first foot-jaws.
(2) Schaeffer distinguishes them by the name of uterine feet. The preceding 1
nine pairs, according 1 to his phraseology, form forceps, those of the first oars, or
true feet; finally, those which follow the uterine feet, or the twelfth pair and fol-
lowing ones, branchial feet. The vesicular sacs lengthen and lessen just as gra-
dually; their use is unknown.
(3) The Motacilla alba, and cinerea, L. Am. Ed.
BRANCHIOPODA. 141
cessary to imitate Leach informing a separate genus Lepidu-
rus, Leach for those which have a lamina between the threads
of the tail. Such is the Apus prolongatus; Monoculus apus, L.;
Schaeff.,Monoc, VI; Limule serricaude, Herm., Jun.; Desmar.,
Consid. LII, 2. The carina of the shield terminates posteriorly
in a small spine, which is not seen in the Apus canciformis; Bi-
noclea queue en filet, Geoff., Insect., XXI, 4; Limulus palustris,
Mull.; Schaeff., Monoc. I V; Apus vert, Bosc; Desmar., lb.,
LI, 1; the latter, besides, has no lamina between the caudal
threads; it is the type of the genus Apus, Leach, or the Apus
properly so called. The same naturalist has figured another
species, Apus Montagui, Edinb. Encyclop. Suppl. I, XX.
ORDER II.
P^CILOPODA.
The Psecilopoda are distinguished from the Branchiopoda
by the diversity in the form of their feet, among the anterior
of which an indeterminate number are ambulatory, or fitted
for prehension; while the others, lamelliform or pinnate,
are branchial and natatory. It is principally, however, by
the absence of the usual mandibles and jaws that they are re-
moved from all other Crustacea. Sometimes these parts are
replaced by the spinous haunches of the first six pairs of feet ;
and sometimes the organs of manducation consist either of an
external siphon in the form of an inarticulated rostrum, or of
some other apparatus fitted for suction, but concealed or
slightly apparent.
Their body is almost always, either wholly, or for the
greater portion, invested with a shell in the form of a shield,
consisting of a single plate in most of them, and of two in
others, which always presents two eyes when those organs are
distinct. Two of their antennae Cheliceres, Lat. form a
forceps in several, and fulfil its functions. Most of them have
142 CRUSTACEA.
twelve feet(l), and nearly all the remainder have either ten
or twenty-two. Their usual habitat is on aquatic animals,
and most commonly on fishes.
We divide this order into two families(2).
FAMILY I.
XYPHOSURA.
This family is distinguished from the second by several
characters : there is no siphon ; the haunches of the first six
pair of feet are covered with small spines and perform the
office of jaws ; there are twenty-two feet ; the first ten, with
the exception of the two anterior ones in the males, are ter-
minated by a didactyle forceps, and inserted, as well as the
two that follow, under a large semi-lunar shield ; the latter
have the sexual organs attached to them, and the form of large
leaflets, as in the case with the ten following, which are bran-
chial and inserted under a second shell, terminated by a very
hard, ensiform and movable stylet. They are wandering ani-
mals, and form the genus
Limulus, Fab.
The species are known in commerce by the name of the Molucca
Crab. The suborbicular, slightly elongated and posteriorly narrow-
ed body is divided into two parts, invested by a solid shell com-
posed of two pieces, one to each part, very hollow beneath, and pre-
senting above, two longitudinal sulci, one on each side, and a carina
on the middle of the back. The first part of the shell, or that which
covers the fore-part of the body, is much larger than the other, forms
an extensive semi-lunar shield, with a reflected edge, furnished above
with two oval eyes of numerous facets, resembling granules, one on
each side, exterior to a longitudinal carina; and on the anterior ex-
(1) Fourteen in several, according 1 to Leach; those which he considers as the
two first, however, appear to me to be two inferior antennae. The Arguli, which
seem to be the most favoured subgenus with respect to locomotion, have but
twelve feet.
(2) In my Fam. Nat. du Regne Anim., they form two orders.
Pjecilopoda. 143
tremity of the middle one, and common to both pieces of the shell,
two small, closely approximated, simple eyes(l); these carinse are
armed with teeth or acute tubercles. The duplicature of this shell
at its anterior extremity, beneath, forms a level border, strongly
arcuated, and terminated inferiorly by a double arc, projecting like
a tooth towards the centre of union. Immediately under this pro-
jection, in the cavity of the shield, is a small inflated labrum, cari-
nated in the middle and terminating in a point, above which are in-
serted two little antennae, in the form of small didactyle forceps, flexed
into an elbow in the middle of their length, at the point of union be-
tween the first joint and the second, or of the forceps properly so
styled. Directly beneath, inserted and approximated by pairs, and
on two lines, are twelve feet, the ten first of which, the two or four
anterior ones of the males excepted, terminate in a didactyle forceps;
their radical joint, projecting inwards like a lobe and covered with
points, performs the office of a jaw. The size of these feet augments
progressively; those of the fifth pair excepted, they are all composed
of six joints, the movable toe of the forceps included. The latter
have an additional joint, and also differ from the preceding ones by
having, at their external base, a bi-articulated appendage, directed
backwards, the last joint of which is compressed and obtuse; by
their fifth joint being terminated on the inner side by five small,
movable, horny, narrow, elongated and pointed leaflets, and by the
two toes of the forceps being movable or articulated at base. The
two pieces situated between these feet, which M. Savigny considers
as the ligula, appear to me to be merely two maxillary lobes of these
organs, but detached or free. The pharynx occupies the interval
included by all these feet. The males are distinguished from the
females by the form of the forceps, which terminate the two or four
anterior feet: they are inflated and deprived of the movable toe. The
two last feet of this shield are united in the form of a large, mem-
branous, and almost semi-circular leaflet, having the sexual organs
on its posterior face, and presenting, in the middle of an emargina-
tion of the posterior margin, two small triangular, elongated and
pointed divisions, which appear to represent the internal toes of the
forceps; the other articulations are indicated by sutures. The se-
cond piece of the shell, articulated with the first in the middle of its
posterior emargination and filling the interval it forms, is nearly
triangular, and is angularly truncated and emarginated at its poste-
rior extremity. Its lateral edges are alternately emarginated and
dentated, and in the middle of each of the emarginations, counting
(1) One on each side of the tooth that terminates this carina.
144 CRUSTACEA.
from the second, is an elongated and movable spine, six on each side*
Inclosed in the inferior cavity, and disposed in pairs on two longitu-
nal ranges, are ten fin-like feet, almost similar in form to the two last,
but simply united at base, laid one on the other, and bearing, on
their posterior face, the branchiae which appear to be composed of
numerous and crowded fibres arranged on the same plane one against
the other. The anus is situated at the inferior root of the stylet
terminating the body. According to an observation communicated
to us by M. Straus, we only find in the interior of the first shield,
besides the brain, a single sub-oesophagal ganglion(l). The two
nervous cords are then prolonged into the interior of the second
shield, forming there, and at the origin of the branchial feet, some
small ganglia, which send branches to those organs. According to
Cuvier, the heart, as in the Stomapoda, is a large vessel furnished
internally with fleshy columns, extending along the back, and giving
out branches on both sides. A wrinkled oesophagus, ascending in
front, leads to a very muscular gizzard, lined with a cartilaginous
kind of velvet, studded with tubercles, and followed by a wide and
straight intestine. The liver pours its bile into the intestine by two
ducts on each side. A great portion of the shell is filled by the ova-
ries in the female, and by the testes in the male.
These animals are sometimes found two feet in length; they inha-
bit the seas of hot climates, and most generally frequent their shores.
They appear to me to be proper to the East Indies and the coast of
America. The species found in France L. cyclops is commonly
called the Casserole{2), from its having some resemblance to the
form of that utensil, and because when the feet are removed its shell
is used to hold water. Major Le Conte, one of the most intelligent of
naturalists in the United States, and who has so largely contributed
to advance the science of entomology by his discoveries and re-
searches, states that it is given to the hogs. Savages employ the
stylet of the tail to point their arrows, which, thus armed, are much
dreaded. Their eggs are eaten in China. When these animals
walk, their feet are not seen. Fossil specimens are found in certain
strata of a moderate antiquity(3).
(1) The two anterior feet may represent the mandibles of the Decapoda, the
four following ones their jaws, and the last six their foot-jaws; those of the second
shield would correspond to the thoracic feet.
(2) The King-crab of our fishermen, or the Horse-shoe. Very common on the
coast of New Jersey. Am. Ed.
(3) Knorr, Monum. of the Deluge, I, pi. XIV; Desmar., Crust, fossil., XI, 6, 7-
It would seem from these figures that the lateral spines of the second piece of the
PvECILOPODA. 145
In some, the four anterior feet, at least in one of the sexes, are
terminated by a single toe.
But a single species of this division is known; it is the Limu-
lus heteroductylus, and is the type of the genus Tachypleus,
Leach(l). I have seen it figured on Chinese vellums.
In the others, the two anterior claws at most, are alone monodac-
tyle. All the ambulatory feet are didactyle, at least in the females.
This division is composed of several species, which, owing to the
little attention that has been paid to the detailed form of their parts,
to the differences resulting from sex and age, and from their pecu-
liar localities, have not yet been characterized in a rigorous and
comparative manner. The common American Limulus for instance,
when young, is whitish or of a light colour, and has six stout teeth
along the whole ridge of the middle of the upper shell, and two
others equally strong and pointed on each lateral ridge of the shield
or of the first piece of that shell; while older specimens, sometimes
more than a foot and a half in length, are of a deep brown colour or
almost blackish, their teeth, the middle ones especially, being al-
most obliterated. Here also the lateral margins of the second piece
of the shell are marked with fine dentations which are scarcely ap-
parent or wanting in the former.
We should consider as young individuals the Lim. cyclops,
Fab., and the L. Soiverbii, Leach, Zool. Miscell., LXXIV; his
L. tridentatits, and the L. albns, Bosc: and as older ones, my
Limule des Moluques; Monoculus polyphemus, L.; Clus., Exot.,
lib. VI, cap. xiv, p. 128; Rumph., Mus., XII, a, b, which I at
first considered a distinct species, under the belief that these
large individuals inhabited those islands exclusively. In all of
them, or at all ages, the tail is somewhat shorter than the body,
and triangular, the upper ridge finely denticulated and without
any decided sulcus beneath. We will designate this species by
the name of Limulus polyphemus. These latter characters will
distinguish it from some others described by Dr Leach(2).
shell, in lieu of spines, merely form smaller teeth articulated at base; but these ar-
ticulations have perhaps disappeared.
(1) This Limulus is perhaps the Kabutogani or Unkia of the Japanese, and re-
presents the constellation of Cancer on their primitive Zodiac.
(2) See Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. Ed. II; Desmar., Consid., p. 344358.
Vol. III.T
146 CRUSTACEA.
FAMILY II.
SIPHONOSTOMA.
The Siphonostomse have no kind of jaws whatever. A
sucker or siphon, sometimes external and in the form of an
acute inarticulated rostrum (1), and at others concealed or
but slightly visible, fulfils the functions of a mouth. There
are never more than fourteen feet. The shell is very thin
and composed of a single piece. They are all parasitical.
We will divide this family into two tribes.
The first Caligides, Lat. is characterized by the pre-
sence of a shell resembling an oval or semi-lunar shield ; by
the number of visible feet, which is always twelve, or four-
teen, if we include those which Leach considers as such, and
which I call inferior antennae ; by the form and size of the
tenth pairs which are sometimes multifid, pinnate or ter-
minated in a fin, and well adapted at all times and in the
adult, for the purposes of natation, and sometimes foliaceous,
or broad and membranous. The sides of the thorax are never
furnished with wing-like expansions directed backwards and
enclosing the body posteriorly.
Here, the body, exhibiting several segments above, is
elongated and narrowed posteriorly, terminating in a kind of
tail with two threads or as many other salient appendages at
the end; this extremity is not covered by a segment of the
superior teguments in the form of a large rounded scale,
deeply notched in the posterior margin. The shell is at
(1) The composition of this rostrum or beak is not well known. It is evident,
from the figure of the Jlrgulus foliaceus, given by Jurine, Jun., that it contains a
sucker; but is this the case with the others, and of how many pieces is it com-
posed? I cannot answer the question. I presume, however, that this siphon con-
sists of the labrum, mandibles and the ligula which forms the sheath of the sucker.
In the preceding Entomostraca, the four anterior feet, whose form is very differ-
ent from that of the following ones, would correspond to (he four jaws of the De-
capoda.
P^,CILOPODA. 147
least half the length of the body. This subdivision will com-
prise two genera of Muller.
Argulus, Mull.
This genus was at first designated under the name of Ozolus, and
but very imperfectly described. Jurine, Jun. has since studied its
type with the most scrupulous attention, followed it throughout all
its changes of age, and produced a perfect and complete monograph
of it. He has restored to the genus the original name given by
Midler.
The Arguli are furnished with an oval shield, posteriorly emargi-
nated, covering the body, the posterior extremity of the abdomen
excepted, and bearing on a mediate, triangular space distinguished
by the name of clypeus, two eyes, four very small, almost cylindri-
cal antennae placed in front, the superior of which, shorter and tri-
articulated, have a stout, edentated and recurved hook at their base;
and the inferior quadriarticulated, with a small tooth on the first
joint. The siphon is directed forwards. There are twelve feet.
The two first terminate in a transversely annulated disk, striated
and edentated along the margin, and presenting internally a sort of
rosette formed by the muscles, and apparently acting in the manner
of a cup or sucker. Those of the second pair are prehensile, the
thighs large and spinous, and the tarsi composed of three joints, the
last of which is provided with two hooks. The remaining feet are
terminated by a fin formed of two elongated pinnulse, whose edges
are fringed with bearded threads: the two first of the latter, or those
of the third pair, including the four that precede them, have an ad-
ditional but recurved toe. The two last are annexed to that portion
of the body which projects posteriorly from the shell, or the tail.
The female has but a single oviduct covered by two small feet situ-
ated behind the two palettes. The organ which is considered as the
penis of the male, is placed at the internal extremity of the preceding
joint of the same feet near the origin of the two toes. On the same
joint of the two preceding feet, and facing these organs of copula-
tion, is a vesicle presumed to be seminal. The abdomen, by which
we mean that part of the body which extends posteriorly from the
ambulatory feet, the rostrum, and a tubercle containing the heart,
is entirely free, without distinct articulations, and terminates directly
after the last feet behind, by a sort of tail, in the form of a rounded
lamina, deeply emarginated or bilobate, and without terminal hairs:
it is a species of fin. The body is so transparent that the heart may
be distinguished through its parietes. It is situated behind the
base of the siphon, lodged in a solid tubercle, semi-diaphanous and
148 CRUSTACEA.
composed of a single ventricle. The blood, formed of little diapha-
nous globules, is impelled forwards in a column which soon divides
into four branches, two of which proceed directly towards the eyes,
and two towards the antennae; the latter are then reflected back-
wards and united to the former, constituting a single column on
each side, which descends towards the cup, turns round its base,
and disappears. A little beneath the two following feet, we may
distinguish on each side, another sanguineous column which curves
outwards, extends along the borders of the shell, and having reached
the two penultimate feet, is flexed forwards and ceases to be visible.
Another, where, as in the preceding, the blood flows from the ante-
rior part of the body to the posterior, traverses longitudinally the
middle of the tail; it unites behind with two other currents that may
be seen on the edges of the tail, but which flow in a contrary direc-
tion, or appear to return the blood to the heart. Jurine avoids using
the term vessel, because the blood which is driven into the anterior
part of the body, appears to be diffused there in such a manner, as
to induce us to believe that its globules, instead of being contained
in particular vessels, are dispersed in the parenchyma of those parts.
From what we have stated, however, with respect to the circulation
in the Decapoda, it is evident, that the blood, in the first instance, is
distributed in the Arguli in the same way, and that the currents or
columns of which we have just spoken, seem to indicate the exis-
tence of peculiar vessels. This able observer, in fact, subsequently
acknowledges that the circulation is not every where carried on in
so diffused a manner as in the anterior part of the shell, where, how-
ever, in our opinion, it is effectuated as in the Decapoda. The brain,
which is situated behind the eyes, appeared to him to be divided into
three equal lobes, one anterior and two lateral. The anterior part
of the stomach gives origin to two large appendages, each divided
into two branches, which ramify in the wings of the shell. The
brownish coloured aliment they contain renders these ramifications
visible. The caecum is provided near its origin with two vermiform
appendages.
The excessive ardour of the males frequently induces them to
mistake one sex for the other, or to make their advances to preg-
nant or dead females. They are placed in coition on their back, to
which they cling by means of their feet with cups, for several hours.
The period of gestation is from thirteen to nineteen days. The ova
are smooth, oval and milk-white. They are fixed with gluten on
stones or other indurated bodies, either in a straight line or in two
ranges, and from one to four hundred in number; being pressed
against each other, their form becomes almost hexagonal.
Twenty-ive days after the extrusion of the ova, and after they
P^LCILOPODA. 149
have assumed a yellowish and opaque tinge, the eye and parts of the
embryo are perceptible. In about ten days more, the shell opens
longitudinally, and the tadpole issues from it, being at this period
about three-eighths of a line in length. Its general form is similar
to that of the adult, but the organs of locomotion present a very
essential difference. Miiller has described it in this state by the name
of Argulus charon. Four oars or long arms, two situated before the
eyes and two behind, each terminated by a pennate and flexible pencil
of hairs that have a simultaneous motion, by which the animal is
impelled by jerks, project from the anterior extremity of the shell:
they do not represent the antennae, for they also are visible. The
feet with cups are replaced by two stout feet, flexed into an elbow
near the extremity, and terminated by a stong hook, with which it
clings to Fishes. The only feet proper to the adult, that are developed
and free, are those of the second and third pairs, or the two ambu-
latory and the two first natatory feet; the following ones are as yet
fixed to the abdomen. The heart, proboscis, and ramifications of
the appendages of the stomach are distinct. After the first change
of tegument, which is effected by a laceration of its inferior surface,
the oars disappear, and all the natatory feet are visible. In three
days more the second change ensues, but without producing any
important alteration. But after the third, which occurs forty-eight
hours subsequently to the second, these same feet are converted into
those with cups, still, however, preserving the terminal hook. At
the expiration of nine days, there is a new change of skin, and the
organs of generation, male and female, are apparent; another change
of tegument however is required ere the sexes are fitted for copula-
tion, so that the period of their metamorphosis extends to twenty-five
days. Still, however, they have attained but the half of their proper
size. For that purpose fresh changes of the tegument, which occur
every six or seven days, are requisite. Jurine satisfied himself of
the fact, that propagation never ensues without the intervention of
the male. The females, which he kept separate, perished from a
disease which was announced by the appearance of several brown
globules, arranged in a semicircle on the posterior portion of the
clypeus, and apparently formed in the parenchyma, for they were
not dispersed by the change of tegument.
Jrgulus foliaceus, Jurine, Jun., Ann. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. VII,
xxvi; Monoculus foliaceus, L.; Argulus delphinus, Herm. Jun.,
Mem. Apter., V, 3, VI, ii; Monoculus gyrini, Cuv., Tabl.,
Elem. de I'Hist. Nat. des Anim., p. 454; Ozolus gasteroslei,
Lat., Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des Insect., IV, xxix, 1 7; Des-
mar. , Consid., L. ; Louse of the Stickleback, Baker, Micros., II,
xxiv. This species, the only one of the genus that is known,
150 CRUSTACEA.
attaches itself to the under part of the body of the tadpoles of
Frogs, of that of the Stickleback or Gasterosteus, and sucks its
blood. The body is flattened, of a light yellowish green colour,
and about two lines and a half in length. Hermann, Jun., who
has well described this Argulus in its perfect state, and who
quotes a manuscript of Leonard Baldaneur a fisherman of Stras-
bourg, dated 1666, in which the same animal is figured, says, that
in the environs of that city it is seldom found, except on the
Trouts, and that it frequently kills them, those especially which
are kept in ponds; it is also found on the Perch, Pike, and
Carp. He has never found it on the gills. It has a habit of
whirling round like the Gyrini. He says that the body is di-
vided into five rings, but slightly distinct on the back.
Caligus, Mull.
Neither of the feet with cups; those of the anterior pair unguicu-
lated; the others divided into a greater or less number of pinnulse or
membranous leaflets. A considerable portion of the body is not co-
vered by the shell, and is usually terminated posteriorly by two long
threads, and sometimes by fin-like or styliform appendages(l).
The vulgar name of fish- louse, by which they are collectively de-
signated, announces their habits to be similar to those of the Arguli
and other Siphonostomse. Several naturalists have considered the
tubular threads at the posterior extremity of their body as ovaries;
I have sometimes found ova under the posterior and branchial feet,
but never in these tubes. Besides, external oviducts thus prolonged
are never met with except in females whose eggs are to be deposited
in deep holes and cavities now this is not the case with the Caligi.
Miiller and other zoologists have remarked that these Crustacea
erect and agitate the appendages in question. We believe with Ju-
rine, Jun., and such also is the opinion of his father, that they serve
for respiration, like the terminal filaments of the abdomen of an
Apus(2).
(1) The interval also frequently exhibits other, but smaller or much less salient
appendages.
(2) In the Ann. Gner. des Sc. Phys., vol. HI, p. 343, Brussels, is an extract
from the observations of Dr Surriray on the foetus of a species of Caligus which he
believes to be the elongatus, and which is very common on the operculum of the
Esox belone. That gentleman informs us that by pressing the two caudal threads
of the animal in question, a number of transparent and membranous ova were ex-
truded, each of which contained a living foetus, very different from the mother,
and of which he gives a description. From these observations we might be in-
duced to conclude that these threads are a kind of external oviducts: but is there
PvECILOPODA. 151
Some of them whose feet are free, and (the two last excepted)
annexed to the anterior part of the body Cephalothorax, Lat.
covered by the shield, in which some of the posterior feet are fur-
nished with numerous and pennated threads, and in which the si-
phon is not apparent, have the abdomen naked above and termi-
nated by two long threads, or as many stylets; they compose the
subgenus
Caligus, properly so called. Caligus risculus, Leach(l).
In all others, the superior surface of the body is imbricated, or
that portion of the body is enclosed in a kind of case formed by the
last feet which resemble membranes and fold over it.
Of these latter, there are some whose antennae never project like
little claws, whose feet are free, and whose last ones do not envelope
the body like a membranous case. They form the following sub-
genera.
Pterygopoda, Lat. Nogaus? Leach.
Where the posterior extremity of the body is terminated by two
kinds of fins: where the under part of the post-abdomen or of the
second division of the body, not covered by the shield, is furnished
with pinnated or digitated feet; and where there is a distinct pro-
boscis or rostrum(2).
Pandarus, Leach.
Two threads at the posterior extremity of the body; the first and
fifth pairs of feet unguiculated, and the remainder digitated; no ap-
parent siphon(3).
Dinemoura, Lat.
Two long anal filaments and an apparent siphon; the two anterior
feet unguiculated; the two following ones terminated by two long
toes, and the remainder membranous leaflets(l).
no mistake in this ? I have studied these same organs in various specimens pre-
served in spirits, it is true but could never discover any body whatever.
(1) Caligus piscinus, Lat.; Cal.curtus, Mull. Entom., XXI, 1, 2; Monoculus pis-
cinus, L. ; Cal. Mullen, Leach; Desmar., Consid., L, 4; found on the Cod. The
Oniscus lutosus, Slabber, Encyclop. Method., Atl. d'Hist. Nat. CCCXXX, 7, 8,
from the fin-like appendages of its tail, seems to indicate a separate subgenus. The
Binocle a queue enplumet, Geoff., might be placed in it.
(2) A single living species found on the Shark. See the genus Nogaus, Des-
mar., Consid., p. 340.
(3) Pandarus bicolor, Leach; Desmar., L, 5; Pandarus Boscii, Leach, Encyc.
Brit. Suppl. I, xx. For the other species, see Desmar., lb., p. 339.
(1) Caligus productus, Mull., Entom. XXXI, 3,4; Monoculus salmoneus, Fab.
152 CRUSTACEA.
The last subgenus of this subdivision, that of
Anthosoma, Leach,
Approximates to Dinemoura in the presence of a siphon, and in
the two caudal threads; but it is removed from it, as well as the
preceding ones by its projecting antennae which resemble little mo-
nodactyle claws, and by its six last feet which are membranous,
united inferiorly, and folded laterally over the post-abdomen, en-
veloping it like a case; those of the first and third pairs are ungui-
culated; the second feet are terminated by two short and obtuse
toes(2).
There, the body is oval, without salient caudiform appendages,
composed of threads or fin-like productions at its posterior extre-
mity. A portion of the superior teguments forms a shield, which
does not cover its anterior half, is rounded and emarginated before,
widened and as if bilobate behind; then follow three pieces or scales,
posteriorly rounded and emarginated, the second of which, and the
smallest of the three, is almost in the form of a reversed heart; the
last, and the largest, is arched. The four posterior feet are in the
form of laminae, and are united by pairs; those of the first and the
third are unguiculated; the extremity of the second is bifid. The
siphon is apparent. The ova are covered by two large, oval, conti-
guous, coriaceous pieces, placed under the abdomen, and surpassing
it in length. Such are the characters of the genus
Cecrops, Leach,
Of which a single species only is known.
Cecrops Latreillii, Leach, Encyc. Brit.,Supp. I, xx; 1, 3, the
male; 2, 4, the female; 5, the antennae magnified; Desmar., Con-
sid. L, 2. Found on the branchiae of the Tunny and Turbot.
The second tribe, that of the Lerneiformes, Lat., consists
of Entomostraca, which approximate to the Lernese, in their
external configuration, still more than the preceding subge-
nera. There are but ten feet visible(3), mostly very short,
and but slightly or nowise adapted to natation. Sometimes
the body is nearly vermiform and cylindrical, the anterior
(2) Anthosoma Smithii, Leach; Desmar., Consid., L, 3; Caligus imbricatus,
Risso.
(3) There are probably two more, as in the preceding- subgenera, but they are
either indistinct or have such a peculiar form that they have not been recog-nized.
PjECilopoda. 153
segment being merely somewhat widened and furnished with
two projecting didactyle claws; sometimes, on account of two
lateral expansions resembling lobes or wings behind the thorax,
and of two posterior ovaries, it forms a small quadrilateral mass.
This tribe is composed of two genera. In the first or the
Dichelestium, Herm., Jun.
We observe a narrow elongated body, slightly dilated before, and
composed of seven segments, the anterior of which the thorax of
Herm. is wider than the others, rhomboidal, and formed of the
head and a portion of the thorax united. It bears: 1, four short an-
tennae, of which the lateral are filiform and consist of several joints,
and the intermediate project like little arms and are quadri-articu-
lated, the last joint terminating in a didactyle claw; 2, an inferior,
membranous, and tubular siphon; 3, three kinds of deformed palpi
two multifid feet? on each side, placed on an eminence; 4, four pre-
hensile feet, the two first of which consist of a thigh and leg ter-
minated by various unequal and dentated hooks, and the others of
an enlarged thigh terminated by a small but stout nail. The second
and third segments are almost lunulated, each bearing a pair of feet
formed of a single joint, terminated by two kinds of toes, dentated
at the end. To the fourth segment is attached another pair of feet,
the fifth and last, but having the form of simple, oval, divergent, and
immovable vesicles, which Hermann presumes are rather ovaries
than feet. This segment, as well as the next, is nearly square. The
sixth is much longer, and cylindrical. The seventh and last is three
times shorter, almost orbicular, flattened and terminated by two small
vesicles. The eyes are not distinct.
Dichelestium sturionis, Herm., Jun. Mem. Apter. p. 125, V,
7, 8; Desmar., Consid. L, v. About seven lines long and one
broad. The second segment is prolonged on each side into an
obtuse papilla, and the four following are red in the middle,
with whitish-yellow along the lateral margins. When viewed
from above, the feet are not visible. This animal penetrates
deeply into the skin and places itself on the osseous arches of
the branchiae, but without, as it appears, intruding upon their
combs. Twelve of them were taken by Hermann from a single
fish. Of this number, two or three, perhaps males, were one
third shorter than the others, and had a curved body; one of
the twelve lived three days. They are constantly whirling
about, and with considerable vivacity. By means of their
frontal claw3 they are enabled to cling with great tenacity.
Vol. III. U
154 CRUSTACEA.
Nicothoe, Aud. and Edw.
These animals terminate the Crustacea, and are distinguished from
all others of that class by their heteroclitical form. To the naked
eye they seem nothing more than two lobes united in the form of a
horse-shoe, which enclose two others. By the aid of glasses, how-
ever, we discover that the two large lobes are formed by the great
expansion of the sides of the thorax, which resemble wings, are
almost oval and thrown behind ; that the two others are external
ovaries or clusters of eggs, analogous to those of a female Cyclops,
and inserted, one on each side, into the base of the abdomen by
means of a short pedicle; and that the body of the animal is com-
posed of the following parts: 1, a distinct head furnished with two
separate eyes; two short, setaceous, lateral antennae formed of ele-
ven joints, each with a hair on the inner side; a mouth forming a
circular aperture which acts as a cup, and accompanied on each side
with anterior feet maxilliform appendages; 2, a thorax of four
segments, with five pairs of feet beneath, the two anterior of which
are terminated by a stout hook, and are bidentated on the inner side;
the remaining eight being formed of one large joint, terminated by
two nearly equal and cylindrical stems, each composed of three
joints, and furnished with setae: 3, a pointed abdomen of five annuli,
the first and largest of which gives origin to the oviferous sacs; the
last is terminated by two long hairs. The lateral expansion merely
appears to be an excessive development of the fourth and last ring
of the thorax. Within we may perceive two kinds of entrails origi-
nating from the median line of the body, which may be considered
as caeca or divisions of the intestinal canal in a state of hernia. They
are endowed with a very decided peristaltic motion. We have seen
that the stomach of the Arguli also exhibits two caeca, which ramify
in the wings of their shell, and it is possible that these thoracic ex-
pansions of the Nicothoes may be two analogous lobes(l).
Nicothoe astaci, Aud. and Edw. Ann. des Sc. Nat., 1826,
XLIX, 1, 9. The only species known; it is about half a line
long and three lines broad, the thoracic enlargement included.
It is rose-coloured, paler on the oviferous sacs; the expansions
yellowish. It adheres closely to the branchiae of the Lobster,
and penetrates deeply between the filaments of those organs. It
is only found in small numbers, and on a few individuals. All
the Nicothoes observed by these two naturalists were furnished
with ovaries; it is probable that previously to fixing themselves
U) In this case, the genus may be approximated to the preceding 1 one.
PjECilopoda. 155
on the branchiae of the Lobster, and before their thoracic lobes
have acquired their ordinary development, they can swim; that
development, as is the case with the body of the Ixodes, may
be the result of superabundant nutrition.
TRILOBITES.
According toBrongniartand various other naturalists, it is
in the vicinity of the Limuli and other Entomostraca with
numerous feet, that we should place these singular fossil ani-
mals, originally confounded under the common name of Ento-
molithus paradoxus, and now designated by that of Trilobites,
of which an excellent monograph, enriched with good litho-
graphic figures, has been published by that gentleman(l ). By
this hypothesis we have to admit as a positive or at least
highly probable fact, the existence of locomotive organs, al-
though, notwithstanding the most careful investigation, no
vestige of them has been discovered(2). Presuming, on the
contrary, that these animals were deprived of them, I thought
that their natural position was in the neighbourhood of the
Chitones, or rather that they constituted the original stock of
the Articulata, being connected on the one hand with these
latter Mollusca, and on the other with those first mentioned,
and even with the Glomeres(3), to which some Trilobites,
(1) M. Eudes Deslongchamps, professor of the University of Caen, Count Ra-
soumowski, M. Dalman and other savans have since published new observations
on these fossils. M. Victor Audouin, zealously advocating the opinion of Brong-
niart, has contested that published by me, in which I approximate them to Chiton.
The great difficulty was to prove the existence of feet, and this he has not done.
The application of his theory of the thorax of Insects to the Trilobites, appears to
me so much the more doubtful, as, according to my view of the matter, the first
annuli of the abdomen of Insects alone represent the thorax of the Crustacea De-
capoda.
(2) M. Parkinson (Outlines of Oryctology) thinks he has perceived them, and
suspeats that they are unguiculated. See also the Entomostracite granuleux
Brongn., Trilob., Ill, 6, Ann. des Sc. Nat. tome XV.
(3) First edition of the Regne Animal, tome III, p. 150, 151. There is no
Branchiopoda known which can contract itself into the form of a ball. This cha-
racter is peculiar to Typhis, Sphxroma, Tylos, and Armadillo among the Cms-
tacea; and among the class of apterous Insects to Glomeris, a genus which is at the
156 CRUSTACEA.
such as the Calymenes, appear to approximate, as well as to
the Chitones, inasmuch as by contracting they could also be-
come spherical. Since the publication of M. Brongniart's
work, some naturalists have rejected his opinions and adopted
mine, either wholly or in part; others still hesitate. Be this
as it may, these animals appear to have been annihilated by
some ancient revolution of our planet.
The Trilobites, one heteromorphous genus excepted, that
of Agnostus, have, like the Limuli, a large anterior segment
in the form of an almost semicircular or lunated shield, fol-
lowed by from about twelve to twenty-two segments(l), all
transversal except the last, and divided by two longitudinal
sulci into three ranges of parts or lobes, whence their name
of Trilobites(2). Some naturalists call them Entomostracites.
head of that class, and which leaves between it and the latter Crustacea a consi-
derable hiatus. The Calymenes, with respect to this contractility, evidently ap-
proach these latter Insects, the Typhes and Sphseromx; but it does not appear
that the posterior extremity of their body is provided with lateral natatory appen-
dages, a negative character which would remove them from the Sphxromx, but
approximate them to Armadillo, and particularly to Tylos, where the superior
part of the thoracic segments is divided into three. The study of a well pre-
served specimen has convinced me that, like the Limuli, they had eyes placed
against two prominences, and that the cornea was granulous or with facets. The
non-existence of the superior antenna also indicates a new affinity between these
same Trilobites and the Limuli.
(1) The body of various Trilobites, and particularly of the Asaphi, seems to
consist, exclusive of the shield, of twelve segments, well separated on the sides,
and of another forming the post-abdomen, or a triangular or semi-lunar tail,
whose divisions are superficial and do not cut its edges. In the Paradoxides, on
the contrary, the lateral lobes terminate by well marked acute prolongations,
and twenty -two of them can be distinctly counted. A species of Trilobite, men-
tioned by Count Rasoumowski in his memoir on fossils, Ann. des Sc. Nat. June,
1826, pi. xxviii, ii, which he presumes should constitute a new genus, is, in this
respect, very remarkable. Its lateral lobes form very long thongs or slips taper-
ing to a point. The feet of the pups of the Culices are elongated, flattened,
inarticulated laminae terminated by threads and folded on the sides. They are in
a rudimental state, and may be analogous to the lateral divisions of this species of
Trilobite, allied to the Paradoxides.
(2) The Squillx, and various Amphipodous and Isopodous Crustacea have also
several of their segments trisected by two impressed and longitudinal lines; but
these lines are nearer to the edges and do not form deep sulci.
p^ecilopoda. 157
Agnostus, Brongn.
The only genus where the body is semicircular or reniform. In all
the other genera it is oval or elliptical, and exhibits the general cha-
racters above mentioned.
Calymene, Brongn.
The Calymenes are distinguished from all other Trilobites, by the
faculty of contracting their body into a ball, and in the same manner
as Sphaeroma, Armadillo, and Glomeris, that is, by approximating
the two inferior extremities of the body. The shield, as broad as it
is long, or broader, is furnished, as in the Asaphi and Ogygiae, with
two oculiform prominences. The segments do not project beyond
the sides of the body, and are united throughout; the body is termi-
nated posteriorly by a sort of triangular and elongated tail. In
Asaphus, Brongn.
The oculiform tubercles seem to exhibit a sort of eye-lid, or are
granulous; the species of tail which terminates the body posteriorly,
is less elongated than in Calymene, and is either nearly semicircular,
or in the form of a short triangle(l). In the
Ogygia, Brongn.
The shield is longer than it is broad; its posterior angles are extended
into a kind of spine. The oculiform tubercles exhibit neither eye-
lid nor granulations. The body is elliptical.
Paradoxides, Brongn.
The eye-like tubercles cease to exist, or are not apparent in this
genus. The segments, or at least most of them, project beyond the
sides of the body, and are free at their lateral extremity.
Such are the characters of the five genera established by M. Alex-
ander Brongniart, which may be arranged in three principal groups:
the Reniformes Agnostus; the Contractiles Calymene; and the
Exttnsi Asaphus, Ogygia and Paradoxides.
(1) In the Asaphus Brongniarti, described and figured by M. E. Deslongchamps,
the posterior angles of the shield, instead of being directed backwards as in
the other species, are recurved.
158 CRUSTACEA.
For a description of the species and their localities, we refer the
reader to the excellent work of this celebrated naturalist, who in his
labours upon the fossil Crustacea, properly so called, or universally
admitted as such, has availed himself of the talents of one of his
most distinguished pupils, M. Desmarest, frequently referred to by
us, not only with respect to this particular part of the science, but
in relation to his work on the living Crustacea. Different naturalists
have proposed various generic sections of these fossils; but being
restricted to general considerations, I have adopted those presented
to us by the best work hitherto produced on the subject.
159
CLASS II.
ARACHNIDES.
The Arachnides, which compose the second class of articu-
lated animals provided with movable feet, are, as well as the
Crustacea, deprived of wings, are not subject to changes of
form or do not experience any metamorphosis, simply casting
their skin. Their sexual organs also are at a distance from
the posterior extremity of the body, and situated at the base
of the abdomen, those of several males excepted : but they
differ from them as well as from Insects in several particulars.
Like the latter, the surface of their body presents apertures
or transverse fissures called stigmata(l), for the introduction
of air, but they are few in number eight at most, and usually
but two and confined to the inferior portion of the abdomen.
Respiration is also effected either by means of air-branchiae,
fulfilling the functions of lungs, that are contained in sacs of
which these stigmata are the apertures, or by radiated tra-
cheae(2). The visual organs merely consist of ocelli, which,
when numerous, are variously grouped. The head-, usually
confounded with the thorax, in place of the antennse, has
two articulated pieces in the form of small didactyle or mo*
nodactyle chelae, improperly compared to the mandibles of
Insects, and so denominated, moving in a contrary direction
to the former, or from above downwards, still however co-
operating in the business of manducation, and replaced in
(1) A vague and improper appellation, for which we might substitute pneumos-
toma, air-mouth, or spiraculum.
(2) See general observations on Insects.
160 ARACHNIDES.
the Arachnides, where the mouth has the form of a siphon or
sucker, by two pointed blades which act as lancets(l). A
kind of lip labium, Fab. or rather ligula, produced by a
pectoral prolongation; two jaws formed by the radical joint of
the first segment of two small legs or palpi(2), or by an ap-
pendage or lobe of that same joint ; a part concealed under
the mandibles, called langue sternale by Savigny descrip-
tion and figure of the Phalangium copticum and composed
of a projection in the form of a rostrum, produced by the union
of a very small clypeus terminated by an extremely small tri-
angular labrum, and of an inferior longitudinal carina, usually
very hairy, are the parts, which, with the pieces termed
mandibles, constitute with some modifications the mouth of
most of the Arachnides. The pharynx(3) is placed before a
sternal projection which has been considered as a lip, but
which, from being placed directly behind the pharynx and
having no palpi, is rather a ligula. The legs, like those of
(1) Chelicerse, or forceps-antennm: the evident result of the comparison between
them and the intermediate antenns of various Crustacea, those of the Psecilopoda
particularly. It cannot then be said, strictly speaking 1 , that the Arachnides are
deprived of antennae, a negative character, which, previous to us, had been ex-
clusively attributed to them.
(2) They only differ from legs properly so called, by their tarsi, which are
composed of a single joint, and are usually terminated by a small hook, resem-
bling, in a word, the ordinary feet of the Crustacea. See our general observa-
tions on the first order. These jaws and palpi appear to correspond to the pal-
pigerous mandibles of the Decapoda and to the two anterior feet of the Limuli.
In Phalangium, the four following legs have a maxillary appendage at their origin,
so that these four appendages are analogous to the four jaws of the preceding
animals. I had described these parts, long before the publication of Savigny's
memoirs on the invertebrate animals, in a monograph of the species of this
genus proper to France. From these and the preceding observations it is evi-
dent that the composition of these animals is easily reduced to the same general
type which characterizes all articulated animals with articulated feet. The Arach-
nides are not then a sort of acephalous Crustacea, as stated by this savant, usually
so exact in his anatomical observations, of which, unfortunately for the sciences,
he has become the victim.
(3) Although Savigny admits of two orifices, neither Straus nor myself can find
but one; it must have been the effect of an optical illusion, arising from the fact
of his having only perceived the lateral extremities of the fissure, its middle being
concealed by the tongue with which its anterior face is thickened in its mediate
portion.
ARACHNIDES. 161
insects, are commonly terminated by two hooks, and even
sometimes by one more, and are all annexed to the thorax, or
rather cephalo-thorax, which, except in a small number, is
only formed of a single segment and is frequently intimately
united to the abdomen. This latter part of the body is soft,
or but slightly defended, in most of them.
With respect to their nervous system, the Arachnides are
greatly removed from the Crustacea and Insects; for if we ex-
cept the Scorpions, which from the knots or joints forming
their tail have some additional ganglions, the number of these
enlargements of the two nervous cords is never more than
three, and even in the latter, all counted, it never extends
beyond seven.
Most of the Arachnides feed on Insects which they either
seize alive, or to which they adhere, abstracting their fluids
by suction. Others are parasitical, and live on vertebrated
animals. Some of them however are only found in flour, on
cheese, and even on various vegetables. Those which live
on other animals frequently multiply there to a great extent.
Two of the legs, in some species, are only developed by a
change of the tegument, and in general it is not until the fourth
or fifth change of skin that these animals are capable of pro-
pagation^).
Division of the Arachnides into orders.
Some have pulmonary sacs(2), a heart with yery distinct
vessels, and six or eight simple eyes. They compose our first
order, or that of the Pulmonari^e.
The others respire by tracheae, and have no organs of cir-
(1) We have seen, according to the observations of Jurine, Jun., that they only
acquire this faculty after their sixth change. This fact is also applicable to the
Lepidoptera, and probably to other insects that frequently cast their skin, for
caterpillars usually change it four times before they enter into the state of a chry-
salis which is a fifth. The insect does not become perfect until after another, so
that it changes its skin six times.
(2) Sacs containing air-branchise, or fulfilling the functions of lungs, and distin-
guished by me from the latter by the name of pneumo-branchix.
Vol. Ill V
162 ARACHNIDES.
dilation, or if they have, the circulation is not complete. The
tracheae are divided near their origin into various branches,
and do not, as in Insects, form two trunks which run parallel
to each other throughout the whole length of the body and
receive air from various points by means of numerous stigmata.
Here, but two, at most, are distinctly visible, and they are
situated near the base of the abdomen(l). The number of
simple eyes is at most but four. They constitute our second
and last order, or that of the Tracheari^e.
ORDER I.
PULMONARIiE(2).
We here find a well marked circulating system and pulmo-
nary sacs, always placed under the abdomen, announced ex-
ternally by transverse openings or fissures (stigmata), of which
there are sometimes eight, four on each side, and at others
four, or even two. The number of simple eyes is from six to
eight(3), while in the following order it never exceeds four,
and is most generally but two ; sometimes they are hardly per-
ceptible, or even annihilated. The organ of respiration is
formed of little laminae. The heart is a large vessel which
(1) The Pycnogonides exhibit no stigmata, and seem, in this respect, to approach
the last of the Crustacea, such as Dichelestium, Cecrops, and other Siphonostomous
Entomostraca. Savigny thinks they have a closer affinity to the Lsemodipoda,
from which, however, they are greatly removed, by the organization of the
mouth as well as by their eyes audjfeet. We still believe, however, from the en-
semble of their characters, that tlggy rather belong to the class of Arachnides, and
that they approximate particularly to Phalangkim with javhich various authors
have arranged them. We also think that they may respireby the surface of their
skin. At all events, we must await the results of anatomical investigation, be-
fore we can decide.
(2) Usogata, Fab.
(3) The Tessarops of Kafin., according to him, has but four eyes; I presume,
however, that the lateral ones escaped his notice. See the subgenus Eresus.
pulmonary. 163
extends along the back, and gives off branches on each side
and anteriorly(l). There are always eight legs. The head
is always confounded with the thorax, and presents at its
anterior superior extremity two mandibles so called by
authors, the chelic.erse or antennc-pinces, Latr. terminated
by two fingers, one of which is movable, or by a single one
resembling a hook or claw that is always movable(2). The
mouth is composed of a labrum(3), of two palpi, sometimes
resembling arms or claws, of tlfe two or four jaws, formed,
when there are but two, by the radical joint of these palpi,
and moreover, when there are four, by the same joint of the
first pair of feet, and of a ligula consisting of one or two
pieces(4). If we base our arrangement on the progressive
decrease of the number of pulmonary sacs and stigmata, the
Scorpions' where it is eight, while in the other Arachnides
it amounts to but four or two, should form the first genus of
this class, and consequently our family of the Pedipalpi should
precede that of the Araneides(o). But the latter Arachnides
(1) According to Marselde Serres,Memoire surle Vaisseau Dorsale deslnsectes,
the blood, in the Araneides and Scorpions, is first directed to the organs of respira-
tion, and thence proceeds to various parts of the body through particular vessels.
Judging, however, from the affinity of these animals to the Crustacea, the circula-
tion would seem to be effected in the contrary direction. See the Memoir of
Treviranus on the Anatomy of Spiders and Scorpions.
(2) These parts are formed of a first very large and ventricose joint, one of
whose superior angles, when the chelae are didactyle, forms the fixed finger, and
of a second joint, that which forms the opposite and movable finger or the hook,
when there is but one finger. In the latter case, as with several of the Crustacea,
I will employ the term claw.
(3) See our general observations on the class.
(4) That of the Scorpions appears to be composed of four pieces, forming an,
elongated and pointed triangle, directed forwards; the two lateral ones however
are evidently formed by the first joint of the two anterior feet, and may be con-
sidered as two jaws analogous to the first. We see by Mygale, Scorpio, &c. that
the palpi are divided into six joints, of which, in the other Araneides, the first or
radical one, is anteriorly and internally dilated to form the maxilliform lobe. Even
this lobe, in some species, is articulated at base, and thus becomes a maxillary
appendage of this same joint. Exclusive of this joint, the palpus consists of but
five, and such is the most usual mode of supputation. In the Scorpions the
movable finger of the forceps, as in that of the Crustacea, forms the sixth joint.
(5) In my Fam. Nat. du Regne Animal, I begin with the Pedipalpi. M. Leon
Dufour also thinks that the Scorpions should come first.
164 ARACHNIDES.
are in a manner insulated by their male organs of generation,
by the claw or hook of their frontal mandibles, by their pedi-
culated abdomen and its spinning apparatus, and by their
habits; besides this, the Scorpions appear to form a natural
transition from the Arachnides Pulmonariae to the family of
the Pseudo-Scorpiones, or the first of the following order.
We will therefore commence, as we have said, with the
Araneides or spinners.
FAMILY I.
ARANEIDES.
This family is composed of the genus Aranea, Lin., or the
Spiders. They have palpi resembling little feet, without a
forceps at the end, terminated at most in the females by a lit-
tle hook, and the first joint of which, in the males, gives ori-
gin to various and more or less complicated sexual appen-
dages^). Their frontal chelicerse (the mandibles of authors)
are terminated by a movable hook, flexed inferiorly, under-
neath which, and near its extremity, which is always pointed,
is a little opening, that allows a passage to a venomous fluid
contained in a gland of the preceding joint. There are never
more than two jaws. The ligula consists of a single piece, is
always external and situated between the jaws, and either more
or less square, triangular or semicircular. The thorax(2)
usually marked with a depression in the form of a V, indicating
the space occupied by the head, consists of a single segment,
(1) From all the observations that have been made on the mode of copulation
of the Araneides, I am still inclined to believe that these appendages are the
genital organs. I have vainly sought for particular organs on the base of the
abdomen of a large male Mygale preserved in spirits. We are not always to
judge from analogy; for the sexual organs in the female Glomeris, Julu^, and
other Chilognatha, are situated near the mouth, a fact of which no second exam-
ple is to be found.
(2) The term cephalo-thorax, would be more strict and proper; not being in use,
however, I have thought it best to avoid it; neither will I employ that of corselet,
although generally admitted, because, with respect to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera,
he. it only applies to the prothorax or first thoracic segment.
I'UL&IONARIJE. 165
posteriorly to which, by means of a short pedicle, is suspended
a movable and usually soft abdomen; it is always furnished,
under the anus, with from four to six closely approximated
cylindrical or conical, articulated mammillae with fleshy ex-
tremities, which are perforated with numberless small ori-
fices(l) for the passage of silky filaments of extreme tenuity
proceeding from internal reservoirs. The legs, identical as to
form, but of different sizes, are composed of seven joints, of
which the two first form the hip, the third the thigh, the
fourth(2) and fifth the tibia, and the two others the tarsus: the
last is terminated by two hooks usually pectinated, and in se-
veral by one more, which is smaller and not dentated. The
intestinal canal is straight, consisting of a first stomach com-
posed of several sacs, and then of a second stomach or dilata-
tion surrounded with silk. According to the observations of
M. Leon Dufour Ann. des Sc. Phys. VI it occupies the
greater part of the abdominal cavity, and is immediately en-
veloped by the skin. It is of a pulpy consistence, and is form-
ed of granules(3), whose individual excretory ducts unite in
several hepatic canals, which pour the secreted matter into
the alimentary tube. In the middle of its superior surface is
a depressed line, where the heart is lodged, and which di-
vides that organ into two equal lobes. Its form, like that of
the abdomen, varies according to the species; thus in the
Epeira sericea its contour is festooned. In this subgenus, as
in the Lycosa tarentula, its surface is covered with a whitish
coat split into areolae, which, in several species, are easily
perceived through the glabrous skin ; they may be seen obey-
ing the impulse communicated to them by the systole and
(1) These holes are pierced in the last segment, which is frequently retracted.
If it be strongly compressed, very small mammilla, (at least in some species,) per-
forated at the extremity, are protruded they are the true fusi or spinning 1 appa-
ratus. Some naturalists think that the two smaller mammillae, situated in the
middle of the four exterior ones, furnish no silk.
(2) This joint or the first of the tibia is a kind of patella.
(3) The liver of the Scorpions is composed of pyramidal and fasciculated
lobules, a circumstance which seem* to announce a more advanced degree of
organization.
166 ARACHNIDES.
diastole of the heart, Both sexes frequently eject from the
anus an excrementitious fluid, part of which is milk-white, and
the remainder black as ink.
The nervous system is composed of a double cord occupy-
ing the median line of the body, and of .ganglions which dis-
tribute nerves to the various organs. M. Dufour has not been
able to determine the number and disposition of these gang-
lions, but from the figure of this system given by Treviranus -
Veber deninnern, bau des Arachniden, tab. V, fig. 45 there
are but two. The observations of the latter will also supply
the want of those relative to the organ of the circulation by
M. Dufour, which, according to him, appears to consist of a
simple dorsal vessel, as well as with respect to the testes and
spermatic vessels, on which he is totally silent.
The dorsal region of the abdomen in several Araneides,
those especially which are glabrous or but slightly pilose, ex-
hibits depressed points varying both in number and arrange-
ment. M. Dufour has ascertained that these little orbicular
depressions are caused by the insertion of filiform muscles,
which traverse the liver, and which he has also observed in
the Scorpions.
The one or two pairs of pulmonary sacs are indicated exter-
nally by as many yellowish or whitish spots near the ventral
base, and immediately after the segment which by means of
a fleshy thread unites the abdomen with the thorax. Each
pulmonary bursa is formed by the superposition of numerous,
triangular, white, and extremely thin leaflets, which become
confluent round the stigmata, and whose number exactly
equals that of the pulmonary sacs. When there are four, a
sort of fold or annular vestige found even in those where there
are but two, and placed directly behind them, forms a line
that separates the two pairs.
The females have two very distinct ovaries, lodged in a spe-
cies of capsule formed by the liver. In an unfecundated state
they appear to be composed of a spongy, flaky kind of tissue,
formed by the agglomeration of rounded, and scarcely visible
corpuscles, which are the germs of eggs. As the results of
PULMONARY. 167
fecundation become more apparent, the cluster formed by
these ova(l) becomes less compact, and they are seen to be
laterally inserted on several canals. Their great analogy to
the ovaries of the Scorpions induces the same observer to pre-
sume that they form meshes terminating in two distinct ovi-
ducts, which open into a common vulva. The figure of the
latter varies ; sometimes it is a longitudinal bilabiated slit, as
in the Micrommata argetasia ; sometimes it is protected by an
elongated operculum with a caudiform termination, as in the
Epeira diadema; and at others resembles a tubercle.
With respect to the simple eyes, or ocelli, he remarks,
that they shine in darkness like those of Cats, and that the
Araneides most probably enjoy the faculty both of nocturnal
and diurnal vision.
The abdomen becomes so putrid and decomposed after death,
that its colours and even its form are soon destroyed. M.
Dufour, by means of a rapid desiccation, the mode of which
he points out, has succeeded in remedying this evil to a great
degree.
The silk, according to Reaumur, is first elaborated in two
little reservoirs, shaped like tears of glass, placed obliquely,
one on each side, at the base of six other reservoirs, resem-
bling intestines, situated close to each other, flexed six or
seven times, proceeding from a little beneath the origin of
the abdomen, and terminating in the papillae by a very slen-
der thread. It is in these ^ast mentioned vessels that the silk
acquires a greater degree of firmness and other properties
peculiar to it; they communicate with the preceding ones by
branches, forming a number of geniculate turns, and then va-
rious pieces of net-work(2). The newly spun filaments, when
first drawn from the mammillae, are adhesive, and a certain
degree of desiccation or evaporation is required to fit them for
their destined purposes. When the temperature is propitious,
(1) For their development and that of the foetus, see the admirable work of
Herold.
(2) See Treviranus, on the same subject.
168 ARACHNIDES.
however, a single instant is sufficient, as the animal employs
them the moment they escape from the apparatus. Those
white and silky flocculi that may be observed floating about in
spring and autumn in foggy weather, vulgarly termed in
France fits de la Vicrge, are certainly produced as we have
satisfactorily ascertained by tracing them to their point of
origin by various young Araneides, those of the Epeirse and
Thomisi particularly; they are mostly the larger threads which
are intended to afford points of attachment to the radii of the
web, or those that compose the chain, and which, becoming
more ponderous by the access of moisture, sink, approach one
another, and finally form little pellets: we frequently observe
them collected near the web commenced by the Spider, and
in which it resides.
It is also very probable that many of these young animals not
having as yet a sufficient supply of silk, limit their structure to
throwing out simple threads. It is, I think, to the young Ly-
cosse that we must attribute those which intersect the furrows
of ploughed grounds, whose numbers are rendered so appa-
rent by the reflection of light after sunrise. By chemical ana-
lysis, these fils de la Vierge exhibit the same characters as
the web of the spider: they are not then formed in the atmo-
sphere, as, for want of proper observation, ex visu, that cele-
brated naturalist, M. Lamarck, has conjectured. Gloves and
stockings have been made with this silk ; but it was found im-
possible to apply the process on a, large scale, and as it is sub-
ject to many difficulties, is rather a matter of curiosity than
utility. This substance, however, is of much greater impor-
tance to the little animals in question. With it, the sedentary
species, or those which do not roam abroad in search of their
prey, weave webs(l) of a more or less compact tissue, whose
form and position vary according to" the peculiar habits of
each of them, and that are so many snares or traps, where
the insects on which they feed become entangled, or are
(1) Those of some exotic species are so strong 1 , that small birds arc entangled
in them; they even oppose a certain degree of resistance to num.
PULMONARI/E. 169
taken. No sooner is one of them arrested there by the
hooks of its tarsi, than the Spider, some times placed in the
centre of his net, or at the bottom of his web, or at others lying
in ambush in a peculiar domicil situated near and in one of
the angles, rushes towards his victim and endeavours to pierce
him with his murderous dart, distilling into the wound a
prompt and mortal poison ; should the former resist too vigor-
ously, or should it be dangerous to the latter to approach it,
he retreats, waiting until it has either exhausted its powers
by struggling, or become more entangled in the net; but
should there be no cause of fear, he hastens to bind it by in-
volving the body in his silken threads, with which it is some-
times completely enveloped.
Lister says that Spiders dart their threads in the same way
that the Porcupine darts his quills, with this difference, how-
ever, that in the latter, according to the popular belief, the
spines are detached from the body, whereas in the former,
these threads, though propelled to a considerable distance,
always remain connected with it. The possibility of this has
been denied. Be it as it may, we have seen threads issuing
from the mammillae of several Thomisi form straight lines, and
when the animals moved circularly, producing movable radii.
A second use to which this silk is applied by all female Ara-
neides, is in the construction of the sacs destined to contain
their eggs. The texture and form of these sacs are variously
modified, according to the habits of the race. They are
usually spheroidal ; some of them resemble a cap or tymbal,
others are placed on a pedicle, and some are claviform. They
are sometimes partially enveloped with foreign bodies, such
as earth, leaves, &c. ; a finer material, or sort of tow or down,
frequently surrounds the eggs in their interior, where they
are free or agglutinated and more or less numerous. As they
are voracious animals, the males, in order to avoid a surprise
and to prevent themselves from falling victims to their pre-
mature desires, approach their females in the nuptial season,
with the greatest circumspection and mistrust. They cau-
tiously and repeatedly touch them, and frequently for a long
Vol. Ill W
170 ARACHNIDES.
time before they yield to their wishes, and when this is the
case they quickly and repeatedly apply the extremity of their
palpi to the inferior surface of the abdomen, protruding at
each time and as if by a spring, the fecundating organ con-
tained in the button formed by the last joint of those palpi,
and insinuate it into a sub -abdominal slit, near the base and
between the respiratory orifices ; after a moment's interval the
same act is repeatedly performed. Such is the mode of co-
pulation of a small number of species belonging to the Orbi-
telse. It is impossible to avoid feeling the most lively interest
in reading what has been, written upon this subject by that
learned naturalist, who of all others has most profoundly stu-
died these animals, the celebrated Walckenaer, member of the
Acad, des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres. The apparatus of
the male organs of generation, or at least of what are consi-
dered as such, is usually highly complicated and very various;
it consists of scaly pieces, more or less hooked and irregular,
and of a white fleshy body, on which sanguineous looking
vessels are sometimes perceptible, which is considered as the
fecundating organ, properly so called '; but in the Arachnides
with four pulmonary sacs, and in some belonging to the divi-
sion where there are but two, the last joint of the palpi of the
males only exhibits a single horny piece in the form of a hook
or ear- picker, without the smallest visible opening. Although
Muller and others were mistaken when they placed the male
organs of certain Entomostraca upon two of their antennae,
it is very certain that the parts considered as analogous to
them in the Araneides, are very different from those observed
on the antennae of those Crustacea, and that if we refuse to
admit of their exercising this function, it is impossible to con-
ceive of their use(l).
According to the experiments of Audebert, who has given
us a history of the Monkeys worthy of the talents of that
great painter, it is certain that a single fecundation is sufficient
for several successive generations, but that with them, as with
(l) They must at all events be organs of'.excitation.
PULMONARY. " 171
all Insects and other analogous classes, the ova are sterile
without a union of the sexes. Their nuptial season in France
lasts from the latter end of summer till the beginning of Octo-
ber. The ova first laid are frequently hatched before the ter-
mination of autumn : the others remain in statu quo during the
winter. The females of certain species of Lycosa have been
observed to tear open the egg-sac when the young ones were
about to issue from the ovum. The latter then mount on the
back of their mother, where they remain some time. Other
female Araneides carry their cocoons under the abdomen, or
remain near them and watch them. The two posterior feet
of some of the young ones are not developed until several days
after they have been hatched. Some, during the same period,
live together, and appear to spin in common. Their colour-
ing is then more uniform, and the young naturalist may
easily err in multiplying their species. One of our collabo-
rators for the Encyclopedic Methodique, M. A. Lepelletier
of Saint-Fargeau, has observed that these animals, as well as
the Crustacea, possess the faculty of reproducing a lost limb.
I have ascertained that a single wound from a moderate
sized Araneid will kill our common Fly in a few minutes. It
is also certain that the bite of those large Araneides of South
America, which are there called Crab-Spiders, and are placed
by us in the genus Mygale, kills the smaller vertebrated ani-
mals, such as Humming-Birds, Pigeons, &c, and produces a
violent fever in Man ; the sting of some species in the south of
France has even occasionally proved fatal. We may therefore,
without believing all the fabulous stories of Baglivi and others
respecting the bite of the Tarantula, mistrust the Araneides,
and particularly the larger ones.
Various insects of the genus Sphex, Lin., seize upon these
Spiders, pierce them with their sting, and transport them
into holes where they have deposited their eggs, as a source
of food for their young. Most of them perish in winter, but
there are some which live several years such are the My-
gales, the Lycosa, and probably several others. Although
Pliny states that the genus Phalangium is unknown in Italy?
172 ARACHNIDES.
we still presume that these latter Araneides and other large
species which weave no web, as also the Galeodes and Solpu-
gse, are the animals they collectively designated by that name,
and of which they distinguished several species. Such also
was the opinion of Mouffet, who, in his Theat. Insect., p.
219, has figured a Lycosa or Mygale, of the island of Can-
dia, as a species of Phalangium.
Lister was the first and most successful observer of the
Spiders, whose habits he was enabled to study ; those of Great
Britain laid the foundations of a natural arrangement, of which
most of those that have been since published are mere modi-
fications. The more pecent discovery of species peculiar to
hot climates, such as the Jlraignee maponne described by the
abbe Sauvages, and some others, the use of the organs of man-
ducation introduced into the system by Fabricius, a more
exact study of the general disposition of the eyes, and of their
respective sizes, with that of the relative length of the legs,
have all contributed to extend this classification. Walck-
enaer has entered into the most minute of these details, and it
would be a difficult matter to discover a species that could not
find its place in some one of his divisions. One character,
however, existed, the application of which had not been made
general : I allude to the presence or absence of the third ter-
minal hook of the tarsi. Savigny, so far as this is concerned,
has given us a new method, of which, however, I have only
seen a simple sketch(l).
(1) See Walck., Faun. Franc, note to genus Mta.
We knew nothing of the observations of M. Savigny on the Spiders, which ac-
company the plates of Nat. Hist, of the great work on Egypt, until long after our
article relative to the same animals was printed.
That gentleman Hist. Nat. ut sup. establishes the following genera in the
.family of the Araneides: 1. Ariadne, near that of Segestria, having but six eyes,
of which the two intermediate posterior ones are further forwards; 2. Lachesis,
near Drassus, but with the hooks of the Chelicerae, {forcipules, Savign.,) very
small; 3. Ehigone, also allied to Drassus as well as to Clubiona; thorax very high
before; second joint of the palpi spinous, and dilated into angle or tooth at the
extremity; 4. Hersilia, allied to Agelena and Theridion of Walckenaer; feet
long and slender, the superior nails bidentate; eyes united on an eminence, ar-
ranged in two transverse lines, and curved backwards; two very long fusi
PUEMONARI7E. 173
M. Leon Dufour, who has published many excellent me-
moirs on the anatomy of Insects, who has especially studied
those of Valencia, among which he has detected several new
species, and to whose labours the science of Botany is not less
indebted, has paid particular attention to the respiratory or-
gans of spiders, and it is from him that we have taken our
divisions, which consist of those that have four pulmonary
sacs with as many external stigmata, two on each side, and
closely approximated and of such as have but two(l). The
first, which embraces the order of the Theraphosse of Walck-
enaer, and some other genera of the one he collectively desig-
nates by the name of Spiders, acccording to our method form
but the single genus
Mygale.
Their eyes always situated at the anterior extremity of the thorax,
and usually, closely approximated; feet and chelicerae robust; co-
pulating organs of the males always salient and frequently very
simple. Most of them have but four fusi, of which the two late-
ral or external, situated somewhat above the others, are longest,
and consist of three segments, exclusive of the prominence that
forms their peduncle. They weave silken tubes in which they
reside, and which they conceal either in holes excavated by them
for that purpose, or under stones, bark of trees, or between leaves.
The Theraphosse of Walckenaer will form a first division, the
characters of which are: 1. Four(2) fusi, of which the two that
are intermediate and inferior, are usually very short, and the two
that are exterior, very salient; the hooks of the chelae doubled un-
derneath, or along their carina or inferior edge, and not on the
inner side of their internal face, or upon it; eight eyes always, usu-
ally grouped on a little eminence, three on each side, forming a
forming a tail; 5. Arachne, which does not appear to us to differ from Ange-
lena; 6. Argyopes, Epeirs whose anterior, lateral eyes are much smaller than
the others; 7- Enio, fifth family of the Theridion, Walck.; S. Ocyaee, second
family of the Dolomedes, Id.
( 1 ) Section of the Territelae of our first edition.
(2) 1 have perceived, in the Atypi, vestiges of two other mammillx, those which,
in the Spiders of the ensuing division, are placed between the four exterior ones,
and are, there, very visible; as they are here but scarcely apparent, I have not
thought it requisite to notice them.
174 ARACHNIDES.
reversed triangle, and the two superior ones approximated; the
remaining two arranged transversely between the preceding.
The fourth pair of legs are the longest, and then the first; the
third is the shortest.
Here the palpi are inserted into the superior extremity of the
jaws; so that they appear to consist of six joints, the first of which,
narrow and elongated, with the internal angle of the superior extre-
mity salient, fulfils the functions of a jaw. The ligula is always
small and nearly square. The last joint of the palpi of the males
is short, has the form of a button, and bears the organs of genera-
tion at its extremity. The two anterior legs of the same sex have a
stout spine or spur at their inferior extremity. Such are the cha-
racters of the
Mygale, Walck.,
Or the true Mygales. In some of them we fin:l no transverse
series of horny and movable spines or points, resembling the teeth
of a rake, at the superior extremity of their chelicerae immediately
above the insertion of the claw or hook which terminates them.
The hairs which decorate the under part of their tarsi, form a thick
and broad brush, projecting beyond the hooks, and usually conceal-
ing them. The male organs of generation consist of a single scaly
piece, terminated by an entire point, or neither emarginated nor
divided; sometimes it is formed like an ear-pick M. de la Blond,
Lat. usually, however, it is globular inferiorly, then becomes nar-
row, terminates in a point, and forms a kind of arcuated hook.
This division is composed of the largest species of the family,
some of which, when at rest, cover a circular space of from six to
seven inches in diameter; they sometimes seize upon Humming-
birds. They establish their domicil in the clefts of trees, under the
bark, in the fissures of rocks, or on the surface of leaves of various
plants. The cell of the Mygale avicularia has the form of a tube,
narrowed into a point at its posterior extremity. It consists of a
white web, of a close, very fine texture, semi-diaphanous, and resem-
bling muslin. One of them, presented to me by M. Goudot, when
unrolled, was about two decimetres in length, and six centimetres in
breadth, measured across its greatest transversal diameter. The
cocoon of the same species was of the figure and size of a large
walnut. Its envelope, consisting of the same material as that of its
domicil, was formed of three layers. It appears that the young are
hatched in it, and undergo their first change of tegument there.
PULMONARIJE. 175
The naturalist just mentioned, stated to me, that he had taken a
hundred of them from a single cocoon(l).
This Mygale Aranea avicularia, L.; Kleem. Insect. XI, and
XII, the male is about an inch and a half long, blackish, and
extremely hairy; the extremity of the feet and palpi, and the
inferior pili of the mouth reddish. The genital organ of the
male is hollow at base, and terminates in an elongated and very
acute point.
South America and the Antilles produce other species,
called by the French colonists Jlraignees-crabes. Their bite is
reputed to be dangerous. A very large species M.fasciata;
Seb., Mus., I, lxix, i; Walck., Hist, of Spiders, IV, i, the female
is also found in the East Indies. A species, nearly as large
as the avicularia, inhabits the Cape of Good Hope. Another
of the same division M. Valentino, was discovered in the sandy
and desert districts of Moxenta, in Spain, by M. Dufour, who
has described and figured it in the Ann. of the Phys. Sciences,
Brussels, vol. V. Walckenaer has also described a second
species from that peninsula which has two prominences above
its respiratory organs. These two latter species form a parti-
cular group, characterized by the hooks of the tarsi, which are
salient or exposed(2).
In the following Mygales(3), the superior extremity of the first
joint of the-chelicerae presents a series of spines, articulated and
movable at base according to the observations of Dufour and
forming a sort of rake.
The tarsi are Jess pilose underneath than in the preceding divi-
sion, and their hooks are always exposed. The males of one species,
the only ones I have seen, have more complicated organs of gene-
ration than those of the preceding division. The principal and
scaly piece incloses a peculiar, semiglobular body, terminating in a
bifid point, in an inferior cavity(4).
These species, in the dry and mountain districts of the south of
Europe and of some other countries, excavate subterraneous galle-
(1) See my memoir on the habits of -the Avicularia in the Ann. du Mus. d'Hist.
Nat. VIII, p. 456.
(2) For details concerning these and the following species, as well as for the
other genera of this family, see the corresponding articles in the Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist. Nat., where we treat of them at length.
(3) The genus Cteniza, Lat., Fam. Nat. du Regno Animal.
(4) On this point I am contradicted by M, Dufour. I was compelled again to
examine the fact, and have convinced myself that I was not mistaken. It is poss-
ible the specimens he examined did not present this character.
176 ARACHNIDES.
ries, which are frequently two feet in depth, and so extremely tortu-
ous, that, according to Dufour, it is frequently impossible to trace
them. At the mouth, they construct a movable operculum with
earth and silk, fixed by a hinge, which, from its form, nicely adjusted
to the aperture, its inclination, its weight, and the superior position
of the hinge, spontaneously shuts, and completely closes the entrance
of their habitation, forming a kind of trap-door, which is scarcely
distinguishable from the surrounding earth. Its inner surface is
lined with a layer of silk, to which the animal clings, in order
to keep its door shut and prevent intruders from opening it. If it
be slightly raised, it is a sure indication that the owner is within.
Unearthed by laying open the gallery front of the entrance, it be-
comes stupified, and allows itself to be captured without resistance.
A silken tube, or the nest properly so called, lines the inside of the
gallery. M. Dufour thinks that the males never excavate. Inde-
pendently of his having found them under stones only, they do not
seem to him so well prepared with organs adapted to such work(l).
Without deciding upon this point, we presume, with him, that the
Mygale carminans of France Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., art. Mv-
gale is merely the male of the following species: Walckenaer,
however, doubts it.
M. csementaria, Lat.; Jlraignee maconne, Sauvag., Hist, de
l'Acad. des Sc, 1758, p. 26; Araignee mineuse, Dorthes., Trans.
Lin. Soc. II, 17, 8; Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. Ill, x; Faun.
Franc., Arach., II, 4; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, 5.
The female Mason Spider, as it is called, is about eight lines
in length, of a reddish colour, verging on a brown more or less
deep; edges of the thorax paler. The chelicerae are blackish,
each one furnished above, near the articulation of the hook,
with five points, of which the internal is the shortest. The
abdomen is of a mouse-grey, with streaks of a darker hue.
The first joint of all the tarsi is furnished with small spines.
The hooks of the last have a spur at their base, and a double
range of acute teeth. The mammillae are but slightly prominent.
According to Dufour Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, 4 the
supposed male, of which I have made a species, M. cardeiise,
differs from the preceding individual in the greater length of
its feet, in the hooks of the tarsi, which are twice the number
of the other, but have no spurs, and in the diminished length of
its mammillae. A more apparent character may be found in the
(1) See his excellent memoir entitled," Observations sur quelques Arachnides
Quadripulmonaires. "
PULM0NARI7E. 177
stout spine, which terminates, inferiorly, the two anterior tibiae.
This Mygale is found in the southern departments of France
situated on the borders of the Mediterranean, in Spain, &c.
M.fodiens, Walck., Faun. Franc., Arach., II, 1, 2; M. Sau-
vagesii, Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, 3; Jlranea Sau-
vagesii, Ross. The female is somewhat larger than that of
the preceding species, and of a light reddish-brown, without
spots. The exterior fusi are long. The four anterior tarsi
are alone furnished with small spines; all have a spur at the
end, and their hooks have but a single tooth, situated at their
base. The chelicerae are stouter and more bent than those of
the Csementaria; the teeth of the rake are rather more numerous,
and there are two ranges of teeth under the first joint. The
male is unknown. This species is found in Tuscany and Cor-
sica. There is a small clod of earth in the Museum d'Hist.
Nat. of Paris, in which are four of its nests, forming a regular
quadrilateral figure.
M. Lefevre, who has made so many sacrifices to the science
of Entomology, has discovered a new species of Mygale in
Sicily, the entire body of which is of a blackish brown. The
extremity of the anterior tibiae of the male does not exhibit that
stout spine which appears to be peculiar to individuals of the
same sex, in the other Mygales.
Another species is found in Jamaica M. nidulans figured,
together with its nest, by Brown in his Nat. Hist, of Jamaica,
pi. xliv, 3.
There, the palpi are inserted into an inferior dilatation of the ex-
ternal side of the jaws, and consist of but five joints. The ligula, at
first very small Atypus lengthens, and then advances between the
jaws, and this character becomes general. The last joint of the
palpi, in both sexes, is elongated, and pointed near the end. There
is no spur to the extremity of the anterior tibiae of the males.
ATYrus, Lat. Oletera, Walck.
The Atypi have a very small ligula almost covered by the internal
portion of the base of the jaws, and closely approximated eyes
grouped on a tubercle.
Jitypus Sulzeri, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, v, 2, the
male; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxiii, 6; Jlranea picea,
Sulz.; Oletere atype, Walck., Faun. Frang., Arach., II, 3.
Body entirely blackish, and about eight lines in length. The
thorax is nearly square, depressed posteriorly, inflated, widened,
and broadly truncated anteriorly, presenting an appearance very
Vol. III. X
178 ARACHN1DES.
different from that of the same part in the Mygales. The che-
licerae are very stout, and underneath the claw and at its base is
a little eminence resembling a tooth. The last joint of the palpi
of the male is pointed at the end. From the genital organ
arises, inferiorly, a little squamous semi-diaphanous piece,
widened and unequally bidentated at the end, with a small seta
or cirrus at one of its extremities. This species excavates a
cylindrical gallery in sloping grounds covered with grass; in
this gallery, seven or eight inches in length, horizontal at first
and then inclined, it weaves a tube of white silk of the same
form and dimensions. The cocoon is fastened with silk by both
ends to the bottom of the gallery. It is found in the environs
of Paris and Bourdeaux; M. Basoches has observed a variety
near Seez, which is always of a light brown.
M. Milbert has discovered another species Mypus rufipes
near Philadelphia, which is entirely black, with fulvous feet.
Eriodon, Lat. Missulena, Walck.
The Eriodons differ from the Atypi in their elongated, narrow
ligula advancing between their jaws, and in their eyes, which are
scattered over the anterior part of the thorax.
The only species known Eriodon occatorius, Lat.; Missulena
occatoria, Walck., Tabl. des Aran. pi. II, ii, 12 is an inch long,
blackish, and peculiar to New Holland, where it was discovered
by MM. Peron and Lesueur(l).
In our second and last division of the quadripulmonary Spiders
or Mygales, we find characters common to Eriodon, such as the
ligula being prolonged between the jaws, and the palpi consisting
of five joints; but the claws of the chelicerae are folded over their
inner face, there are six fusi, their first pair of legs is the longest
and not the fourth, and the third is always the shortest. Some of
them have but six eyes. The number of pulmonary sacs will not
allow us to remove the subgenera of this division from the preceding
ones, and as they conduct us toDrassus, Clotho, and Segestria, sub-
genera with but two pulmonary sacs, the natural order will not per-
(1) In the first memoir of M. Dalman upon the Insects found in amber, that
celebrated naturalist mentions (p. 25) a Spider which, it appeared to him, should be
made the type of a new genus (Chalinura). The eyes are placed on a very high
anterior tubercle, four of them, of which the two anterior are very large and ap-
proximated, occupying the centre. The external fusi are much elongated.
From these characters it would seem that this spider approaches Mygale or some
other analogous genus.
PULMONARIiE. 179
mit us to pass from the Mygales to the Lycosae and other hunting
or wandering Spiders. The Mygales are true tapissieres or true
spiders which line their galleries with silk and in fact, it was in
this division that the Aranea avicularia of Linnaeus was formerly
placed.
This second division comprises the two following subgenera.
Dysdera, Lat.
But six eyes arranged in the figure of a horse-shoe, the opening in
front; the chelicerae very stout and projecting; jaws straight and
dilated at the insertion of the palpi(l).
Filistata, Lat.
Eight eyes grouped on a little eminence at the anterior extremity
of the thorax; the chelicerae small; the jaws arcuated on the outer
side, and surrounding the ligula(2).
We now pass to Araneides with but one pair of pulmonary sacs,
and as many stigmata. They all have palpi formed of five joints,
inserted into the external side of the jaws near their base, and most
frequently in a sinus; a ligula extending between them, either nearly
square, triangular or semicircular, and six fusi at the anus. The
last joint of the palpi, in the males, is more or less ovoid, and usually
encloses, in an excavation, a complicated and varied organ of copu-
lation; it is rarely Segestria exposed.
With the exception of a few species, which enter into the genus
Mygale, they compose that of
Aranea, Lin. Araneus of some authors.
A first division will comprehe'nd the Aranea Sedentari^e, or seden-
tary spiders. They make webs, or throw out threads to ensnare
their prey, and always remain in these traps, or their vicinity, as
well as near their eggs. Their eyes are approximated anteriorly
and are sometimes eight in number, of which four or two are in the
middle and two or three on each side, and sometimes six.
Some, which, from the circumstance of their always moving for-
wards, we term the Rectigrad^, weave webs and are stationary;
(1) Dysdera erythrina, Lat.; Walck., Tab. des Aran., V, 49, 50; Dufour, Ann.
des Sc. Phys. V, lxxiii, 7; Aranea rufipes, Fab.; Dysdera parvula, Dufour, lb.
(2) Filistata bicolor, Lat.; Walck., Faun. Franc, Arach., VI, 1 3. A moderate
sized species is found at Guadaloupe, the male of which has long and slender legs,
curved palpi, with the genital organs situated at the extremity of the last joint,
and terminated by a slender and arcuated, or falciform hook.
180 ARACHN1DES.
their legs are elevated when at rest; sometimes the two first and two
last are the longest, and at others those of the two anterior pairs,
or the fourth and the third. The general arrangement of the eyes
does not form the segment of a circle or a crescent.
They may be divided into three sections: the first, or that of the
Tubitelas, has cylindrical fusi approximated into a fasciculus di-
rected backwards; the legs are robust, the two first or the two last,
and vice versa, longest in some, and the whole eight nearly equal
in others.
We will commence with two subgenera, which, with respect to
the jaws that describe a circle round the ligula, approach the
Filistatae, and are removed from those that follow.
Clotho, Walck. Uroctea, Dufour.
A singular subgenus. The chelicerae are very small, can sepa-
rate but little thereby approximating this subgenus to the last
and are not indented; very small hooks; the shortness of the body
and length of the legs produce a resemblance to the Crab-Spiders or
Thomisi. The relative length of these organs differs but little; the
fourth pair, and then the preceding one are merely somewhat longer
than the first; the tarsi, only, are furnished with spines. The eyes
are further from the anterior margin of the thorax than in the fol-
lowing subgenus, and are approximated and arranged as in the
genus Mygale of Walckenaer; three on each side form a reversed
triangle; the two others form a transverse line in the space comprised
between the two triangles. The jaws and the ligula are proportiona-
bly smaller than those of the same subgenus; a short projection or
slight dilatation on the external side of the jaws, gives insertion to
the palpi; the jaws terminate in a pebnt; the ligula is triangular and
not nearly oval as in Drassus. The two superior or most lateral
fusi are long, but what, according to Dufour, particularly charac-
terizes his Urocteae or our Clothos, is, that there are two pecti-
niform valves which open and shut at the will of the animal(l), in
place of the two intermediate fusi.
But a single species is known, the Uroctea 5-maculata^ Du-
four, Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxxvi, 1; Clotho Durandii, Lat.
(1) I have seen, in a well preserved specimen, six fusi, of which the two
superior were much the longest and terminated by an elongated joint, forming an
elliptical lamina, and the other four small, the inferior ones particularly, and ar-
ranged in a square. The anus, placed under a little membranous projection
resembling a clypeus, was furnished on each side with a pencil of retractile hairs.
These pencils are the parts named by Dufour pectiniform valves, and are distinct
from the two intermediate fusi, which are concealed by the two inferior ones.
PULMONARI^E. 181
The body is five lines in length, of a fine chesnut colour; abdo-
men black; five small, round, yellowish spots above, four of
which are arranged transversely in pairs, and the last or fifth
posterior; legs hairy. It is evident from the plates of the great
work on Egypt, that M. Savigny found it in that country, and
proposed forming anew genus with it. Count Dejean brought
it from Dalmatia; and Schreiber, director of the Imperial Mu-
seum of Vienna, has sent me specimens captured in the same
country. M. Dufour also found it in the mountains of Nar-
bonne, in the Pyrennees and among the rocks of Catalonia. To
this latter naturalist we are indebted not only for our know-
ledge of the external characters of this spider, but for many
curious observations relative to its habits. " She constructs,"
says he, " a shell resembling a calotte or patella an inch in
diameter, on the under surface of large stones or in the fissures
of rocks. Its contour presents seven or eight emarginations,
the angles of which are alone attached to the stone by silken
fasciculi, the margin being free. This singular tent is admira-
bly woven. The exterior resembles the very finest taffeta,
formed, according to the age of the animal, of a greater or less
number of layers. Thus, when the young Uroctea first com-
mences her establishment, she merely forms two webs between
which she seeks for shelter. Subsequently, and I believe at
each change of tegument, she adds a certain number of layers.
Finally, when the nuptial season has arrived, she lines an apart-
ment with a softer and more downy material which is to en-
close the sac of eggs and young ones. Although the exterior
shell is more or less soiled by foreign bodies which serve to
conceal it, the chamber of the industrious architect is always
extremely neat and clean. There are four, five, or six egg-
pouches or sacculi in each domicil; they are lenticular, more
than four lines in diameter, and formed of a snow-white taffeta
lined with the softest down. The ova are not produced till the
latter end of December or the beginning of January; the young
are to be protected from the rigour of winter and the incursions
of enemies -all is prepared; the receptacle of this precious de-
posit is separated from the web that adheres to the stone by
soft down, and from the external calotte by the various layers I
have mentioned. Some of the emarginations in the edge of the
pavilion are completely closed by the continuity of the web,
the edges of the remainder are merely laid on each other, so
that by raising them up, the animal can issue from its tent or
enter it, at pleasure. When the Uroctea leaves her habitation
for the chase, she has nothing to fear, she only possesses the
182 ARACHNIDES.
secret of the impenetrable emargination, and has the key to
those which alone afford an entrance. When her offspring are
able to provide for themselves, they leave their native dwelling,
to establish elsewhere their individual habitations, while the
mother returns to it and dies it is thus her cradle and her
tomb."
Drassus, Walck.
The Drassi differ from Clotho in several characters. Their che-
licerae are robust, projecting and dentated beneath; their jaws are ob-
liquely truncated at the extremity, and the ligula forms an inferiorly
truncated oval, or an elongated curvilinear triangle; the eyes are
nearer to the anterior margin of the thorax, and the line formed by
the four posterior ones is longer than the anterior, or extends beyond
it on the sides. There is but little difference in the proportions of
the fusi, and we do not observe between them the two pectini-
form valves peculiar to Clotho. Finally, the fourth pair of legs,
and then the first, are manifestly longer than the others. The tibiae
and first joint of the tarsi are armed with spines.
These Spiders live under stones, in the fissures of walls, and on
leaves; they construct their cells with an extremely white silk. The
cocoons of some are orbicular and flattened, and consist of two valves
laid one on the other. M. Walckenaer distributes the Drassi into
three families, according to the direction and approximation of the
lines formed by the eyes, and the greater or less dilatation of the
middle of the jaws.
The species which he calls viridissimus, Hist, des Aran, fascic.
IV, 9, and which alone composes his third division, weaves a
fine, white, transparent web on the surface of a leaf; under this
web it seeks for shelter. I have sometimes observed a similar
web on the leaf of the Pear-tree, but the margin was angular
and resembling a tent, like that of the Clotho, beneath which
was the cocoon. It is, I presume, the work of this species of
Drassus, and proves the analogy of this subgenus with the pre-
ceding one. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, xcv,
1, has given a very complete description of a species of Dras-
sus D. segestriformis found by him under stones in the highest
Pyrennees,and never beneath the Alpine region. It is one of the
largest of this subgenus, and appears to me to be closely allied
to my melctnogaster, which I believe to be the D. lucifugus of
Walckenaer, Schaeff. Icon. CI, 7.
One of the prettiest species, which is very commonly observed
running along the ground in the vicinity of Paris, is the D.
relucens. It is small, and almost cylindrical, with a fulvous
PULMONARY. 183
thorax, invested with a purple silky down; the abdomen is a
mixture of blue, red, and green, with metallic reflections, and
marked by two transverse and golden lines, of which the ante-
rior is arcuated. Four golden dots are sometimes observed on
it(l).
In the other Tubitelae the jaws do not surround the ligula; their
external side is dilated inferiorly beneath the origin of the palpi.
Some have but six eyes, four of which are anterior, and form a
transverse line, and the two others posterior, situated, one on each
side, behind the two lateral ones of the preceding line. Such is
the essential character of the
Segestria, Lat.
The ligula is elongated and almost square. The first pair of legs,
and then the second, is the longest; the third is the shortest. These
spiders construct long, silky, cylindrical tubes in the chinks and
crevices of old walls, which they inhabit; their first pairs of legs are
always directed forwards, and diverging threads border the external
entrance of their domicil, forming a net for ensnaring Insects. The
genital organ of the S. perfida Aranea Jlorentina, Ross., Faun.
Etrusc, XIX, 3 a large black species with green chelicerse, which
is not rare in France, is shaped like a tear, or is ovoido-conical,
very acute at the end, entirely salient, and red(2).
The remaining Tubitelae have eight eyes. On account of the dif-
ference in the site of their habitations, we may divide them into the
terrestrial and the aquatic. Although the last family of the Ara-
neides of Walckenaer (his Naiades) is composed of these latter,
they are so closely allied to the other Tubitelae, that notwithstanding
this disparity of habits they must be placed together. In those
which are terrestrial, the ligula is almost square, or but very
slightly narrowed, with a very obtuse or truncated summit; the
jaws are straight, or nearly so, and more or less dilated towards
the extremity; the two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular
group are generally separated from each other, or at least are
geminate and placed on a particular eminence like those of the
aquatic Tubitelae.
Clubiona, Lat.
This subgenus is only distinguished from the following one by
(1) For the other species, see Faun. Paris., Walck., andTabl. des Aran., Id.
(2) Add the Seg. senocnhta, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, vii; Aranea smoculata,
L.;Deg.
184 ARACHNIDES.
the nearly equal length of the exterior fusi, and by the straight-
ness of the line formed by the four anterior eyes. The Clubionse
construct silky tubes under stones, in chinks of walls, or between
leaves. Their cocoons are globular(l).
Aranea.
The true Araneae, which we at first designated by the generic ap-
pellation of Tegenaria, retained by Walckenaer, and to which we
add his Angelense and Nyssi, have their two superior fusi much
longer than the others, and their four anterior eyes arranged in a
line posteriorly arcuated or forming a curve.
They construct, in our houses, in the angles of walls, on plants,
hedges, along the roads, in the earth, and under stones, a large and
nearly horizontal web, at the upper part of which is a tube where
they remain motionless(2).
Then follow the Naiades of Walckenaer, or our aquatic Tubitelae,
which form the
Argyroneta, Lat.
The jaws are inclined on the ligula, which is triangular. The
two eyes of each lateral extremity of the ocular group are closely
approximated and placed on a particular eminence; the four others
form a quadrilateral.
Argyroneta aquatica; Aranea aquatica, L., Geoff., Deg.
Blackish brown, the abdomen darker; silky; four depressed
points on the back. It is found on the stagnant waters of Eu-
rope, where it swims with the abdomen enclosed in a bubble of
air; it forms an oval cell, filled with air, and lined with silk,
from which various threads extend to the surrounding plants.
Here it lies in wait for its prey, deposits its cocoon, which it
carefully watches, and encloses itself to pass the winter.
In the second section of the sedentary and rectigrade spiders, that
of the iNEQuiTELiE, the external papillae are nearly conical, project
but little, are convergent, and form a rosette; the legs are very slen-
der. The jaws incline over the lip, and become narrower at their
superior extremity, or at least do not sensibly widen.
Most of them have the first pair of legs longest, and then the
(1) Aranea holosericea, L. ; Degeer, Fab. ; Walck., Hist, des Aran. IV, iii, fern. ;
Aranea atrosc. Beg., Fab.; List., Aran., XXI, 21; Albin, Aran., X, 48, and XVII,
82. See also Tab. des Aran., and the Faun. Paris., Walckenaer.
(2) Aranea domcstica, L., Deg., Fab.; Clerck., Aran. Suec, pi. ii, tab. ix;
Tegencria civilis, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, v; iranea lubyrinthica, L.,Fab.:
Clerck, Aran., Suec pi. ii, tab. viii. See the Tab. des Aran., Walck.
pulmonarite. 185
fourth. The abdomen is more voluminous, softer, and more colour-
ed than in the preceding tribes. Their webs form an irregular net
composed of threads which cross each other in every direction and
on several planes. They lie in wait for their prey, display much
anxiety for the preservation of their eggs, and never abandon them
till they are hatched. They are short-lived.
In some, the first pair of legs, and then the fourth, are the longest.
Scytodes, Lat.
But six eyes arranged in pairs. According to Dufour, the hooks
of their tarsi are inserted into a supplementary joint.
Two species are known, one of which, the thoracica( 1) in-
habits houses in Europe, and the other, la blonde, Ann. des Sc.
Phys. V, Ixxvi, 5, was found under calcareous debris in the
mountains of Valencia. It weaves a uniform tube of a thin
milk-while tissue, like that of the Dysdera erythrina.
Theridion, Walck.
Eight eyes disposed as follows: four in the middle forming a
square, the two anterior of which are placed on a little eminence,
and two on each side, also situated on a common elevation. The
thorax has the figure of a reversed heart, or is nearly triangular.
This subgenus is very numerous(2).
Therid< malmignatte; JLranea 13-gultata, Fab.; Ross. Faun.
Etrusc, II, ix, 10. The lateral eyes separated from each other;
body black, with thirteen small, round, blood-red spots on the
abdomen. Its bite is considered venomous and even mortal.
From Tuscany and Corsica(S).
The A. madam. Fab., a second species of Theridion inhabit-
ing South America, is equally dreaded in that country. This
prejudice against these animals appears to originate from their
black colour, varied with sanguine spots.
(1) Scytodes thoracica, Lat., Gen. Crust, et Insect. I, v, 4; Walck. Hist, des
Aran., I, x, and II, Suppl.
(2) See the Tab. and Hist, des Aran., Walcken., the Ann. des Sc. Nat., and
Ann. des Sc. Phys. The Aranese bipundata, redimita, L., and the A. albo-maculata,
Deg\, &c, should be referred to this genus.
(3) This species is the type of the genus Latrodeda, Walck., which he distin-
guishes from that of Theridion by the difference in the respective length of the
feet; in this, however, he appears to me to have erred.
His Theridion benignum, Hist, des Aran. fasc. V, viii, whose habits he has care-
fully studied, establishes its domicil between the clusters of grapes, and defends
them from the attacks of various Insects.
Vol. Ill Y
186 ARACHNIDES.
Episinus, Walck.
Eight eyes also, but they are approximated on a common eleva-
tion; the thorax is narrow and almost cylindrical l).
In the remaining Inequitelae, the first pair of legs, and then the
second, are the longest. Such is the
Pholcus, Walck.
Where the eight eyes are placed on a tubercle, and divided into
three groups; one on each side consisting of three eyes, forming a
triangle, and the third in the middle, somewhat anteriorly, and com-
posed of two on a transverse line.
Ph. phalangioides, Walck., Hist, des Aran., fasc. V, tab. x;
draignee domestique a longues pattes, Geoff. The body long,
narrow, pale yellowish or livid, and pubescent; abdomen nearly
cylindrical, very soft, and marked above with blackish spots;
very long, slender legs; a whitish ring round the extremity of
the thighs and tibiae. Common in houses, where it spins a web
of a loose texture, in the angles of the walls. The female cements
her eggs into a round naked mass, which she carries between
her mandibles.
M. Dufour has found a second species, the Pholque a queue
Ann. des Sc. Phys. V, lxxvi, 2, in the clefts of the rocks in
Moxente, Valencia. Its abdomen terminates in a conical point,
and thus forms a sort of tail, like that of the Epeira conica.
Like the preceding species, it balances its body and feet. The
genital organs of the male are very complex.
In the third section of the sedentary rectigrade spiders, the Or-
bit:el;, or Jiraignees Tendeuses of others, the external fusi are
almost conical, slightly salient, convergent, and form a rosette; the
legs are slender, as in the preceding section, but the jaws are straight
and evidently wider at their extremity.
The first pair of legs, and then the second, are always the longest.
There are eight eyes thus arranged: four in the middle forming a
quadrilateral, and two on each side.
The Orbitelae approach the Inequitelae in the size, softness, and
diversity of colour of the abdomen, and in their short term of exist-
ence; but their web is a regular piece of net-work, composed of con-
centric circles intercepted by straight radii diverging from the cen-
tre, where they almost always remain, and in an inverted position, at
the circumference. Some conceal themselves in a cell or cavity
(1) Episinus truncatus, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect, t. IV, p. 371. Italy, and
environs of Paris.
PULM0NARI2E. 187
which they have constructed near the margin of the web, which is
sometimes horizontal, and at others perpendicular. Their eggs are
agglutinated, very numerous, and inclosed in a voluminous cocoon.
The threads which support the web, and which can be extended
one-fifth of their length, are used for the divisions of the microme-
ter. This observation was communicated to us by M. Arrago.
Linyphia, Lat.
The Linyphiae are well characterized by the disposition of their
eyes: four in the middle form a trapezium, the posterior side of
which is widest, and is occupied by two eyes much larger and more
distant; the remaining four are grouped in pairs, one on each side,
and in an oblique line. The jaws are only widened at their superior
extremity.
They construct on bushes a loose, thin, horizontal web, attaching
to its upper surface, at different points, or irregularly, separate
threads. The animal remains at its inferior portion, and in a re-
versed position(l).
Uloborus, Lat.
The four posterior eyes placed at equal intervals on a straight
line, and the two lateral ones of the first line nearer to the anterior
edge of the thorax than the two comprised between them, so that
this line is arcuated posteriorly. Their jaws, like those of the Epei-
rse, begin to widen a little above their base, and terminate in the
form of a palette or spatula. The tarsi of the three last pairs of legs
terminate by one small nail. The first joint of the two posterior
ones has a range of small seta?.
The body of these animals, as well as in the following subgenus,
is elongated and nearly cylindrical. Placed in the centre of their
web, they advance their four anterior legs in a straight line, and
extend the two last in an opposite direction; those of the third pair
project laterally.
These Arachnides construct webs similar to those of other Orbi-
telse, but they are looser and more horizontal. They will completely
envelope the body of a small coleopterous insect in less than three
minutes. Their cocoon is narrow, elongated, angular at the margin,
and suspended vertically to a web by one of its extremities. The
other end is bifurcated or terminated by two prolonged angles
one of which is shorter than the other and obtuse; there are two
(1) Linyphia triangularis, Walck., Hist. desAran., V, ix, female; Aranearesu-
pina sylvestris, De Geer; Aranea memtana, L.; Clerck., Aran. Suec, pi. Ill, Tab.
I; Aranea resupinu domestica, De Geer.
188 ARACHNIDES.
acute angles on each side. For these interesting observations I am
indebted to my friend M. Leon Dufour.
Uloborus Walckenaerius, Lat.(l) About five lines in length;
reddish-yellowish; covered with a silky down forming two series
of little fasciculi on the top of the abdomen; paler rings on the
legs. From the woods in the vicinity of Bourdeaux, and in va-
rious departments of the south of France.
Tetragnatha, Lat.
The eyes placed four by four on two nearly parallel lines, and
separated by almost equal intervals; jaws long, narrow, and only
widened at their superior extremity. The chelicers are also very
long, in the males especially. The web is vertical(2).
Epeira, Walck.
The two eyes on each side approximated by pairs, and almost con-
tiguous; the remaining four forming a quadrilateral in the middle*
The jaws dilate from their base, and form a rounded palette.
The ciicurbit'ma is the only species known whose web is horizon-
tal; that of the others is vertical, or sometimes oblique.
Some place themselves in its centre in a reversed position, or with
their head downwards; others construct a domicil close by it, either
vaulted on all sides, or forming a silky tube composed of leaves
drawn together by threads, or open above, and resembling a cup or
the nest of a bird. The web of some exotic species is formed of such
stout materials that it will arrest small Birds, and even impede the
progress of a Man.
Their cocoon is usually globular; that of some species, however,
is a truncated oval, or very short cone.
The natives of New Holland Voyage a la recherche de la Pey-
rouse, p. 239 and those of some of the South Sea Islands, for want
of other food, eat a species of Epeira, closely allied to the Jiranea
esuriens, Fab.
M. Walckenaer, in his Tableau des Araneides, mentions sixty-four
species of Epeirae, remarkable, in general, for the diversity of their
colours, form and habits. He has arranged them in various small
and very natural families, the study of which we have endeavoured
to simplify in the second edition of the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat.,
article Epe'ire. Certain important considerations, such as those of
(1) Lat, Gen. Crust, et Insect., I, 109; see also second edition of the Nouv.
Diet. d'Hist. Nat., article Ulobore.
(2) Tetragnatha extensa, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, vi; Aranea externa, L.,
Fab. , De Geer; Aranea virescens? Fab.; Aranea maxillosa, Id. See Tab. des
Aran, of Walckenaer.
PULMONARY. 189
the sexual organs, had been neglected or were not sufficiently attended
to; thus, for instance, the female Ep. diadema, and others, present
at the part which characterizes their sex, a singular appendage,
which reminds us of the apron of the Hottentot women. These
species should constitute a separate division. By pursuing this ex-
amination, other not less natural divisions might be established.
We will content ourselves with mentioning a few of the principal
species, commencing with those that are indigenous to Europe.
Ep. diadema; Jlranea diadema, L., Fab.; Roes., Insect. IV,
xxxv xl. Large, reddish, velvety; abdomen of the females
extremely voluminous, particularly when about to lay their eggs,
and of a deep brown or yellowish red; a large rounded tubercle
each side of the back near its base, and a triple cross, formed
of small white spots or dots; palpi and legs spotted with black.
Very common in Europe in autumn. The eggs are hatched in
the spring of the ensuing year.
Ep. scalaris; Jlranea scalaris, Fab.; Panz., Faun. IV, xxiv.
Thorax reddish; top of the abdomen usually white, with a black
spot in the form of a reversed triangle, oblong and dentated.
weaves its web along the banks of ponds, brooks, Sec.
Ep. cicatricosa; Jlranea cieatricosa, De Geer; Jl. impressa, Fab.
The abdomen flattened, and of a greyish brown or obscure yel-
lowish; a black band, festooned and edged with grey along the
middle of the back; eight or ten large impressed points in two
lines. It constructs its web on walls or other bodies, and re-
mains concealed in a nest of white silk, which it forms under
some projecting object, or in some cavity in the vicinity. It
only works and feeds during the night, or when the light of day
is but weak. It retires under the bark of old trees or logs.
Ep. sericea, Walck., op. cit., Ill, ii. Covered above with a
silvery and silken down; abdomen flattened, immaculate and
with festooned margins. South of Europe and Senegal.
Ep. fusca, Walck., Hist, des Aran. II, i, the female. Very
common in the cellars of Angers. Its cocoon is white, almost
globular, fixed by a pedicle, and composed of very fine threads;
it is soft to the touch, like wool. That of the
Ep. fasciata, Walck., op. cit. Ill, i, the female, is about an
inch long; it resembles a little balloon, of a grey colour, with
longitudinal black stripes, one of whose extremities is truncated
and closed by a flat and silky operculum; a fine down envelopes
the eggs in its interior. This species weaves a vertical and
irregular web, in the middle of which it remains, along the
banks of rivulets, 8cc. Its thorax is covered with a soft and
silvery down, and its abdomen is of a beautiful yellow, inter-
sected at intervals with transverse brown, or blackish-brown
190 ARACHNIDES.
lines, arcuated and slightly undulated. M. Leon Dufour, Ann.
des Sc. Phys. VI, pl.xcv, 5, has given a detailed description of
this species, and of its habits, and was the first who ascertained
the male. He has figured its sexual organ. The penis resem-
bles a twisted seta.
Ep. cucurbitina; Jtranea cucurbitina, L.; Ji. senoculata, Fab.;
Walck. Hist, des Aran., Ill, iii. Small; abdomen ovoid and
lemon-coloured, marked with black points; a red spot on the
anus. It weaves a small horizontal web between the stems and
leaves of plants.
Ep. conica; Jlranea conica, De Geer and Pall.; Walck. Hist.
Nat. des Aran., Ill, iii. Remarkable for its abdomen, which is
gibbous anteriorly and has a conical termination; the anus is
placed in the centre of an eminence. When it has extracted
the juices from an insect, it suspends it to a thread.
Immediately after the conica, We may place the species called
by Dufour Epe'ire de Vopuntia Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 3
- from the circumstance of its always weaving its loose and
irregular web among the leaves of the Agave and Opuntia. It
is black, with white hairs laid close to the body, having an
appearance of scales. The abdomen has two pyramidal tuber-
cles on each side, and terminates posteriorly in two others,
which are obtuse and separated by a wide emargination. The
posterior face of each tubercle is marked with a beautiful snow-
white spot, resembling nacre; these spots are connected with
each other, and with one or two more behind them, by white
zig-zag lines. In the newly-hatched animal, these tubercles are
not visible. The cocoons are oval, whitish, and formed of two
coats, the interior of which is a kind of tow that envelopes the
ova. Seven, eight, and even ten of these cocoons are frequently
found arranged in file, or one after another. From Catalonia
and Valencia.
Some of the species foreign to Europe are very remarkable.
Here we observe the abdomen is invested with an extremely
firm skin, furnished with points or horny spines(l); and there
the legs are provided with bundles of hairs(2).
(1) The Jlr. militaris, spinosu, cancriformis, hexacaniha, tctracantha, geminata,
fornicata, of Fabricius. M. Vauthier, one of our best painters of subjects of na-
tural history, has described and figured, Ann. des Sc. Nat., I, p. 161, a species of
this division curvicauda which is very remarkable for its posteriorly widened
abdomen, terminated by two long arcuated spines: it inhabits Java. These
spinous species might form a peculiar subgenus.
(2) The Jlr. pilipes, clavipes, &c, of Fabricius. His Jlr. maculata forms the
genus Ncphisu, Leach. See the Tab. and Hist, des Aran, of Walckenaer.
PULMONARIiE. 191
We now come to Spiders that are sedentary, like the preceding,
but which have the faculty of moving sideways, forwards and back-
wards, in a word, in all directions. They constitute our section of
the Laterigrad^:. The four anterior legs are always longer than the
others; sometimes the second pair surpasses the first, and at others,
they are nearly equal; the animal extends them to the whole of their
length on the plane of position.
The chelicerse are usually small, and their hook is folded trans-
versely, as in the four preceding tribes. Their eyes, always eight
in number, are frequently very unequal, and form a segment of a
circle or crescent; the two posterior lateral ones are placed farther
back than the others, or are nearer to the lateral margin of the tho-
rax. The jaws, in most of them, are inclined on the lip. The body
is usually flattened, resembling a crab; the abdomen is large, round-
ed, and triangular.
These Arachnides remain motionless on plants, with their feet
extended. They make no web, simply throwing out a few solitary
threads to arrest their prey. Their cocoon is orbicular and flat-
tened. They conceal it between leaves, and watch it until the young
ones are hatched.
Micrommata, Lat. Sparassas, Walck.
Jaws straight, parallel and rounded at the end; eyes arranged four
by four, on two transverse lines, the posterior of which is longest,
and arcuated backwards. The second legs, and then the first, are
the longest; the ligula is semicircular(l).
Microm. smaragdula; Ar. smaragclula, Fab.; Jir. viridissima,
De Geer; Clerck, Aran. Suec. pi. 6, tab. iv. A medium size;
green; the sides edged with light yellow; abdomen greenish
yellow, intersected on the middle of the back by a green line.
It ties three or four leaves in a triangular bundle, lines the
interior with a thick layer of silk, and places its cocoon in the
middle; the latter is round, white, and so diaphanous, that the
ova can be perceived through its parietes. The eggs are not
agglutinated.
M. Argelas; Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., VI, p. 306, XCV, I;
Walk., Hist, des Aran., IV, ii. This animal, whose specific ap-
pellation will remind the French naturalists of one of their most
(1) M. Walckenaer places this genus in that series which is composed both of
the Vagabundse and the Sedentarix, such as the Jlttas or our Saltici, the Thomisi,
Philodromi, Drassi, and Clubiona;, and which have but two hooks to the tarsi.
192 ARACHNIDES.
zealous savans, one already recommended by me to their esteem
as my protector from the horrors of the revolution, is one of the
largest species indigenous to Franeej M. Dufour has completed
my description of it, and has observed its habits. The body is
about seven or eight lines in length, of a cinereous flaxen colour,
covered with down, and more or less spotted with black. The
top of the abdomen, from its middle to the extremity, is mark-
ed with a band formed of a series of small hatchet-shaped spots,
of the last mentioned colour. A black longitudinal band, grey
in the middle, runs along its under surface. The legs are annu-
lated with black. This species was discovered by the naturalist
to whom I have dedicated it, in the environs of Bourdeaux. M.
Dufour has since found it in the most barren mountains of Va-
lencia. It runs with great velocity, the feet being extended late-
rally. Its unguiculated palettes enable it to cling to the smooth-
est surface, and in every possible position. It constructs a
cocoon, which in texture resembles that of the Clotho of Durand,
on the under surface of stones, to which it retires for shelter in
bad weather, to escape from enemies, and to lay its eggs. It is
an oval tent, nearly two inches in diameter, attached to the
6tone in the manner of a marine Patella. It is formed of an
external envelope, consisting of a yellowish taffeta, as line as the
peel of an onion, but rigid, and of an inner lining which is
more supple, softer, and open at both ends. It is from these
openings, which are furnished with valves, that the animal
issues. The cocoon is globular, and placed underneath its
dwelling, so that it can brood over it$ it contains about sixty
eggs.
The same naturalist has described and figured another spe-
cies, the M. a tarses spongieux Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, lxix, 6
which he found on a tree in a garden at Barcelona. From its
habits, however, and some of its characters, I presume that it
belongs to the genus Philodroma of Walckenaer(l).
Senelops, Duf.
The Senelopes form the transition from the preceding genus to
the following one. The jaws are straight or but slightly inclined,
(1) For the other species, see the Tab. des Aran., Walck., and his Hist, des
Aran , fascic. IV, Sparassus roseus, X, the male; lb., fascic. II, viii, the male. I
think we should refer to this subgenus the Jlranea venatoria, L., Sloane's Hist,
of Jam., CCXXV, 1, 2; Nhamdiu, 2? Pison; and another species-from India very-
analogous to the preceding, figured on Chinese drawings and paper-hangings.
PULMONAUI/K. 193
without any lateral sinus, and taper to a point obliquely truncated
on the inner side. The ligula is semicircular like that of the Mi-
crommatae, but the eyes are arranged differently. There are six
before forming a transverse line; the two others are posterior, and
situated one on each side, behind each extremity of the preceding
line. The legs are long; the second pair, and then the third and
fourth, are longer than the first.
The type of the genus, Senelops omalosoma, Dufour, Ann. des
Sc. Phys. V, Ixix, 4, was found by M. Dufour in Valencia, but
it is very rare there. The body is about four lines in length
and very flat, of a greyish red, with cinereous spots; the feet
are annulated with black. The posterior part of the abdomen
seems to exhibit vestiges of annuli, forming on the sides an ap-
pearance of teeth. It lives among rocks, and when escaping
from pursuit flies with the rapidity of an arrow. It is also
found in Syria Collection of M. Labillardiere and in Egypt.
Other species inhabit Senegal, the Cape of Good Hope and the
Isle of France.
Philoduomus, Walck.(l)
The Philodromi differ from the two preceding subgenera in their
jaws, which are inclined on the ligula, which is also higher than it
is wide. The almost equal eyes always form a crescent or semi-
circle. The lateral ones are never placed on tubercles or eminences.
The chelicerae are elongated and cylindrical; the four or two last
legs do not materially differ in length from the others.
According to Walckenaer these animals run with great swiftness,
their legs extended laterally, lie in wait for their prey, throw out
solitary threads to entrap it, and conceal themselves in crevices or
among leaves.
In some the body is broad and flat, the abdomen short and
widened posteriorly, and the four intermediate legs the longest.
Such is the Philo drome tigree; Thomise tigre, Lat.; Araneus
margurilarius, Clerck, VI, iii; Schseff., Icon., lxxi, 8; Frisch,
Ins., Centur., II, xiv; Aranea levipes, L. ? It is about three
lines in length. Its two anterior intermediate eyes and the
four lateral ones are situated on a slight elevation, and the lat-
ter, according to the same naturalist, are somewhat the largest,
or at least are more apparent. The thorax is very wide, flat-
tened, of a reddish fawn colour, brown laterally and posteriorly,
(1) In the first edition of this work, this subgenus formed our first division of
the Thomisi.
Vol. III. Z
194 ARACHNIDES.
and white anteriorly. The abdomen, which forms a kind of
pentagon, is speckled by the red, brown and white hairs which
cover it, and edged laterally with brown; there are four or six
impressed points on the middle of the back. The belly is
whitish, and the legs are long, slender and reddish, with brown
spots.
This species is very common on trees, wooden partitions,
walls, &c, where it remains as if glued, with the feet extended.
If touched, it runs with astonishing rapidity, or falls to the
ground supported by a thread. The cocoon is of a beautiful
white, and contains about a hundred eggs, which are yellow
and free. The female places it in hollows of trees or clefts of
posts, Sec, exposed to the north, and carefully watches it.
The other Philodromi, which, according to the method of M.
Walckenaer, form several small groups, have the body, and some-
times the chelicerae, proportionably longer. The abdomen is some-
times pyriform or ovoid, and sometimes cylindrical. The second
pair of legs and then the first or the fourth are the longest.
Philodromus rombiferus, Walck., Faun. Franc, Aran., VI,
8, the male. Its body is three lines and a half in length and
reddish; the second legs and then the two last are the longest;
sides of the thorax brown; the abdomen ovoid, with a black or
brown lozenge-shaped spot above, bordered with white.
Philodromus oblongus, Walck., lb., tab. ead., fig. 9. This
species, as respects the relative proportion of the legs, and the
disposition of the eyes, belongs to the same division; but the
abdomen is longer and almost cylindrical or forming an elon-
gated cone, with three brown longitudinal streaks and points
on a yellowish ground, which is also the colour of the thorax.
In the middle of the latter are two brown streaks forming an
elongated V.
Th.ese two species inhabit the environs of Paris. For the
other, see the Faune Franeaise, from which we have extracted
the preceding descriptions.
Thomisus, Walck.
The Thomisi differ from the Philodromi in their chelicerae, which
are smaller in proportion and cuneiform, and in their four posterior
legs, which are evidently and even suddenly shorter than the pre-
ceding ones. The lateral eyes are frequently situated on eminences,
while those of the Philodromi are always sessile. Here also the two
posterior lateral ones are further behind than the two that are inter-
mediate on the same line, while in the Thomisi these four eyes are
nearly on a level.
PULMONAltliE. 195
The species of this genus are those more particularly designated
by the name of Crab-Spiders. The males frequently differ greatly
from the females in colour and are much smaller.
Some of them, all exotic(l), have their eyes arranged four by four
on two transverse and almost parallel lines, the posterior of which
is the longest.
In the others, and the greater number, the ensemble of these eyes
represents a crescent, the convex side of which is forwards and out-
wards.
Thomisus globosus; Jlranea globosa, Fab. ; Jlranea irregularis,
Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, fascic. LXXIV, tab. xx, female;
Walck., Faun. Franc, Aran., VI, 4. Three lines long; black;
abdomen globular; red or yellowish all round the back.
Thomisus crisfatus; Clerck, Aran. Suec, pi. 6, tab. vi, size
of the preceding; body grey-reddish, sometimes brown, with
scattered hairs; feet with small spines; lateral eyes largest
and placed on a tubercle; a transverse yellowish stripe on the
front of the thorax; two others of the same colour on the back
forming a V; abdomen rounded, and a yellowish band on the
middle of the back with three indentations on each side. A
common species frequently observed on the ground.
Thomisus citreus', Jlranea citrea, De Geer; Schaeff. Icon. In-
sect., tab. xix, 13. A lemon yellow, with a large abdomen
wider- behind; two red or saffron coloured streaks or spots are
frequently observed on the back. On flowers(2).
A subgenus established by M. Walckenaer, under the name of
STORENA,but which is yet but imperfectly known, should apparently
terminate this section and lead to Oxyopes, which are as nearly allied
to the Crab-Spiders as to the Citigradse. The Storenae have their
jaws inclined on the ligula, which is nearly of the same length, and
forms an elongated triangle; the chelicerse are conical; the two ante-
rior legs, and then the second, longest; the two following ones longer
than the last. The eyes are arranged in three transverse lines, 2,
4, 2; the posterior, with the two intermediate ones of the second lines,
form a small square, and the two anterior ones are distant(3).
Other Aranese whose eyes, always eight in number, extend more.
(1) Thomisus Lamarck, Lat, a species allied to the Jlranea nohilis, Fab.; T.
canceridus, Walck., ejusd.; T. leucosia,- Jlranea regia? Fab.; T. plagusius,-
T. pinnotheres.
(2) See the Tab. des Aran., Walck.; the Faune Franc, Id., and the Ann. des
Sc. Phys., for the Spanish species described by M. Dufour, see also Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist. Nat. second edition, article Thomise.
(3) See Tab. des Aran., Walckenaer, IX, 85, 86. "
196 AUACHNIDES.
along the length of the thorax, than across its breadth, or at least
almost as much in one direction as the other, and which form either
a truncated curvilinear triangle or oval, or a quadrilateral, constitute
a second general division, or the Vagabundje, which I have thus
named to distinguish them from those of the first, or the Sedentariae.
Two or four of their eyes are frequently much larger than the
others; the thorax is large, and the legs robust; those of the fourth
pair and then the two first, or those of the second pair, are usually
the longest.
They make no web, but watch for their prey and seize it, either
by hunting it down, or by suddenly leaping upon it.
We divide them into two sections.
The first, that of the Citigrad/e, is composed of the Araignees-
Loups of authors. The eyes form either a Curvilinear triangle, an
oval, or a quadrilateral, of which, however, the anterior side is
much narrower than the widest part of the thorax. This part of the
body is ovoid, narrowed before, and carinated along the middle of
its length. The legs are usually only fit for running. The jaws
are always straight, and rounded at the end.
Most of the females remain on their cocoon, or carry it with them
at the base of the abdomen, or suspended to the anus. Nothing but
the most extreme necessity will induce them to abandon it, and when
the danger is over, they always return in search of it. They also
take care of their young for a certain period after they are hatched.
Oxyopes, Lat. Sphasus, Walck.
The eyes arranged two by two, on four transverse lines, the two
extreme ones the shortest; they describe a sort of oval, truncated
at each end. The ligula is elongated, narrowest at base, dilated and
rounded towards the end. The first pair of legs is the longest; the
fourth and second are nearly equal; the third is the shortest(l).
Ctenus, Walck.
The eyes arranged in three transverse lines, which become gra-
dually longer 2, 4, 2 and form a sort of curvilinear, reversed tri-
angle, with a truncated apex. The ligula is square, and almost iso-
metrical; the fourth pair of legs, and then the first, are the longest;
the third is the shortest.
(1) Sphasus heterophthalmus, Walck., Hist, des Aran. fasc. Ill, tab. viii, female;
Oxyopes variegatus, Lat.; Sphasus italicus, Walck., lb., Fasc. IV, tab. viii, female;
Oxyopes Uncut us, Lat., Geneiv Crust, et Insect., I, v, 5, female. See article Oxyope,
in the entomological part of the Kncyclop. Method., the Tab. des Aran., Walck.,
and the Faune Francaiso
PULMONARY. 197
This genus was established on a large species found at Cayenne.
Others have since been discovered in the same island and in Brazil,
but none of them have been described.
Dolomedes, Lat.
The eyes, arranged in three transverse lines, 4, 2, 2, form a quad-
rilateral, somewhat wider than long; the two posterior ones are
placed on an elevation. The second pair of legs is as long as or
longer than the first; those of the fourth are still longer. The
ligula is square and as broad as it is high, like that of a Ctenus.
In some, the two lateral eyes of the anterior line are larger than
the two intermediate ones; their abdomen is an oblong oval termi-
nating in a point.
The females construct an infundibuliform, silky nest on the tops
of trees covered with leaves, or on bushes; there they lay their eggs,
and when they go abroad to hunt or are forced to abandon their
retreat, they always bear off their cocoon which is attached to the
base of the abdomen. Clerck says he has seen them spring upon flies
which were buzzing around them(l).
They inhabit the borders of streams, run over their surface with
the most surprizing rapidity, and can even partly enter the water
without becoming wet. The females weave a coarse irregular web,
between the branches of plants, in which they place their cocoon.
They watch.it till the ova are hatched(2).
Lycosa, Lat.
The eyes of the Lycosae also form a quadrilateral, but one as long
or longer than it is wide; the two posterior eyes are not placed on
an elevation. The first pair of legs is evidently longer than the se-
cond, but shorter than the fourth, which, in this respect, surpasses
all the others. The internal extremity of the jaws is obliquely
truncated. The ligula is square but longer than it is broad.
Almost all the Lycosae keep on the ground, where they run with
great swiftness. They inhabit holes accidentally presented to them, or
which they excavate, lining their parietes with silk, and enlarging
them in proportion to their growth. Some establish their domicil
(1) Araneus mirabilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec, pi. v, tab. 10; Aran, rufo-fasciata,
De Geer; Ar. obscura, Fab. See the Faune Francaise Dolomedes sylvains and
the Ann. des Sc. Phys. Dolomede spinimane, Dufour, V, Ixxvi, 3.
(2) Dolomedes marginatus, Walck.; Araneus undatus, Clerck, V, tab. 1; De
Geer, Insect. VII, xvi, fig. 13, 15; Panz., Faun., LXXI, 22; Dolomedes fimbriatus,
Walck.; De Geer, Insect. VII, xvi, 9 11; Araneus fimbriatus, Clerck, V, tab. ix.
These species compose the division of the shore Dolomedes of Walckenaer.
198 ARACHNIDES.
in chinks and cavities in walls, where they form a silken tube co-
vered externally with particles of earth or sand. In these retreats
they change their tegument, and, as it appears, after closing the
opening, pass the winter. There also the females lay their eggs.
When they go abroad they carry their cocoon with them, attached
to the anus by threads. On issuing fuom the egg the young ones
cling to the body of the mother and remain there until they are able
to provide for themselves.
The Lycosse are extremely voracious, and courageously defend
their dwelling.
A species of this genus, the Tarentula, so called from Taren-
tum, a city of Italy, in the environs of which it is common, is
highly celebrated. The poisonous nature of its bite is thought
to produce the most serious consequences, being frequently fol-
lowed by death or Tarentism, results which can only be avoided
by the aid of music and dancing. Well informed persons, how-
ever, think it more necessary in these cases to combat the ter-
rors of the imagination than to apply an antidote to the poison;
medicine at all events presents other means of cure.
Several curious observations on the Lycosa tarentula of the
south of France have been published by M. Chabrier, Acad, de
Lille, fascic. IV.
This genus is very rich in species, which have not as yet, how-
ever, been well characterized.
Lye. tarentula; Aranea tarentula, L., Fab.; Albin, Aran., tab.
xxxix; Senguerd. de Tarent. An inch long; under part of the
abdomen red, crossed in the middle by a black band.
The Tarentula of the south of France Lycose narbonnaise,
Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., I, 1 4, is not quite so large; the
under part of its abdomen is very black and edged all round with
red.
A similar species is found in the environs of Paris, the Lyeose
ouvriere, or L. fabrilis, Clerck, Aran. Suec, pi. 4, tab. ii;
Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., II, 5.
Lye. saccata; Aranea saccata, L.; Araneus amentatus, Clerck,
IV, tab. viii; Lister, tit. 25, f. 25. Small; blackish; carina of
the thorax, obscure reddish, with a cinereous line; a little
bundle of grey hairs at the superior base of the abdomen; legs
of a livid red, varied with blackish spots; the cocoon flat and
greenish very common about Paris(l).
(1) For the other species see the Tabl. and Hist, des Aran, of Walckenaer, and
the Faune Frangaise, Aran., Id. See also the second edition of the Nouv. Diet.
d'Hist. Nat, article Lycose.
PULMONARIiE. 199
We will terminate this section with the subgenus
Mvrmecia, Lat.,
Which seems to lead to the following one, and whose characters
we have detailed in the Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 27. The eyes form
a short and broad trapezium? there are four before in a transverse
line; two others, more internal than the two last of the preceding
ones, form a second transverse line; the last two are behind the two
preceding ones. The chelicerae are stout. The jaws are rounded
and very hairy at the end. The ligula is nearly square; somewhat
longer than broad. The legs are long, and almost filiform; those of
the fourth and first pairs are the longest of all. The thorax seems to
be divided into three parts, of which the anterior is much the larg-
est and square, the two others resemble knots or humps. The abdo-
men is much shorter than the thorax, and is covered with a solid
epidermis, from its origin to the middle.
The Myr. fulva, on which I have established this genus, inha-
bits Brazil; other species however appear to be found in Geor-
gia, United States of America.
In the second section of the Vagabundae, that of the SaltigradjE,
called by others Jlraignees phalanges, the eyes form a large quadrila-
teral, the anterior side of which, or the line formed by the first ones,
extends across the whole width of the thorax; this part of the body
is almost square or semi-ovoid, plane or but slightly convex above,
as wide anteriorly as in the rest of its extent, and descending sud-
denly on the sides. The legs are fitted for running and leaping.
The thighs of the two forelegs are remarkable for their size.
The Araignee a chevrons blancs of Geoffroy, a species of Sal-
ticus very common in summer on walls or windows exposed to
the sun, moves by jerks, stops short after a few steps and raises
itself on its fore legs. If it discover a fly, or particularly a
musquito, it approaches softly, and then darts upon the victim
with a single bound. It leaps fearlessly and perpendicularly on
a wall, being always attached to it by a thread, which lengthens
as it advances. This same filament also supports it in the air,
enables it to ascend to its point of departure, and allows it to be
wafted by the wind from one place to another. Such, gene-
rally, are the habits of the species that belong to this division.
Several construct nests of silk resembling oval sacs open at
both ends, between leaves, under stones, Sec. Thither they re-
tire to change their tegument and to seek shelter in bad weather.
If danger menaces them there, they leave it at once and escape
with speed.
The females construct a sort of tent, which becomes the
200 ARACHNIDES.
cradle of their posterity, and in which the young ones, for a
time, live in common with the mother.
Certain species, resembling Ants, elevate their anterior legs
and make them vibrate with great rapidity.
Singular combats sometimes ensue between the males, but
no fatal issue occurs.
A subgenus established by M. Rafinesque, that of
Tessarops,
Appears to us to approximate closely to the following one in most
of its characters and habits, but to be widely removed from it, if
there be no mistake, in the number of the eyes which is but four.
See Ann. Gener. des Sc. Phys., VIII, p. 88.
A second subgenus, which also is only known to us by description,
is the
Palpimanus, Duf.,
Described by M. Dufour in the Ann. des Sc. Phys., V, Ixix, 5,
and which appears to him to be intermediate between Eresus and
Salticus. The disposition of the eyes is about the same as in the
first of these two subgenera. The ligula is similarly triangular and
pointed, and the jaws are still dilated and rounded at the end; but
according to M. Dufour, they are inclined and not straight like
those of the Eresi. The terminal joint of the anterior tarsi is in-
serted laterally and has no hooks.
He describes one species, the Palpimane bossu. It never
jumps, walks slowly, and is found under stones in Valencia,
where, however, it is extremely rare.
A new species has been discovered by M. Lefevre in Sicily,
which appears to me to belong to this genus.
In the two following subgenera there are always eight eyes; the
jaws are straight.
Eresus, Walck.
Four eyes forming a small trapezium near the middle of the ante-
rior extremity of the thorax, the other four on its sides forming a
similar but much larger figure. The ligula is triangular and point-
ed. The tarsi are terminated by three hooks(l).
(1) Eresus cinnaberinus, Walck.; Jlranea quatuor -guttata, Ross., Faun. Etrusc,
II, 1, 8, 9; Coqueb., lllust. Icon. Insect., dec. HI, xxvii, 12; Aranca nigra, Petag\,
Specim. Insect. Calab. M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Phys., has described two Spanish
species; one of them the Eresus acanthophilus VI, xcv, 3, 4 is my Erese raye of
PULMONARIiE. 201
Salticus, Lat. Jlttus, Walck.
Four eyes, the two intermediate of which are the largest, on the
anterior part of the thorax in a transverse line, and the others near
its lateral edges, two on each side; they also form a large square
open behind, or a parabola. The ligula is very obtuse or truncated
on the summit. There are but two hooks to the extremity of the
tarsi. Several of the males have very large chelicerae.
The thorax of some is very thick and sloping, (en talus) and much
inclined at base.
Salt. Sloanei; Jlranea sanguinolenta, L. Black; a white line
formed by down on each side of the thorax; the abdomen of a
cinnabar-red, with an elongated black spot on the middle of the
back. South of France, on stones(l).
The thorax of the others is much flattened, insensibly sloping at
its base.
Sometimes their body is simply oval, and furnished with hairs or
thick down; the legs short and robust.
Saltique chevronne; Jlranea scenica, L.; Jlraignee a chevrons,
Geoff".; Jlraignee a bandes blanches, De Geer, Insect., VII, xvii,
8, 9. About two lines and a half long; above, black; margin
of the thorax, and three lines en chevron on the top of the ab-
domen, white. Very common(2).
Sometimes the body is narrow, elongated, almost cylindrical and
shorn ; the legs long and slender.
Salt, formicarius; Jlranea formicaria, De Geer, Insect., VII,
xviii, 1, 2; Jltte fourmi, Walck., Faun. Franc., Aran., V, 1
3. Reddish; fore part of the thorax black; black band and two
white spots on the abdomen(3).
the Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat.; the other, Eresus imperialis V, lxix, 2 is closely
allied to the JLranea nigra, Petagna, above quoted. These two species are figured
in the Faune Frangaise, Aran., pi. IV, 3, 4, 5. See also on same plate, fig. 7, the
Erese cinabre.
( 1 ) This division comprizes the following Atti of Walckenaer: bicolor, chaly-
beus, niger, cupreus, muscorum, the Jlranea gossipes, De Geer.
(2) Add, Jlttus tardigradus, Walck., Hist, des Aran., V, iv, female. See his
Tabl. des Aran.
(3) For the remaining species of this subgenus, see the Aran, of the Faune
Frangaise. M. Walckenaer, author of that portion of the work, in his Tabl. des
Aran., mentions a species enclosed in amber.
Vol. III. 2 A
202 AUACHNIDES.
FAMILY II.
PEDIPALPI.
In the second family of the Arachnides Piilmonariae, we find
very large palpi, resembling projecting arms, terminated by a
forceps or a claw; didactyle cheliceras, one finger of which
is movable ; an abdomen composed of very distinct segments,
without fusi at the extremity ; and the sexual organs placed
at the base of the abdomen. The whole body is invested with
a firm tegument ; the thorax consists of a single piece, and
exhibits three or two simple eyes, approximated or grouped,
near the anterior angles ; and near the middle of its anterior
extremity, or posteriorly, but in the median line, two others
equally simple and approximated. There are four or eight
pulmonary sacs. Those which form the genus
Tarantula, Fab.,
Have their abdomen attached to their thorax by a pedicle, or por-
tion of their transverse diameter; it has no pectinated laminae at its
base, nor sting at its extremity. Their stigmata, four in number,
are situated near the origin of the venter, and are covered with a
plate. Their chelicerse (mandibles) are simply terminated by a
movable hook. Their ligula is elongated, very narrow, and con-
cealed. They have but two jaws, which are formed by the first
joint of their palpi.
They all have eight eyes, of which three, on each side and near the
anterior angles, form a triangle; and two near the middle at the
anterior margin are placed on a common tubercle or little elevation,
one on each side. The palpi are spinous. The tarsi of the two
anterior legs differ from the others, being formed of numerous seta-
ceous or filiform joints, and without a terminal nail.
They are confined to the hottest portions of Asia and America.
Their habits are unknown to us. They now constitute two subge-
nera.
Phhynus, Oliv.
Palpi terminating in a claw; the body much flattened; thorax
broad, and almost in 1 the form of a crescent; abdomen ecaudate, and
PULMONARY. 203
the two anterior tarsi very long and slender, resembling setaceous
antennae(l).
Thelyphonus, Lat.
The Thelyphoni are distinguished from the preceding subgenus
by their shorter, thicker palpi, terminated by a forceps or by two
united fingers; by their long body with its oval thorax, and the ex-
tremity of the abdomen furnished with an articulated seta forming a
tail. Their anterior tarsi are short, of a uniform appearance, and
composed of few articulations(2).
The others have their abdomen intimately united to the
thorax throughout its entire width, presenting, at its inferior
base, two movable pectiniform laminae, and terminated by a
knotted tail armed with a terminal sting. Their stigmata,
eight in number, are exposed, and arranged four by four
along the belly ; their chelicerae are terminated by two fin-
gers, of which the exterior is movable. They form the genus
Scorpio, Lin., Fab.
Scorpions have an elongated body, suddenly terminated by a long
slender tail formed of six joints, the last of which terminates in an
arcuated and excessively acute point or sting, which affords issue to
a venomous fluid contained in an internal reservoir, forming a long
square, and usually marked in the middle by a longitudinal sulcus,
presenting on each side, and near its anterior extremity, three or
two simple eyes, forming a curved line, and near the middle of the
back two others, also. simple, which are approximated. The palpi
are very large, with a forceps at the extremity resembling a hand;
their first joint forms a concave and rounded jaw. There is a tri-
angular appendage at the origin of each of the four anterior legs,
which (appendages) by their approximation have the appearance of
a quadripartite lip; the two lateral divisions, however, may be con-
sidered as a kind of jaws, the remaining two forming the ligula.
(1) Phalangium reniforme, L.; Pall. Spic. Zool. fascic. IX, iii, 5, 6; Herbst.
Monog. Phal., Ill; East Indies, the Sechelles; Herbst., lb., IV, 1, South America;
Tarantula reniformis, Fab.; Pall. Spic. Zool., IX, iii, 3, 4; Herbst. lb. V, 1; ejusd.
IV, 2, var.? the Antilles. .
(2) Phalangium caudatum, L.; Pall. Spic. Zool- fascic. IX, iii, 1, 2, from Java.
South America produces another species described and figured in the Jour, de
Phys. et d'Hist. Nat., 1777; the inhabitants of Martinique call it the Vinaigrier.
A third species, smaller than the preceding ones, and with fulvous feet, inhabits
the peninsula beyond the Ganges.
204 ARACHNIDES.
The abdomen is composed of twelve annuli, those of the tail included,'
the first is divided into two parts, of which the anterior bears the
sexual organs, and the other the two combs. These appendages are
composed of a principal, narrow, elongated and articulated piece,
movable at base, and furnished along its inner side with a suite of
little hollow laminae, united to it by an articulation, that are nar-
row, elongated, parallel, and similar to the teeth of a comb; their
number is more or less considerable according to the species; it
varies to a certain extent, and perhaps with age, in the same spe-
cies. No positive experiment has yet determined the use of these
appendages. The four following annuli have each a pair of pulmo-
nary sacs and stigmata. Directly after the sixth, the abdomen
becomes suddenly narrowed, and the remaining six, under the form
of joints, compose the tail. All the tarsi are alike, and consist of
three joints, with two hooks at the end of the last. The four last
legs have a common base, and the first joint of the hip is soldered;
the two last are even partly fixed against the abdomen.
The two nervous cords, proceeding from the brain, unite at in-
tervals and form seven ganglions, the last of which belong to the
tail. In all other Arachnides, there are never more than three.
The eight stigmata open into as many white bursae, each contain-
ing a great number of very slender, small laminae, between which
it is probable that the air passes. A muscular vessel extends along
the back, and communicates with each bursa by two branches(l); it
also distributes vessels to every part of the animal. The intestinal
canal is straight and slender. The liver is composed of four pairs
of glandular clusters, which pour their humour into the intestine
at four points. The male has two copulating organs arising
near the combs, and the female has two vulvae. The latter open into
a matrix consisting of several inter-communicating canals, which
in the proper period are found filled with living young ones; the
testes are also formed of some anastomosing vessels(2).
These Arachnides inhabit the hot countries of both hemispheres,
live on the ground, conceal themselves under stones and other bo-
dies, most commonly in ruins, dark and cool places, and even in
houses. They run with considerable swiftness, curving their tail
over their back. They can turn it in every direction, and use it for
the purposes of attack and defence. With their forceps they seize
(1) See our preceding remarks on the circulation of the Arachnides Pulmo-
narix.
(2) For the anatomy of* the Scorpion, see Treviranus, Marcel de Serres, and
Leon Dufour, Journ. de Phys., June 181T.
PULMONARI/E. 205
Onisci and various insects, Carabici, Orthoptera, &c, on which
they feed, pierce them with their sting by directing it forwards, and
then pass their prey through their chelicerae and jaws. They are
particularly fond of the eggs of Spiders and of Insects.
The wound occasioned by the sting of the europseus is not usually
dangerous. That of the Scorpion of Souvignargues, of Maupertius,
of the species which I have named Roussatre (occitanus), and which
is larger than the preceding one, according to the experiments of
Dr Maccary courageously tried upon himself, produces serious and
alarming symptoms; the older the animal the more active seems to
be the poison. The remedy employed is the volatile alkali, used
externally and internally.
Some naturalists have asserted that the European species produce
two generations in the year. That which appears to me to be the
most unequivocally ascertained, occurs in August. The female in
coitu is laid on her back. According to Maccary she changes her
tegument previous to the production of her young. The male ex-
periences a similar alteration at the same epoch.
The young are produced at various intervals. The mother car-
ries them on her back for several days, during which time she never
leaves her retreat, and watches over them for a month, when they
are strong enough to establish themselves elsewhere and provide for
their subsistence. Two years are required to qualify them for con-
tinuing their species.
Some have eight eyes; they form the genus Buthus of Leach.
S. afer, L., Fab.; African Scorpion, Roes., Insect., 3, Ixv;
Herbst. , Monog. Scorp., 1. Five or six inches long, and of a
blackish brown; the forceps large, cordate, rough and some-
what hairy; anterior edge of the thorax deeply emarginate;
thirteen teeth to each comb. From the East Indies, Ceylon.
S. roussatre; S. occitanus, Amor.; S. tunetanus, Herbst.
Monog. Scorp. Ill, 3; Buthus occitanus, Leach, Zool. Miscell.,
cxliii. Yellowish or reddish; tail rather longer than the body,
with elevated and finely crenulated lines. Upwards of twenty-
eight teeth fifty-two to sixty-five, Maccary to each comb.
From the south of Europe, Barbary, Sec. Very common in
Spain.
The others have but six eyes; they compose the genus Scorpio,
properly so called, of the same naturalist.
S. europasus, L., Fab.; Herbst. Monog. Scorp., Ill, 1, 2.
Brown, more or less dark; legs and last joint of the tail paler or
yellowish; forceps cordate and angular; nine teeth to each comb.
From the extreme southern and eastern departments of France.
206 ARACHNIDES.
ORDER II.
TRACHEARItE.
The Arachnid es which compose this order differ from those
of the preceding one in their organs of respiration, which
consist of radiated or ramified trache(l), that only receive
air through two stigmata; in the absence of an organ of circu-
lation^) ; and in the number of their eyes, which is but from
(1) The trachese are vessels which receive the aerial fluid and distribute it to
every part of the interior of the body, and thus remedy the want of circulation.
They are of two kinds. Those that are tubular or clastic are formed of three
membranes, the intermediate of which is composed of a cartilaginous elastic fila-
ment spirally contorted; the two others are cellular. The vesicular trachea: consist
of but two membranes of the latter description. They are a kind of pneumatic
pouches susceptible of being inflated and depressed. Aquatic Insects, and others
that are aerial, are deprived of them. They communicate with each other by
tubular tracheae. In several of the Orthoptera, where they are well developed,
cartilaginous arches, formed by appendages of the inferior semi-annuli of the abdo-
men, give points of attachment to the muscles which form them. The branchiae
are divided into two principal trunks which extend longitudinally throughout the
body, one on each side, receiving air through lateral openings or stigmata, and
then throwing off" numerous branches and twigs which disti'ibute it. In several
Insects, however, there are two other trunks more or less long, situated between
the two preceding ones and communicating with them. M. Marcel de Serres
distinguishes them by the term pulmonary trachese: the others he calls arterial
trachex. He also distinguishes two sorts of stigmata: one kind, or the ordinary
stigmata, simple, and consisting of two membranous lips, furnished with trans-
verse stria: or fibres, and opening merely by contraction; the others, which he
calls tremaeres, are formed of one or two (usually two) horny, movable pieces,
opening and closing like shutters. De Geer Descript., Gryllus migratorius
compares them to eye-lids. They are peculiar to certain Orthoptera, and their
position shows them to be the stigmata of the mesothorax. M. Leon Dufour
Ann. des Sc. Nat., May 1826 has given excellent figures of these various kinds of
stigmata, but without employing the names of the preceding authors. It would
appear from his description of the abdominal stigmata, that they have the charac-
ters of the tremaeres, while those which he afterwards describes as different, are
the ordinary stigmata. Our own opinion is that these differences are mere simple
modifications of the lips. Reaumur, Mem., I, iv, 16, has figured a stigma of this
latter kind, where the lips have an internal border, which, from all appearances,
must be corneous. By supposing them to be almost entirely of this nature, we
have the tremaere of M. de Serres. Certain aquatic larva: have a peculiar respi-
ratory apparatus, of which we shall speak hereafter.
(2) The presence of trachese excludes a complete circulation, that is to say,
TRACHEA UliE. 207
two to four(l). The want of sufficiently general anatomical
observations, has prevented the limits of this order from
being rigorously determined. Some of these Arachnides, the
Pycnogonides for instance, exhibit no stigmata; their mode of
respiration is unknown.
The Trachearise are very naturally divided into those which
are furnished with chelicera?, terminated by two fingers,
one of which is movable, or by one that is equally so; and
into those where these organs are replaced by simple laminae,
or lancets, which with the ligula constitute a sucker. Most
of these animals, however, being very small, great difficulties
necessarily accompany these investigations, and it is readily
perceived that such characters should only be resorted to
when it is impossible to avoid it.
FAMILY I.
PSEUDO-SCORPIONES.
In this family we find the thorax articulated, its first seg-
ment much the largest, and resembling a corselet ; the abdomen
is very distinct and annulated, and the palpi very large and in
the form of legs or claws. There are eight legs in each sex,
with two equal hooks at the extremity of the tarsi, the two
anterior ones, at most, excepted, and two apparent chelicerse
terminated by two fingers and two toes, formed by the first
joint of the palpi. They are all terrestrial, and have an oval
or oblong body. This family comprehends but two genera.
the distribution of the blood to the different parts of the body, and its return from
the organs of respiration to the heart. Thus, although some vessels have recently
been discovered in certain Insects Phasma: and, although they may possibly
exist in various Arachnides Trachearise, it does not exclude them from the general
system. M. M. de Serres has observed that the intestinal tube of the Phalangium
gives off numerous caeca or vermiform appendages, which seem to have some
analogy with the hepatic vessels, and that the tracheae ramify over them ad infi-
nitum.
(1) According to Mullcr the Hydrachuu umbrata has six eyes: but may this
not have arisen from an optical illusion or some mistake?
208 ARACHNIDES.
Galeodes, Oliv. Solpuga, Licht., Fab.
Two very large chelicerae, with strongly dentated vertical fingers, one
superior, fixed, and frequently furnished at its base with a slender,
elongated, pointed appendage(l), and the other movable; large pro-
jecting palpi in the form of feet or antennae, terminated by a short,
vesicular joint, resembling a button without a terminal hook; the two
anterior feet of an almost similar figure, equally unarmed, but
smaller; the others terminated by a tarsus, the last joint of which is
furnished at the end with two little pellets, and two long toes termi-
nated by a hook; five semi-infundibuliform pediculated scales on
each posterior leg, arranged in one series along their first joints;
and two eyes closely approximated on an eminence anterior to the
first thoracic segment, which represents a large head bearing the
two anterior feet, as well as the parts of the mouth.
Their body is oblong, generally soft, and bristled with long hairs.
The last joint of the palpi, according to M. Dufour, contains a par-
ticular organ formed like a disk, of a nacre-white, and which never
protrudes unless the animal is irritated. The two anterior feet may
be considered as second palpi. The labrum has the form of a little,
strongly compressed, recurved rostrum, pointed and hairy at the end.
The ligula is small, shaped like a keel, and is terminated by two
divergent, bearded setae, each posted on a little joint. The other
pairs of legs are annexed to as many segments. I have perceived a
large stigma on each side of the body, between the first and second
pair of legs, as well as a slit at the base of the inferior part of the
abdomen. The abdomen is oval, and composed of nine annuli.
It is supposed that the ancients designated these animals by the
names of Phalangium, Solifuga, Tetragnatha, Sec. M. Poe disco-
vered a species in the environs of Havana, but the others are pecu-
liar to the hot and sandy countries of the eastern continent(2). They
run with great celerity, erect their head when surprised, and show
signs of resistance; they are considered venomous(3).
(1) I do not think it is peculiar to either sex.
(2) Our author does not seem aware of the fact that two species of this genus
have been discovered by Mr Say near the Rocky Mountains: they are, 1. Gal.pal-
lipes, Say. Hairy; chelicerae horizontal; fingers arcuated; abdomen sub-depressed,
livid. 2. Gal. subulata, Id. Hairy; chelicerae horizontal; thumb nearly rectilinear
and destitute of teeth; resembles the pallipes in form, size, and colour, but the
superior finger of the chelicerx is unarmed and rectilinear, and the inferior arcu-
ated with about two stout teeth. Long's Expedition, II, p. 3. Jim- Ed.
(3) Solpugu fatalis, Fab.; Herbst, Monog., Solp. I, i, Bengal; #. chelicornis,
TRACHEA HUE. 209
Chelifer, Geoff. Obisium, Illig.
The palpi elongated, in the form of an arm, with a hand terminated
by a didactyle forceps; all the legs equal, terminated by two hooks;
the eyes placed on the sides of the thorax.
These animals resemble small Scorpions destitute of a tail. Their
body is flattened, and the thorax nearly square, with one or two eyes
on each side.
They run swiftly, and frequently retrograde or move sideways
like Crabs. Roesel saw one female lay her eggs and collect them
into a heap. Hermann, Sen. says that she carries them under her
abdomen, united in a pellet. He is even of the opinion that these
Arachnides can spin.
Hermann, Jun. Mem. Apter. divides this genus into two sec-
tions.
In some Chelifer, Leach the first segment of the trunk or
thorax is divided by an impressed transverse line; the tarsi consist
of a single joint; there is a kind of stylet at the extremity of the mo-
vable finger of the chelicerae, and the hairs of the body are shaped
like a spatula.
Ch. cancroides; Phalangium cancroides, L.; Scorpio cancroides,
Fab.; Roes., Insect. Ill, Supp. LXIV, vulgo Book- Scorpion.
Found in herbaria, old books, &c, where it feeds on the small
insects that destroy them.
Ch. cimicoides; Scorpio cimicoides, Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter.,
VII, 9. Inhabits under bark of trees, stones, &c.
In others Obisium, Leach the thorax is entire, the chelicerae
are destitute of a stylet, and the hairs on the body are setaceous(l).
A more important character however is found in the number of
eyes. In Obisium it is four, and but two in Chelifer properly so
called(2).
Fab.; Herbst. Ib. ; II, 1; Phalangium araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., fascic. IX,
iii, 7, 8, 9. See also the Monog. of this genus by Herbst., and the Voy. of Pallas
and Olivier.
(1) Herm., Mem. Apter., V, 6; VI, 14.
(2) See Leach, Monog. of the Scorpions, Zool. Miscell. Ill, tab. 141, 142; and
a memoir on the Insects found in copal by M. Dalman, where he describes and
figures a species under the name of eucarpus, and mentions several others.
Vol. III. 2 B
210 AUACHNIDES.
FAMILY II.
PYCNOGONIDES.
The trunk, in this family, is composed of four segments,
occupying nearly the whole length of the body and terminated
at each extremity by a tubular joint, the anterior of which is
the largest, sometimes simple, and sometimes accompanied by
chelicerse and palpi, or only one kind of these organs, that
constitutes the mouth(l ). There are eight legs in both sexes,
formed for running, but the female is furnished with two ad-
ditional false ones, placed near the two anterior, and solely
destined to carry her eggs.
The Pycnogonides are marine animals(2), analogous either
to the Cyami and the Caprellse, or to the Arachnides of the
genus Phalangium, where Linnseus placed them. Their body
is commonly linear, with very long legs, composed of eight or
nine joints, terminated by two unequal hooks which appear
to form but one, and the smallest of which is cleft. The first
segment of the body, which replaces the head and mouth,
forms a projecting tube, cylindrical or in the form of a trun-
cated cone, with a triangular aperture at its extremity. The
chelicerse and palpi are placed at its base. The former are
cylindrical or linear, simply prehensile, and composed of two
joints the last of which is a forceps, the inferior finger or the
one that is fixed being sometimes shorter than the other.
The palpi are filiform, and consist of five or nine joints, with
a terminal hook. Each of the following segments, the last
excepted, bears a pair of legs(3); but the first, or the one arti-
(1) On the siphon of a large species of Phoxichilus brought from the Cape of
Good Hope by the late M. Delalande, I observed longitudinal sutures, so that it
appears to me to be composed of the labrum, ligula, and two jaws, all soldered
together. In this case the palpi belong to the jaws.
(2) According to Savigny they form the transition from the Arachnides to the
Crustacea. We place them here, but with some hesitation.
(3) M. Milne Edwards, who has investigated the anatomy of these animals on
the living subject, has told me that in the interior of these organs he observed
TRACHEARL<E. 211
eulated with the mouth, has a tubercle on the back, on which
are placed two eyes on each side, and beneath, in the females
only, two additional small folded legs, bearing the eggs which
are collected around them in one or two pellets. The last
segment is small, cylindrical and perforated by a little orifice
at the extremity. No vestige of stigmata can be perceived.
They are found among marine plants, sometimes under
stones near the beach, and occasionally also on the Cetacea.
Pycnogonum, Brun., Mull., Fab.
The chelicerae and palpi wanting; length of the feet hardly greater
than that of the body, which is proportionally thicker and shorter
than in the following genera. They live on the Cetacea(l).
Phoxichilus, Lat.
The palpi wanting, as in the Phoxichili; but the legs are very long,
and there are two chelicerse(2).
Nymphon, Fab.
The Nymphones resemble the Phoxichili in the narrow and ob-
long form of their body, the length of their legs, and in the presence
of chelicerae; but they have, besides, two palpi(3).
lateral expansions of the intestinal canal, or caeca. I have, in fact, observed traces
of them under the form of blackish vessels, in various Nymphones. This induces
me to believe that these animals respire by the skin, a character by which we
might form them into a particular order, and one perhaps intermediate between
the Arachnides and Apterous Insects of the order of the Parasita.
(1) Mull. Zool. Dan., CXIX, 1012, the female. Found on our coast by MM.
Surirey and d'Orbigny.
(2) Refer to this genus the Pycnogonum spinipes of Othon Fabricius, his variety
of the P. grossipes, without antennae; the Phalangium aculeatum,- the spinosum
Montag., Lin. Trans.; the Nymphon femoratum of the Acts of the Soc- of Nat. Hist,
of Copenhag., 1797; the Nymphon hirtum, Fab., which perhaps does not differ
from the Phal. spinipes and spinosum above quoted.
(3) Pycnogonum grossipes, Oth. Fab.; Mull., Zool. Dan., CXIX, 59, the fe-
male; to compare with the Nymph, gracile and femoratum, Leach, Zool. Miscell.,
XIX, 1, 2. His genus Jhnmothea JL. carolinensis, lb. differs from Nymphon in
the chelicerse which are much shorter than the mouth, the first segment or radical
joint being very small. The palpi consist of nine joints, while those of the Nym-
phones have but five. In this genus, as well as in Phoxichilus and Pycnogonum, the
second joint of the tarsi is very short. The tubercle on which the eyes are placed,
is sometimes situated on an elevation which projects above the base of the ante-
rior segment or the mouth.
212 ARACHNIDES.
FAMILY III.
HOLETRA(I).
The trunk and abdomen are here united in one mass, under
a common epidermis, or at most, the thorax is divided by a
strangulation, and the abdomen, in some, merely exhibits an
appearance of annuli, formed by the plicae of the abdomen.
The anterior extremity of their body frequently projects
in the form of a snout or rostrum ; most of them have eight
legs, and the remainder six(2).
This family consists of two tribes. In the first or the Pha-
langita, Lat., we observe very apparent chelicerce which
either project in front of the trunk, or are inferior, and always
terminating in a didactyle forceps, preceded by one or two
joints.
They have two filiform palpi, composed of five joints, the
last of which is terminated by a small nail ; two distinct eyes ;
two jaws formed by the prolongation of the radical joint of
the palpi, and frequently four more(3), which are also a mere
dilatation of the hip of the two first pairs of legs. The body
is oval or rounded, and covered, the trunk at least, with a
firmer skin ; there is also an appearance of annuli or plicae on
the abdomen. The legs, of which there are always eight, are
long, and distinctly divided, like those of Insects(4). At the
(1) Holetiia, Hermann.
(2) The Trombidium longipcs, Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter., pi. I, 8, is repre-
sented with ten legs, the two first very long. He allows but eight in the text.
(3) If we suppose that the two superior jaws, with their palpi, represent the
mandibles of the Crustacea Dccapoda, the other four will also represent the jaws
of the same animals, and the two jaws and inferior lip of the triturating (Broycurs)
Tnsects. From M. Marcel de Serres we learn that the ganglion which immediately
follows the brain, is opposite to the third pair of legs, Which, according to these
approximations, are analogous to the first pair in Insects; now, there also we find
the same ganglion in the latter. See Myriapotla.
(4) The hips, thighs, tibiae, and tarsi are the same as in the preceding families.
Hut the legs of the Arachnides Trachearix are composed of short joints, whose rela-
TRACIIEAR1/E. 213
origin of the two posterior legs, at least in several Phalan-
gium are two stigmata, one on each side, but hidden by their
hips.
Most of them live on the ground, at the foot of trees, and
on plants, and are very active; others conceal themselves
under stones and in moss. Their sexual organs are internal,
and placed under the mouth.
Phalangium, Lin., Fab.
The chelicerae projecting, much shorter than the body; eyes placed
on a common tubercle.-
Their legs are very long and slender, and when detached from the
body show signs of irritability for a few moments. The two sexes
in coitu are placed opposite to each other; this occurs at the latter
end of summer. The penis of the male is formed like a dart, and
has a demi-sagiltal termination. The female has a filiform, flexible,
annulated and membranous oviduct. The tracheae are tubular.
Ph. cornuticm, L., the male; Opilio, Id., the female; Kerbst.,
Monog. Phal., I, 3, the male; lb., 1, the female. Body oval,
reddish or cinereous above; black beneath; palpi long; two
ranges of small spines on the ocular tubercles, and spines on
the thighs; corneous chelicerae in the males; a blackish band
with a festooned margin on the back of the female(l).
A celebrated English entomologist, M. Kirby, under the name of
Gonoleptes, has formed a particular genus of the species with spi-
nous palpi, the two last joints of which are nearly equal, sub-oval,
and terminated by a stout nail, and in which the hips of the two
posterior legs are very large, soldered, and form a plate under the
body. These legs are separated from the others and placed be-
hind(2). In Phalangium properly so called, the palpi are filiform,
spineless, and terminated by a joint much longer than the preceding
one, with a little terminal hook. All the legs are approximated,
with similar coxae contiguous at their origin. Such are all the
species indigenous to Europe.
tive proportions differ very gradually, so that these distinctions of parts are less
apparent.
(1) See the Monograph of this genus, published by Latreille at the end of the
Histoire des Fourmis, and those of Herbst., and Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter-
(2) Gonoleptes horridus, Lin. Trans., XII, xxii, 16; from Brazil.
214 ARACHNIDES.
Siro, Lat.
Projecting chelicerse nearly as long as the body; eyes separated and
placed on different insulated tubercles(l).
Macrocheles, Lat.
Extremely salient and very long chelicerse; but the eyes null or sess-
ile; the two anterior legs very long and antenniform; the top of the
body forming a plate or scale without distinct annuli.
To this genus I refer the Acarus marginatus and the Ac. testudi-
narius, of Hermann, Jun., Mem. Apter.,p. 76, pi. vi, fig. 6, and p.
80, pi. ix, fig. 1.
Trogulus, Lat.
Anterior extremity of the body projecting like a clypeus, and re-
ceiving the chelicerse and other parts of the mouth into an inferior
cavity.
The body is flat and covered with a very firm skin(2).
In the second tribe of the Holetra, that of the Acarides,
we sometimes find chelicerse, but they are simply formed of
a single forceps, either didactyle or monodactyle, and are
hidden in a sternal lip; sometimes there is a sucker formed of
united lancets; or finally the mouth consists of a simple cavity
without any apparent appendages. This tribe is composed
of the genus
Acarus, Lin.
Most of these animals are very small or nearly microscopical.
They are observed everywhere. Some of them are errant, and of
these some are found under stones, leaves, the bark of trees, in
the earth, in water, dried meat, old cheese, and putrescent ani-
mal matters. Others are parasitical, living on the skin or in the
flesh of various animals, which they often, by their excessive multi-
plication, reduce to a state of great debility. The origin of certain
(1) Sirorubens, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 2; Jicarus crassipes, Herm.,
Mem. Apter., Ill, 6, and IX, Q. N.
(2) Trogulus nepseformis, Lat. Gener. Crust, and Insect., I, vi, 1,- Phalangium
tricarinatum,!.. South of France, Spain.
TKACHEARIJE. 215
diseases, such as the itch, is attributed to particular species. The
experiments of Dr Galet prove that if the Acari of the human psora
be placed on the body of a perfectly healthy person, they will inocu-
late him with the virus of that disorder. Various species of Acari
are also found on Insects, and some of the Coleoptera that feed on ca-
daverous or excrementitious substances are frequently covered with
them. They have even been observed in the brain and eye of Man.
The Acari, or Mites as they are vulgarly termed, are oviparous,
and excessively prolific. Several of them at first have but six legs,
the remaining two being developed shortly after. Their tarsi ter-
minate in various ways according to their habits.
Some Acarides, Lat. or the Acari proper, have eight legs,
solely destined for walking, and chelicerae.
Trombidium, Fab.
The chelicerae monodactyle, or terminated by a movable hook;
salient palpi, pointed at the end, with a movable appendage or spe-
cies of finger under their extremity; two eyes, each placed on a lit-
tle immovable pedicle. The body is divided into two parts, the first
of which, or the anterior, is very small, and bears the two first pair
of legs, together with the eyes and mouth.
Tromb. holosericeum, Fab.; Herm., Mem. Apter., pi. I, 2, and
II, 1. Very common in gardens in the spring; blood-red; ab-
domen nearly scpuare, posteriorly narrowed, with an emargina-
tion; the back loaded with papillae, hairy at base, and globular
at the extremity.
Tromb. tinctorium, Fab.; Herm. Apter., I, 1. Three or four
times the size of the preceding; it furnishes a red dye. The
East Indies(l).
Erythrjeus, Lat.
The chelicerae and palpi of Trombidium; but the eyes are not
placed on pedicles, neither is the body divided(2).
Gamasus, Lat. Fab.
Didactyle chelicerae; very distinct or projecting filiform palpi.
The superior surface of the body, in some, is either wholly or
partially invested with a scaly skin(3").
(1) T. fuliginosum, Herm. Mem. Apt. I, 3; T. bicolor, lb. II, 2; T. assimile,
lb., 3; T. curtipcs, lb., 4; T. trigonum, lb., 5; T. trimaculatum, lb., 6.
(2) Erylhrxus phulangioides, Lat.; Trombidium phalangioides, Herm., lb., I,
10; Trombidium quisquiliarum, lb., 9; Tromb. parietinum, lb., 12; T. pusil-
lum, lb., II, 4; T murorum, lb., 5.
(3) Gamasus marginatum, Lat..- Jlcarus marginatus, Herm., Mem. Apter., VI, 6,
216 ARACHNIDES.
The body is entirely soft in the remainder. Several species of
this division live on Birds and Quadrupeds. Some are known;
such as the
Gam. tclarius; Jic. telarius, Fab.; which form extremely fine
webs on the leaves of several plants, particularly of the Elm, and
are very injurious to them. This particular species is reddish,
with a blackish spot on each side of the abdomen.
Cheyletus, Lat.
Didactyle chelicerse; but the palpi are thick, resemble arms, and
have a falciform termination(l).
Oribata, Lat. N'otaspis, Herm.
The chelicerae are also didactyle in the Oribatse, but their palpi
are very short or concealed; their body is invested by a firm, cori-
aceous or scaly skin resembling a shield, and their legs are long
or moderate.
The anterior part of the body projects into a snout, and an ap-
pearance of a thorax is often observable. The tarsi, in some, are
terminated by a single hook, and in others by two or three, without
any vesicular pellet.
They are found on stones, trees, and in moss; their gait is slo\v(2).
Uropoda, Lat.
Judging from analogy, we presume that the Uropodse are fur-
nished with forceps-like chelicerse. Their palpi are not apparent;
their body, still covered with a scaly skin, has but very short legs,
and a filament at the anus, by means of which they attach them-
selves to certain coleopterous Insects, suspending themselves in the
air(3).
found on the corpus callosum of the human brain; Trombidium longipes, Herm.,
lb., I, 8; Acarus coleoptratorum , Fab.; De Geer, Mem. Insect., VII, vi, 5; Acarus
hirundinis, Herm., lb., I, 13; Ac. vespertilionis, lb., 14; Trombidium bipustula-
tum, lb., II, 10; Tromb. socium, lb., II, 13; Tromb. tiliarium, lb., 12; Tromb.
lelarium, lb., 15 : these three species live in society on leaves, covering 1 them with
extremely fine and silky filaments; Tromb. cekr, lb., 14; Acurus gallinse, De
Geer, Insect., VII, vi, 13.
(1) Acarus eruditus, Schrank., Enum. Insect. Aust., No. 1058, Tab. II, 1; ejusd.,
peciculus musculi, lb., No. 1024, I, 5.
(2) See Hermann, Mem. Apter., genus Notaspis; and Olivier, Encyc. Method.,
Insect., article Oribate.
(3) Acarus vegetans, De Geer, Insect., VII, vii, 15. The Acarus spinitarsus,
Herm. Mem. Apter. VI, vi, 5, perhaps forms a genus intermediate between this
and the preceding one.
TRACHEARI;. 217
Acarus, Fab. Lat. Sarcoptes, Lat.
Two didactyle cheliceras, and very short or concealed palpi, as in
the preceding; but the body very soft or without a scaly crust.
The tarsi have a vesicular pellet at their extremity. Several spe-
cies live on the food of Man, and others are found in his psoraic
ulcers, and in those of the Horse, Dog, and Cat(l).
Others, called Ticks Ricini^e, Lat. also have eight legs, solely
adapted for running, but are destitute of cheiicerae, properly so
called; they are replaced, however, by two lancet-like blades, which,
with the ligula, form a sucker.
Sometimes they have distinct eyes, and salient, filiform, free palpi;
a sucker composed of membranous parts, and entire; and a very soft
body. They are errant animals.
Bdella, Lat. Fab. Scirus, Herm.
Elongated palpi, bent into an elbow, with setae or hairs at the ex-
tremity; four eyes; the posterior legs longest; sucker projecting in
the form of a conical or subulate rostrum. Found under stones,
bark of trees, and in moss.
Bd. longicornis; dearies longicornis, L.; La Pince rouge, Geoff.;
Scirus vulgaris, Herm., Mem. Apter., Ill, 9; IX, S. Hardly
half a line in length; scarlet; the feet paler; sucker in the form
of an elongated and pointed rostrum; quadriarticulated palpi,
the first and last joint of which are the longest; the latter some-
what the shortest of the two, and terminated by two setae. Com-
mon in the environs of Paris; under stones(2).
Smaridia, Lat.
Distinguished from Bdella by the palpi, which are hardly longer
than the sucker, straight and without terminal setae; by the eight
eyes, and by the two anterior legs, which are longer than the others(3).
(1) Acarus domesticus, De Geer, lb., V, 1 4; Acarus sir v, Fab.; Ac. scabiei,
lb., 12, 13. See the dissert, of Dr Galet; Ac. farinsc, lb., 15; Ac. avicularum,
lb., VI, 9; Ac. passerinus, lb., 12, remarkable for the size of its third pair of
legs; Ac. dimidiatus, Herm., Mem. Apter., VI, 4; Trombidium expalpe, lb.,
II, 8.
(2) Scirus longirosiris, Herm., Mem. Apter. VI, 2; & latirostris, lb., II, III;
S. setirostris, lb., Ill, 12; IX, T.
(3) Acarus sambuci, Schrank, and perhaps the following Trombidia of Her-
mann; Tr. miniatum, 1, 7; Tr. papillosum, II, 6; Tr. squammatum, lb., 7-
The second is even closely allied to the species which serves as a type to the
genus.
Vol. III. 2 C
218 ABACHNIDES.
Sometimes these Ticks, with eight legs and without chelicerae,
have no eyes that are perceptible; their palpi are either anterior and
projecting, but in the form of valvulae, widened or dilated near the
extremity, serving as a sheath to the sucker or inferior; the parts
composing the sucker are horny, very hard and dentated; the body
is invested with a coriaceous skin, or has at least, anteriorly, a scaly
plate.
These animals are parasitical, gorge themselves with the blood
of several of the Vertebrata, and from being extremely flat, acquire
by suction a great volume and a vesicular form. They are round or
oval.
Ixodes, Lat. Fab. Cynorhxstes, Herm.
The palpi forming a sheath to the sucker, and with it constituting
a projecting and short rostrum, truncated and slightly dilated at the
extremity.
The Ixodes are found in thick woods abounding in brushes, briars,
&c; they hook themselves to low plants by the hind legs, keeping
the others extended, and fasten on Dogs, Oxen, Horses and other
Quadrupeds, and even on the Tortoise, burying their sucker so com-
pletely in their flesh, that they can only be detached by force, and by
tearing out the portion that adheres to it. They lay a prodigious
quantity of eggs, which, according to M. Chabrier, are protruded
from their mouth. They sometimes increase to such an enormous
extent on the Ox and Horse, that they perish from the exhaustion.
Their tarsi are terminated by two hooks inserted in a palette, or
united at base on a common pedicle.
The ancients designated these Arachnides by the term Ricinus.
Huntsmen in France call the species which attaches itself to the
Dog, Louvette. It is the
Ixodes ricinus; Acarus ricinus^ L.; Jlcarus reduvius, De Geer,
Insect., VII, vi, 1, 2. A deep blood-red; the scaly, anterior
plate still darker; sides of the body turned up, and slightly
hairy; palpi forming a sheath to the sucker.
Ixodes reticulatus, Lat. Fab.; Jlcarus reduvius, Schrank,
Enum. Insect., Aust., No. 1043, iii, 1, 2: Cynorhxstes pictus,
Herm. Cinereous, with small reddish-brown spots, and little
annular lines of the same colour; edges of the abdomen striate;
palpi nearly oval. It infests Oxen, and when tumefied, is six
lines in length.
The species of this genus have not been sufficiently studied(l).
(1) .Scams xgyptius, L.j Herm. Mem. Apter., IV, 9; L. IV, 13; Jlcarus rhino-
cerotis, De Geer, Insect., VII, xxxviii, 5, G; Jlcarus americanus, L.; Ac. nigua,
TRACHEARIJE. 219
Argas, Lat. Rhynchoprion, Herm.
Distinguished from Ixodes by the inferior situation of the mouth,
and by the palpi which do not encase the sucker, have a conical
form, and are composed of four joints, and not of three, as in the
preceding genus.
Argas reflexus; Ixodes reflexus, Fab.; Lat. Gen. Crust, et In-
sect., I, vi, 3, Herm. Mem. Apt. IV, 10, 1 1. Pale yellow, with
dark blood-coloured, or obscure and anastomosing lines. On
Pigeons.
Argas persicus; Malleh de Mianeh. This species, described
by travellers under the name of Punaise venimeuse de Miana,
with other Ixodes, constitutes the subject of some curious ob-
servations published by M. Gotthef Fischer de Waldheim.
Others again Hydrachnell;e, Lat. have also eight legs, but they
are ciliated and adapted to natation.
They form the Genus Hydrachna of Muller(l) or that of Athax
Fab., and are wholly aquatic. Their body is generally oval or nearly
globular, and very soft. That of some males is narrowed posteriorly,
so as to resemble a kind of tail, their genital organs being placed at
its extremity; in the female, they are on the inferior surface of the
abdomen. The number of eyes varies from two to four, or, accord-
ing to Midler, even to six.
The mouth of those species, I have been able to study, offered the
three following modifications, which have served as a base to three
generic divisions, but to which it is almost impossible to refer all
Muller's species of Hydrachnse, that naturalist not having described
them with sufficient minuteness.
Eylais, Lat.
Chelicerae terminated by a movable hook(2).
Hydrachna, Lat.
The mouth composed of laminse, forming a projecting sucker; a
movable appendage under the extremity of the palpi(3).
De Geer, lb., XXVH, 9, 13. See the genus Ixodes of Fabricius, and the work of
Leach on the apterous Insects of Linnaeus Trans. Lin. Soc, XI.
(1) Hydrachna, Herm.
(2) Max extendens, Fab.; Mull., IX, 4.
(3) Atax geographicus, Fab.; Mull., VIII, 3, 5;M. globator, Fab.; Mull-, IX, I.
220 ARACHNIDES.
LlMNOCHARES, Lat.
The sucker mouth of the Hydrachnae, but the palpi are simple(l).
Others, Microphthira, Lat. are removed from all the rest of
the Arachnides by the number of their legs, which only amounts to
six. They are all parasitical.
Caris, Lat.
A sucker and apparent palpi; the body rounded, flat, and covered
with a scaly skin(2).
Leptus, Lat.
A sucker and palpi as in Caris, but the body very soft and ovoid.
Leptus autumnalis; Jicarus autumnalis, Shaw, Zool. Miscell.,
II, pi. xlii. A very common species, in autumn, on grasses and
other plants. Having reached the person of the passenger, it
climbs up, insinuates itself into his skin at the root of the
hairs, and occasions an itching as intolerable as that produced
by a regular itch. It is called the Rouget in France, and in
fact it is of a reddish colour and very small.
The remaining species are found on different Insects, and belong
to the division of the Trombidia hexapoda, Hermann(3).
Aclysia, Aud.
The body shaped like a bagpipe, and furnished with a siphon,
without distinct palpi, situated beneath its anterior extremity, which
is narrowed, curved and obtuse; very small legs.
The Aclysiae live on the Dytisci. But a single species Ac.
dytisci, Mem. de la Soc. d'Hist. Nat., I, p. 98, pi. v, fig. 2
was at first known, the one on which M. Victor Audouin esta-
blished the subgenus. Count Manheiren, a Russian naturalist,
to whom the science is much indebted for his entomological
essays, and his readiness to second the efforts of those who
study it, has, as it appears, discovered another.
(1) Jicarus aquatlcus, L. ; Jicarus aquaticus holosericeus, De Geer, Insect., VII;
ix, 15, 20; Trombidium aquaticum, Herm., Mem. Apter. I, ii.
(2) Caris vespertilionis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 161.
(3) Trombidium inseclorum, Herii^Mem. Apter. I, 16; De Geer, Insect., VII,
vii, 5; Tromb. latirostre, Herm., VoJ^&g^-Tromb. cornutum, lb., II, ii; Tromb.
aphidis, lb.; De Geer, Insect., VII, vii,-n3U? Tromb. libdlulx, Herm. lb.; De
Geer, lb., VII, 9; Tromb. culicis, Herm. I&SJDe Geer, lb., VII, 12; Tromb.
lapidum, Herm., lb., VII, 7.
TRACHEARIiE. 221
Atoma, Lat.
Neither sucker nor palpi visible, the mouth merely consisting of
a small orifice on the chest. The body is oval and soft, the legs
very short(l). The
Ocypete, Leach,
Belongs to this tribe by the number of legs ; but, according to him,
these animals are furnished with mandibles(2).
(1) Jlcarus parasiticus, De Geer, VII, vii, 7; Trombidium parasiticum, Her-
mann.
(2) Ocypete rubra, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI, 396. On the Tipulae.
222
CLASS III.
INSECTA.
Insects, which form the third class of articulated animals
provided with articulated legs, have, besides, a dorsal ves-
sel analogous to the vestige of a heart, but totally desti-
tute of any branch for the circulation(l). They respire by
(1) Anatomists are greatly divided with respect to the nature of this organ;
some consider it as a true heart; others, among whom is the Baron Cuvier, deny
it this quality, an opinion which appears to us to be fully confirmed by the admi-
rable researches of M. Marcel de Serres "Memoire sur le Vaisseau Dorsal des
Insectes" published in the Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. According to the latter
it secretes fat, which is subsequently elaborated in the adipose tissue which sur-
rounds it. Lyonet says that it contains a gummy substance of an orange colour.
Some very recent observations appear to establish the existence of certain very
small vessels; but in addition to the fact that this circulation must be very partial,
Insects would still greatly differ, in this respect, from the Crustacea, inasmuch as
the blood does not return to the heart. M- Straus in his report Bullet. Univers.,
de M. le Baron de Ferussac on a Memoir of M. Herold on this subject, has inti-
mated his own opinion on the matter as deduced from his anatomical investiga-
tions of the Melolontha. "The dorsal vessel," says that gentleman, "is the true
heart of Insects, being, as in the higher animals, the locomotive organ of the
blood, which, instead of being contained in vessels, is diffused throughout the
general cavity of the body. This heart occupies all the length of the back of the
abdomen, and terminates anteriorly by a single non-ramified artery which carries
the blood into the head where it diffuses it, and whence it returns into the abdo-
men in consequence of its accumulation in the head, to again enter the heart; to
this all the circulation in Insects is reduced, they having merely a single artery
without branches and no veins. The alee of the heart are not muscular as is as-
sex'ted by Herold: they are mere fibrous ligaments which keep the dorsal vessel
in its place. The heart, that is to say the abdominal part of the vessel (in the
Melolontha vulgaris) is divided, internally, into eight chambers separated from
each other by two converging valvulae which allow the transmission of the blood
from behind forwards, and from one chamber to another, into the artery which
INSECT A. 223
means of two principal trachese, extending, parallel to each
other, throughout the whole length of the body, having cen-
tres, at intervals, from which proceed numerous branches,
corresponding to external openings or stigmata(l), which ad-
runs to the head, but which prevent it from retrograding-. At the lateral and an-
terior part of each chamber, are two transverse fissures which communicate with
the abdominal cavity and through which the blood contained in the latter enters
the heart. Each of these apertures is provided, internally, with a little semi-cir-
cular valve which presses on it during the systole of the heart. From this short
description it will be seen, that when the posterior chamber dilates, the blood
contained in the abdominal cavity penetrates into it by the transverse fissures of
which we have spoken, and which we call auriculo-ventriadaires. When the
chamber contracts, the blood finding no exit into the abdominal cavity forces the
inter-ventricular valve, passes into the second chamber which dilates to receive it,
and which, at the same time, receives a certain quantity of blood by the true auri-
culo-ventricular apertures. When the second chamber receives the contracting
impression, the blood passes into the third, which also receives a portion of it
through the lateral openings, and thus the blood is forced from one chamber to
another into the artery. It is these successive contractions of the chambers of the
heart that we perceive through the skin of caterpillars." The heart of the Crus-
tacea Decapoda, Squillse, Limuli, Araneae, &c.,as I have been assured by the same
profound observer, also contains similar valvulx. It is enclosed in a sort of sac or
pericardium, which, according to him, acts in lieu of an auricle. These divisions
or chambers of the dorsal vessel are what Lyonet terms ailes or wings; he also saw
that the dorsal vessel extended to the head, and terminated there in the manner
already described: but he did not see the orifices and valvuls mentioned by Straus.
The definition of the dorsal vessel given by this naturalist, evidently proves, that,
whatever be its internal formation, it is not a true heart. Besides, these observa-
tions do not teach us the true nature of the liquid it contains, nor how it becomes
diffused throughout the other parts of the body to effect their nutrition. It is
however certain, from the observations of Lyonet, that all the parts of the body
communicate with the corps graisseux by means of fibrilli. The trachex give off
branches which extend to the extremities of the various appendages of the body.
The action of the air may occasion the ascension of the nutritive juices in the
interstices, forming a sort of capillary tubes.
(1) The number of segments in the body of the Myriapoda being undetermined,
that of their stigmata is the same, and frequently extends to above twenty. In the
Hexapoda it is frequently eighteen, nine on each side. This computation, how-
ever, is rather true with respect to the animal as a larva than in its perfect state.
Caterpillars, the larvx of the Coleoptera and those of various other Insects, have
one pair of stigmata on the first segment, or the one that bears the first pair of
legs; the second and the third are destitute of them, owing, I presume, to the
development of the wings which occurs in these rings, and renders the presence of
respiratory apertures useless in that particular place. The fourth and each cf the
seven following annuli exhibit a pair: but in coleopterous Insects in their perfect
state, besides the two anterior stigmata concealed in the cavity of the pro-thorax,
which had not been perceived, we observe two others, situated between the origin
224 INSECTA.
mit air. They all have two antennae and a distinct head.
The nervous system of most Insects the Hexapoda is gene-
rally composed of a brain formed of two opposing ganglions,
united at base, giving off eight pairs of nerves and two single
ones, and of twelve ganglions(l), all inferior. The two first
are situated near the junction of the head with the thorax,
and are longitudinally contiguous ; the anterior sends nerves
to the lower lip and adjacent parts ; the second, third and
fourth belong to each of the three first segments, or those
which form the thorax in the Hexapoda ; the remaining gan-
glions belong to the abdomen, so that the last or the twelfth
corresponds to its seventh ring, and is immediately followed
by those which compose the organs of generation; each of
these ganglions transmits nerves to the parts of its respective
segments. The two last, which are closely approximated,
also send some to the terminal annuli of the body. The frontal
region exhibits three particular ganglions called frontal by
Lyonet, from the first of which arises posteriorly a great
nerve with enlargements, the longest of all, that he denomi-
nates the recurrent. The first ordinary or sub-cesophagean
of the elytra and that of the wings: they belong to the mesothorax. There are
none in the metathorax, unless we consider the two of -the first abdominal seg-
ment, as supplementary to the thorax, a consideration founded on what occurs in
the Diptera and Hymenopterous Insects with a pediculated abdomen, where
these two stigmata, with the semi-segment in which they are placed, make part of
the thorax. Thus, generally speaking, the hexapoda have eight pairs of abdo-
minal stigmata, the two last of which, however, are frequently obliterated.
In Acrydium, Truxalis, and Libellula, each side of the mesothorax presents a
stigma, or those which Marcel de Serres calls tremaeres. In these latter Insects,
as well as in others with naked wings, or without elytra, the two first thoracic stig-
mata are placed above, between the prothorax and the mesothorax. With the
exception of the Libellulx, the thorax proper offers no other distinct stigmata I
say thorax proper, because, as we have already observed, the two first of the abdo-
men, in several, are referable to the posterior extremity of the thorax. The me-
tathorax of the Pentatomx, and Scutellerae is provided inferiorly with a pair of
stigmata. In the apterous Spectra, there is none in the second segment or meso-
thorax; but in the following one, or the metathorax, there are two pairs, one ante-
rior, which being situated near the articulation of this segment with the preceding,
may be considered as belonging to the latter, and the other smaller, and placed:
close to that of the first abdominal segment.
CI) Several of the Lamellicornes in a perfect state form exceptions.
INSECTA. 225
ganglion, gives off, according to him, four pairs of nerves, and
each of the following ones, two; so that by counting the eight
pairs of the brain, and the ten spinal bridles, which may also
be considered as so many pairs of nerves, we shall have in all
forty -five pairs, exclusive of the two solitary nerves above-
mentioned, or from twelve to fourteen more than are found in
the human subject. The two nervous cords which form the
ganglions by their union, are tubular and composed of two
tunicks, in the exterior of which we observe tracheae; a me-
dullary substance fills the central canal. The admirable work
of M. Herold on the anatomy of the larva of the great Fapilio
brassicac, L., studied throughout its various degrees of devel-
opment, and to the period of its transformation into a chry-
salis, shows us that the nervous system and that of the diges-
tive organs experience remarkable changes ; that in the be-
ginning, the nervous cords are longer and further apart, an
observation which strengthens the opinion of one of the greatest
zootomists of the age, Doctor Serres, on the origin and devel-
opment of the nervous system. In our general remarks on
points common to the three classes of articulated animals pro-
vided with articulated feet, we mentioned the various opinions
of physiologists with respect to the seat of the sense of hearing
and of smell. We will merely add, in regard to the former,
that the little nervous frontal ganglions of which we have spo-
ken, seem to confirm the opinion of those who, like Scarpa,
place it in the origin of the antennae. I have detected two
small orifices near the eyes of certain Lepidoptera, which,
perhaps, are auditory canals. If, in several Insects, particu-
larly those furnished with filiform, or long, setaceous antennae,
they (the antennae) are organs of touch, it seems to us difficult
to account for the extraordinary development they acquire
in certain families, and more particularly in the males, if we
refuse to admit that they are then the seat of smell. The
palpi also, in some cases, as when they are greatly dilated at
the extremity, may possibly be the principal organs of smell,
part of which sense may also perhaps belong to the ligula.
The digestive system consists of a preparatory or buccal
Vol. III. 2 D
226 INSECTA.
.apparatus, intestinal canal, biliary vessels, also called hepatic
vessels, those styled salivary, but which are less general, free
and floating vessels called excrementitious, the epiploon or
corps graisscux, and probably of the dorsal vessel. This .sys-
tem is singularly modified according to the difference of the
aliment, or forms a great number of particular types, of which
we shall speak when treating of families. We will merely
say a word with respect to the buccal apparatus and the prin-
cipal divisions of the intestinal canal, beginning with the lat-
ter. In those where it is the most complicated, as in the
carnivorous Coleoptera, we observe a pharynx, oesophagus,
crop, gizzard, stomach or chylific ventricle, and intestines
which are divided into the small intestines, great intestine or
csBcum, and the rectum. In those Insects where the tongue,
properly so called, is laid on the anterior or internal face of
the lip, or is not free, the pharynx is situated on that same
face, and this is most commonly the case(l). We will also
add, that a naturalist who first furnished us with correct ob-
servations on the respiratory organs of the Mygales, M. Gaede,
professor of natural history at Liege, does not consider the
biliary vessels as secreting organs this opinion, however,
does not appear to be sufficiently well founded, and the ob-
servations of M. Leon Dufour(2) even seem to destroy it.
Some few, and always apterous Insects, such as the Myria-
poda, approximate to several of the Crustacea, either in the
number of the annuli of their body and in their legs, or in some
points of analogy in the conformation of the parts of the mouth ;
but all the others never have more than six legs, and their body,
the number of whose segments never extends beyond twelve,
is always divided into three principal parts, the head, trunk
and abdomen. Among the latter Insects, some are found
(1) See what we have stated respecting the ligula, in our general remarks on
the three classes.
(2) This latter naturalist, whom I shall have frequent occasion to mention, has
published, with the most minute detail, every tiling relative to the digestive sys-
tem of Insects, in a series of admirable Memoirs, which have enriched the Annales
des Sciences Naturelles. A well arranged resume of the whole by M. Victor
Audouin may be found in the Diet Class. d'Hist. Nat., article Insectes.
INSECT A. 227
without wings, that always preserve their natal form, and
merely increase in size and change their skin(l). In this re-
spect they bear some analogy to the animals of the preceding
classes. Nearly all the remaining Hexapoda have wings; but
these organs, and even frequently the feet, do not make their
appearance at first, but are only developed after a series of
changes, more or less remarkable, styled metamorphoses, of
which we shall soon have to speak.
The head(2) bears the antennse, eyes, and mouth. The
composition and form of the antennae are much more various
than in the Crustacea, and are frequently more developed or
longer in the males than in the females.
The eyes are either compound or simple ; the first, accord-
ing to the baron Cuvier, Marcel de Serres and others, are
formed: 1, of a cornea, divided into numerous little facets,
which is so much the more convex, as the insect is more car-
nivorous ; its internal surface is covered with an opaque, and
variously coloured, but slightly fluid substance, usually, how-
ever, of a black or deep violet hue ; 2, of a choroides, fixed
by its contour and edges to the cornea, covered with a black
varnish, exhibiting numerous air vessels, arising from tolera-
bly large trunks of tracheae in the head, whose branches form
a circular trachea round the eye : it is frequently wanting,
however, as well as the choroides, in various nocturnal in-
sects; 3, of nerves arising from a large trunk, proceeding di-
rectly from the brain, which then opens, forming a reversed
cone, the base of which is next to the eye, and each of whose
rays or threads traversing the choroides and lining matter of
the cornea, terminates in one of its facets ; there is no crystal-
line nor vitreous humour.
Several, besides these compound eyes, have simple ones,
the cornea of which is smooth. They are usually three in
(1) My Homotenes (similar to the end) or the Ametobolia of Leach.
(2) Its surface is divided into several little regions or arese called the cli/peus
(nose of Kirby), the fare, the front, the vertex or summit) and the cheeks. The
term clypeus being equivocal, I have substituted for it that of epistoma or over
mouth, it g-ives insertion to the labrum or upper lip.
228 INSECTA.
number, and are disposed in a triangle on the top of the head.
In most of the Aptera and in the larvae of those that are
winged, they replace the former, and are frequently united
in a group ; those of the Arachnides seem to indicate that they
are fitted for the purposes of vision.
The mouth of hexapodous insects is generally composed of
six principal parts, four of which are lateral, are disposed in
pairs, and move transversely ; the other two, opposed to each
other in a contrary direction, occupy the space comprised be-
tween the former : one is placed above the superior pair, and
the other beneath the inferior. In the triturating insects (bro-
yeurs), or those which feed on solid matters, the four lateral
parts perform the office of jaws, the other two being consi-
dered as lips; but, as we have already observed, the two supe-
rior jaws have been distinguished by the peculiar appellation
of mandibles, the others alone bearing that of maxillae or jaws;
the latter are also furnished with one or two articulated fila-
ments called palpi, a character never exhibited, in this class,
by the mandibles. Their extremity is often terminated by
two divisions or lobes, the exterior of which, in the Orthop-
tera, is called the galea. We have already said that the upper
lip was called the labrum. The other, or the labium pro-
perly so styled, is formed of two parts; the one, inferior and
solid, is the mentum or chin ; the other, which is usually
provided with two palpi, is the ligula(l).
(1) With respect to this, see what is stated in the general remarks which pre-
cede the particular exposition of each class. The inferior lip appears to us to be a
mere modification of the second jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda, combined with
their ligula. The changes gradually effected in these parts in the Crustacea,
Arachnides, and Myriapoda, seem to authorize this idea. According to this hy-
pothesis, the six thoracic legs are analogous to the foot-jaws, a fact already recog-
nized with regard to the Crustacea of the genus Apus. The five first abdominal
segments of the Hexapoda will then represent those, which, in the Crustacea De-
capoda, bear the legs properly so called, or the third and four following pairs of
the Amphipoda and Isopoda. All the observations that have been published on
the thorax of Insects, although otherwise useful, will necessarily be liable to con-
tinual changes, when that part of the body is compared in the three classes of
articulated animals provided with articulated feet. In this respect our nomencla-
ture is far from being fixed.
IN SECT A. 229
In the Suctoria, or those that live by the suction of fluid
aliment, these various organs of manducation present them-
selves under two kinds of general modifications. In the first,
the mandibles and the jaws are replaced by little laminae in
the form of setse or lancets, forming, by their union, a sort of
sucker, which is received into a sheath, supplying the place of
a labium, and is either cylindrical or conical, and articulated in
the form of a rostrum, or fleshy or membranous, inarticulated,
and terminated by two lips constituting a proboscis. The
labrum is triangular and arched, and covers the base of the
sucker.
In the second modification, the labrum and mandibles are
nearly obliterated, or are extremely small : the labium is no
longer free, and is only distinguishable by the presence of two
palpi, to which it gives insertion : the jaws have acquired a most
extraordinary length, and are transformed into tubular fila-
ments, which, being united at their edges, compose a sort of
spiral proboscis called the tongue, but which, to" avoid all
equivocation, it would be better to call spirignatha; its inte-
rior exiiibits three canals, the intermediate of which is the
duct of the alimentary juices. At the base of each of these
filaments is a palpus, usually very small, and but slightly appa-
rent.
The Myriapoda are the only insects in which the mouth
presents another mode of organization it will be explained
in treating of that order.
The trunk(l) of insects, or that intermediate portion of
their body which bears the legs, is generally designated by
( 1 ) This term, here, is synonymous with that of thorax. In order to avoid con-
fusion, I think it would be better to restrict the application of the former to the
Linnxan Aptera with more than six legs, and where those organs are borne by par-
ticular segments, that is, where the head is distinct from the trunk. With respect
to the Crustacea in which these parts of the body are confounded, the thorax
might be called thoracida; and cephalo-thorax in the Arachnides, animals present-
ing the same character, but in which the trunk or thorax is more simple and pro-
vided with fewer appendages. The Entomostraca, in this respect, approach the
latter, but as they belong to another class, the term thoracida should still be ap-
plied to them; that of thorax would then be exclusively appropriated to the Hexa-
poda.
230 INSECTA.
the term thorax, or corselet by the French. It is composed
of three segments, not well distinguished at first, the relative
proportions of which vary considerably. Sometimes, as in the
Coleoptera, the anterior, much the largest, separated from the
following one by an articulation, movable, and alone exposed,
appears at the first glance to constitute the entire trunk, and is
called the thorax or corselet; sometimes, as in the Hymenopte-
ra, Lepidoptera, &c, it is much shorter than the ensuing one,
has the appearance of a collar, and, with the two others, forms
a common body, attached to the abdomen by a pedicle, or
adhering closely to it across its whole posterior width, and
is also called thorax. These distinctions were insufficient,
and frequently ambiguous, inasmuch as they were not based
on a ternary division, distinctly announced by me in the first
edition of this work, as a character proper to the Hexapoda.
M. Kirby having already employed the denomination of me-
tathorax, to designate the after- thorax(l), that of prothorax
and ?nesothorax, the ternary division once established, natu-
rally presented itself to the mind, and the celebrated professor
Nitzsch was the first to employ it. Some naturalists have
since designated the prothorax or anterior segment, that
which bears the two first feet, by the term collar, collare.
Wishing to retain the denomination of corselet, but to restrain
(1) This segment should not be restricted, in the Hymenoptera, to this superior,
very short, and transverse division of the thorax, on the sides of which the second
wings are inserted. It is also formed of that portion of the thorax which extends
backwards to the origin of the abdomen, a circumstance which evidently demon-
strates the. position of the two last stigmata of the trunk, they being placed on the
sides of this extremity, behind the wings, and above the last pair of legs. I am
even of the opinion that this observation will apply to all winged Insects. Their
metathorax should be divided, at least above, into two parts or semi-segments, one,
in the Tetraptera, bearing the second wings and destitute of stigmata, and the
other furnished with them; sometimes this latter portion, as in nearly all Insects,
the Hymenoptera with a pediculated abdomen, the lthipiptera and Diptera ex-
cepted, appears to belong to the abdomen; sometimes it is incorporated with the
trunk or thorax and closes it posteriorly, as in those last mentioned. In the Or-
thoptera, Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera, the two anterior or thoracic
segments are placed between the prothorax and the mesot'iorax. The abdomen
will then consist of nine complete segments, the three last of which compose ths
organs of generation.
INSECT A. 231
its application within proper limits, we will employ that term
in all those eases where this segment is much larger than the
others, and where these latter are joined to the abdomen, and
seem to constitute an integral part of it a disposition proper
to the Coleoptera, Orthoptera, and several of the Hemiptera.
When the prothorax is short, and forms with the succeeding
segments a common and exposed mass, the trunk composed of
the three will retain the name of thorax. We will also con-
tinue to style pectus the inferior surface of the trunk, dividing
it according to the segments, into three areas, the ante-pectus,
medio pectus, and post-pectus. The median line will also con-
stitute the sternum, which we divide into three parts : the
ante-sternum, medio- sternum, and post-sternum.
The teguments of the thoracic segments, as well as of those
of the abdomen, are usually divided into two annuli or semi-
annuli, the one dorsal or superior, the other inferior, laterally
united by a soft and flexible membrane, which, however, is
but a portion of the same tegument that in many Insects, the
Coleoptera particularly, is less firm. At the point of junction
between these annuli we observe a little space of a more solid
texture, or of the consistence of the annul us itself, which
bears a stigma, so that the sides of the abdomen present a lon-
gitudinal series of small pieces, or each segment seems to be
quadripartite. Other equally corneous pieces occupy the in-
ferior sides of the mesothorax and metathorax and immediately
under the origin of the elytra and wings, which are supported
by another longitudinal piece. The relations of these parts,
the size and form of the first joint of the coxae, the manner in
which they are articulated with the semi-annulus to which
they belong, the extent and direction of that semi-annulus
varying, furnish the thorax, thus considered, with a combi-
nation of characters, which in a systematic point of view are
of great importance. Some naturalists, Knoch in particular,
had already employed them, but on no fixed principle, and
under arbitrary denominations. A necessary preliminary step
was the careful and comparative study of the thorax, as it
exists in all the orders of the class of Insects. This was
232 INSECT A.
undertaken at my request, by the late Lachat. His friend,
M. Victor Audouin, has prosecuted his researches and pre-
sented to the Academie des Sciences an excellent memoir on
the subject. All that is yet known of it however is from the
general sketch given by the Baron Cuvier in his report(l)
(1) The exposition of the parts of the thorax, and a fixed nomenclature created
for them, says the Baron in his report, should naturally be placed at the head of
the work The trunk of Insects is always divisible into three annuli, each of which
bears a pair of legs, called by M. Audouin, from their position, the prothorax, the
mesothorax, and the metathorax- Besides these legs, the mesothorax bears the first
pair of wings, and the metathorax the second. Each of these three segments is
composed of four parts: one inferior, two lateral (forming the pectus), and a
fourth superior, which constitutes the back; the inferior is called the sternum,- the
lateral portion, or the flank, is divided into three principal parts, one which is
attached to the sternum, called episternum, another behind the first, and to which
the coxa is articulated, the epimera (epimere). A little movable piece, hitherto
unknown, which serves to unite the epimera and the coxa, is named trochantinus,
(trochantin) by way of distinguishing it from trochanter. The third piece of the
flank, which in the mesothorax and metathorax is situated before the episternum
and under the wing, is called the hypothera. Sometimes there is also a small cor-
neous piece round the stigma, styled the peritrema- The superior portion of each
segment, which the author calls tergum, is divided into four pieces, named, from
their position in each ring,prSescutum, scutum, and postscutellum. The first is fre-
quently, and the fourth almost always, concealed in the interior. Naturalists have
seldom distinguished any other part of the mesothorax but the scutellum, which is
frequently remarkable for its large size and its configuration, although an analogous
piece is found in the three segments. Thus the trunk of Insects may be divided
into thirty-three principal parts, and, if we count the hypothera, the number will
amount to forty-three, more or less visible in the interior. From these pieces,
besides, arise various internal productions, which, on account of their uses and im-
portance, require to be named: thus, from the posterior portion of the sternum of
each segment, a vertical apophysis arises internally, sometimes shaped like a Y,
called by M. Audouin the entothorax. It furnishes insertions to muscles and pro-
tects the medullary cord; an analogous one is seen in the head and sometimes in
the first annuli of the abdomen. Other internal prominences result from the pro-
longation of the external neighbouring pieces that are soldered together. M. Au-
douin names them apodema (apo'demes 1 ). Some of them give insertion to muscles,
others to the wings: finally, there are other small movable pieces either internally
and between the muscles, or at the base of the wings, which our author styles the
(^pidemes) epidema. We have stated that the principal pieces, or vestiges of them,
are always to be found, but they are frequently far from being separable. In par-
ticular genera, or in certain orders, many are only to be distinguished by traces of
sutures. M. Audouin Diet. Class. d'Hist. Nat., art- lnsecj.es has since substi-
tuted the name of paraptera for that of hypoptera. That of entothorax will also be
changed, in some situations, into entoccphala, relative to the head and into ento-
gaster, as respects the abdomen. He remarks that the head of Insects is composed
of several segments. We have also observed, that the rostrum of the Cicadae, repre-
INSECTA. 233
and by the extract published by the author in the article
Insectes of the Diet. Class. d'Histoire Naturelle. Before
we can adopt his nomenclature, and apply it 'generally, we
must wait until his work and the figures which accompany it
are published; for all practical purposes, however, the de-
nominations already introduced may suffice. A second pro-
duction relative to the same subject, which both justice and
friendship here compel me to notice, is that of M. Chabrier
on the flight of Insects. It forms part of the Mem. du Mus.
d'Hist. Nat., but is sold separately. The figures are exe-
cuted on a great scale, as are also those of a Memoir of Jurine,
Sen. on the wings of the Hymenoptera, a work, like the pre-
ceding one, which is the result of infinite patience.
As Insects inhabit all kinds of dwellings, they are provided
with all sorts of locomotive organs, wings and feet, which in
several, act as fins.
The wings are membranous, dry, elastic organs, usually
diaphanous, and attached to the sides of the back of the tho-
rax: the first, when there are four, or when they are unique,
on those of its second segment, and the second on those of the
following or of the metathorax. They are composed of two
membranes laid one on the other, and are traversed in various
directions by more or less numerous nervures, which are so
many tracheal tubes, now forming a network, and then simple
veins. A celebrated naturalist, Jurine, Sen., has taken ad-
vantage of the disposition and decussation of these nervures(l)
in a systematic point of view. The Libellulse, Apes, Vespse,
Papiliones, &c., have four wings; but those of the latter are
senting the lower lip, is not attached to the head, but to the membrane which
unites it with the thorax, and thus also we find that the two medullary cords form
two contiguous ganglions under the mouth. In accordance with these views, we
consider the first segment of the body of the Scolopendrse, that which bears the
two hooks, as an analogous division of the head. It seems that Knoch had distin-
guished the epimera by the names of scapulas and parapleuras; the post-pectus by
that of acetabulum, while the mediopectus was his peristcethium. The first joint of
the four posterior coxs, in most of the Coleoptera, forms a transverse plate en-
closed in the flanks, and is the piece, as far as I can judge, that he calls the mcerium.
(1) See general observations on the Hymenoptera.
Vol III. 2E
234 1NSECTA.
covered with small scales, which at the first glance resemble
dust, and give them the magnificent colours in which they
are drest. They are easily removed with the finger, and
that portion of the wing becomes transparent. By the aid of
glasses we discover that these scales are of various figures, and
implanted in the wing by means of a pedicle, arranged gra-
dually and in series, like tiles on a roof. Before the superior
wings of these Insects are two species of epaulettes ptery-
goda which extend posteriorly along a portion of the back
on which they are laid. The wings of some Insects remain
straight, or are doubled transversely. Those of others are
folded or plaited longitudinally like a fan. Sometimes they
are horizontal, and sometimes inclined in the manner of a roof;
in several they cross on the back, and in others tbey are dis-
tant^). Directly under them, in the Diptera, are two small
movable threads with a claviform termination, which, accord-
ing to the general opinion(2) seem to replace the two wings
that are wanting. They are called (balanciers) halteres.
Other two-winged and more extraordinary Insects have also
two halteres, but situated at the anterior extremity of the
thorax, which to distinguish from the others we will call pro-
halteres. Above these appendages is a little membranous
scale formed of two pieces united by one of their edges and
resembling a bivalve shell it is the alula or cueilleron. The
same appendage is also observed under the elytra (at their
base) of some aquatic Coleoptera.
Many Insects, such as the Melolonthae, Cantharides, &c,
in lieu of the two superior or anterior wings, are furnished
with two species of scales, more or less solid and opaque,
(1) The Insect is supposed to be at rest. The rapid vibration of these organs
appears to us to be one of the principal causes of the humming produced by these
animals. The explanations hitherto given of it are not satisfactory.
(2) They are, in my opinion, appendages of the tracheae of the first abdominal
segment, and correspond to that space, perforated with a small hole, adjacent to
the anterior side of an opening, with a membranous and internal diaphragm, that
is seen on each side in the same segment in everal species of Acrydium. See
my Mem. sur les Append. Artie, des Insect., in the Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat.
IN SECT A. 235
which open and close, and beneath which, when at rest, the
wings are transversely folded. These scales or wing cases
are called elytra{\). The Insects provided with them are
named Coleoptera, and in such they are never absent, though
this is sometimes the case with respect to the wings. In other
Insects the extremity of the scale is completely membranous,
or like the wing: they are styled Hemiptcra.
The scutel or scutellum is usually a small triangular piece,
situated on the back of the meso thorax, and between the in-
sertions of the elytra or of the wings. Sometimes it is very
large, and then it covers the greater part of the superior por-
tion of the abdomen. In various Hymenoptera, behind the
scutellum and on the metathorax, we find a little space called
the post-scutdlum.
The ambulatory organs of locomotion consist of a coxa
formed of two pieces, a femur, an uniarticulated tibia, and of
a tarsus, which is divided into several phalanges. The num-
ber of its articulations varies from three to five, a difference
which greatly depends upon the proportional changes expe-
rienced by the first and penultimate joints. Although their
supputation may sometimes prove embarrassing, and this nume-
rical series may not always be in exact accordance with the na-
tural order, it furnishes a good character for the distinction of
genera. The last joint is usually terminated by two hooks. The
form of the tarsi is subject to some modifications, according
to the habits of the animal. Those of aquatic species are
usually strongly ciliated and flattened, and resemble oars(2).
The abdomen, which forms the third and last part of the
body, is confounded in the Myriapoda, with the thorax : but
in all other Insects, or those which have but six feet, it is dis-
tinct. It contains the viscera and the sexual organs, present-
ing nine or ten segments or annuli, some of which, however,
(1) For their chemical composition, see Odier, Mem. cit , in the Mem. de la
Soc. d'Hist. Nat.; and the article Insectes of the same work.
(2) M. Kirby, in his Monograph of the Bees of England, designates the two
anterior tarsi by the name of hands. The first joint is the palm, palma- This
gentleman, in conjunction with M. Spence, has published a very complete and
detailed work on the elements of Entomology.
236 INSECTA.
are frequently concealed or considerably reduced. The or-
gans of generation are situated at the posterior extremity and
issue through the anus. The Iuli and Libellulae alone consti-
tute exceptions. The last annuli of the abdomen, in several fe-
males, form a retractile or always projecting ovipositor ovis-
capte of Marcel de Serres more or less complicated, which
act as an auger. A sting is substituted for it in many of
the female Hymenoptera. The fecundating organ of the male
is almost always provided with hooks or a forceps(l). The
sexes usually copulate but once., and this junction in certain
genera is even sufficient for the fecundation of several suc-
cessive generations. The male places himself on the back of
his mate, and remains there for some time. The latter soon
lays her eggs(2), and deposits them in the way best adapted for
their preservation, and in such a manner that the moment the
larvss make their appearance, suitable aliment is always within
their reach. Frequently she collects provisions for them. This
maternal solicitude often excites our surprise, and more particu-
larly unveils the instinct of Insects. In the numerous societies
of several of these animals, such as the Ant, Termes, Wasp,
Bee, &c, those individuals which form the greater portion of
the community, and by whose labour and vigilance the whole
community are maintained, have been considered as being of
neither sex. They have also been designated by the terms
of labourers and mules. It is now known, however, that they
are females, whose sexual organs or ovaries have not been
fully developed, and that if an amelioration of their diet per-
(1) The generating- organs of the male consist of an apparatus for the elabora-
tion of the semen, and of the parts proper to copulation. The preparatory ap-
paratus is composed of testes, vasa deferentia, and vesicula: seminales. The copu-
lating instrument is a penis provided with an armature consisting of surrounding
parts, of various forms, acting like pincers or forceps, with which the male seizes
the posterior extremity of the body of the female. The sexual apparatus of the
latter is composed of an ovary, the receptacle or calyx formed by its base and the
oviduct. For more minute details, see the memoirs of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc.
Nat., and the Dissertation of Hegetschweiler, Zurich, 1820.
(2) M. Audouin supposes, that in a great number of Insects, the ova are fecun-
dated, as they descend, in a sac situated near the anus; but this idea requires to be
confirmed by experiment, and one of those naturalists who have most closely
studied the anatomy of these animals, M. Dufour, is of a different opinion.
INSECTA. 237
feet those organs at a particular epoch while they are young,
they become fruitful.
The ova are sometimes hatched in the abdomen of the
mother ; she is then viviparous. The number of generations
in a year depends on the duration of each of them. Most
commonly there is but one or two. A species, all things being
equal? is so much the more common, as one generation suc-
ceeds more rapidly to another, and as the female is more pro-
lific.
A female Papilio or Butterfly, post coitum, lays her eggs,
from which are hatched, not Butterflies, but animals with an
elongated body, divided into rings, and a head furnished with
jaws and several small eyes, having very short feet, six of
which are anterior, scaly, and pointed, the rest varying in
number and membranous, being attached to. the posterior an-
nuli. These animals, called caterpillars, live in this state for
a certain period, and repeatedly change their skin. An epoch,
however, arrives, when from this skin of a caterpillar issues a
totally different being, of an oblong form and without distinct
limbs, which soon ceases to move and remains a long time ap-
parently desiccated and dead under the name of a chrysalis.
By close examination we may discover on the external surface
of this chrysalis, lineaments which represent all the parts of
the Butterfly, but under proportions differing from those they
are one day to possess. After a longer or shorter period, the
skin of the chrysalis splits, and the Butterfly, humid and soft,
with flabby short wings, issues from it a few moments, how-
ever, and it is dry, the wings enlarge and become firm, and
the perfect animal is ready for flight. It has six long legs, an-
tennae, a spiral proboscis, and compound eyes in a word, it
has no resemblance whatever to the caterpillar, from which
it has originated, for it is ascertained that these various
changes are nothing more than the successive development of
parts contained one within the other.
This is what is styled the metamorphosis of Insects. In
their first condition they are called larvas, in their second
238 IX SECT A.
pupx or nymphs, and in the third perfect insects. It is only
in the last state that they are capable of reproduction.
All Insects do not pass through these three states. Those
which are apterous issue from the ovum with the form they
are always to preserve(l): they are said to be without a
metamorphosis. Of those that have wings, many experience
no other change than that of receiving them : these are said
to undergo a demi-metamorphosis . Their larva resembles
the perfect insect, with the single exception of the wings,
which are totally wanting. The nymph only differs from the
larva in possessing stumps or rudiments of wings, which are
developed at its final change of tegument, and render the ani-
mal perfect. Such are the Cymeces, Grylli, &c. Finally,
the remaining Insects provided with wings that are said to
undergo a complete metamorphosis, are at first larvse, resem-
bling caterpillars or Worms, and then become motionless
nymphs, but presenting in that state all the parts of the per-
fect insect contracted, and as if wrapped in a bandage.
In the nymph of the Coleoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenop-
tera, &c, these parts, though closely approximated and in
contact with the body, are free ; but they are not so in that of
the Lepidoptera and of many Diptera. An elastic or solid
skin is moulded over the body and its external parts, forming
a kind of case for it.
That of the chrysalides of the Lepidoptera merely consist-
ing of a simple pellicle applied to the external organs, follow-
ing their contour in every direction, and forming, for each of
them, so many moulds, like the envelope of a mummy, allows
us to recognize and distinguish them(2) ; but those of Flies
and Syrphi, formed of the dried skin of the larva, resem-
ble an egg -like shell. It is a species of capsule or case in
which the animal is shut up(3).
Many larvse, before they pass into their pupa state, pre-
(1) The Pulex, the female Mutillse, the Working Ants, and some few other In-
sects excepted.
(2) Pupa dblecta, L.
(3) Pupa coarctata, L.
INSECTA. 239
pare a cocoon in which they enclose themselves, either with
silk which they draw from the interior of their bodies by
means of the spinning apparatus of their lip, or other mate-
rials which they collect. The perfect Insect issues from the
nymph through a fissure or slit which opens on the back of
the thorax. In the pupae of Flies one of the extremities is
detached, like a cap. to allow the egress of the animal.
The larvae and pupae of those Insects which experience a
demi-metamorphosis only differ from the same in a perfect
state, in the absence of wings. The other external organs
are precisely alike. But in such as undergo a complete meta-
morphosis, the form of the body of the larva has no constant
relation with that it is to possess in its perfect state. It is
usually more elongated ; the head is frequently very different,
as well in its consistence as in its figure, having mere rudi-
ments of antennae or perhaps none at all ; there are never any
compound eyes.
There is also a great disparity in the organs of manducation,
as may be easily seen by comparing the mouth of a caterpillar
with that of the Butterfly, or the mouth of the larva of a Fly
with that of the perfect Insect.
Several of these larvae are destitute of feet; others, such as
the caterpillars, have many, all, the six first excepted, mem-
branous, and without terminal hooks. Some Insects, such as
the Ephemerae, exhibit a singular anomaly in their metamor-
phosis the animal arrived at its perfect state undergoes
another change of tegument(l).
The Insects which constitute our three first orders pre-
serve for life their natal form. The Myriapoda, however,
exhibit a kind of metamorphosis. At first they have but six
legs, or, according to Savi, are altogether destitute of them ;
(1) " Se depouillent encore de leurs ailes," is the unguarded expression of our
author. It is not the wings alone, but the entire animal, after attaining its perfect
condition, that is thus divested of its external pellicle, even t<Pthe slender, seta-
ceous appendages which terminate the posterior extremity of the body. It is the
common May-fly of our country. Am. Ed.
240 1NSECTA.
the others, as well as the segments on which they depend, are
developed by age.
But few vegetable substances are protected from the vora-
city of Insects ; and as those which are necessary or useful to
Man are not spared by them more than others, they become
very injurious, particularly during seasons which favour their
multiplication. Their destruction greatly depends upon our
vigilance and knowledge of their habits. Some of them are
omnivorous such are the Termites, Ants, &c, whose ra-
vages are but too well known. Several of those which are
carnivorous, and all the species which feed on dead animal
and excrementitious matters, are a benefit conferred on us by
the Author of Nature, and somewhat compensate for the incon-
venience and injury we experience from the others. Some
are employed in medicine, the arts, and our domestic economy.
They have numerous enemies: Fishes destroy many of the
aquatic species; Birds, Bats, Lizards, &c, deliver us from a
part of those which inhabit the air or earth. Most of them
endeavour to escape by flight or running from the dangers
that surround them, but some have recourse to stratagem or
arms.
Having undergone their ultimate transformation, and being
possessed of all their faculties, they hasten to propagate their
species : this aim once accomplished, they soon cease to
exist. Thus, each of the three finer seasons of the year pro-
duces species peculiar to it. The females and males of those
which live in societies, however, enjoy a longer term of life.
Individuals hatched in autumn shelter themselves from the
rigours of winter, and reappear in spring.
The species, like those of plants, are circumscribed within
geographical limits. Those of the western continent for in-
stance, a very few, and all from the north, excepted, are
strictly peculiar to it ; such also is the case with several ge-
nera. The eastern continent, in turn, possesses others which
are unknown iy the western. The Insects of the south of Eu-
rope and north of Africa, and of the western and southern
countries of Asia, have a strong mutual resemblance. The
1NSECTA.
241
same may be said of those vvhicli inhabit the Moluccas, and
more eastern islands, those of the Southern Ocean included.
Several northern species are found in the mountains of south-
ern countries. Those of Africa differ greatly from the oppo-
site portions of America. The Insects of Southern Asia, from
the Indies on the Sind eastward, to the confines of China,
are very much alike. The intertropical regions, covered with
immense and well watered forests, are the richest in Insects
of any on the globe ; Brazil and Guiana are particularly so.
All general systems or methods relative to Insects are reduced
essentially to three. Swammerdam based his on their meta-
morphoses ; that of Linnaeus was founded on the presence or
absence of wings, their number, consistence, superposition, the
nature of their surface, and on the deficiency or presence of a
sting. Fabricius had recourse to the parts of the mouth alone.
In all these arrangements the Crustacea and Arachnides are
placed among the Insects, and in that of Linnaeus, the one ge-
nerally adopted, they are even the last. Brisson, however,
had separated them, and his class of the Crustacea which he
places before that of Insects, comprises all of those animals
which have more than six feet, or the Insectes Apiropodes of
M. Savigny. Although this order is more natural than that
of Linnaeus, it was not followed; and it is only in modern times,
that anatomical observations and their rigorously exact appli-
cation have brought us to the natural method(l).
I divide this class into twelve orders: the three first of which;
composed of apterous Insects, undergoing no essential change of
form or habits, merely subject to simple changes of tegument,
or to a kind of a metamorphosis, which increases the number
of legs, and that of the annuli of the body ; correspond to the
order of the Arachnides antennistes of Lamarck. The organ
of sight in these animals is usually a mere (more or less consi-
derable) assemblage of simple eyes resembling granules. The
(1) Cuv., Tabl. Elem. de l'Hist. Nat. des Anim., and Lecons d'Anat. Compar. ;
Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. sans Verteb. ; Latr., Precis des Caract. Gener. des In-
sect., and Gen. Crust, et Insect. For more minute details, see also the excellent
elementary work of Kirby and Spence.
Vol. III. 2 F
242 INSECT A.
following orders compose the class of Insectes of the same au-
thor. That of the Suctoria, which only comprises the genus
Pulex, from its natural relations should apparently terminate
the class, but as I place those Insects which are apterous at the
beginning, this order, for the sake of regularity in the system,
should immediately follow that of the Parasita.
Certain English naturalists have formed new orders, based
upon the wings ; I see no necessity, however, for admitting
them, that of the Stresiptera excepted, the name of which ap-
pears to me to be erroneous(l), and which I will call Rhip-
iptera(2).
In the first order or the Myriapoda, there are more than
six feet twenty-four and upwards arranged along the whole
length of the body, on a suite of annuli, each of which bears
one or two pairs, and of which the first, and in several even
the second, seem to form a part of the mouth. They are ap-
terous^).
In the second or the Thysaxoura, there are six legs, and
the abdomen is furnished on its sides with movable parts, in
the form of false feet, or terminated by appendages fitted for
leaping.
In the third or the Parasita, we find six legs, no wings,
and no other organs of sight than ocelli ; the mouth, in a great
measure, is internal, and consists of a snout containing a re-
tractile sucker, or in a slit between two lips, with two hooked
mandibles.
In the fourth or the Suctoria, there are six legs, but no
wings(4) \ the mouth is composed of a sucker inclosed in a
cylindrical sheath, formed of two articulated portions.
In the fifth or the Coleoptera, there are six legs, and four
wings, the two superior of which have the form of cases, and
(1) Twisted wings. The parts taken for elytra are not so. See this order.
(2) Wings folded like a fan.
(3) Destitute of wings and scutellum.
(4) They undergo metamorphoses and acquire organs of locomotion which they
did not possess at first. This character is common to the following orders, but in
the latter the metamorphosis developes another sort of locomotive organs the
wings.
INSECTA. 243
mandibles and maxillse(l) for mastication: the inferior wings
are simply folded crosswise, and the cases, always horizontal,
are crustaceous. They experience a complete metamorphosis.
In the sixth or the 0rthoptera(2), there are six legs;
four wings, the two superior in the form of cases, and mandi-
bles and jaws for mastication, covered at the extremity by a
galea; the inferior wings are folded in two directions, or simply
in their length, and the inner margins of the cases, usually co-
riaceous, are crossed. They only experience a semi- meta-
morphosis.
In the seventh or the Hemiptera, there are six legs and
four wings, the two superior in the form of crustaceous cases,
with membranous extremities, or similar to the inferior, but
larger and firmer ; the mandibles and jaws are replaced by
setae forming a sucker, enclosed in a sheath composed of one
articulated, cylindrical or conical piece, in the form of a ros-
trum.
(1) The maxillae of coleopterous Insects, in conjunction with the mandibles,
usually have this triturating- function assigned to them. M. Hentz, j> distinguished
American entomologist, Trans. Phil. Soc, III, part ii, p. 4*0, is of the opinion
that in many cases the maxillae must be considered as r.iere appendages to the
tongue, and that their office is to assist in deglutition, seldom serving to grind or
lacerate, except in the Melolonthidae, Rutelidse, and some others, where there seems
to be a departure from their primary use. In corroboration of this idea he adduces
the configuration of the maxillae of several Insects, in which he has been fortunate
enough to detect a retractile appendage hitherto unknown. The first is the Can-
tharis marginata, Fab., whose maxillae, when dried, offer but one bifid lobe; if,
however, the abdomen and thorax of the recent animal be gradually compressed,
a soft, elastic, sub-conic body is protruded from the cleft of that lobe, more than
half its length, and extending beyond the palpi; a second appendage of the same
kind, and about half its length, projects at right angles from the base of the first,
which is directed forwards: both are covered with hairs. The second is the Canth.
Limaculata, Fab., in which this appendage is still more sensibly and easily display-
ed, protruding by pressure from each maxilla in the form of a tapering filament
covered with fine hairs, susceptible of considerable extension, reaching* beyond
the middle of the antennae, and consequently more than double the length of the
maxilla itself. I have verified these facts in this last species. The use of these
organs in collecting nourishment from flowers is evident. See Trans. Phil. Soc.
ut sup. pi. XV, f. i, e, and f. ii, e. Am. Ed.
(2) De Geer established this order under the name of Dermaptera, improperly
changed by Olivier to that of Or thopf era. We preserve the latter, however, as na-
turalists have generally adopted it.
244 INSECTA.
In the eighth or the Neuroptera, there are six legs,
four membranous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws
for mastication ; the wings are finely reticulated, and the in-
ferior are usually as large as the superior, or more extended
in one of their diameters.
In the ninth or the Hymexoptera, there are six feet, and
four membranous and naked wings, and mandibles and jaws
for mastication ; the inferior wings are smaller than the others,
and the abdomen of the female is almost always terminated by
a terebra or sting.
In the tenth or the Lepidoptera, there are six legs,
four membranous wings, covered with small coloured scales
resembling dust ; a horny production in the form of an epau-
lette, and directed backwards, is inserted before each upper
wing, and the jaws are replaced by two united tubular fila-
ments, forming a kind of spirally convoluted tongue(l).
In the eleventh or the Rhipiptera, there are six legs, two
membranous wings folded like a fan, and two crustaceous mo-
vable bodies, resembling little elytra(2), situated at the ante-
rior extremity of the thorax ; the organs of manducation are
simple, setaceous jaws, with two palpi.
In the twelfth or the Diptera, there are six legs, two mem-
branous extended wings, accompanied, in most of them, by
two movable bodies or halteres, placed behind them ; the or-
gans of manducation are a sucker composed of a variable num-
ber of setae, inclosed in an inarticulated sheath, most fre-
quently in the form of a proboscis terminated by two lips.
(1) Spiritrompe. See our general observations on the class. The thorax of the
Lepidoptera has more analogy with that of the Neuroptera, than with that of the
Hymenoptera, the segment which I have called the mediate appearing to form
part of the. abdomen, while in the latter and in the Diptera it is incorporated with
the thorax.
(2) Formed, as we presume, by pieces analogous to the epaulette or pterygoda
of the Lepidoptera.
MYRIAPODA. 245
ORDER I.
MYRIAPODA(l).
The Myriapoda commonly called Centipedes, are the only
animals of this class which have more than six feet in their per-
fect state, and whose abdomen is not distinct from the trunk.
Their body, destitute of wings, is composed of a (usually) nu-
merous suite of annuli, most commonly equal, each of which,
a few of the first excepted, bears two pairs of feet mostly ter-
minated by a single hook; these annuli are either entire or
divided into two demi-segments, each bearing a pair of those
organs, and one of them only exhibiting two stigmata(2).
The Myriapoda in general resemble little Serpents or Ne-
reides, their feet being closely approximated to each other
throughout the whole extent of the body. The form of these
organs even extends to the parts of the mouth. The mandi-
bles are bi- articulated and immediately followed by a quadrifid
piece in the form of a lip with articulated divisions, resem-
bling little feet, which, from its position, corresponds to the
ligula of the Crustacea ; next come two pairs of little feet, the
second of which, in several, resemble large hooks, that appear
to replace the four jaws of the last mentioned animals, or the
two jaws as well as the lower lip of Insects: they are a sort
of buccal feet. The antennae, two in number, are short, some-
what thicker towards the extremity, or nearly filiform and
composed of seven joints in some ; in others they are numer-
ous and setaceous. Their visual organs are usually composed
of a union of ocelli, and if in others they present a cornea
(1) The Mitosata, Fab.
(2) The annuli of the body of Insects are usually provided with two stigmata.
If those of the Scolopendrx, particularly the larger species, those which have
twenty-one pairs of feet, be thus considered, it will be found that they are alter-
nately destitute of, and provided with, two stigmata, and that thus, compared with
these latter animals, they are in fact but semi-annuli. Each complete segment will
then have two pairs of feet, one of which is supernumerary, since, in other Insects,
the annuli furnished with feet have but two.
246 INSECTA.
with facets, the lenses are still larger, rounder, and more
distinct, in proportion, than those of the eyes of Insects. The
stigmata are frequently very small, and their number owing
to that of the annuli, is usually greater than in the latter
where it never exceeds eighteen or twenty. The number of
these annuli and that of the feet increases with age, a charac-
ter which also distinguishes the Myriapoda from Insects, the
latter ab ovo always having the number of segments peculiar
to them, and all their legs with hooks, or true legs, being de-
veloped at once, either at the same epoch or when they pass
into their pupa state. M. Savi, professor of mineralogy at
Pisa, who has paid particular attention to the Iuli, has ob-
served, that on leaving the egg they are destitute of these
organs : they experience then a true metamorphosis. In
some, the male organs of generation are placed immediately
after the seventh pair of feet, on the sixth or seventh segment
of the body, and those of the female near the origin of the
second feet : in the others the two sorts of organs are situated,
as usual, at the posterior extremity of the body. The posi-
tion of the male organs of the first compared with that in
which they are placed in the Crustacea and Arachnides,
would seem to indicate the separation of the trunk and abdo-
men : with respect to those in which these organs are poste-
rior, we observe that an inversion of the successive order of
the stigmata takes place in an analogous portion of the body
of certain species, which appears to announce a similar dis-
tinction.
The Myriapoda live and increase in size longer than other
Insects, and, according to Savi, two years are required to ren-
der the genital organs of some (the Iuli) of them apparent.
From this ensemble of facts, we may conclude, that these
animals approach the Crustacea and Arachnides on the one
hand, and the Insects on the other ; but that as respects the
presence, form and direction of the braehesB, they belong to
the latter.
We divide them into two families, perfectly distinct both
MYRIAPODA. 247
in their organization and habits, and forming two genera ac-
cording to the system of Linnseus.
FAMILY I.
CHILOGNATHA(l).
The body generally crustaceous and frequently cylindrical;
the antennae somewhat thicker near the end or nearly equal,
and composed of seven joints ; two thick mandibles without
palpi, very distinctly divided into two portions by a median
articulation with imbricated teeth, implanted in a cavity of its
superior extremity; a species of lip ligula(2) situated im-
mediately above, that covers them, is crustaceous, plane,
and divided on its exterior surface by longitudinal sutures
and emarginations into four principal areas, tuberculated on
their superior margin, the two intermediate of which, nar-
rower and shorter, are placed at the superior extremity of
another area, serving as a common base : the feet very short,
and always terminated by a single hook ; four feet, situated
immediately under the preceding part, of the form of the
following ones, but more closely approximated at base, with
the radical joint proportionably longer; most of the others
attached in double pairs to a single annulus. The male or-
gans of generation are situated immediately after the seventh
pair of feet, and those of the female behind the second. The
stigmata are placed alternately, outside of the origin of each
pair of feet, and are very small.
The Chilognatha move very slowly, or slide along, as it
were, and roll themselves spirally or into a ball. The first
segment of the body, and in some the following one, is the
largest, and has the form of a corselet or little shield. It is
only at the fourth, in some, and at the fifth or sixth in others,
that the duplication of the feet commences; the first two or
(1 ) Chilognatha, Lat. or the genus Iuirs, Lin.
(2) The lower lip composed of the two pairs of jaws of the Crustacea, accord-
ing to Savigny.
248 INSKCTA.
four feet are even entirely free to their origin, where they
merely adhere to their respective segments by a median or
sternal line. The last two or three rings are without feet.
A series of pores is observed on each side of the body,
which were considered as stigmata, but, according to Savi,
they are simply designed to afford a passage to an acid fluid
of an extremely disagreeable odour, which appears to serve
as a means of defence; the respiratory apertures, for whose
discovery we are indebted to him, are situated on the sternal
part of each segment, and communicate internally with a dou-
ble series of pneumatic sacs strung together like a rosary, ex-
tending along the body, from which proceed tracheal branches
that ramify over the other organs. According to an observa-
tion of Straus, the sacs or vesicular trachea are not, as usual,
connected with each other by a principal trachea.
In the environs of Pisa, where M. Savi collected the pre-
ceding facts, the nuptial season of the common lulus com-
mences near the end of December, and terminates about the
middle of May. The male organs of copulation, in this spe-
cies, are situated under the sixth segment, but they do not
appear in this form till the individual has attained the one-
third of its full size ; until this epoch, that place is occupied
by a pair of feet (the fifteenth), which is always found there
in the females ; in the latter, the orifice of the sexual organs
is between the first and second segment. Some female Glo-
meres and Iuli, behind the origin of the second pair of feet,
exhibit two convex mammillae, which appear to characterize
this sex ; that of the males also consists of two mammillae, but
each of them is terminated by a scaly and twisted hook.
These Insects, in coitu, erect the anterior extremities of their
bodies, and place them in contact, face to face, twining round
each other inferiorly. The body of the new-born animal is
reniform, perfectly smooth, and destitute of appendages.
Eighteen days after, it undergoes its first change, and then for
the first time assumes the form of the adult, still, however,
having but twenty-two segments ; the total number of feet
also amounts to twenty-six pairs. Savi appears to contradict
MYKIAPODA. 249
the assertion of De Geer, who says that he only found three
pairs and eight annuli in the young animal but is it certain
that this change of which Savi speaks is really the first, and
should we not, on the contrary, rather presume that these
young individuals do not suddenly pass from a state in which
they exhibit no locomotive appendages to one where we find
them possessed of twenty-six pairs, or in a word, that previ-
ous changes of tegument, which have escaped the notice of
Savi, have taken place and successively developed this num-
ber of feet? Do not the observations of the Swedish Reau-
mur confirm these gradual transitions? Be this as it may,
the first eighteen pairs of feet, according to Savi, alone serve
for locomotion ; at the second change we observe thirty -six
pairs, and at the third, forty-three ; the body then consists
of thirty segments. Finally, in the adult state, the male has
thirty- nine, and the female sixty-four; two years afterwards
they again experience a change, and then only do the genital
organs make their appearance. From the moment of their
birth, which occurs in March, until November, at which time
M. Savi terminated his observations, these changes take place
about once a month. In their exuviae, we find even the lining
membrane of the alimentary canal and tracheae. The organs
of the mouth were the only parts that Savi could not disco-
ver^).
These Insects feed on dead and decomposed animal and
vegetable matters ; they deposit in the ground a large number
of eggs. According to the system of Linnaeus they form but
one genus, that of
Iulus, Lin.
Which we divide as follows:
Some have a crustaceous body without terminal appendages, and
antennae enlarged near the end.
(1) See Bullet. Gencr. et Univers. of the Baron Ferussac, Decemb., 1823. The
observations of Savi, an extract of which is contained in this work, were published
in a memoir, entitled " Osservazioni per servire alia storia di una specie di Julus
communissima," Bologna, 1817. The same savant published another in 1819 on
the Julus foetidissimus.
Vol. III. 2 G
250 INSECTA.
Glomeris, Lat.
Resembling Onisci; oval, and rolling into a ball; the body convex
above, and concave underneath, with a range of little scales analo-
gous to the lateral divisions of the Trilobites along each of its in-
ferior sides. It is composed, exclusive of the head, of but twelve
segments, the first and narrowest of which forms a sort of semicir-
cular transverse collar? the following and the last are the largest of
all; the latter is arched and rounded at the end. There are thirty-
four feet in the female, and thirty-two in the male, his sexual organs
replacing the pair that is deficient. These animals are terrestrial,
and live under stones in hilly places(l).
Iulus, Lin.
The body of the true Iuli is cylindrical and very long, and has no
ridge or trenchant edge on the sides of the annuli; they roll them-
selves up spirally.
The larger species live on land, particularly in the woods and
sandy places, and diffuse a very disagreeable odour. The
smallest ones feed on fruit, or the roots and leaves of esculent
vegetables. Others are found under the bark of trees, in
moss, Etc.
1. maximus, L. ; Marcgr., Bras., p. 255. Peculiar to South
America, and is seven inches long.
I. sabulosus, L. ; Schaeff. Elem. Entom., lxxiii; /. fasciatus,
De Geer, Insect. VII, xxxvi, 9, 10; Leach, Zool. Miscell.,
cxxxiii. About sixteen lines in length, of a blackish-brown,
with two reddish lines along the back; fifty-four segments, the
penultimate terminated by a stout point with a horny and hairy
extremity. Inhabits Europe.
/. terrestris, L.; 'Geoff., Insect. II, xxii, 5. A fourth smaller;
bluish-cinereous, picked in with light yellowish; forty-two to
forty-seven segments. Inhabits Europe with the sabulosus(2).
(1) lulus ovalis, L.; Gronov., Zooph., pi. XVII, 4, 5; Oniscus zonatus, Panz.
Fam. Insect. Germ., IX, xxiii; Glomeris marginata, Leach, Zool. Miscell.,
CXXXII; Oniscus pustulatus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXII.
(2) See the two memoirs of Savi already quoted, and Leach, Zool. Miscell., Ill,
for an account of these two species and some others that inhabit England. Add
lulus Indus, L.; De Geer, VII, xliii, 7; Seb., Mus. II, xxiv, 4, 5; Seb., Mus. I,
lxxxi, 5; Schrset. , Abhandl, I, iii, 7. [Add of the American species the I. im-
pressus, pundatus, annulatus, ladarius, marginatus, and pusillus. Am. Ed. ]
MYRIAPODA. 251
POLYDESMUS, Lat.
The Polydesmi resemble the Iuli in the linear form of their body,
and the spiral manner in which they roll up their body; but the seg-
ments are compressed on the inferior sides, and have a projecting
ridge above. They are found on stones, and most commonly in wet
places(l).
The species with apparent eyes form the genus Craspedosoma of
Leach(2).
The others have a very soft, membranous body, terminated by
pencils of little scales. Their antennae are equal. Such is the
POLLYXENUS, Lat.,
Which as yet comprises but a single species, placed among the
Scolopendrae Sc.lagara, L., by Linnaeus, Geoffroy and Fabricius.
It is the Iule a queue en pinceau of De Geer, Insect., VII,
xxxvi, 1, 2, 3? Zool. Miscel., cxxxv, B. Very small, oblong,
with bunches of little scales on the sides, and a white pencil at
the posterior extremity of the body. It has twelve pairs of feet
placed on as many semi-annuli. Inhabits cracks in walls, and
under pieces of bark(3).
FAMILY II.
CHILOPODA(4).
The antennae of the Chilopoda are more slender towards the
extremity, and consist of fourteen joints and upwards ; their
mouth is composed of two mandibles furnished with a little
palpiform appendage, which seem to have been soldered in
the middle, and terminate like the bowl of a spoon with den-
(1) The Iuli complanatus ('Zool. Miscell. CXXXV, A), depressa, stigma, triden-
tatus, Fab.; his Scolopendrx? dorsalis and clypeata. [Amer. species, P. serralus,
granulatus, Say, and the lulus virginiensis, Drury. Am. Ed.]
(2) The species, unknown before Leach, appear to be proper to England. See
pi. exxxiv of his Zoological Miscellany, vol. III.
(3) There is a second species, P. fasciculatus, Say, that inhabits the southern
section of the United States. See Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. of Phil. II, part I, p. 108.
Am. Ed.
(4) Chiiopoda, Lat. or the genus Scolopendra, Lin. &c.
252 INSECTA.
tated edges ; of a quadrifid lip(l ) ? of which the two lateral di-
visions are the largest, and transversely annulated, resembling
the membranous feet of caterpillars; of two palpi or little feet,
united at base and unguiculated at the extremity, and of a
second lip(2) formed by a second pair of feet, dilated and
united at base, and terminated by a stout movable hook, whose
inferior extremity is perforated by a hole which affords an
issue to a venomous fluid.
The body is depressed and membranous. Each of its rings
is covered with a coriaceous or cartilaginous plate, and most
generally bears but a single pair of feet(3) ; the last is usually
thrown backwards, and elongated into a kind of tail. The
organs of respiration are wholly or partly composed of tubu-
lar tracheae.
These animals run very fast, are carnivorous, avoid the
light, and conceal themselves under stones, logs, in the ground,
&c. They are much dreaded by the inhabitants of hot cli-
mates, where they are very large, and where their venom is
possibly more active. The Scolopendra morsitans is styled
in the Antilles the malfaisante. Some of them exhibit phos-
phorescent properties.
The organs of generation are internal 3nd placed at the
(1) A part analogous to the lower lip of the Chilognatha, representing', in my
opinion, the tongue of the Crustacea, but also capable of fulfilling the function of
jaws; Savigny calls it the first auxiliary lip.
(2) The second auxiliary lip of the same naturalist. It is not annexed to the
head, but to the anterior extremity of the first semi-segment. The two hooked
feet, by the union and dilatation of their first joint, form a plate resembling a men-
turn and lip. The same segment bears the two first ordinary feet. In the Scolo-
pendrse proper of Leach, the two first stigmata are situated under the third half-
segment, the first not counted; the second and following one will compose the
first complete ring, and then the two first stigmata are found, as in other Insects,
placed on a space corresponding to the prothorax. This second auxiliary lip
may thus represent the inferior lip of the grinding Hexapoda. But here the
pharynx is placed before that lip, whereas in the Myriapoda it is situated before
the first auxiliary lip. It is from these considerations and affinities, and from
others furnished by the Entomostraca and Arachnides, that I consider the feet of
the Hexapoda as analogous to the six foot-jaws of the Crustacea Decapoda-
(3) In this case they are but semi-annuli. See our general observations on the
order.
MYR1AP0DA. 253
posterior extremity of the body, as in most of the following
Insects. The stigmata are lateral or dorsal, and more appa-
rent than in the preceding family.
The Chilopoda, which, in the system of Leach, form the
order Syngnatha, from these last characters, the nature of
the respiratory organs and the feet, may be thus divided :
Some have but fifteen pairs of feet(l), and their body viewed from
above presents fewer segments than when seen from beneath.
Scutigera, Lam. Cermatia, Illig.
The body covered with eight scutelliform plates, under each of
which M. Marcel de Serres has observed two pneumatic sacs or vesi-
cular tracheae, which receive air and communicate with lateral and
inferior tubular trachea?. The under part of the body is divided
into fifteen semi-annuli, each bearing a pair of feet, terminated by a
very long slender multi-articulated tarsus; the last pairs are more
elongated; the eyes large and compound.
Their antennae are slender and tolerably long; the two palpi salient
and furnished with small spines. The body is shorter than in the
other genera of the same family, and the joints of their feet are pro-
portionably longer.
The Scutigerse, which by these characters form the passage from
the preceding family to the present one, are extremely agile animals,
and frequently part with some of their feet when seized.
The species found in France(2) conceals itself between the
beams and rafters of houses.
Lithobius, Leach.
The stigmata lateral; body divided above and beneath into a simi-
lar number of segments, each bearing a pair of feet; the superior
plates alternately longer and shorter, and overlapping each other
close to the extremity.
L. forficatus; Scolopendraforficata, L. ; Fab., De Geer; Geoff.,
(1) Dr Leach makes two pairs more by including the palpi and the hook-like
feet of the head.
(2) The Scolopendred vingt-huit pattes of Geoffroy which appears to differ from
the S. coleoptrata, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L, xii, and from that of Linnaeus;
lulus araneoides, Pall., Spicil. Zool., IX, iv, 16; Scolopendra longicornis, Fab., of
Tranquebar. See also Leach, Zool. Miscell., Cermatia llvida, CXXXVI, and Lin.
Trans. XIV.
254 INSECT A.
Hist, des Insect., II, xxii, 3; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., L.,
xiiij Leach, Zool. Miscel., cxxxvii(l).
The others have at least twenty-one pairs of feet, and the segments
both above and underneath are equal in size and number.
Scolopendra, Lin.
Those which form the two feet that immediately follow the two
hooks forming the exterior lip, present but twenty-one pairs, and
whose antennae have seventeen joints, constituting the genera Scolo-
pendra and Crytops of Leach. There are eight distinct eyes, four
on each side in the first, and that in which the largest species are
found; in the second, they are null or but very slightly visible.
The most southern departments of France and other coun-
tries of the south of Europe, produce a species Scolopendra
cingulata, Lat.; Sc. morsitans, Vill., Entom., IV, xi, 17, 18
which is nearly as large as the common species of the Antilles,
but has a more flattened body(2).
Those which form the genus Crytops, Leach, have rougher anten-
nae than the Scolopendrae, and their two posterior feet are more
slender. Leach mentions two species found in the environs of Lon-
don(3).
In such as form the genus Geophilus, Id., the number of feet
is more than forty-two, and often considerably so. The antennae
consist of but fourteen joints, and their extremity is less tapered;
the body is proportionably narrower and longer. The eyes are but
slightly apparent. Some of the species are electrical(4).
ORDER II.
THYSANOURA.
This order consists of apterous Insects, supported by six
(1) L. variegatus, kevilabrum, Leach, Lin. Trans., XI. See also vol. Ill of his
Zoological Miscellany.
(2) Scolopendra morsitans, L.; De Geer, Insect., VII, xliii, 1. For the other
species, see Zool. Miscell., Ill; the Scolopendra gigantea, L., Brown, Jam-, XLII, 4,
and other large but imperfectly described species.
(3) Crytops hortensis, Zool. Miscell., CXXXIX, Id., lb.; Crytops Savignii.
(4) S. electrica, L.j Frisch., Insect., XI, viii, I; S. occidentalis, L.; List. Itin.,
THYSANOURA. 255
feet, that experience no metamorphosis, and have, in addi-
tion, particular organs of motion either on the sides or the
extremity of the abdomen.
FAMILY I.
LEPISMENiE, Lat.
Setiform antennae divided from their origin into very nu-
merous and small joints; mouth furnished with very distinct
and salient palpi ; each side of the under part of the abdo-
men provided with a range of movable appendages, in the
form of false feet ; abdomen terminated by articulated setae,
three of which are the most remarkable ; body always covered
with small shining scales.
It comprises but one genus, the
Lepisma, Lin.
The body of these animals is elongated and covered with small
scales, frequently silvery and brilliant, from which circumstance the
most common species has been compared to a little Fish. The an-
tennae are setaceous and usually very long. The mouth is composed
of a labrum, of two almost membranous mandibles, of two bipartite
jaws, with a palpus consisting of five or six joints, and of a quadri-
emarginated lip bearing two quadri-articulated palpi. The thorax
is formed of three pieces; the abdomen, which is somewhat nar-
rowed at its posterior extremity, is furnished along each side of the
venter with a range of small appendages, supported by a short joint,
and terminating in silky points, the last of which are the longest;
a sort of scaly compressed stylet, composed of two pieces, issues
from the anus; then come the three articulated setae, which are ex-
tended beyond the extremity of the body. The feet are short and
frequently have very large strongly compressed coxae resembling
scales.
Several species conceal themselves in the cracks in the frame work
of windows, under damp boards, in wardrobes, &c. Others retire
under stones.
vi; S. phosphorea, L. it fell from the clouds on the decks of a vessel one hun.
dred miles from the continent. See Zool. Miscell., III. Geophilus maritimus
CXL, 1, 2; G. longicornis, tab. ead., 3 6, and some other species.
256 INSECT A.
These Insects run with great velocity; some of them by means of
their caudal appendages are enabled to leap. They are divided into
two subgenera.
Machilis, Lat. Petrobius, Leach.
Eyes very compound, almost contiguous, and occupying the greater
part of the head; body convex and arcuated above; abdomen termi-
nated by small threads for saltation, of which the middle one, placed
above the two others, is much the longest.
The maxillary palpi are very large, and have the form of small
feet. The thorax is strangulated, the first segment smaller than the
second and arched.
These Insects leap well and frequent stony and enclosed places.
All the species known belong to Europe(l).
Lepisma, Lin. Forbicina, Geoff., Leach.
Eyes very small, widely separated, and composed of a small num-
ber of granules; body flattened, and terminated by three threads of
equal length, inserted on the same line, and of no use in leaping.
Their coxae are very large. Most of the species inhabit the inte-
rior of houses.
L. saccharina; Forbicine plate, Geoff., Insect., II, xx, 3;
Schseff., Elem. En torn., lxxv. Four lines in length; of a silvery
and somewhat leaden hue and immaculate; originally, it is said,
from America, now very common in houses in Europe.
L. vittata, Fab. Body cinereous, dotted with blackish; four
streaks of the same colour along the back of the abdomen.
Other species are found under stones.
FAMILY II.
PODURELL.E, Lat.
Antennae quadriarticulated ; no distinct or salient palpi ;
abdomen terminated by a forked tail folded under the venter
when at rest, and used for leaping. The Podurellse form but
one genus in the Linnaean system.
(1) Lepisma polypodia, L.; L._ saccharina, Vill., Entom. Lin., IV, xi, I; Koem.
Gener. Insect., XXIX, I; Forbicine cylindrique, Geoff.; Lepisma themana, Fab.;
Petrobius maritimus, Leach, Zool. Miscell., CXLV.
THYSANOURA. 257
Podura, Lin.
These Insects are very small, soft and elongated, with an oval
head and two eyes, each composed of eight granules. Their legs
have but four distinct joints. The tail is soft, flexible, and formed
of an inferior piece, movable at base, to the extremity of which are
articulated two appendages susceptible of being approximated, se-
parated, or crossed they are the teeth of the fork. They have the
faculty of elevating their tail, and then forcing it suddenly against
the plane of position, as if they let go a spring, thus raising them-
selves into the air, and even leaping like the* Pulices but to a less
height. They usually fall on their back, with their tail extended
posteriorly. The middle of the venter exhibits a raised oval portion
divided by a slit.
Some keep on trees and plants, under old pieces of bark, or stones;
others on the surface of stagnant waters, and sometimes on that of
snow during a thaw. Several unite in numerous societies on the
ground, and at a distance resemble little heaps of gunpowder.
Some species appear to propagate in winter.
Poduiia, Lat.
Antennae equal, and without annuli or little joints to the last seg-
ment; body nearly linear or cylindrical; trunk distinctly articulated;
abdomen narrow and oblong(l).
Smynthurus, Lat.
Antennae slenderer near the extremity, and terminated by an an-
nulated piece, or composed of little joints; trunk and abdomen united
in a globular or oval rnass(2).
(1) Podura arborea, L. ; De Geer, Insect. VII, ii, 1 7; P- nivalis, L.; De
Geer, lb., 8 10; P. aquatica, L.; De Geer, lb., ii, 17; P. plumbea, L.; De
Geer, lb., iii, 1 4; P. ambulans, L.; De Geer, lb., 5 6; P. aquatica grisea,
De Geer, lb., ii, 18, 21.
The Pod. vaga,villosa, cincta, annulata, pusilla, lignorum, Jimetaria, Fab.
(2) Podura atra, L.; De Geer, lb., iii, 7 14; the Pod. viridis, polypoda, mi-
nuta, and signata, Fab.
Vol. III. 2 H
258 INSECTA.
ORDER III.
PARASITA(i).
The Parasita, so called from their parasitical habits, have
but six legs, and are apterous, like the Thysanoura; but their
abdomen is destitute of articulated and movable appendages.
Their organs of vision consist of but four or two simple eyes ;
a great portion of their mouth is internal, exhibiting exter-
nally either a snout or projecting mammilla containing a re-
tractile sucker, or two membranous and approximated lips
with two hooked mandibles. According to Linnseus, they
form but one genus, that of
Pediculus, Lin.
Their body is flattened, nearly diaphanous, and divided into
twelve or eleven distinct segments, three of which belong to the
trunk, each bearing one pair of legs. The first of these segments
frequently forms a sort of thorax. The stigmata are very distinct.
The antennse are short, equal, composed of five joints, and frequently
inserted in a notch. There are one or two small ocelli on each side
of the head. The legs are short, and terminated by a very stout
nail, or two opposing hooks, which enable these animals to cling
with great facility to the hairs of Quadrupeds, or to the feathers of
Birds, whose blood they suck, and on whose bodies they propagate
and pass their lives. They attach their ova to these cutaneous ap-
pendages. They multiply excessively, and one generation succeeds
to another with great rapidity. Particular and unknown causes faci-
litate their increase to an astonishing degree in the P. humanus,
producing in Man what has been termed the morbus pediculosus, and
even in children. These Insects always live on the same Quadrupeds
and on the same Birds, or at least on animals of these classes, which
have analogous characters and habits. Two species frequently live
on the same Bird. Their gait in general is very slow.
Some of them Pediculea. Leach such as the
Pediculus, Deg.,
Or true Lice, have a mouth consisting of a very small tubular mam-
(1) Parasita, Eat. Jlnoplura, Leach.
PARASITA. 259
milla situated at the anterior extremity of the head, in the form of
a snout, containing a sucker when at rest. Their tarsi are com-
posed of a joint almost equal in size to the tibia, terminated by a
very stout nail, folding over a projection and with this point ful-
filling the functions of a forceps. Those which I have examined
presented but two simple eyes, one on each side.
Three species live on Man; their ova are termed nits.
In the two following species, the thorax is very distinct from the
abdomen, is about the same width and of a moderate length. They
constitute the genus Pediculus properly so called of Leach(l).
P. humanus corporis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 7. Dirty
white; immaculate; emarginations of the abdomen less salient
than in the following species. It is exclusively confined to the
body of Man, and increases to a frightful extent in the morbus
pediculosus.
P. humanus capitis, De Geer, Insect., VII, 1, 6. Cinereous;
the spaces in which the stigmata are placed, brown or blackish;
lobes of the abdomen rounded. On the head of Man, and of
children particularly.
The males of this and the preceding species, at the posterior
extremity of the abdomen, have a small scaly and conical ap-
pendage, resembling a sting, which is probably the organ of
generation.
Hottentots, Negroes and various Monkeys eat these Pediculi, or
are Phthiropagi. Oviedo pretends that these animals abandon the
Spanish mariners on their way to India as soon as they have reached
the tropics, but that on their return, when they arrive at the same
point they find them in possession of their old quarters. It is also
said that in India, however filthy be the individual, they are never
found except on the head.
At one period the P. humanus was employed by physicians for
the removal of ischuria they introduced it into the urethra.
Dr Leach forms a particular genus, Phthirus, of the P. pubis,
L.; Red., Exp., XIX, 1, which has a wide rounded body, a very
short thorax almost confounded with the abdomen, and the four
posterior feet very stout(2). It is commonly called Morpion. It
attaches itself to the hairs of the genital organs and eye-brows.
Its bite is very severe.
Redi has rudely figured several other species found on different
(1) Zool. Miscell., III.
(2) For those species which live on Man, see the splendid work of Alibert or,
the diseases of the skin.
260 INSECT A.
Quadrupeds. That which lives on the Kog has a very narrow tho-
rax with a very wide abdomen, and forms the genus Hsernatopinus,
Leach(l), the Pou du Buffle, figured by De Geer, Insect., VII, 1,12,
presents more important characters.
The others Nirmidia, Leach such as the
Ricinus, De Geer Nirmus, Herm. Leach,
Have the mouth inferior, and composed externally of two lips and
two mandibles, resembling hooks. Their tarsi are very distinct,
articulated, and terminated by two equal hooks.
One single species excepted, that of the Dog, they are all exclu-
sively confined to Birds. Their head is usually large, sometimes tri-
angular, and at others forming a semi-circle or crescent, and fre-
quently presenting angular projections. It sometimes differs, like
the antennas, in the two sexes. I have perceived, in several, two sim-
ple approximated eyes on each side of the head. According to the
observations of M. Savigny, communicated to me by himself, these
animals are provided with jaws, each of which has a very small
palpus, hidden by the lower lip, which has also two organs of the
same description. They have moreover a kind of tongue.
M. Leclerc de Laval informs me that he has found parcels of fea-
thers in their stomach he thinks that they constitute their only food.
De Geer, however, assures us that he has found the Pediculus of the
Fringilla ccelebs filled with recently imbibed blood. It is well known
that these Insects survive but a short time on dead Birds. When
thus situated, they are observed to wander over their plumes with
much anxiety, those of the head and the vicinity of the beak espe-
cially.
Redi has also represented a great number of species of this sub-
genus.
The mouth of some is situated near the anterior extremity of the
head. The antennae are very small, inserted laterally, and at a dis-
tance from the eyes(2).
In the others, the mouth is nearly central; the antennas are placed
close to the eyes, and their length about equals half that of the
head(3V
(1) Zool. Miscell., CXLVI; P- suis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LI, xvi, 1.
The P. cervi, Panz., lb., xv, belongs to the genus Melophagus, of the Dip-
tera.
(2) Pediculus sternsc hirundinis, L.; De Geer, Insect., VII, iv, 12; Ped. corvi
coracis, L. ; De Geer, lb., ii; Ricinus fringillsc, De Geer; lb., 5, 6, 7; Ped. tin-
nunculi, Panz., lb., xvii.
(3) Ricinus gallinse, De Geer, lb., 15 on the Cock, Partridge, and Pheasant;
PAKAS1TA. 261
The celebrated professor Nitzsch has profoundly studied the in-
ternal as well as external organization of these animals, as may be
seen by referring to his paperon the Epizoic Insects, in the Magasin
der Entomologie of M. Germar. The genus Pediculus, properly so
called, or that whose species are provided with a sucker, is arranged
by him with the Epizoic Hemiptera. The Ricini of De Geer and
others, or the Nirmi of Hermann, Jun., that is to say, the species fur-
nished with mandibles and jaws, are referred to the Orthoptera, and
collectively designated by the term Mullophaga. Two genera of this
division approach the preceding ones in the circumstance of living
on the Mammalia such are Trichodectes and Gyropus. In the
first the maxillary palpi are null or indistinct, and the antennae fili-
form, and composed of three joints. The species of this genus are
found on the Dog, Badger, Sec. In the second the maxillary palpi
are apparent, and the antenna, thicker towards the end, consist of
four joints. The mandibles have no teeth; there are no labial palpi,
and the four posterior tarsi have but a single terminal hook. These
last characters distinguish it from another genus, also furnished
with visible maxillary palpi, quadriarticulated antennae thicker near
the extremity, and an anterior mouth, that of Liotheum. Here the
mandibles are bidentate, the labial palpi distinct, and all the tarsi
terminated by two hooks. The species are found on various Birds,
whereas the Gyropi live on the Guinea-pig. A fourth and last ge-
nus, the species of which are exclusively confined to Birds, is that
of Philopterus. The antennae consist of five joints, the third of
which, in the male, frequently presents a branch that forms a for-
ceps with the first; these organs are filiform. The maxillary palpi
are invisible. The tarsi have two hooks at their extremity, but thev
do not diverge like those of the Liothea. Besides this, the males
here have six testes, three on each side, and their four biliary ves-
sels are thickened near the middle of their length. Those of the
Trichodectes and Philopteri do not exhibit this enlargement, and
they have but four testes, two on each side. In these two genera
there are also ten ovaries, five on each side; in such of the female Lio-
thea as this savant could find them, he saw but six, three on each
side. He has no positive knowledge of the number of those in the
female Gyropi, nor of that of the testes in the males. In all these
genera the thorax is bipartite, that is, the prothorax and the meso-
thorax compose the apparent trunk, and the third division, or the
R. emberizse, De Geer, lb., 9; R- mergi, De Geer, lb., 13, 14; R. canis, De
Geer, lb., 16; Pediculus pavonis, Panz., lb., xix; Lat., Hist. Nat. des Fourm.,
389, xii, 5. See also Panz., lb., pi. xx xxiv. His Pediculus ardese, XVIII, ap-
pears to be the same as the Ricin du plongcon, De Geer, IV, 13.
262 INSECTA.
metathorax, is united to the abdomen and confounded with it. M.
Kirby was the first, I think, who thus designated this segment; but
Nitzsch, on the other hand, seems to have first employed the
others(l). The limits of this work interdict any exposition of the
subgenera he has established. We will merely remark that the one
he calls Goniodes, the fourth subgenus of Philopterus, is exclusively
proper to the Gallinacese. In the collection of memoirs which ter-
minates our Histoire des Fourmis, we have minutely described a
species of Ricinus Philopterus, Nitzsch.
M. Leon Dufour, with the P. meliteas of Kirby, previously well
observed by De Geer, who considered it as the larva of the Meloe
proscarcibasus, as well as by that celebrated entomologist, has formed
a new genus Triongulin des cindrenettes the characters of which
he has figured and published in the Ann. des Sc. Nat. XIII, 9, B.
If this Insect be not the larva of that Meloe, as in the opinion of M.
Kirby, there is no doubt but that it forms a peculiar subgenus in the
order of the Parasita; but according to the researches of MM. Le-
peletier and Servile, the idea of De Geer is confirmed.
ORDER IV.
SUCTORIA(2).
The Suctoria, which constitute the last order of the Ap-
tera, have a mouth composed of three(3) pieces, enclosed
between two articulated laminse, which, when united, form a
cylindrical or conical proboscis or rostrum, the base of which
is covered by two scales. These characters exclusively dis-
tinguish this order from all others, and even from that of the
Hemiptera, to which, in these respects, it approximates the
most closely, and in which these Insects were placed by Fabri-
cius. The Suctoria, besides, undergo true metamorphoses,
analogous to those of several Diptera, such as the Tipulse.
(1 ) See our general observations on the class of Insects.
(2) Siphonapterdi Lat.
(3) Rcesel represents but two; Kirby and Straus, how ever, have observed, one
more. According to the latter, the two scales which cover the base of the ros-
trum are palpi.
SUCTORIA. 263
This order consists of a single genus, that of
Pulex, Lin.
The body of the Flea is oval, compressed, invested by a firm skin,
and divided into twelve segments, three of which compose the trunk,
that is short, and the others the abdomen. The head is small, strongly
compressed, rounded above, and truncated and ciliated before; it is
furnished on each side with a small rounded eye, behind which is a
fossula, in which we. discover a little movable body furnished with
small spines. At the anterior margin, near the origin of the ros-
trum, are inserted the pieces considered as the antennae; they are
scarcely the length of the head, and are composed of four almost
cylindrical joints. The sheath or rostrum is divided into three seg-
ments. The abdomen is very large, each of its annuli being divided
into or forming two laminae, one superior and the other inferior. The
legs are strong, the last ones particularly, fitted for leaping, spinous,
the coxa and femur large, the tarsi composed of five joints, the last
terminating in two elongated hooks; the two anterior legs are in-
serted almost under the head, the rostrum being placed midway be-
tween them.
The male, in coitu, is placed under the female, so that they face
each other. The latter lays a dozen of white and slightly viscid
eggs; the larvae have no feet, are much elongated, resemble little
worms, and are extremely lively, rolling themselves into a circle or
spirally, and crawl with a serpentine motion; they are first white
and then reddish. Their body is composed of a scaly head, without
eyes, bearing two very small antennae, and of thirteen segments,
with little tufts of hairs, the last one terminated by two kinds of
hooks. Some small movable pieces are observed in the mouth, by
which these larvae push themselves forwards. After remaining
twelve days under this form, they enclose themselves in a little silky
cocoon in which they become pupae, and from which, in about the
same time, they issue in their perfect state.
Pidex irritans, L. ; Roes., Insect., II, ii, iv. The common
Flea feeds on the blood of Man, the Dog, Cat, 8cc; the larvae
live in the dirt that is collected under the nails of filthy indi-
viduals of the human family, in the nests of Birds, particularly
of Pigeons, where they fasten to the neck of their young, and
suck their blood to such a degree as to become perfectly red.
Pul. penetrans, L.; Catesb., Carol. Ill, x, 3(1). This species,
(1) M . Dumeril has given an excellent figure of this animal in his work, Con-
sid. Gen. sur la Classe des Insectes, and in the Diet, des Sc. Naturelles.
264 INSECT A.
called the Chique or Chigre in America, most probably forms a
particular genus. It insinuates itself under the nails of the
toes and the skin of the heel, where, by the speedy development
of the ova contained in a membranous sac under the venter, it
soon acquires a size equal to that of a pea.
The numerous family, to which it gives birth, produces a ma-
lignant ulcer, that is cured with difficulty, and which sometimes
proves mortal. These difficulties are generally avoided by rub-
bing the feet with bruised tobacco leaves and other bitter and
acrid plants. The Negroes extract the animal from itsdomicil
with much address.
Various Quadrupeds and Birds are infested with Fleas which ap-
pear to differ specifically from these two.
ORDER V.
COLEOPTERA(l).
Coleopterous Insects have four wings, the two superior of
which resemble horizontal scales, joining in a straight line
along the inner margin ; the inferior wings are merely folded
transversely and covered with others, which form cases or
covers for them, usually denominated the elytra{%).
Of all Insects, these are the most numerous and the best
known. The singular form and brilliant colouring of many
species, the volume of their bodies, the greater solidity of their
teguments, which facilitates their preservation, the numerous
advantages which the study derives from the various forms of
their external organs, &c, have secured to them the particu-
lar attention of naturalists.
Their head presents antennae of various forms, and almost
always composed of eleven joints ; two compound eyes, but
(1) The Eleutherata, Fab.
(2} For the anatomical characters of the Coleoptera, see Ann. des Sc. Nat
VIII, p. .16, wherje a resume is given by M. DunieriJ.
COLEQL'TEUA. 265
none simple(l); and a mouth consisting of a labrum, two
mandibles, usually of a scaly substance, two jaws, each fur-
nished with one or two palpi, and of a labium formed of two
pieces, the mentum and the ligula, and accompanied by two
palpi, commonly inserted into the latter. Those of the jaws,
or when they have two, the exterior ones, never consist of
more than four joints ; those of the lip usually have three.
The anterior segment of the trunk, or that which is before
the wings, usually called the corselet, bears the first pair of
legs, and is much larger than the two other segments(2). The
latter are intimately united with the base of the abdomen, and
their inferior portion or pectus gives insertion to the second
and third pairs of legs(3). The second, on which the scutel-
lum is placed, is narrowed before, and forms a short pedicle
which fits into the interior of the first, and serves as a pivot,
on which it moves.
. The elytra and wings arise from the lateral and superior
edges of the metathorax. The elytra are crustaceous, and
when at rest, join along their internal margin, and always
horizontally. They almost always conceal the wings, which
are wide and transversely folded. Several species are apter-
ous, but the elytra. still exist. The abdomen is sessile or
united to the trunk in its greatest width. It is composed ex-
ternally of six or seven annuli, membranous above, or less solid
than underneath. The number of joints in the tarsi varies
from three(4) to five.
The Coleoptera undergo a complete metamorphosis. The
(1) In some of the Brachelytra two small yellowish points have been observed,
that have been taken for ocelli: but without, as I imagine, any careful examina-
tion, particularly as the Forficulae, a genus of the Orthoptera that is nearest to the
Coleoptera, exhibit none.
(2) The internal membrane, on each side, behind, presents a stigma, a charac-
ter which I believe had not yet been observed, although it was presumed to exist.
(3) The mesothorax is always short and narrow, and the metathorax frequently
spacious, and longitudinally sulcated in the middle.
(4) If we may judge from analogy, the Coleoptera, termed Monomera, have
probably three joints in the tarsi, the two first of which escape observation; this
section and that of the Dimera have been suppressed.
Vol IIL 2 I
266 IN SECT A.
larva resembles a Worm, having a sealy head, a mouth analo-
gous to that of the perfect Insect in the number of its parts,
and usually six feet. Some few species are destitute of them
or have merely simple mammillae.
The pupa is inactive and takes no nourishment. The ha-
bitations, mode of life, and other habits of these Insects, in
both states, greatly vary.
I divide this order into four sections, according to the num-
ber of joints in the tarsi.
The first comprises the Pentamera, or those in which all
the tarsi consist of five joints, and is composed of six families,
the two first of which are distinguished from the others by a
double excremental apparatus(l).
FAMILY I.
CARNIVORA(2).
Two palpi to each maxilla, or six in all; antennae almost
always filiform or setaceous, and simple.
The maxillse are terminated by a scaly hook or claw, and
the interior side is furnished with cilia or little spines. The
ligula is fixed in an emargination of the mentum. The two
anterior legs are inserted on the sides of a compressed ster-
num, and placed on a large patella; the two posterior have a
stout trochanter at their origin ; their first joint is large, ap-
pears to be confounded with the post-pectus, and forms a cur-
vilinear triangle, with the exterior side excavated.
These Insects pursue and devour others. Several have
(1) According to M. Dufour the Silphse, a genus of our fourth family, also pre-
sent one; it is unique, however, or but on one side.
(2) Camassiers, Cuv. Mephagc, Clairv. This family, which is one of the
largest of the Coleoptera, already illustrated by the labours of Weber, Clairville,
and Bonelli, with respect to the method, will finally be reduced to order, as re-
gards the species, if Count Dejean continue his "Species des Coleopteres," four
volumes of which are now published, a work remarkable for the exactness of its
descriptions.
COLEOPTEKA. , 267
no wings under their elytra. The anterior tarsi in most of
the males are dilated or widened.
The larval also are very carnivorous. Their body is usually
cylindrical, elongated, and composed of twelve rings ; the
head, which is not included in this supputation, is large, squa-
mous, armed with two stout mandibles, recurved at the point,
and presents two short and conical antennae, two maxilla?
divided into two branches, one of which is formed by a pal-
pus, a ligula bearing two palpi, shorter than the others, and
six small simple eyes on each side. The first annul us is
covered by a squamous plate ; the others are soft, or have but
little firmness. Each of the three first bears a pair of legs,
the extremity of which curves forwards.
These larva? differ according to the genus. In those of the
Cicindela? and of the Aristus bucephalus, the top of the head
is very concave in the middle, whilst its inferior portion is
convex. They have two small simple eyes, on each side,
much larger, and similar to those of the Lycosa?. The supe-
rior plate of the first segment is large, and forms a semicircu-
lar shield. There are two hooked mammillae on the back of
the eighth annulus ; the last has no remarkable appendage.
In the other larva? of this family which are known to us,
those of Omophron excepted, the head is weaker and more
equal. The simple eyes are very small and similar. The
squamous piece of the first ring is square, and does not pro-
ject from the body. There are no mammilla? on the eighth; and
the last is terminated by two conical appendages, exclusive
of a membranous tube formed by the prolongation of that
part of the body which contains the anus. These appendages,
in the larvae of Calosoma and Carabus, are horny and dentated.
In those of Harpalus and Licinus, they are fleshy, articulated
and longer. The body of the larva of a Harpalus is some-
what shorter, and the head a little larger. The mandibles of
both approach the form of those of the perfect Insect. The
larva of the Omophron borde, according to the observations
of Desmarest, has a conical form, a large head, with two very
stout mandibles and but two eyes : the posterior extremity of
268 INSECT A.
the body, which is somewhat narrowed, terminates by a qua-
driarticulated appendage. I could find but two in that of
the larvae of Licinus and Harpalus.
In this family, we always observe a first, short and fleshy
stomach; a second, elongated, and from the number of small
vessels with which it is covered externally, apparently hairy :
and a short and slender intestine. The hepatic vessels, four
in number, are inserted near the pylorus.
Some are aquatic, others terrestrial.
The latter have legs exclusively adapted for running, the
four posterior of which are inserted at equal distances ; man-
dibles completely exposed; the terminal piece of the max-
illae straight inferiorly, and only curved at its extremity ; and
most frequently an oblong body with projecting eyes. All
their tracheae are tubular or elastic. Their intestine termi-
nates in a widened cloaca, furnished with two small sacs, which
separate an acrid humour(] ).
(1) M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat, VIII, p. 36, gives the following resume
of the anatomical characters of the Insects of this division:
" The Carabici are hunters and carnivorous. The length of their alimentary
canal is not more than twice that of the body. The oesophagus is short; it is fol-
lowed by a musculo-membranous, very dilatable, well developed crop; then comes
an oval or rounded gizzard with cellular and elastic parietes, armed internally with
movable horny appendages fitted for grinding, and furnished with a valve at each
orifice.* The chilific ventricle which succeeds to it is of a soft expansile texture, al-
ways studded with larger or smaller papilla:, and narrowed behind. The small intes-
tine is short. The caecum has the form of a crop. The rectum is short in both sexes.
The hepatic vessels, but two in number, describe various arcs in their flexures, and
are implanted by four separate insertions, around the termination of the chylific
ventricle. The testes are (each) formed by the agglomerated circumvolutions of a
single spermatic vessel, sometimes almost naked, and at others invested by an adi-
pose layer, a sort of tunica vaginalis. The vasa deferentia are often folded into an
epididymus. The vesiculae seminales, only two in number, are filiform. The ductus
jaculans is short, the penis slender and elongated, and the copulating armature
more or less complicated. The ovaries have but from seven to twelve ovigerous
sheaths to each, multilocular, and united in a single conoid fasciculus. The ovi-
duct is short. The sebaceous gland is composed of a secreting vessel, sometimes
filiform, and at others enlarged at the extremity, and of a reservoir. The vulva is
provided with two retractile hooks. The ova form oblong ovals. The presence
of a secreting excremental apparatus is one of the most striking characters in the'
anatomy of all the Carabici. It consists of one or several clusters of secretory utri-
culi, the forrri of which varies according to the genus; of a long vas effer ens,- of a
COLEOPTERA. 269
They are divided into two tribes. The first or the Cicin-
delet^e, Lat. ; comprises the genus
Cicindela, Lin.,
In which the extremity of the maxillae is provided with a little
nail articulated with it by its base.
The head is large, with great eyes, and very projecting and den-
tated mandibles; the very short ligula is concealed behind the men-
turn. The labial palpi are distinctly composed of four joints, and
generally pilose, as well as those of the maxillae. The greater num-
ber of the species are foreign to France.
Some have a tooth in the middle of the emargination in the men-
tum; the labial palpi separated at base, the first joint almost cylin-
drical and without an angular prolongation at the extremity; and
the exterior maxillary palpi manifestly projecting beyond the la-
bium.
Here, the tarsi are similar and have cylindrical joints, in both
sexes; the abdomen is wide, almost cordate, and completely clasped
by soldered elytra, whose exterior margin forms a carina.
Manticora, Fab.
The only two species known(l) are peculiar to Caffraria; they
are the Jargest of the genus. One of them Manticora pallida,
Fab., is hesitatingly referred by M. William Mac-Leay to a
new genus which he calls Platychile, but which to us only
seems to differ from the Manticorae in the elytra which are not
soldered(2).
There, the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi are evidently
more dilated or wider in the males than in the females.
Sometimes the body is simply oval or oblong, the thorax almost
square, sub-isometric or broader than it is long, and neither globu-
lar nor in the form of a knot. The third joint of the anterior tarsi
of the males does not incline inwards, and the following one is in-
serted on its extremity.
bladder or contractile reservoir; of an excretory duct, in which the mode of excre-
tion varies; and of an excreted liquid which possesses ammoniacal properties. The
respiratory organ has stigmata or bivalve buttons and trachex, all of which are
tubular. The nervous system does not differ from that of the Coleoptera in ge-
neral."
(1) Manticora maxillosa, Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill, 37, 1, 2; Hist. Nat. des Coleop.
J'Eur. I, 1, 1; Manticora pallida, Fab.
(2) Annulosa Javanica, I, p. 9.
270 INSECTA.
Of these latter, those species whose labial palpi are evidently
longer than the external maxillary palpi, and with the penultimate
joint longer than the last, form two subgenera.
Megacephala, Lat.
Labrum very short and transversal; first joint of the labial palpi
much longer than the second, and projecting beyond the men-
tum(l).
Oxycheila, Dej.
The labrum forming an elongated triangle, first joint of the labial
palpi not much longer than the second, and not extending beyond
the emargination of the mentum(2).
In the following species the labial palpi are at most about the
length of the external maxillary palpi, the last joint is longer than
the penultimate. They also form two subgenera.
Euprosopus, Lat. Dej.
The third joint of the labial palpi thicker than the last; the three
first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males somewhat elongated,
flattened, carinated beneath, and equally ciliated on both sides; very
large eyes. They keep on trees(3).
Cicindela, Lat.
The true Cicindelae only differ from the Euprosopi in the third
joint of the labial palpi, which is not much thicker than the fourth;
and in their anterior tarsi, whose three first joints, in the males, are
much elongated, more strongly ciliated on the internal side than the
external, and are destitute of a carina beneath.
Their body is usually of a darker or lighter green, mixed with
various brilliant metallic tints; the elytra are marked with white
spots. They prefer dry, warm situations, run with considerable
swiftness, take wing the moment they are approached, but alight at
(1) Cicindela megalocephala, Fab.; Oliv., II, 33, 11, 12; C. Carolina, Oliv. lb., xi,
2; Megacephala euphratica, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., I, 1, 2. For the other
species, see Dejean, Species des Coleopteres, I, p. 6, et seq.
In the United States, Meg. Carolina and Meg. virginica, both beautiful species.
Am. Ed.
(2) Cicindela iristis, Fab. ; Oliv., Coleopt., II, 33, iii, 35; Oxycheila tristis, Dej.,
Species Gene'r. des Coleop. I, p. 16; Cicindela bipustuhta, Lat.; Voy. de Humb
et Uonp].; Obscr. d'Anat. et de Zool., No. X1U, xvi, 1, 2.
(3) Cicindela 4-notata, Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Europ., I, i, 6; Euprosophus
4-notatus, Dej., Spec. Gener. des Coleopt. [, p. 151.
COLEOPTERA. 271
a short distance. If pursued they have recourse to the same means
of escape.
The larvae of the two species indigenous to France, the only ones
that have been observed, excavate in the earth a deep cylindrical
hole, an operation which they effect with their mandibles and feet.
To empty it, they place the detached particles on their head, turn
about, climb up the ascent little by little, resting at intervals and
clinging to the walls of their domicil by means of their two dorsal
mammillae; when they arrive at the mouth of the aperture they throw
down their burden. While in ambuscade, the plate of their head,
exactly closes the entrance of their cell, and is on a level with the
ground. They seize their prey with their mandibles, and even dart
upon it, and by a see-saw motion of their head precipitate it to the
bottom of the hole. Thither also they quickly retreat on the least
intimation of danger. If they are too confined, or the soil is not of
a proper nature, they construct a new habitation elsewhere. Such
is their voracity that they devour other larvae of the same species,
which have taken up their abode in their vicinity. When about to
change their tegument or to become pupae, they close the opening of
their cell. Part of these observations were communicated to me
by the late M. Miger, who had carefully studied many larvae of
Coleoptera, and discovered several which had escaped the researches
of naturalists.
C. cartipestris, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXV, iii.
About six lines in length; grass-green above; labrum white,
slightly unidentated in the middle; five white points on each
elytra. Very common in Europe in the spring.
C. hybrida, L.; Panz., lb., iv. Two crescent-shaped spots,
and a white band on each elytron; one of the spots at the exte-
rior base and the other at the end; suture cupreous. In sand-
pits, never mixing with the campestris(l). The
C. germanica and some other species have a narrower and
more elongated form, and seem to constitute a particular sec-
(1) Add, Cicindela sylvatica, L.; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xxiv, A; C simata,
Fab.; Clairv., lb., B, b; C. germanica, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. VI, v. For
these and other European species, the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur. of Lat. and
Dej., fascic. I, p. 37, et seq. and in general the Species Gener. of Count De-
jean ; see also the work of Curtis on English Insects.
Add of American species the C. unicolor,[6-guttata, rugifrons, patrucla, concenta-
nea, signata, .blanda and the C. lepida, Le C, nov. spec, ined.; the C. obliquata,
repanda, albohirta, laticincta, formosa, marginata, variegata, unipunctata, marginU
pennis, abdominalis, 12-guttata, fieocuosa, obscura, pusilla, punctata, pulchra, and
the C. denticulata haemorrhoidalis and splendida, new species of Hentz. Am. Ed.
272 INSECTA.
tion. The germanica, unlike the preceding, does not fly when
about to be seized but escapes by running, which it does with
great speed. M. Fischer, in his Entomography of Russia, has
placed a Brazilian species (T. marginatus) in the subgenus
Therates.
All these species are winged; but some apterous ones are
known whose abdomen is also narrower and more oval, and in
which the tooth of the emargination of the mentum is very
small and hardly sensible. Such is the one figured in our Hist,
Nat. des Coleop. d'Europe, I, i, 5, under the name of coarc-
tata. Count Dejean, Spec. Gen. des Coleop., II, p. 434, has
formed a new genus with them, that of Dromica(l).
Sometimes the body is long and narrow, the thorax elongated, in
the form of a knot, narrowed before;' the third joint of the two
anterior tarsi of the males, pallet-shaped and projecting internally;
the fourth is inserted exteriorly near its base.
Ctenostoma, Kliig. Caris, Fisch.
This subgenus appears to be peculiar to the intertropical regions
of South America. The head is large, with almost setaceous an-
tennae nearly as long as the body; the external palpi are very salient,
and terminated by a thicker joint elongated and pyriform; the pen-
ultimate joint of the external maxillary palpi shorter than the fol-
lowing one; the two first joints of the labial palpi very short, and
the terminal lobe of the jaws without any apparent unguiculus at the
extremity. The abdomen is oval, strangulated at base and pedicu-
lated. The legs are long and slender.
The Ctenostomae approach the Megacephalae in the size of their
palpi, and in other respects approximate to the Tricondylse and
Therates(l).
The others have no tooth in the middle of the emargination of the
mentum. The labial palpi are contiguous at their origin, with the
first joint obconical or in the form of a reversed pyramid, and di-
lated or prolonged interiorly in the manner of an angle or tooth; the
exterior maxillary palpi hardly extend beyond the labrum. These
species have been distributed into three subgenera.
Therates, Lat. Eurychile, Bonel.
The Therates in their general form resemble the true Cicindelse,
(1) See the Entomologix Brasilianae Specimen of Kliig 1 ; the Spec. Gen. des
Coleop. of Count Dejean, I, p. 152, ct seq., and the Supp. to vol. II of the Hist.
Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. I, p. 35; the Entom. Imp. Russ. of M. Gotthelf
Fischer, I; Gener. Insect, p. 98.
COLEOPTERA. 273
but are distinguished from them, as well as from all other analogous
subgenera, by their internal maxillary palpi, which are very small
and acicular. The tarsi are similar in both sexes, with the penulti-
mate joint cordate, uncmarginate, and simply excavated above for
the insertion of the last.
These Insects are exclusively proper to the most eastern islands
of Asia, as Java, those of Sunda, and such as are to the north of
New Holland. (1)
In the two following subgenera, both proper to the East Indies,
or the remotest of the Oriental islands, the body is narrow and elon-
gated, and the thorax almost cylindrical, or in the form of a knot.
The third and fourth joint of the tarsi is prolonged interiorly in the
manner of a lobe.
Colliuris, Lat. Coltyris, Fab.
Furnished with wings; antennse thickest near the end; last joint
of the labial palpi almost securiform, and the penultimate frequently
curved; thorax nearly cylindrical, narrowed and strangulated before,
with the anterior margin widened; abdomen almost cylindrical,
widened and enlarged posteriorly; tarsi similar in both sexes, the
penultimate joint prolonged obliquely on the inner side, as large as
the preceding one; the latter in the form of a reversed triangle with
acute angles(2).
Teicondyla, Lat.
Destitute of wings; antennae filiform; penultimate joint of the
labial palpi longest and thickest; thorax in the form of a knot, sub-
ovoid, strangulated, truncated, and turned up at both ends; abdomen
oval, oblong, narrowed towards the base, and slightly gibbous pos-
teriorly; three first joints of the anterior tarsi dilated in the males,
the third obliquely prolonged on the inner side in the manner of a
lobe; the fourth nearly similar, but much smaller and less prolong-
ed^).
The second tribe, or the Carabici, Lat., comprehends the
genus
(1) See Lat., Dej. Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. I, p. 63; the Spec.
Gen. des Coleop. Dej., I, 57, and the Supp. to vol. II; and particularly the me-
moir of Bonelli on this genus.
(2) See the works just quoted. The species which I have described and figured
under the name of longicollis is distinct from the Fabrician species of the same ap-
pellation; it is the Colliuris emarginata, Dej., Spec Gener., I, p. 165.
(3) Idem
Vol. III. 2 K
274 1NSF.CTA.
Carabus, Lin.
Where the maxillae simply terminate in a point or hook, without an
articulated extremity.
Their head is usually narrower than the thorax, or, at most, of the
same widthj their mandibles, those of a few excepted, have no den-
tations or but very few; the ligula usually projects, and the labial
palpi exhibit but three free joints(l). Many of them are destitute
of wings, only having elytra. They frequently diffuse a fetid odour,
and eject an acrid and caustic liquid from the anus. Geoffroy be-
lieved that the ancients designated Carabici under the name of
Buprestes, Insects which they considered as highly poisonous, par-
ticularly to Oxen(2).
The Carabici conceal themselves in the ground, under stones, chips,
bark of old trees, &c, and are mostly very active. Their larvae
have the same habits. This tribe is very numerous, and forms a
most difficult study.
We will compose a first general subdivision with those, the termi-
nation of whose exterior palpi is not subulate; their last joint is
not united with the preceding one to form either an oval body
acutely pointed at the end, or a conoid terminated by a slender and
acicular point.
These Carabici may be subdivided into those whose two anterior
tibiae have a deep notch on the inner side, separating the two spines
which are usually placed near each other at the extremity of this
side, and into those where these tibiae present no emargination, or if
any, a mere oblique, linear canal, which does not reach their ante-
rior side.
Of this subdivision we will make several sections:
1. The Truncatipennes, so called because the posterior extremity
of their elytra is almost always truncated. The head and thorax are
narrower than the abdomen. The ligula is most commonly oval or
square, and is rarely accompanied on the sides by salient divisions.
The hooks of the tarsi, in some, are simple or not dentated, but
arranged like the teeth of a comb.
We will commence with those in which the head is not abruptly
narrowed at its posterior extremity, and is not attached to the tho-
rax by a sort of suddenly formed neck, or by a species of patella.
{1) In Cicindela the radical joint is free, and it is on this account that the palpi
consist of four; but here it is entirely adherent and forms but one base which is
not counted.
(2) See the genus Meloe,
COLEOPTERA. '.115
The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The exte-
rior palpi are never terminated by a much larger and securiform
joint. The two anterior tarsi of the males are not dilated, or if so,
but very slightly; the penultimate joint of these and the other tarsi
is never deeply bilobate.
The three following subgenera have a common negative character:
that of being destitute of wings.
Anthi'a, Web. Fab.
An oval, horny ligula, advancing between the palpi nearly to
their extremity.
The labrum frequently large and dentated or angular.
The exterior palpi filiform; the last joint almost cylindrical or
forming a reversed and elongated cone. No tooth in the emargina-
tion of the mentum. The abdomen oval, and most frequently con-
vex; elytra almost entire, or but slightly truncated.
These Insects, as well as those of the ensuing subgenus, have a
black body spotted with white, a colour formed by clown; they inha-
bit the deserts and similar localities of Africa(l) and some parts of
Asia. According to the late M. Leschenault de Latour, the Anthise,
when irritated, discharge a caustic fluid from the anus. The spe-
cies generally are large, and in the males of some the thorax is
more or less dilated posteriorly and terminates by two lobes(2).
Graphipterus, Lat. Anthia, Fab.
The Graphipteri were formerly confounded with the Anthiae, but
differ from them in their ligula, which, the middle part excepted, is
entirely membranous; and in their compressed antennae, whose third
joint is much longer than the others. Besides this, their abdomen
is always flattened and orbicular, and one of the two spines termi-
nating the posterior tibia? is always laminiform and much longer
than the other.
The species of this subgenus are exclusively proper to Africa,
and smaller than the preceding(S).
(1) Although several Insects of the north of Africa have been discovered in the
south of Spain and Italy, not a solitary species of Anthia or Graphipterus has ever
been found there.
(2) See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fasclc. II; the Species desColeop., Dej.,
I; the excellent Synonymia Insectorum of Schoenherr; and the zoological portion
of the Voy. de Caillaud, where I have described and figured the Insects collected
by him in Africa.
(3) See Hist. Nat. Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, and the Species des Coleop., I,
276 1NSECTA.
Aptinus, Bon. Brachinus, Web. Fab.
The last joint of the exterior palpi somewhat thicker, that of the
labials particularly; a tooth in the middle of the emargination of
the mentum. The ligula is similar to that of the Graphipteri, but
the lateral divisions form a small pointed projection. What parti-
cularly distinguishes this, as well as the following subgenus, is the
fact, that the oval and thick abdomen contains organs which secrete
a caustic liquor of a penetrating odour, that issues from the anus
with a crepitus and instantly evaporates. This fluid produces a
discoloration of the skin similar to that caused by nitric acid, and
if the species be large, a burn, accompanied with pain. M. Leon
Dufour has described the organs which secrete it(l).
These Insects are frequently found in society, at least in the spring,
under stones. They employ the above mentioned mode of defence
to terrify their enemies, and can repeat the discharge a number of
times. The larger species inhabit tropical and other hot climates
to the limits of the temperate zone.
Jipt. balista, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii, 1;
Brachinus displosor, Duft. From five to eight lines in length;
black, with a fulvous thorax and sulcated elytra. Navarre and
various parts of Spain and Portugal.
Apt. pyrenaeus, Dej., Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii,
3. From three to four lines in length; deep black; antennae and
palpi fulvous; feet of a russet yellow(2). The elytra are sul-
cated. It was discovered by Count Dejean in the department
of the Pyrennees-Orientales.
Brachinus, Web. Fab.
The Brachini only differ from the Aptini in being furnished with
wings, and in the circumstance of the emargination of their mentum
having no tooth.
Some, generally the largest and mostly foreign to Europe, have
their elytra very sensibly sulcated or ribbed. Of this number is a
species common to the Antilles and Cayenne, the
Brack, complanatus, Fab.; Carditis planus, Oliv. Ill, vi, 63.
From six to eight lines in length; russet yellow; the elytra
black, no humeral point, a sinuous band traversing their middle,
Dej. The Jlnthia exclamatiunis, Fab., is a Graphipterus, figured Diet. d'Hist.
Nat. X, E, 2, 7, under the name of trilinee.
(1) Mem. sur le Brachine tirailleur, Ann. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. XVII, 70, 5, and
the Ann. des Sc. Nat. VI, p. 320.
(2) See Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., and the Species des Coleop., Dej., I.
COLEOFTKRA. 277
and a russet yellow spot at their extremity: their external
margin of the same colour; posterior angles of the thorax pro-
longed into a point.
The elytra of the others are smooth or but slightly sulcated. In
the environs of Paris the following species are usually to be found.
Brack, crepitans, Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, viii,
6; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ., XX, 5. Average length four
lines; fulvous; elytra sometimes deep blue, at others bluish-
green, and slightly sulcated; antennae fulvous, but the third and
fourth joints blackish; the pectus, its middle excepted, and the
abdomen, black. This species has been confounded with the
explodens of Duftschmid Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II,
viii, 7 which is also very common. It is but half the size of
the crepitus, with blue and almost smooth elytra. The gla-
bratus, Bonelli, only differs from it in the absence of the spots
on the antennae.
Brack, sclopeta, Fab.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, ix, 3.
Very similar to the last, but distinguished from it as well as
from the preceding ones by the suture of the elytra, which is
fulvous-red from the base to the middle. The body also is
wider in proportion, and of the same colour above and beneath.
Brack, bombarda, Illig.; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., II, ix,
2. This species is intermediate between the last and the first.
A fulvous spout surrounds the scutellum, but does not extend
along the suture.
Brack, exhalans, with elytra of an obscure blue, and four yel-
lowish spots, and Brack, causticus, all fulvous, with a band along
the suture and posterior spot blackish are found in the de-
partment of Flerault(l).
In the Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., we placed the genus Cat as-
copus of Kirby next to Brachinus. A more recent examination leads
us to think that it rather belongs to the Simplicimani. The poste-
rior extremity of the elytra, it is true, does offer a deep emargina-
tion, but it terminates in a point towards the suture, and is not
truncated. Several species of this division also present the same
sinus, although less deep and acute.
Between the Brachini and the Catascopi, Count Dejean Species
I, p. 226 places the genus Corsyra of Steven, the type of which is
the Cyrnindisfusula of the Russ. Entomog., of Fischer, I, xii, 3. It
(1) See op. cit. ut sup.
Add of American species Brack, alternans, quadripennis, fumans, cephalotes.
Jim. Ed.
278 INSECTA.
differs from the latter in its tarsi, the hooks of which are simple.
The body also is flattened, as in the preceding and other neighbour-
ing subgenera, tolerably broad, with filiform palpi, unidentated
mentum and transverse labrum; the thorax is wider than the head,
and nearly semi-orbicular.
But one species is known.
The other Carabici of the same division with equally simple
hooks are removed from the preceding by the form of their head,
which is suddenly narrowed immediately after its origin, presenting
the appearance of a neck or rotula.
First come those in which the tarsi of both sexes are identical,
sub-cylindrical or linear, and whose penultimate joint, at most, is
deeply notched or bilobate.
Sometimes the exterior palpi are filiform or but slightly enlarged
at the end, with the last joint verging to an oval; the head has the
same form and becomes gradually narrowed behind the eyes. The
first joint of the antennae is always short or but slightly elongated.
The thorax is always narrow and elongated. The body is thick.
The emargination of the mentum has a central tooth. The ligula is
almost square, and its paraglossia are salient and pointed.
Casnonia, Lat. Ophioncea, Klug.
The thorax almost like a truncated cone, or a cylinder narrowed
anteriorly(l).
Leptotrachelus, Lat.
Thorax cylindrical, and without any sensible contraction ante-
riorly; elytra entire or not truncated; penultimate joint of the tarsi
bilobate(2).
Odacantha, Payk. Fab.
The same kind of thorax, but the elytra are truncated and the
joints of the tarsi entire.
Odac. melanura, Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, v; Hist. Nat.
des Coleop. d'Eur., II, x, 6. The type of the genus; three lines
(1) See Entom. Brasil., of Kliig; the Spec. Gener., of Dej., I, p. 170; Hist.
Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, vii, 6. The species figured C. cyunocephala
from the penultimate joint of the tarsi forms a particular division. It is found in
Bengal. All the others, the principal of which is the Mtelabus pensylvanicus,
Lw, belong to America and have all the joints of the tarsi entire.
American species, C pensylvanica, rufipes. Am. Ed.
(2) Odacantha dorsalis, Fab.
COLEOPTERA. 279
in length; greenish-blue; elytra, the extremities excepted, rus-
set-yellow; base of the antennae, pectus, and a greater portion
of the feet of the same colour: ends of the elytra blackish-blue.
It frequents the neighbourhood of water, and is more particu-
larly found in the north of France, Germany and Sweden(l).
Sometimes the exterior palpi are terminated by a thicker trian-
gular joint, or one resembling a reversed cone; the head, directly
behind the eyes, is suddenly narrowed, and has a triangular form,
or that of a heart.
Some, in which the body is flattened, placed by Fabricius among
his Galeritae, have all the joints of the tarsi entire, the thorax cord-
ate and posteriorly truncated, and the mandibles as well as the max-
illae of an ordinary length or but slightly salient.
The first joint of the antennae forms a reversed and elongated cone.
The ligula is square, and its paraglossae are usually as long as itself;
the middle of the eraargination of the mentum is furnished with a
tooth. These Carabici, of which the species indigenous to Europe
are found under stones, bark, and most commonly in the vicinity of
water, form the three following subgenera.
Zuphium, Lat.
First joint of the antennae at least as long as the head; exterior
maxillary palpi much elongated(2).
Polistichus, Bon.
First joint of the antennae, as in the following subgenus, shorter
than the head; maxillary palpi of the ordinary length; second, third
and fourth joints of the tarsi, those of the two anterior legs particu-
larly, short and nearly orbicular; the ligula terminated superiorly by
a straight margin, its paraglossae salient, and resembling narrow,
arcuated and pointed auriculae(3).
Helluo, Bon.
This subgenus is only distinguished from Polistichus by the en-
tirely corneous ligula, which is rounded at the superior extremity,
(1) The Odacantha tripustulata, Fab., is a species of Notoxus.
(2) Galerita olens, Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv. II, xvii, A, a; Hist. Nat. des Co-
leop. d'Eur., fasc. II, x, 3.
(3)' Galerita fasciolata, Fab. ; Clairv., lb., B, b; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., lb.,
4; Polistichus discoideus, lb. 5. See the Spec, des Coleop., Dej. I, p. 194.
280 IKSECTA.
and without any distinct paraglossae. The species are all foreign to
Europe(l).
The others, w.hich, with those that immediately follow, appear to
approximate to the Brachini(2), have the penultimate joint of all the
tarsi strongly bilobate; the mandibles and maxillae long, narrow, and
projecting; the body thick; the head in the form of a narrow and
elongated triangle; the thorax almost cylindrical, and slightly nar-
rowed posteriorly.
The first joint of the antennae is long and narrowed at base. The
rnentum is nearly lunate, and is destitute of a tooth in the middle of
the emargination. The ligula is salient, narrow, almost linear, and
terminated by three stout spines; it has two small paraglossae. The
under part of the tarsi is covered with down. Such are the charac-
ters of
Drypta, Lat. Fab.
All the species known belong to the eastern continent and to
New Holland. Two inhabit Europe, and are always found on
the ground.
The most common is the Drypta emarginata, Fab.; Clairv.
Entom. Helv. II, xvii; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fasc. II,
x. 1. It is about four lines in length, and of a beautiful azure-
blue; the antennae, mouth and legs, fulvous; extremity of the
first joint of the antennae and the middle of the third, blackish;
elytra with punctate striae. More common in the south of
France than the north. M. Blondel Jun., however, has found
it in abundance in a locality near Versailles(S).
We now come to the Carabici; very analogous to the preceding
ones in their divisional characters, but removed from them by the
form of their tarsi. The four first joints, or at least those of the
anterior tarsi of the males, are greatly dilated and bifid; the penul-
(1) Helluo costatus, Hist. Nat. des. Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, vi, 5; Galerita
hirta, Fab. See the Species Gener. Dej. I, p. 283.
An undescribed species from Brazil appears to me to form a new subgenus by
its filiform palpi, of which the last joint is cylindrical.
(2) The Dryptse are also allied to Cychrus, and seem to connect the Cicindelitae
with the Carabici Grandipalpi. Several sections of this family seem to connect
themselves with the Cicindclx like so many branches. Most of the other families
of Insects are similarly situated, or form ramified trunks in a word, continuous
series do not exist in nature.
(3) For the other species, see Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. II, x, 2;
and the Species Gener. des Coleop. Dej. I, 182.
COLEOPTERA. 281
timate of all, and in both sexes, is always emarginated or dilated.
The exterior palpi and the first joint of the antennae always long,
Trichognatha, Lat.
Ultimate joint of the exterior palpi in the form of a reversed cone,
and elongated; a hairy triangular projection on the exterior side of
the maxillae; very long palpi; labrum bicrenate, with three obtuse
teeth; summit of the ligula armed with three spines? the four poste-
rior tarsi not dilated, at least in the females. The type of the genus
(71 mar g inip ennis) was brought from Brazil by the celebrated bota-
nist M. de Saint-Hilaire.
Galerita, Fab.
The Galeritae differ from the preceding subgenera in their exte-
rior palpi, of which the last joint is triangular or securiform, and
in the non-dilatation of the exterior side of the maxillae.
The two anterior tarsi of the males are widened; the emargina-
tions of the four first joints are acute, and their internal divisions
are larger and more prolonged than the external. The summit of
the ligula is tridentate, and its paraglossae are very distinct. The
emargination of the mentum is unidentate.
Some species, such as the Galerita occidentalis, Dej.; G. afri-
cana, Id., by their oval head, and narrower and more elongated
thorax, form a particular division. Most of them belong to
America(l).
Cordistes, Latr. Calophoena, Kliig. Odocantha, Fab.
The exterior palpi filiform and terminated by an oval and pointed
joint.
The four first joints of all the tarsi dilated and the first in the form of
a reversed and elongated cone; lobes of the two following ones equal,
straight, and pointed; the fourth in the form of a heart or reversed
triangle, and unemarginatej its superior face is excavated for the re-
ception of the next. The head is nearly oval(2).
We will terminate this section with those in which the hooks of
(1) Seethe Hist. Nat desColeop. d'Eur.; and Spec. Gener. des Coleop. Dej., ].
But one species of Galerita, the G. umericana, Fab., Carabus americanus, Oliv. ,
has yet been described from the United States. The rest are from Cayenne, Cuba,
and one, the africana, Dej., from Senegal. Am. Ed.
(2) See the Hist. Nat. des Col. d'Eur., fuscic. II; Spec des Coleop., Dej., I;
and chiefly the Entom. Brasil. Specim., of Kliig-. All the known species belong-
to South America.
Vol. III. 2 L
282 INSECTA.
the tarsi are dentated beneath in the manner of a comb, and com-
mence with such as have their oval or ovoid head separated from
the thorax by a sudden and marked strangulation forming a sort of
knot or patella. The penultimate joint of their tarsi is always di-
vided down to its base into two lobes; the preceding ones are broad,
and in the form of a heart or reversed triangle. The first joint of
the antennae is but slightly elongated. All the species known belong
to the western world.
Ctenodactyla, Dej.
Exterior palpi filiform, the last joint oval; body but slightly elon-
gated and flattened; thorax almost cordiform, elongated, and trun-
cated posteriorly(l).
Agra, Fab.
Exterior maxillary palpi filiform; labial palpi terminated by a
large triangular or securiform joint; the body long and narrow; tho-
rax forming an elongated cone narrowed anteriorly. The mentum
is suborbicular with a tooth in the middle of the emargination; the
ligula nearly cylindrical, without very distinct paraglossae(2).
Now the head is separated from the thorax by a very abrupt stran-
gulation, in the form of a knot or patella(S). The joints of the tarsi
are entire in several, and the first are rarely dilated. The body is
always flattened. The paraglossse are never salient, simply forming
a membranous margin, rounded or obtuse at the end.
Here the thorax is isometric, or longer than it is wide, cordiform,
and truncated posteriorly. The body is elongated. Such are
Cymindis, Lat. Cymindis, Jlnommus, Fisch. Tarus, Clairv. Ca-
rabus, Fab.
Exterior maxillary palpi filiform, or hardly thicker at the extre-
mity, with the last joint cylindrical; the same of the labials, larger,
almost securiform, or like a reversed triangle, at least in the males;
the head not narrowed posteriorly; all the joints of the tarsi entire
and nearly cylindrical 4).
(1) Ctenodactyla Chevrolatii, Dej. Spec. I, p. 227. [The only species known,
and type of the genus. From Cayenne. Am. Ed.]
(2) See Kliig's excellent Monograph of this genus: also the Hist. Nat. Col.
d'Eur., and the Spec, des Coleop., Dej., 1. All the species belong to intratropical
America.
(3) Somewhat narrowed posteriorly in Demetrias and Dromius, but not fixed to
the thorax by a patella.
(4) See Hist. Nat. Col. d'Eur., fascic. II, and III, and Spec Gen. des Coleop. I.
COLROPTERA. 283
Calleida, Dej.
Entirely similar to Cymindis, with the exception of.the tarsi, the
penultimate joint of which is bifid; in the preceding it is triangular.
Peculiar to America(l).
Demetrias, Bon.
Analogous to Calleida in the tarsi, but having an oval head nar-
rowed posteriorly, and all the exterior palpi nearly filiform, with
the last joint almost ovoid or subcylindrical.
This subgenus, as well as the next, is composed of very small
species, which usually frequent wet places. They are, nearly all,
European(2).
Dromias, Bon.
Generally apterous; joints of the tarsi entire; otherwise similar to
Demetrias(S).
There, the thorax is evidently wider than it is long, forms the
segment of a circle, or resembles a heart, widely and transversely
truncated posteriorly.
In some, the middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is ex-
tended backwards. Such is
Lebia, Lat. Lebia Lamprias, Bon.
Exterior palpi terminating in a little larger and nearly cylindrical
or oval joint truncated at the end; four first joints of the tarsi almost
triangular, and the fourth more or less bifid or bilobate. One of the
most common in Europe is
L. cyanoccpfiala; Carabus cyanocephalus, L., Fab.; Bupreste
bleu a corselet rouge, Geoff.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXV,
5; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. Ill, xii, 7. From two
to two lines and a half long; blue or green and very lucent
above; first joint of the antennse, the feet and thorax, fulvous-
red; extremity of the femur black; elytra marked with slight
punctated striae.
L. hosmorrhoidalis; Carabus Jmmorrhoidalis, Fab.; Hist. Nat.
des Coleop. d'Eur., fascic. Ill, xiii, 8. Not above two lines in
(1) See op. cit.
Of American species, add the marginata, decora, rubricollis and smaragdina.
Am. Ed.
(2) Idem.
(3) Idem.
284 INSECTA.
length; body fulvous with black elytra, terminated by a yellow-
ish-fulvous spot; elytra slightly striate, the striae punctate with
two more deeply impressed puncta near the third, commencing
from the suture( 1).
In the following, the thorax terminates posteriorly in a straight
line without any central projection.
Plochioxus, Dej.
The antennae almost granose; last joint of the labial palpi large,
nearly securiform; four first joints of the tarsi short, in the form of
a reversed heart, the fourth bilobate(2).
Orthogonius, Dej.
Similar tarsi; but the antennae are filiform, and the external palpi
terminated by an almost cylindrical joint(3).
Coptodera, Dej.
The palpi of the preceding; antennae more or less granose; three
first joints of the anterior tarsi short and wide; the same of the
four posterior tarsi, almost filiform; the penultimate joint of all bifid,
but not bilobate. All the species quoted by Count Dejean are
foreign to Europe, and belong, generally, to America(4).
2. The second section, that of the Bipartiti, Scaritides, Dej.
which in relation to their habits might also be styled Fossores, is
composed of Carabici with elytra either entire or slightly sinuated
at their posterior extremity; having frequently granose and geni-
culate antennae; a broad head, large thorax, usually shaped like a
cup or almost semi-orbicuiar, and separated from the abdomen by
an interval which causes the latter to appear pediculated; the legs
generally but slightly elongated, their tarsi usually short, and simi-
lar in the two sexes, or nearly so, without any brush beneath and sim-
ply furnished with ordinary hairs or cilia. The two anterior tibiae
are dentated, and in several palmated or digitated; the mandibles
frequently strong and dentated. There is a tooth in the emargina-
tion of the mentum. They all keep on the ground, conceal them-
(!) See op. cit.
Add of American species, the Leb. analis, vittatu, quadrivittata, fuscata, mar-
ginicollis, viridis, and the L. borea, solea, and grandis, of Hentz, new species.
Am. Ed.
(2) Op. cit.
(3) Dejean, Spec. I, p. 279: all the species foreign to Europe. Near this sub-
genus may perhaps be placed that of the Hexagonia, Kirby, Lin. Trans., XIV.
(4) In the United States; C signata, and C. asraia, Dej. Am- Ed-
COLEOPTERA. 285
selves either in holes which they excavate, or under stones, and fre-
quently only leave their retreat at night. They are usually of a
uniform black. The larvae of the Ditomus bucephalus, the only one
that has been observed, has the form and mode of life of the larvae of
the Cicindelae. They are more particularly proper to hot countries.
The three first subgenera, on account of their labial palpi, which
are terminated by a larger, securiform or triangular joint, form a
particular group; the last of these subgenera leads us to Scarites,
whilst the first, which, as respects the absence of the ema-rgination
in the internal side of the two anterior tibiae, constitutes an excep-
tion, seems to connect itself with the first subgenera of the family.
They all have stout and dentated mandibles. The external maxil-
lary palpi terminate in a rather larger joint; the thorax has the form
of a cup or truncated heart; the abdomen is pediculated.
Two of the subgenera of this group form a special subdivision.
Their anterior tibiae are not palmated. Their antennae consist of
cylindrical joints, or such as resemble reversed cones. The mentum
covers the whole under part of the head as far as the labrum, and
frequently exhibits no transverse suture at its base. The body is
much flattened, and is apterous in several. They all belong to the
eastern continent or to New Holland.
Enceladus, Bon.
The inner side of the anterior legs unemarginate; first joint of the
antennae but little elongated and almost cylindrical, the third shorter
than the second; middle of the superior margin of the ligula pro-
jecting in the manner of an angle or tooth; thorax almost in the
form of a broadly truncated heart, the posterior angles slightly di-
lated and pointed; labrum emarginate or nearly bilobate.
Encel. gigas, Bon-, Mem. of the Acad, of Sc. of Tur. The
only species described. From the coast of Angola.
Siagona, Lat. Cucujus, Galerita, Fab.
A very decided emargination on the internal side of the two ante-
rior tibiae; the first joint of the antennae elongated, forming a reversed
cone, and the second shorter than the third; summit of the ligula
straight, without any projection; thorax almost in the shape of a
cup, nearly as long as it is broad, and without posterior projections;
the labrum dentated.
Some are apterous and have an oval abdomen(l). The latter is
(1) Siagona rufipes, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vii, 9; Cucujus rufipes,
Fab.; Siagona fuscipes, Dej., Spec. I, p. 359.
286 INSECT A.
oval in others, and truncated at base; these are furnished with wings.
A new species has been discovered in Sicily by M. Lefevre. All
the others, both of this and the preceding division, inhabit northern
Africa or the East Indies(l).
The third subgenus, in its moniliform antennae, the teeth on the
exterior side of the two first tibiae and in the ordinary proportions
of the mentum, evidently approximates to Scarites.
Carenum, Bon.
Straight maxillae without a terminal hook; summit of the ligula
rounded; ultimate joint of the exterior maxillary palpi enlarged and
double the length of the preceding one.
The only species known Scarites cyaneus, Fab. inhabits
New Holland.
None of the other Carabici of this section exhibits labial palpi
terminated by a larger and securiform joint: the last is in the form
of a reversed and elongated cone, or almost cylindrical and smaller
at base; the same joint of the exterior maxillary palpi is also nearly
cylindrical; all these palpi are about the same thickness throughout
or sometimes attenuated at the extremity.
A first very natural subdivision, which comprises the Scarites of
Fabricius, the cyaneus excepted, consists of bipartite Carabici, whose
anterior legs are palmated, or at least digitated at the end, that is to
say, terminated exteriorly by a long point in the form of a spine, op-
posite to a very stout internal spur. Their antennae are granose;
the second joint as long as the following one, and frequently longer.
The mandibles, those of a small number excepted, are stout, pro-
jecting, and angular, or dentated on the internal side. The labrum
is very short, transversal, and crustaceous. The ligula is most fre-
quently entirely corneous, bristled with hairs or cilia, broadly emar-
ginate or widened at the summit, and with projecting lateral angles.
Some have very strong, projecting, and usually dentated mandi-
bles; the anterior margin of the crustaceous labrum very dentate, the
ligula short, not extending beyond the mentum, entirely horny or
crustaceous, bristled with hairs, and widened at the superior mar-
gin. Their anterior tibiae are always palmate. The species gene-
rally are large.
One of these subgenera,
(1) The Stag, atrata, depressa, (Galerita depressa, Fab.), Fejus, [Galeritajlt/u.s,
Fab.) Schupelii, Dej., lb.; Scarites kevigatus, Herbst. Col. CLXXV, 6.
COLEOPTERA. 287
Pasimachus, Bon,
Approximates to the last in the jaws, which are straight, and
destitute of a terminal hook.
The antennae are of equal thickness. The body is much flattened
and oval, thorax cordiform, broadly truncated behind, almost as
wide at its posterior margin as before and as the base of the elytra;
this margin almost straight, and merely somewhat concave in the
middle. This subgenus is peculiar to America(l).
According to Count Dejean Spec, II, p. 471 after the Pasi-
machi, should come his genus Scapterus, formed with a "species
from the East Indies, sent to him by one of the most zealous^bf the.
French entomologists, M. Guerin, to whom it is dedicated. Wheth-
er the maxillae resemble those of the preceding subgenus I do not
know, but the body is differently proportioned, being elongated and
cylindrical. The antennae are shorter in proportion than usual; the
second joint is square, somewhat thicker than the others, which are
short, almost square, and become gradually stouter.
In the following the maxillae are arcuated and hooked at the end.
The antennae become sensibly thicker towards the extremity. The
thorax is always separated posteriorly from the base of the elytra by
a well marked space or angle.
Here the exterior palpi are terminated by an almost cylindrical
joint, not narrowed into a point at the end.
ACANTHOSCELIS, Lat.
This subgenus is remarkable for the four posterior tibiae, which are
short, broad, arcuated, plane and slightly concave on their internal
face, convex, and covered with granules or little spines on the oppo-
site one, with the superior edge dentated, and the posterior teeth
large and compressed; the trochanter of the two posterior thighs is
very large.
The body is short, wide, convex above; the thorax transversal,
rounded laterally, and its posterior margin sinuous; spurs of the an-
terior tibiae very long, and the others almost laminiform.
(1) Refer to this subgenus the Scarites depressus, and Sc. marginatus, Fab. and
Ofrvv See the Spec. Gen. des Coleop. I, p. 405: the Entomological Observations
of Bonelli: and the work of Palisot de Beauvois on the Insects collected by him
in America and Africa.
All the Pasimachi hitherto discovered are peculiar to North America. But four
species are known, the P. depressus, marginatus, sublsevis, and the P. subsulcatus,
Say. Am. Ed.
288 INSECT A.
The only species known Scarites riificornis, Fab. inhabits
the Cape of Good Hope.
Scarites, Fab.
The four posterior tibiae narrow, generally smooth, and merely
furnished with little spines on their ridges, the intermediaries have
at most one or two teeth on the exterior side; the trochanter of the
posterior thighs much smaller than the thighs themselves. The
mandibles form elongated triangles, and are strongly dentated at
base. The second and third joints of the antennae resemble reversed
cones, almost of the same thickness; the following ones are granu-
lous.
Some have two teeth on the exterior side of the intermediate tibiae.
Sc. pyracni07i, Bonel.; Dej , Spec. I, p. 367; Sc. gigas, Oliv.,
Col. Ill, No. 36, I, 1; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, ix, a. About
an inch long; apterous; flattened; of a shining black; the elytra
somewhat widened posteriorly, finely striate, and the striae
lightly punctate; in the third, near the extremity, two more
distinct and deeper puncta. The head, according to Count
Dejean, is much larger in the male than in the female; the front
of the latter presents two impressions and some little rugae.
The thorax, on each side, exhibits a tooth posteriorly. There
are three on the anterior tibiae. It is found on the borders of
the Mediterranean, in the south of France, and the eastern
part of Spain. M. Lefebvre de Cerisy, a distinguished naval
officer and excellent entomologist, has published some observa-
tions on its habits.
Sc. terricola, Bonel. ; Dej., Spec. I, p. 398. Body furnished
with wings; from eight to nine lines in length; black; anterior
tibiae with three stout teeth, followed by three very small ones;
external side of the two following tibiae with but one; elytra elon-
gated, striate, and slightly rugose; two deep points near the
third stria. Found with the pyracmon.
Sc. sabulosus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 1, 8; Clairv., Entom. Helv.
II, ix, 6; Scar. Isevigatus, Fab., Dej. Very similar to the ter-
ricola, but somewhat smaller and more depressed; it is apterous
and the elytra slightly striate; but two indentations on the an-
terior tibiae after the three ordinary teeth. It inhabits the'same
localities as the pyracmon, and is also found in Sicily(l).
(1) The Sc. subterraneus, Fab. Syst. El. I, p. 124, No. 8, is usually considered
as the only species of Scarites that inhabits the United States. The very great
disparity of size, however, between it and a congener from Georgia, combined with
COLEOPTEUA. 289
i
OXYGNATHUS, Dej.
The Oxygnathi, as to their antennae and palpi, are essentially
similar to the preceding Insects, but having, as well as the two fol-
lowing subgenera, long, narrow, edentated mandibles which cross
each other in the manner of a forceps. Their body is narrow, elon-
gated and cylindrical; their antennae shorter than the head and man-
dibles united; the labrum rather indistinct, and the thorax almost
square.
The type of this subgenus Scarites elongatus, Wiedem.;
Oxygnathus elongatus, Dej. Spec. II, p. 474 is from the East
Indies.
There, the four exterior palpi, or at least those of the labrum,
terminate by a fusiform joint ending in a point. The body is elon-
gated and cylindrical, and the mandibles are long, narrow, and
without any remarkable teeth, like those of the Oxygnathi.
Oxystomus, Lat.
The labial palpi almost as long as the exterior ones of the maxillae,
recurved, the first joint salient and cylindrical, the second but slightly
elongated, and the last fusiform, long and acutely pointed at the
end; the antennae completely moniliform from the middle of their
length, with the first joint as long as the three following ones
united(l).
Camptodontus, Dej.
The labial palpi evidently shorter than the external ones of the
maxillae, not recurved, and terminated as well as the latter by a fusi-
form joint; a greater part of the joints of the antennae resembling
inverted cones; the length of the first hardly surpassing that of the
two following ones taken together(2).
The others, whose anterior tibiae are not dentated externally, but
simply didactyle at the end, have short mandibles, projecting but
little beyond the labrum; the labrum coriaceous and entire; the li-
gula advancing beyond the emargination of the mentum, glabrous,
or but slightly pilose, with separate, salient, and membranous para-
a certain difference of aspect would seem to warrant the supposition that the latter
is a distinct species- Although, after the most careful comparison of the two, I
confess my inability to point out any truly specific difference, I am still inclined
to believe they are distinct. Am. Ed.
(1) Oxystomus cylindricus, Dej. Spec. I, p. 410. Brazil.
(2) Camptodontus cayennensis, lb., II, p. 477.
Vol. III. 2 M
290 INSECTA.
glossae; the exterior palpi are terminated by an oval joint, acumi-
nated at the extremity.
They are small, frequent humid places, and are not strangers in
northern countries.
CLiviNA,Lat.
Three stout teeth on the external side of the two anterior tibiae, and
one on that of the next two(l).
Dyschirius, Bon. Clivina, Dej.
Nothing but dentations or very indistinct and small spines on the
external side of the two anterior tibiae, and where the extremity
of this side is usually extended into a long point in the form of a
spine, and opposed to another consisting of a stout spur on the in-
ternal side. The last joint of the labial palpi is thicker in propor-
tion than that of the Clivinae, and almost clavato-securiform. The
thorax is usually globular(2).
Our second and last subdivision of the Bipartiti will comprise
those whose anterior tibiae are neither dentated externally, nor bidi-
gitated at the extremity, and where the second joint of the antennae
is evidently shorter than the third. They closely approximate to
the two last subgenera in the organs of manducation, and have been
confounded by some authors with the Scarites, which, in fact, they
very much resemble, both in appearance and habits.
Some have a narrow elongated body, almost forming a parallelo-
piped, with a nearly square thorax; the antennae either entirely or
partly granose; the last joint of the exterior palpi almost cylin-
drical, and the same of those of the labium, nearly in the form of a
reversed cone, or securiform. They are all exotic.
Morio, Lat.
Antenna; equal in size throughout; labrum profoundly emarginate;
exterior palpi filiform; thighs oval, with triangular tibiae(3).
OzjEna, Oliv.
Antennae thicker or inflated at their extremity; labrum entire;
(1) Tenebrio fossor, L. ; Scarites arenarius, Fab.; Clairv. Entom. Helv., II, viii,
A, a. The Clivinae of Count Dejean, Spec. 1, p. 411, 1 7.
(2) Clivinae, 8 21, of Count Dejean; but the eighth, or the arctica, seems to
present the characters of a Cephalotus.
(3) Harpalus monilicornis, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 206; Morio monili-
cornis, Dej. Spec. I, p. 430; Scarites Georgise, Palis, de Beauv., VII, xv, 5;
Morio brasiliensis, Dej. lb.; Morio orientalis, Id., lb.
COLEOPTERA. 291
labial palpi terminating by a larger and almost securiform or trian-
gular joint; thighs and tibiae narrow and elongated(l).
The others have an oval or oblong body, and the thorax either
nearly in the shape of a cup or heart, or almost orbicular; the an-
tennse are filiform, and consist mostly of cylindrical joints, the last
particularly; the others narrowed at base and nearly in the form of
a reversed cone; the last joint of the exterior palpi is almost oval
or fusiform. The labrum is emarginate.
They are peculiar to the hot and sandy districts of the western
countries of the eastern continent.
Ditomus, Bon. Carabus, Calosoma, Scaurus, Fab.
Palpi shorter than the head; thorax cordiform, or like a cup;
tarsi short.
Some species, those to which Ziegler has restored the generic ap-
pellation of Ditomus, have a more elongated body of equal width;
the head separated from each side of the thorax by a re-entering an-
gle, and usually armed, in the males, with one or two horns(2).
The others, or those which compose the genus Aristus, Zieg., have
the body shorter, and wider before; the head almost continuous with
the thorax, and buried in it up to the eyes; its anterior angles are
pointed(3).
Apotomus, Hoff. Scarites, Ross.
The anterior palpi very long; thorax orbicular; tarsi filiform and
elongated; exterior maxillary palpi much longer than the head, and
terminated by an ovoido-cylindrical joint; the same joint of those
of the labium elongated and fusiform. I have not perceived a tooth
in the emargination of the mentum(4).
3. Our third section of the Carabici, that of the Quadrimani,
(1) Ozasna dentipes, Oliv., Encyclop. Method.; Ozasna JRogerii,T)ej., Spec. p.
434; Ozsena brunnea, Id., lb.; Ozasna Gyllhenalii, Id. lb.
(2) Dejean, Spec. I, p. 439, first division of Ditomus. The Carabus calydonius
of Fabricius, according to a label affixed by him to a specimen taken from the
collection of M. Desfontaines, forms a species very distinct from the Ditomus
calydonius of Dejean. The mandibles of the male are forked or divided as it
were into two horns; the middle horn terminates in a point or rather is hastate at
the extremity. The Calosoma longicornis of Fabricius is probably the female of
this species or of another that is closely allied to it.
(3) Second division of Ditomus of Count Dejean, lb., p. 444.
(4) Scarites ruf us, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 11, 13, a, b; Rossi, Faun. Etrusc. I, iv, 3,
Apotomus rufus, Dej., Spec. I, p. 450; Apotomus testaceus, Id. , lb., p. 451.
292 INSECTA.
//arjoa/icws,Dej.(l), includes those, otherwise similar to the last in the
pointed termination of the posterior extremity of their elytra, in the
males of which the four anterior tarsi are dilated; the three or four
first joints are in the form of a reversed heart or triangular, and
nearly all terminated by acute angles; they are usually furnished
underneath (the Ophoni excepted) with two ranges of papillae or
scales, with an intermediate linear space.
The body is always winged, and generally oval and arcuated or
convex above; the thorax is wider than it is long, or at most nearly
isometrical, square or trapezoidal. The head is never suddenly con-
tracted posteriorly, and the antennae are equal throughout, or slightly
and insensibly thickened near the extremity. The mandibles are
never very strong. The exterior palpi are terminated by an oval or
fusiform joint, longer than the preceding one. The tooth of the
emargination of the mentum is always entire, and in some is want-
ing(2). The legs are robust, the tibiae spiny, and the hooks of the
tarsi simple. The intermediate tarsi, even in the females, are short,
and, with the exception of the dilatation, nearly formed like the
anterior. These Carabici prefer sandy and hot localities.
This section is composed of the genus Hctrpalus, as limited by Bo-
nelli in his tabular view of the general distribution of the Carabici.
New sections have still more diminished its extent. They are all
subordinate to the three following divisions.
The characters of the first are: the emargination of the mentum
unidentate(S); labrum emarginate; head and anterior extremity of
the thorax as wide as the abdomen or wider(4). It comprises three
subgenera.
Acinopus, Zieg. Dej.
Filiform antennae, composed of short but cylindrical joints; tho-
rax insensibly narrowed from before backwards, with the posterior
(1) This appellation harmonizes with those of the two following sections, and
is founded on an exclusive character: it therefore seems to me to be preferable
to that of Harpalici, employed by Bonelli.
(2) The ligula, as in the two following- sections, is always remarkably salient,
obtuse or truncated at the end, and accompanied by two distinct, membranous
paraglossae in the form of auricles.
(3) If the Cyclosomi have the four anterior tarsi dilated, they will form a fourth
division on account of the two teeth in the emargination of the mentum.
(4) The head large; paraglossrc rather broad in comparison with the true ligula,
and rounded at the end; second joint of the antennae somewhat shorter than the
third; intermediate tarsi of the males rather less dilated than the anterior.
COLEOPTERA. 293
angtes very obtuse or rounded; mandibles destitute of teeth; tooth
of the emargination of the mentum widely truncated(l).
Daptus, Fisch. Acinopus, Dej.
The antennae, from the fifth joint, moniliform; thorax suddenly
narrowed towards its posterior angles, which terminate in a point;
one of the mandibles projecting and very pointed; the four anterior
tibiae, those of the males particularly, covered with very small
spines(2).
Near Daptus should apparently be placed the genus Pangns of
M. Megerle, mentioned by count Dejean in his catalogue.
In examining one of the two species (the pensylvanicus), referred
by the latter to this genus, I could discover no character which
should distinguish the section in question from the preceding one.
The second division consists of Harpali, in which the emargina-
tion of the ventum is also unidentate, but where the more or less oval
or ovoid body is narrowed before, and the labrum entire, or simply
somewhat concave. They form the
Harpalus, Dej.
Or the true Harpali. One of the most common in all Europe is
H. eeneus; Carabus seneus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.
LXXV, 3, 4. Body about four lines in length, and of a shining
black; antennae and legs fulvous; thorax and elytra most common-
ly green, or cupreous and brilliant, sometimes of a bluish black.
The thorax is transversal, narrowed posteriorly, and the lateral
and posterior margins delicately reflected, with a punctated de-
pression on each side near the posterior angles. The elytra are
striated, with an incisure near the extremity, and little depress-
ed puncta between the exterior striae. This insect has also been
called the Proteus, on account of the variety of its colours.(S)
The total absence of a tooth in the emargination of the mentum
(1) Harpalus megacephalus, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 206; Carabus
megacephalus, Fab.; Ross. Faun. Etrusc, Append., tab. Ill, H; Jcinopus megace-
phalus, Dej. Catal.
(2) Jlcinopus maculipennis, Dej.; Dactus pictus, Fisch., Entom. Russ. II, xxvi, 2,
xlvi, 2; D. vittatus, Id., lb., 7, var. ? Ditoma vittiger, Germ. ; D. chloroticus,Id. lb.
(3) For the other species, see the Catalogue, &c. of Count Dejean, genus
Harpalus, p. 14, and for their synonymes Schcenherr's Synonymia Insectorum, and
the Faun. Aust. of Duftschmid. Fabricius has described but few of them, of
which we will mention those he calls caliginosus, ruficornis, binotatus, tardus,
heros, analis, jlavilabris, &c. The Carabus signatus, and hirtipes of Panzer also
constitute a part of this subgenus.
294 INSECTA.
distinguishes the Carabici of the third and last division of this sec-
tion, which, by the form of the body and the labrum, resemble those
of the preceding division.
Ophonus, Zieg. Dej.
The four anterior tarsi of the males strongly dilated, or evidently
wider, and generally furnished beneath with numerous and compact
hairs, forming a continuous brush; the penultimate joint is not bilo-
bate. The last joint of the exterior palpi truncated, or very obtuse.
The body is very finely punctated above, and the thorax most fre-
quently cordiform, and truncated posteriorly(l).
Stenolophus, Zieg. Dej.
The Stenolophi only differ from the Ophoni in the form of the pe-
nultimate joint of the four anterior tarsi, at least in the males, and
in some even of the posterior; it is divided down to the base into
two lobes(2).
Acupalpus, Lat. Stenolophus, Dej.
The four anterior tarsi of the males differing but little from the
intermediate joints; rounder, almost granular, and pilose; exterior
palpi terminating by a joint with a pointed extremity.
They are very small insects, and seem to be allied to Trechus(3).
4. The fourth section, that of the Simplicimani(4), approaches the
(1) See Catalogue, &c, Dejean, p. 13.
(2) Stenolophus vapor ariorum, Dej. lb.; Carabus vapor ariorum, L.; Panz., Faun.
Insect. Germ., XVI, 7; Harpalus saponarius, Dufour. Senegal.
(3) The Stenolophi of the Catalogue, Dej., the preceding one excepted. We
will name, among others, the Carabus mcridianus, Lin. and Fab., and the C. ves-
pertinus of Panzer, XXXVII, 21.
(4) This section, in the system of Dejean, forms his tribe of Carabiques Ftro-
niens, in which Spec. Gen. des Coleop. HI he has established several new
genera. Those male Feronix, in which the two first joints of the two anterior
tarsi are alone dilated, are comprised in the genera Pogontjs, Cardiaderus, Ba-
rifus, and Patrobus. In the two first, the last joint of the labial palpi is oval or
pointed, whilst in the other two it is almost cylindrical, truncated at the extremity,
and slightly securiform. The second Daptus chloroticus, Fischer differs from
the first in the thorax which is convex, cordiform, and narrowed posteriorly. In
Baripus, it is convex and almost oval. That of Patrobus is plane, narrowed pos-
teriorly and more or less cordiform.
In the other male Feronix the three first joints of the anterior tarsi are dilated.
A first subdivision comprehends those Feronix the hooks of whose tarsi are den-
tated, and among these the genus Dolichus is the one in which the tooth of the
middle of the emargination is simple, that is to say, entire. That which he names
COLEOPTERA. 295
preceding in the manner in which the elytra are terminated; but the
two anterior tarsi alone are dilated in the males, without however
forming a square or orbicular palette; sometimes the three first
Pristonychus, is identical with my Cienipus; to this he refers the Sphodrus terri-
cola of his Catalogue. His new genus Pristodactyla closely resembles Taphria,
but the last joint of the palpi is elongated and almost cylindrical, and the thorax
is oval. He describes but a single species.
Among the Feronise in which the hooks of the tarsi are simple, four genera,
Ompiireus, Olisthopis, Masoreus, and Antarctia, are removed from all the
others by the absence of a tooth or lobe in the middle of the emargination of the
mentum. The first, of which Count Dejean has only seen the females, is very
distinct by the length of the first joint of the antennae which equals that of the
three following ones; and then by its palpi the last joint of which is strongly secu-
riform. That naturalist places this genus directly after Sphodrus; perhaps it may
come among the Patellimani, and approximate to Rembus and Dicselus. The second
genus, Olisthopus, belongs to that division in which the three first joints of the
anterior tarsi of the males are elongated, and very slightly triangular or almost
square its type is the Agonum rotundatum of Sturm. The other two re-enter
the division of those in which the three first joints of the two anterior tarsi of the
males are but slightly elongated; they are as long as they are wide and strongly
triangular or cordiform. The thorax in Masoreus is transversal, rounded laterally,
and slightly prolonged in the middle. That of Jlntardia is more or less square or
cordiform, and slightly or not all transversal. The Harpalus cireumfusus of Ger-
mar, referred by us to Tetragonoderus, is an Antarctia.
Six other genera, Trigonotoma, Catadromus, Lesticus, Distrigus, Abacetus,
and Microcep'h alus, form, among the Feronix: with tarsi analogous to those of the
last, a small section, the character of which consists in a trilobate or slightly emar-
ginated mentum*. The last genus, that of 31icrocephalus, is very distinct from the
others on account of its exterior palpi, all of which are terminated by a securiform
joint. The first is similarly distinguished, inasmuch as the termination of the
labial palpi of the males is the same. The Omaseus viridicollis of Mac Leay
Annul. Javan. is congeneric. In the genera Catadromus and Lesticus, the last
joint of the same palpi is, however, slightly securiform, or becomes gradually
thickened towards the extremity. The intermediate lobe of the mentum projects
and almost in a point in the first, and is but slightly elongated and almost trun-
cated in the second, which, like the preceding, consists of Insects proper to India.
The last joint of the labial palpi in Distrigus and Abacetus, is almost cylindrical.
The intermediate lobe of the emargination of the mentum is almost null in the
former; in the latter it is very apparent and rounded. These Carabici are, as yet,
foreign to Europe and America.
The Scarite hottentot of Olivier, which we have placed in the subgenus Feronia,
is removed from the species that formed the genus Steropus, by its intermediate
tibise which are strongly arcuated. It is from this character that Count Dejean has
* The ordinary tooth in the middle of the mentum is very large, and thus
forms a lobe which diminishes the extent of the emargination.
296 INSECTA.
joints are much wider, and in this case the succeeding one is always
smaller than its antecedent; sometimes the latter and the two pre-
ceding ones are larger, almost equal, and in the form of a reversed
heart or triangular: the first joints of the four following tarsi are
more slender and elongated, almost cylindrical, or in the form of an
elongated and reversed cone.
In some, the hooks of the tarsi are simple or not dentated.
Here the third joint of the antennas is, at most, double the length
of the preceding one. The feet are generally robust, the thighs
thick and more or less oval; the thorax measured in its greatest
transversal diameter is as wide as the elytra.
Sometimes the mandibles are evidently shorter than the head, not
projecting beyond the labrum at most more than half their length.
We will begin with those in which the exterior palpi are
filiform.
Zabrus, Clairv. Bon. Pelor, Bon.
Distinguished from the following by the last joint of the maxillary
palpi, which is evidently shorter than the preceding one, and by the
two spines which terminate the two anterior tibise(l).
Pogonus, Zieg. Dej.
The Pogoni, which in a natural order appear to us to be closely al-
lied to the Amarx of Bonelli, are removed from the other Carabici of
this division by the mode of dilatation peculiar to the two anterior
tarsi of the males; the two first joints, of which the radical is the
largest, are alone dilated; the two following ones are small and
equal. Their body is usually more oblong than that of an Amara,
separated this insect from the Feroniie, and formed the genus Camptoscelis. The
last joint of the exterior palpi being 1 strongly securiform in Myas, that genus
should also be distinguished from the Feronise.
Count Dejean has observed that in the genus Pelor, of ttonelli, the tooth of the
middle of the emargination of the mentum is bifid, while it is entire in Zabrus.
He retains, as we have already stated, his genus Amara, but if the characters as-
signed to it be compared with those of the Feronia, the slightness of this generic
distinction will soon be perceived. The last joint of the palpi of the Amarae is
slightly oval; it is cylindrical or slightly securiform in the Feronix. His genus
Tetragonoderus differs but very little from that of Amara. The tooth in the mid-
dle of the emargination of the mentum is truncated and entire, or without a fissure.
(1) Carabus gibbus, Fab.; Labrus gibbus, Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xi. For the
other species see Catalogue, &c. of Dejean, and the third volume of his Species,
Gener., &c. The apterous species, such as the Slaps spinipes, Fab.; Panz. Faun.
Insect. German., XCVI, 2, form the genus Pelor.
COLEOFTERA. 297
besides which they appear to inhabit, exclusively, the coast or bor-
ders of salt-water ponds(l).
It is only by an analogous character that we can distinguish from
the last the
Tetragonoderus, Dej.
Anterior tarsi of the males less dilated, in proportion, than in the
following ones, their first joints being more narrow, elongated, and
rather in the form of a reversed cone than cordiform. These Insects
are peculiar to South America(2).
Feronia, Lat.
Three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males strongly
dilated, in the form of a reversed heart; second and third rather
transversal than longitudinal.
This subgenus will include the numerous generic sections given in
the Catalogue, Sec. of Count Dejean, such as Amara, Pcecilus, Argu-
tor, Omaseus, Platysma, Pterostichus, Max, Steropus, Percus, Molops,
Cophosus. This learned entomologist has since Species III
perceived the impossibility of distinguishing them, the first
excepted, which he still retains; the others he unites in one great
generic section which he calls, with me, Feronia. But even as
regards the Amarse themselves, I have vainly sought for characters
in the antennae and parts of the mouth, which might clearly distin-
guish them from the other genera. The one drawn from the tooth of
the middle of the emargination of the mentum, to say nothing of the
slight degree of importance attached to it, is very equivocal; this
tooth in all these Carabici appears to me to be eroarginated at the
extremity, though somewhat more deeply or distinctly in some
than in others. The antennae of several are slightly granose, or
composed of joints comparatively shorter, and rounded at the
summit; but the limits of this distinction cannot be rigorously
defined. I say the same of the concavity of the anterior margin of
the labrum and of the form of the thorax.
The Feroniae may form three divisions:
1. Those species, generally furnished with wings, in which the
more or less oval body is slightly convex or arcuated above, with
more filiform antennae, the head proportionably narrower, and the
(1) See the Catalogue of Dejean. Germar in the Fauna Insectorum Europz
has figured two species: Pogonus halophilus, X, i; Harpalus luridipennis, VIII, 2,
allied to the Pogonus pallidipennis of the first.
(2) Harpalus circumfusus y Germ. Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 26?
Vol. III. 2 N
298 INSECTA.
mandibles somewhat less salient. In their habits these species
approach the Zabri and Harpali. Such are the Amarae(l), whose
thorax is transversal; the Poecili, where it is almost as long as it is
wide, and where the third joint of the rather short antennae is com-
pressed and angular; and the Argutores similar to the Poecili, but
whose antennae are proportionably longer, and their third joint not
angular.
2. The species usually furnished with wings, but in which the
body is straight, plane or horizontal above, with a nearly equally
wide head. They frequent cool or damp places. Such is the genus
Platysma, Bonelli, with which we unite that of Omaseus, Zieg.,
and Dej., and the Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun.(2)
3. The third division of the Feroniae will consist of species analo-
gous to those of the preceding one in the ensemble of their charac-
ters, but differing from them by the absence of wings.
Of these, some, the most numerous, and in which the thorax is
not always in the form of a truncated heart, have a well marked,
continuous, transverse-fold or border at the base of the elytra, that
extends to the suture.
Sometimes the thorax is almost square, or has the form of a
truncated heart, with acute posterior angles.
(1) Shorter species, whose thorax widens from before posteriorly, constitute the
genus Leirus of some authors. The Scolytus flexuosus, Fab., seems referable to
this division, but according to count Dejean the four anterior tarsi are dilated: it
appeared to me that they were most so externally. This Insect may form a sepa-
rate subgenus Cyclosomus. As to the preceding ones, see the Species, Gener.
des Coleop. Dej., III.
(2) Those in which the body is much flattened, and the thorax considerably nar-
rowed posteriorly in the form of a truncated heart, will constitute a first division:
such is the Carabus picimanus, Duft, or. the C. monticola of others; Count Dejean
places it in Pterostichus-, certain Brazilian species also belong to it. M. Germar
Insect. Nov. Spec. I, p. 21 describes one of them under the name of Molops
corinthius.
Those, in which the body nearly forms a parallelopiped, and the thorax is al-
most square, but slightly or not at all narrowed posteriorly, will constitute a se-
cond division. Of this number are the Platysma nigra, Bonel., and Dej., the
Omasei of the latter Catal. p. 12 and the Carabus tenebrioides of Olivier, the
type of the subgenus Catadromus of Mac Leay, Jun. Annul. Javan. I, p. 18, 1,
5 which only differs from Omaseus in the tooth of the mentum, which is much
larger and entire,- the elytra have a large sinus, or rather an emargination at their
extremity. It is one of the largest species of this family.
The Harpalus nigrita, anihracinus, and aterrimus, of Gyllenhall, are Omasei.
The last has the posterior angles of the thorax obtuse, a circumstance which dis-
tinguishes it from all the others. The Carabus leucopthalmus, Fab. or the melan-
arius of Illiger is placed in the same division, but it is apterous.
COLEOPTERA. 299
Those, in which the body forms a long or cylindrical square,
"where the thorax is almost square, hardly narrower behind than
before, form the genus Cophosus of Ziegler and Dejean. It was
established on an Austrian species, the C. cylindrkns(l).
Those in which the body is generally oval, depressed, or but
slightly concave above, with a wide, nearly square, and subisomet-
rical thorax, whose lateral margin is always strongly reflected, and
is as wide, or nearly as wide, at its posterior margin as the base of
the elytra, compose the genus Max of Bonelli.
Several species are found in Germany. The one called the me-
tallicus, and the Molops striolatus, Dej. whose antennae are composed
of shorter joints, or are nearly granose, have been formed into a new
genus, styled Cheporus(2).
The F. striola; Carabus striola, Fab.; Carabus depressus, Oliv.,
Col. Ill, 35; IV, 46, is often found in the cold or humid locali-
ties of the forests in the environs of Paris(S).
Sometimes the thorax, always terminated posteriorly by two well
marked or acute angles, is evidently narrowed behind. Its figure
approaches more or less to that of a truncated heart.
Of these species, several have the body depressed or plane above,
and the antennae composed of elongated joints, rather obconical than
turbinated. They are distinguished generally by Bonelli under the
genuine name of Pterostichus. They more particularly inhabit the
high mountains of Europe, and Caucasus.
But a single species Carabus oblongo-punctatus, Fab.; Panz.,
Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXIII, 2 is found in the environs of
Paris(4).
Others, whose antennae are almost granose, have the body convex
above, and proportionably wider, with a shorter abdomen. They
form the genus Molops, Bonelli, which evidently leads to other very
analogous Feroniae, but where the posterior angles of the thorax are
rounded, and the abdomen oval, the exterior angle of the base of the
elytra being obtuse or non-salient. The body and antennae are, in
(1) We will add to it the Omaseus melanarius, Dej., as well as another species
Of Germany intermediate between the preceding ones and the Cophosus cylindricus,
and which, I think, is the Omaseus elongatus, Ziegler.
(2) The Platysmse described and figured by M. Fischer Entom. Russ., II,
xix, 4, 5; are probably analogous Abaces.
(3) For the other species, see the Catalogue of Count Dejean, and the Faun.
Aust. of Duftschmid.
(4) For the other species see Dejean's Catalogue and the Entom. Russ., Fischer,
U, p. 123, xix, f. 1; xxxvii, 8, 9. I coincide with the opinion of the latter, that
the G. myosodus, Meg., does not essentially differ from Pterostichus.
300 INSECTA.
general, proportionably longer. These latter species have been sepa-
rated from Pterostichus to form a new genus, the Steropus, Meg.(l)
Finally, we will terminate this subgenus with species, generally
large, in which the thorax, almost always, has the form of a trun-
cated heart, and the base of whose elytra has no transverse fold,
presenting almost a smooth space without any well terminated pos-
terior edge. Such appears to me to be the most distinguishing cha-
racter of the genus Percus, Bonelli. Neither the relative length of
the two last joints of the maxillary palpi, the inequality in the pro-
portions of the mandibles, nor some slight sexual difference taken
from the latter annuli of the abdomen, clearly distinguish it from the
other subgenera. These species are exclusively confined to Spain,
Italy, and the great islands of the Mediterranean. Some of them
are flattened above(2).
Myas, Zieg.
These Iusects resemble the Feronise which constitute the genus
Cheporus, but their thorax is more dilated laterally, and narrowed
near its posterior angles, immediately before which is a little emar-
gination. The labial palpi terminate in an evidently thicker and
nearly triangular joint.
Two species are known, one from Hungary, the M. chalybasus,
and the other from North America, where it was discovered by
Major Le Conte(3). [The M. cyanescens, Dej. Am. Ed.~\
Sometimes the mandibles are as long as the head, and extend con-
siderably beyond the clypeus. The body is always oblong, and the
(1) See Dejean's Catalogue, and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 26, et
seq. Some species, such as the Molops terricola {Scarites gagates, Id. XI, i) and
the Steropus hottentotus {Scarites hottentotus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 36, 11, 19) were for-
merly placed among the Scarites. The Carabus madidus, Fab.; Faun. Insect.,
Eur., V, 2, a common species in some of the southern departments of France is a
Steropus. Count Dejean forms a^new genus with the St. hottentotus on account
of the anterior legs, the tibiae of which are arcuated, and of some other charac-
ters.
(2) Carabus Paykulii, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, I, tab. V, f. C, Percus ebenus,
Charp. Hor. Entom , V, i. See also the Ann. des Sc. Nat. and Ann. des Sc.
Phys., of MM. Bory de Saint- Vincent, Drapiez and Van-Mons. I refer the Abax
corsicus, Dej-, to the same subgenus.
(3) Other species, analogous in the form of their labial palpi, but with stouter
mandibles, in which the tooth of the mentum is much larger, and peculiar to the
East Indies, form the genus Trigonomota of Count Dejean, the characters of
which are given in the third volume of his Species des Coleopteres. Here also
should be placed the genus Pseudomorpha of Kirby, Lin. Trans. XIV, 98.
COLEOPTERA. 301
thorax in the form of an elongated heart. Some of them resemble
Scaritides and others Lebiae.
Cephalotes, Bon. Broscus, Panz.
Length of the antennae almost equal to half that of the body;
their joints short, the first shorter than the two following ones taken
together; the right mandible strongly unidentated on the internal
side; labrum entire(l).
Stomis, Clairv.
The antennae longer than the half of the body, and composed of
elongated joints, the first of which is longer than the two following
ones taken together; the middle of the internal side of the right
mandible deeply notched; the labrum emarginate(2). The following
subgenus
Catascopus, Kirby,
Is distinguished from the two preceding subgenera, to which it
otherwise approximates in the relative length of the third joint of
the antennae, by the flatness of the body, by being proportionably
wider, with a shorter thorax, by the elytra being strongly emarginate
laterally at their posterior extremity, and by the elongation of the
labrum. The eyes are large and protuberant. These are ornamented
with brilliant colours, and at the first glance resemble Cicindelae or
Elaphri(3).
(1) Carabus cephalotes, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXX1II, 1; Entom.
Ind., p. 62.
(2) Stomis pumicatus, Clairv. Entom. Hely. II, vi.
(3) This subgenus was established by M. Kirby on one of the Carabici {Catas-
copus Hardwickii, Trans. Lin. Soc. XIV, iii, 1; Hist. Nat. des Coleop. d'Eur. II,
vii, 8) of the East Indies, which has a green head and thorax, the elytra of a
greenish-blue with punctuated striae, and the under part of the body almost
blackish. M. Mac Leay, Jun. Annul. Javan. I, p. 14 places the Catascopi in
his family of the Harpalides, directly after the Chlaenii, and refers to it the C.
elegans, Fab., which M. Weber arranges with the Elaphri. He distinguishes them
from another neighbouring subgenus, which he establishes under the name of
Pericalus, by the antennae, the second and third joints of which are nearly equal
in length, whilst here the third is the longest; by the mandibles which are short,
thick, and curved, instead of being directed forwards and nearly parallel; by the
palpi which are short, thick, with the last joint ovoid and almost truncated, whilst
those of the Pericali are slender and cylindrical; and finally by the head, which is
wider than the thorax, a circumstance that does not occur in the Catascopi. Be-
sides this, the eyes of the Pericali are very globular and protuberant, giving them
some resemblance to the Elaphri and Cicindelae. He describes but one species
302 INSECTA.
There, the length of the third joint of the antennae is triple, or
nearly so, of that of the preceding one. These organs, as well as
the legs, are generally slender.
In these, the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
wide, and the penultimate is bilobate.
Colpodes, Mac Leay.
This subgenus established by M. Mac Leay, Jun. Annul. Javan.,
I, p. 17, pi. i, f. 3 appears to be allied in many points to Catasco-
pus and the following subgenera. According to him, the labrum is
a transverse square, and entire, the emargination of the mentum
simple or edentate, and the head almost the length of the thorax.
The latter is nearly in the form of a truncated cone, emarginate
before, with rounded and slightly bordered sides. The elytra are
slightly emarginate. The lobes of the penultimate joint of the an-
terior tarsi of the male are the largest. The body is somewhat con-
vex. He quotes but a single species, the brunneus.
In those, all the joints of the tarsi, in both sexes, are entire.
Mormolyce, Hagemb.
The body strongly flattened, foliaceous, and its anterior half much
the narrowest; head very long, narrow, and almost cylindrical; tho-
rax oval and truncated at both ends; elytra greatly dilated, and. arcu-
ated exteriorly, their internal side, near the extremity, profoundly
emarginate.
The only species known phyllodes is found in Java, and
forms the subject of a Monograph published by M. Hagem-
bach.
Sphodrus, Clair. Bon. Lcemosthenus, Bon. Carabus, Lin.
The body depressed but not foliaceous; head ovoid; thorax cordi-
form; elytra without any exterior dilatation or internal emargina-
tion.
Several of these Insects live in cellars(l).
Pericalus cicindeloides, 1, 2; we are still, however, ignorant of their sexual
difference, particularly as respects the tarsi. The form of the ligula of the Catas-
copi and that of their tibiae remove them from Elaphrus and Tachys. These in-
sects approximate most nearly to the Chlxnii, Anchomeni, Sphodri, &c. Several
of the Simplicimani have the extremity of their elytra strongly sinuous, and in this
respect are hardly distinguished from the Truncatipennes.
(1) Carabus kucopthalmus, L. ; Carabus planus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect Germ.
XI, 4. In the Sphodrus terricola Carabus terricola, Payk.; Oliv., Col. Ill, XXXV,
ii, 124 the hooks of the tarsi present some small dentations, as in the following
subgenus.
COLEOPTERA. 303
The last of the Simplicimani are distinguished from all the others
by the internal dentations of the terminal hooks of their tarsi.
All the exterior palpi, of some, are filiform; their thorax is either
in the form of a heart, narrowed and truncated posteriorly, or in
that of a trapezium widening from before backwards.
Ctenipus, Lat.(l) Losmosthenus, Bon.
The body straight and elongated, thorax cordiform, narrowed and
truncated posteriorly; third joint of the antennae elongated, 2).
Calathus, Bon.
The body oval and arcuated above; thorax square or trapezoidal,
wider posteriorly(S).
The labial palpi of the others have a clavate termination, in the
form of a top or reversed cone, and a nearly orbicular thorax.
Taphria, Bon. Synuchus, Gyll.
Emargination of the mentum bidentate, as in the preceding sub-
genera^).
5. The fifth section, that of the Patellimani, is only distinguished
from the fourth, by the manner in which the two anterior tarsi of the
males are dilated; the first joints usually the three first, then the
fourth, and. sometimes only the two first all of which are sometimes
square, and at others only in part, the remainder being cordiform,
or resembling a reversed triangle, but always rounded at their extre-
mity, and not terminated as in the preceding sections by acute an-
gles, form an orbicular palette or long square, the inferior surface of
which is usually furnished with brushes or crowded papillae, without
any intermediate vacancy.
The legs are generally slender and elongated, and the thorax is
frequently narrower than the abdomen, throughout its whole length.
(1) Formerly Ctenipus, Lat., who recommends the substitution of the above
name for his own, as we have already the genus Ctenopus. Am. Ed.
(2) The Sphodri janthinus, complanatus, and several others of count Dejean,
which are distinguished from the true Sphodri by the abbreviation of the third
joint of the antennae, and by the dentations of the hooks of the tarsi. These two
subgenera are almost insensibly confounded with each other. M. Fischer has
figured several species of both under the generic appellation of Sphodrus in his
Entom. lluss. Vol. II.
(3) Carabus mclanocephalus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXX, 19; C.
cisteloides, lb., XI, 12; C.fuscus, Fab. ; C. frigidus, Id. See the Catalogue, &c.
Dej., and the Insect. Spec. Nov., Germar, I, p. 13.
(4) Carabus rivalis, lllig.; Panz. lb. XXXVII, 19.
304 1NSECTA.
Most of them frequent the shores of rivers, or other aquatic locali-
ties.
We divide the Patellimani into those in which the head becomes
insensibly narrowed behind, or at base, and those where this contrac-
tion occurs suddenly behind the eyes in such a manner that the
head seems to be supported by a kind of neck or pedicle.
The first also may be subdivided into two.
Some, in which the mandibles always terminate in a point, and
the palette of whose tarsi is always narrow, elongated, and form-
ed by the three first joints, the second and third square, have the
labrum entire or nearly unemarginate, and one or two teeth in the
emargination of the mentum; the anterior extremity of the head has
no border.
Here, as in the preceding ones, the under part of the palettes of the
tarsi present two longitudinal series of papillae or hairs, with an in-
termediate space, and not a compact and continuous brush. The
exterior palpi are always filiform and terminated by an almost cy-
lindrical or ovoido-cylindrical joint.
Sometimes the body is strongly flattened.
Dolichus, Bon.
The Dolichi approach the last subgenera, and are removed from
all the others by the hooks of their tarsi, which are dentated beneath.
Their thorax is cordiform and truncated(l).
Platynus, Bon.
Similar to Dolichus in the form of the thorax, but the tarsial
crotchets are simple.
The wings are absent in some, or are imperfect(2).
Agonum, Bon.
Where the thorax is almost orbicular(3).
Sometimes the body is of an ordinary thickness, the thorax being
always in the form of a truncated heart.
(1) Carabus flavicornis, Fab.; Preysl., Bohem. Insect., I, iii, 6, and some other
species of the Cape of Good Hope.
(2) Platynus complanatus, Bon.; Carabus angusticollis, Fab.; Panz. Faun. In-
sect. Germ., LXXIII, 9; Platynus blandus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 12;
Carabus scrobiculatus, Fab.; Harpalus livens, Gyll.
American species; Plat, erythropus, Dej.; P. angustatus, Id. Species III, p.
9799. Am. Ed.
(3) Harpalus viduus, Gyll.: Panz., lb., XXXVII, 18; Carabus marginatus,
Fab.; Panz., lb. XXX, 14; Cam*. 6-punctatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XXX, 13, and
COLEOPTERA. 305
Anchomenus, Bon.(l)
There, the inferior surface of the tarsial palette is furnished with
a compact and continuous brush. The exterior palpi, those of the
labium in particular, are terminated in several by a thicker or wider
joint in the form of a reversed triangle.
We will commence with those in which they are filiform.
Callistus, Bon.
The tooth in the emargination of the mentum entire; exterior
palpi terminated by an oval joint pointed at the end; thorax in the
form of a truncated heart(2).
Oodes, Bon.
Similar to Callistus in the tooth of the emargination of the men-
tum, but the last joint of the external maxillary palpi is cylindrical*
while that of those attached to the labium forms a truncated oval.
The thorax is trapezoidal, narrower before, and as wide posteriorly
as the base of the abdomen(S).
Chl^enius, Bon.
Tooth of the emargination of the mentum bifid; exterior maxil-
lary palpi terminated by an almost cylindrical joint, somewhat
XXXVIII, 17? C. parum-punctatus, Fab.; Panz., lb. XCII, 4; C. 4-punctatus,
Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, xiii, 158. See Catalogue, Dej., who has formed a new-
genus of the A. rotundatum, and some others.
The genus, here alluded to by our author, is the Olistiiopus, Dej., who, while he
seems strongly inclined to form but one section of Agonum and Anchomenus,
from the occasional, almost total, obliteration of the distinguishing characters of
each, so that in some cases it is hardly possible to say whether an Insect should
be referred to the first or the second, has deemed it necessary to separate the
above species, which differ from Agonum in several essential characters, and
principally in the absence of the tooth of the middle of the emargination of the
mentum. See his Species, &c, III, p. 1~6, and add of American species of Ago-
num the A. octopimctatum {Feronia octopundata, Say), cupripenne, nitidulum, mo-
rosum, femoratum, melanarlum, &c, &c. Am. Ed.
(1) Carabus prasmus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XVI, 6; C. albipes, Fab.; Panz., lb.
LXXIII, 7-C. oblongus, Fab.; Panz., lb. XXXIV, 3. [Add for American spe-
cies, the Anch., gagates, sinuatus, corvhms, elongatulus, extensicollis, thoracicus,
&c, &c. Am. Ed.]
(2) Carabus luneatus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XVI, 5; Dej. Spec. II,
p. 296.
(3) Carabus helopioides, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXX, ii. See Dej. Spec. II, p. 374.
Vol. Ill 2 O
306 INSECTA.
smaller at base; last joint of the labial palpi in the form of a re-
versed and elongated cone.
The Carabe savonnier of Olivier, Col. Ill, 38, iii, 26, which
is used in Senegal in lieu of soap, belongs to this subgenus(l).
In the following, the,exterior palpi are terminated by a wider,
compressed joint, in the form of a reversed triangle or securiform,
and more dilated in the males. The tooth of the emargination of
the mentum is always bifid.
Epomis, Bon.
To which we will unite the Dinodes, in which the last joint of the
palpi is somewhat more dilated(2).
The genus Lissauchenus of Mac Leay, Jun. Annul. Javan., I,
i, 1 appears to me to differ but slightly from the preceding.
The others, most commonly, have their mandibles very obtuse, or
as if truncated and forked, or bidentated at the extremity. Their
labrumis distinctly emarginate or bilobate, and the anterior portion
of the head from which it arises, is bordered and frequently concave.
There is no tooth in the emargination of the mentum. The tarsial
palette of several is broad and almost orbicular.
The mandibles of these latter terminate in a point without any
tooth or emargination under it.
The tarsial palette of the males is composed of the three first
joints.
Rembus, Lat.
The labrum bilobate; exterior maxillary palpi filiform; last joint
of the labial palpi somewhat enlarged, and in the form of a reversed
and elongated cone.
The head, in comparison with the width of the body, is narrow;
the antennae and palpi are slender(3).
(1) C. ductus, Fab.; Herbst. Archiv., XXIX, 7; C. festivus,~Fab.; Panz. lb.,
XXX, 15; C. spoliatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XXXI, 6; Chlsenius velutinus, Dej. ;
Carabus ductus, Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, iii, 28; C. holosericeus, Fab.: Panz., lb., XI,
9, a; C. nigricornis, Fab.; Panz., lb., XI, 9, b. c; C. agrorum, Oliv., lb., XII,
144; C. A-sulcatus, Payk., and several other exotic species of Fabricius, such as
the tenuicollis, oculatus, posticus, micans, quadricolor, stigma, amnion, carnifex, &c.
See the Spec. Dej. II, p. 297, et seq. [Add of American species the C. rujilabris,
laticollis, rufipes, cobaltinus, nemoralis, tricolor, he, &c. Jim. Ed.]
(2) Dinodes rufipes, Bon.; Dej. Spec. II, p. 372; Carabus azurcus, Duft. ; Chlse-
nius azureus, Sturm., V, exxvii; Epomis circumscripius, Dej., Spec. II, p. 369;
Carabus ductus, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, I, iv, 9; Carabus crcesus, Fab.
(3) Rembus politus, Fab.; Herbst., Archiv. XXIX, 2; R. impressus, Dej.;
Carab. impressus, Fab.
COLEOPTEKA. 307
DicjElus, Bon.
The labrum simply emarginate with an impressed longitudinal
line in the middle; the last joint of the exterior palpi is the largest
and almost securiform.
The body nearly forms a parallelopiped; the head is almost as
wide as the thorax, and the elytra are strongly striated .and fre-
quently carinated laterally. The mandibles are arcuated inferiorly
on the internal margin, and then as if truncated and terminated in
a point. The species known are from America(l).
Those have very obtuse mandibles, emarginate at their extrem-
ity, or unidentate beneath.
Licinus, Lat.
The last joint of the exterior palpi largest and almost securiform;
tarsial palette of the males broad, suborbicular, and formed by the
two first joints, the first of which is very large(2).
Badister, Clair. Jlmblychus, Gyll.
Last joint of the exterior palpi oval; that of the labial palpi
merely somewhat thicker, and frequently terminating in a sharp
point; tarfjial palette forming a long square, and composed of the
three first joints(3).
The last of the Patellimani, or those which constitute the second
general division, have their head suddenly narrowed behind the eyes,
and as if distinguished from the thorax by a sort of neck or pedicle.
It is frequently small, with very protuberant eyes. In several, the
ligula is short and projects but little beyond the emargination of the
mentum.
Here, the emargination is edentate; the mandibles are tolerably
stout, and the labrum is strongly emarginate and almost bilobate.
Such is the
(1) See Dej. Spec. II, 283. [They are the Die. chalybseus, alternans, furvus [D.
elongatus, Say), simplex and politus all, I believe, that have as yet been ascer-
tained. Am. Ed.]
(2) Ca/abus agricola, Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, V, 53; C. silphoides, Fab.; Sturm, III,
Ixxiv, a; C. emarginatus, Oliv., lb., XIII, 150 Carabus cassideus, Fab.; C. de-
pressus, Payk. ; Sturm, lb , LXXIV, o, O; C. Hoffmanseggii, Panz., Faun. Insect.
Germ., LXXXIX, 5. See Spec. Dej. II, p. 405411.
(3) Carabus bipustulatus, Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, xiii; C. peltatus,
Mig.; Panz. lb. XXXVII, 20. See Spec, Dej., II, p. 405411.
308 INSECT A.
Pelecium, Kirby.
Last joint of the exterior palpi securiform; Iigula short; body ob-
long, narrowest before; the four first joints of the anterior tarsi of
the males in the form of a reversed triangle, furnished with brushes
beneath; the fourth is bifid.
The species of this and the following subgenus are peculiar
to South America(l).
There, the emargination of the mentum presents a tooth; the
mandibles are usually small and moderate in the others. The labrum
is entire or but slightly emarginate.
Some of them approach Pelecium in their exterior palpi, which
are also terminated by a larger securiform joint, or one in the form
of a reversed triangle. Their head is always small, and the thorax
orbicular or trapezoidal.
Cynthia, Lat. olim Microcephalics, Id.
The first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males in the form of a
reversed triangle and forming the palette: they are provided with
a brush underneath, and the fourth is bifid.
The head and the mandibles are stouter in proportion than in the
ensuing subgenus. The exterior palpi are less elongated^ but more
compressed at the end. The body is oval, with a trapezoidal thorax
wider posteriorly, plane, bordered, and sulcated longitudinal!y(2).
Panag^eus, Lat.
The palette of the tarsi peculiar to the males formed of the two
first joints only. The head is very small compared to the body, and
the eyes globular. The mandibles, maxillae and Iigula are also very
small. The thorax is most generally suborbicular(S).
In the following subgenera, which terminate this section, the ex-
terior palpi are filiform; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is
almost cylindrical, and that of those attached to the labium, oval or
almost like a reversed and elongated cone. The first subgenus, the
(1) Pelecium cyanipes, Kirby, Liu. Trans. XII, xxi, 1.
(2) A subgenus founded on certain species from Brazil which have the ap-
pearance of the Max, Bonelli.
(3) Carabus crux-major, Fab.; Clairv., Entoni. Helv. II, xv; Carabus notulatus,
Fab., Cychrus rejlexus, Fab.; Oliv., Col. 111,35, viii, 77; Carabus angulatus,
Fab.; Oliv., lb., vii, 76; Panagic a quutre t aches, Cuv., Reg 1 . Anim. IV, xiv, 1.
See the article Panagee, Encyc. Method., and the Species, Dej., II, p. 283,
et seq.
COLEOPTERA. 309
Loricera, Lat., 9
Is very remarkable. The antennae are setaceous and curved, with
the second and four following joints shorter than the last, and fur-
nished with fasciculi of hairs. The mandibles are small. The
maxillae are bearded externally. The labial palpi are longer than
those of the -maxillae. The eyes are very prominent. The thorax
is nearly orbicular or cordiform, and widely truncated, with its pos-
terior angles rounded. The three first joints of the anterior tarsi
are dilated in ihe males(l).
Patrobus, Meg.
The antennae straight, filiform, without the fasciculi of hairs, the
fourth and following joints equal and almost cylindrical: the mandi-
bles of an ordinary size; the labrum forming a transverse square,
with the anterior edge straight. The length of the labial palpi does
not exceed that of those attached to the maxillae. The thorax is
cordiform and truncated, with the posterior angles acute. The two
first joints of the anterior tarsi are alone dilated in the males. The
eyes are less prominent than in the preceding subgenus, and the
neck is not so narro\v(2).
We will now pass to those Carabici whose anterior tibiae have no
emargination on the internal side, or which present one that begins
close to their extremity, or that does not extend on their anterior
face, and forming a mere oblique and linear canal. The ligula is often
extremely short, terminated in a point in the middle of its summit,
and accompanied by pointed paraglossae. The mandibles are robust.
The last joint of the exterior palpi is usually larger, compressed
into the form of a reversed triangle, or securiform in some, and
almost into that of a spoon in others(3). The eyes are prominent.
The elytra are entire or simply sinuous at their posterior extremity.
The abdomen, compared with the other, parts of the body, is volu-
minous. They are generally large Insects, are ornamented with
brilliant metallic colours, run very fast, and are extremely carnivo-
(1) Loricera mnea, Lat.; Carabus pilicornis, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., XI,
10; Oliv., Col. Ill, 35, xi, 119; Dej. Spec. II, p. 293. [The only species of the
genus. Jim. Ed.]
(2) Carabus rufipes, Fab.; C. excavatus, Payk.; Panz. lb. XXXIV, 2. Two
other species are mentioned by Count Dejean in his Species, one from Portugal,
the other from North America.
(3) It is frequently more dilated in the males a fact very evident in Procerus.
310 INSECTA.
rous. They constitute a particular section, the sixth of the genus,
which we will name me Grandipalpi(I).
A first division is thus characterized: the body always thick, and
apterous; labrum always bilobate; last joint of the exterior palpi
always very large; emargination of the mentum edentate; internal
side of the mandibles entirely (or nearly so) dentated throughout
its length.
Here, the mandibles are arcuated, strongly dentated throughout
their length, and the lateral and exterior extremity of the two first
tibiae is prolonged into a point. The last joint of their exterior palpi
forms a longitudinal semi-oval with the internal side arcuated; the
internal maxillary palpi are straight; their last joint is much larger
than the first, and almost ovoid. The mentum is profoundly emar-
ginate. Such are the characters of
Pamborus, Lat.
Of which but a single species, the P. alternans, Cuv. Reg.
Anim. V, xiv, 2; Dej. , Spec. II, p. 18, 19, is yet known. It
was brought from New Holland by Messrs Peron and Lesueur.
There, the mandibles are straight, simply arcuated, or hooked
and dilated at the extremity. The lateral extremity of the two an-
terior tibiae is not prolonged into a spine. The last joint of the
exterior palpi is much larger than the preceding ones and concave
above, almost in the form of a spoon. The mentum is deeply emar-
ginate, longer in proportion than in the following subgenera, thick-
ened on the sides in most of them, and as if longitudinally divided
into three spaces. The elytra are soldered, carinated laterally, and
embrace a part of the sides of the abdomen. These Carabici com-
pose the genus Cychrus of Paykull and Fabricius, since modified as
follows:
Those in which the tarsi are similar in both sexes, the thorax is
cordiform and truncated, narrower posteriorly, or almost orbicular,
and not raised along the sides, with the posterior angles null or
rounded, alone retain the generic denomination of
Cychrus, Lat. Dej.(2)
Those, in which the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the
(1) A more characteristic denomination than that of Abdominales which we
formerly gave them.
(2) Cychrus rostratus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXIV, 6; Clairv., En-
tom. Helv., II, xix, A; C. attenuatus, Fab.; Panz., lb. II, 3; Clairv. lb., xix, B;
COLEOPTERA. 311
males are dilated, but slightly, and in the form of a palette, and in
which the thorax forms a trapezium, wide, emarginated at both ends,
with the sides turned up, and with acute and recurved posterior
angles, constitute another generic section, that of
Scaphinotus, Lat. Dej.(l)
Finally, other species resembling the Cychri, but in which the two
first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are greatly dilated, and
form a patella with the third, which is less so, and cordiform, con-
stitute the
SphjEroderus, Dej.(2)
The species of these two last subgenera are peculiar to America.
In the second division of this section, we find Carabici with a
thick body, and most commonly apterous, like the preceding, but in
which the middle of the emargination of the mentum is provided
with an entire or bifid tooth, and where the mandibles are, at most,
armed with one or two teeth, situated at their base.
The thorax is always in the form of a truncated heart. The abdo-
men is most frequently oval.
Some of them, in which the labrum is occasionally entire, have
all the tarsi identical in both sexes.
Tefflus, Leach.
The Teffli are the only ones of this division in which the labrum
is entire or unemarginate.
T. Megerle; Carabus Megerlei, Fab.; Voet., Col. II, xxxix,
49. Nearly two inches in length; all black; thorax rugose;
elytra divided by longitudinal ribs with elevated points in their
sulci, last joint of the exterior palpi very large, elongated and
securiform, the internal edge curvilinear; tooth in the emargi-
nation of the mentum small; third joint of the antennae at least
thrice the length of the second.
Procerus, Meg.
The labrum bilobate. All the known species are large, entirely
black, or black underneath, and blue or greenish above with ex-
C. italicus, Bonel., Obs. Entom., Mem. of the Acad, of Tur. See Dej. Spec.II,
p. 4, et seq. [Am. species, C. viduus, Say. Am. Ed.]
(1) Cychrus elevatus, Fab.; Knoch, Beytr., I, viii, 12; Dej. Spec. II, p. 17,
et seq.
(2) Dej. Spec. II, p. 14, et seq.
312 INSECTA.
tremely rough elytra. They usually inhabit the mountains in the
East and South of Europe, and those of Caucasus and Lebanon(l).
The others, in which the labrum is always divided into two or
three lobes, have the anterior tarsi very sensibly dilated in the
males.
These latter are always destitute of wings. Their mandibles are
smooth, and at their base, or that of one of them, we find one or
two teeth. The thorax is cordiform and truncated, sub-isometrical,
or longer than it is broad. The abdomen inclines to an oval.
Procrustes, Bon.
The labrum trilobate; tooth in the emargination of the mentum
bifid(2).
Carabus, Lin. Fab. Tachypas, Web.
The labrum simply emarginate or bilobate; tooth of the emargi-
nation of the mentum entire.
Count Dejean describes one hundred and twenty-four species, which
he has arranged in sixteen divisions. The first thirteen comprise
those whose elytra are convex or arched, and the three last, those
in which they are plane, and of which M. Fischer forms two genera
Plectes and Cechenus(3), founded on the relative proportions of the
head and thorax. The nature of the surface of the elytra furnishes
the other secondary characters of these divisions, and such was the
method of Messrs Clairville and Bonelli.
The greater number of these species inhabit Europe, Caucasus,
Siberia, Asia Minor, Syria, and the north of Africa to the thirtieth
degree of north latitude. Some few are also found at the two extre-
(1) Carabus scabrosus, Fab.; C. gigas, Creutz., Entom. I, 11, 13; C. scabrosus,
Oliv. , Col. Ill, 35, viii, 83, long ago described and figured by Mouffet, Insect.
Theat., 159; P. tauricus, Dej. Spec. II, 24; Carabus scabrosus, Fischer, Entom.
Russ., I, 11, 1, b, d, f; Procerus caucasicus, Dej., lb. p. 25,- Carabus scabrosus,
Fisch., lb., c, e. Another but undescribed species has been found in Mount
Lebanon by M. Labillardiere.
(2) Carabus coriaceus, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 1. Seethe
Spec. Dej. II, p. 26, et seq.
(3) Carabus kispanus, Fab.; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VIII, 2; C. cyaneus,
Fab., Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 2; C. Creutzeri, Fab.; Panz. lb. CIX,
1; C. depressus, Bonel. ; C. osseticus, Dej.; Plectes osseticus, Fisch., Entom.
Russ. II, xxxiii,3; C. Fabricii, Panz. lb., CIX, 6; C. irregularis, Fab.; Panz. lb.,
V, 4; C. pyrenxus, Dufour. The two last belong to the genus Cechenus of
Fischer. Their head is wider in proportion than those of the preceding species
or the Plectes, Fischer.
COLEOPTERA. 313
mities of America, and it is probable that others may be found in
the intermediate mountains(l).
Of those with a convex and oblong body, the most common
is the C. auratus, L.j Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXI, 4,
commonly called the Jardinier. It is about an inch long, golden
green above, black underneath; the first joints of the antennae
and the legs fulvous; elytra sulcated, unidentated on the exterior
margin near their extremity, particularly in the female, with
three smooth ribs on each.
This Insect disappears in the south of Europe, or is only
found there in the mountains(2).
Those are most generally furnished with wings. Their mandi-
bles are transversely striated, and without any visible teeth on the
internal side. The thorax is transversal, dilated equally, rounded
laterally, and without any prolongation at the posterior angles. The
abdomen is almost square. Their exterior palpi are less dilated at
the extremity. The maxillae are suddenly curved at the extremity.
The second joint of the antennae is short, and the third elongated.
The four posterior tibiae are arcuated in several males.
Calosoma, Web. Fab. Calosoma, Callisthenes, Fisch.
This genus is much less numerous than the preceding, but the
species extend from the North to the Equator.
(1) Of the species that inhabit North America, we have as yet only discovered
the C. Beauvoisi, carinatus, Lherminier? , lineatopundatus {serratus, Say), sylvosus
and vinctus. The mountains of New Hampshire, and Maine particularly, probably
contain several others, and it is to be hoped that some friend of the science,
within reach of those localities, will soon enable us to enlarge our catalogue of
this interesting genus. Am. Ed.
(2) Add the C. auro-nltens, Fab.; Panz. lb. IV, 7; C. nitens, Fab.; Panz. lb.
LXXXV, 2; C. ccelatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXXVII, 3;C. purpurascens, Fab.;
Panz. lb. IV, 5; C. catenatus, Fab.; Panz. lb., LXXXVII, 4; C. catenulatus,
Fab.; Panz. lb., IV, 6; C. affinis, Panz. Ib.^CIX, 3;C. Scheidleri, Fab.; Panz.
lb. LXVI, 2; C. monilis, Fab.; Panz. lb. CVIII, 1; C. consitus, Panz. lb. 3;
C. cancellatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXXV, 1; C. arvensis, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXX1V, 3,
LXXXI, 3;C. morbillosus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXXI, 5;C. granulatus, Fab.;
Panz. lb. 6; 0. violaceus, Fab.; Panz. lb. IV, 4; C. marginalis, Fab.: Panz. lb.
XXXIX, 7-C.glabratus, Fab.; Panz. lb., LXXIV, 4; C. convexus, Fab.; Panz.
lb. 5; C. hortensis, Fab.; Panz. lb. V, 2; C. nodulosus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXX1V,
4; C. sylvestris, Fab. ; Panz. lb. V, 3; C. gemmatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. LXXIV,
2; C . cceruleus, Panz. lb. C1X, 2; C. concolor, Fab.; Panz. lb. CVIII, 2; C.
Linnaei, Panz. lb. CIX, 5; C. angustatus, Panz. lb. 4. For the other species of
this subgenus, and the synonymes of the whole, see the Spec, Dej. II, p. .30
189.
Vol. Ill 2 P
1
14 INSECTA.
C. sycophanta; Car abas sycophanta. L. ; Clairv., Entom. Helv.
II, xxi, A. From eight to ten lines in length; violet black;
elytra golden-green or brilliant cupreous, and finely striated,
each with three series of impressed and distant points.
Its larva inhabits the nest of the pro cessionary caterpillars, on
which it feeds, consuming several of them in the course of a
day; when filled to satiety, it loses all activity, and other larvae
of the same species attack and devour it. It is black, and
frequently found running about on the ground or trees, particu-
larly the oak(l).
The third and last division of the Grandipalpi presents an ensem-
ble of characters which clearly distinguishes it from the preceding
ones. Most of the species that compose it are winged. The ante-
rior tarsi of the males are always dilated. The labrum is entire.
The exterior palpi are merely somewhat dilated or thicker at the
extremity, with the last joint in the form of a reversed and elon-
gated cone. The internal side of the mandibles presents no tooth
worthy of notice; that in the middle of the emargination of the
mentum is bifid. The middle of the superior margin of the ligula
is elevated into a point. On the internal side of the anterior tibiae
of several is a short emargination, or one of the two spurs is inserted
higher than the other, so that in this respect these Carabici are
ambiguous, and might be placed, as well as those of the ensuing sec-
tion, directly after the Patellimani(2). They usually frequent wet
places. Some of them, such as Omophron, appear to connect this
tribe with the following one or the Aquatic Carnivora.
Some, in which the body is flattened, or convex and suborbicular,
are provided with eyes of an ordinary size; their antennae are linear
and generally consist of elongated and almost cylindrical joints; the
external sides of the maxillae are bearded, and the two internal spines
of the two anterior tibiae on a level at their origin; these tibiae
merely have a simple longitudinal canal.
Sometimes the body is a flattened oblong oval, with a cordiform
and truncated thorax posteriorly narrowed. The scutellum is dis-
(1) Add C inquisitor, Fab.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXI, 7; C. reticu-
latum, Fab.; Panz. 'lb. 9; C. indagaior, Fab.; Clairv., Ent. Helv. II, xxi, B; C.
scrutator, Fab.; Leach, Zool. Miscell. XCIII, C. calidum, Fab.; Oliv., Col. Ill,
35, IV, 45, and II, 21. The C. porculaturn of Fabricius is a Helops. See Dej.
Spec. II, p. 190, et seq. [The American species are the C. calidum, luxatum,
Sayi and scrutator. Count Dejean is mistaken in supposing the calidum to be a
common species it is rare even in the south, where, I believe, it is only to be
found. The Sayi is very common. Am. Ed.]
(2) The Pogonophori are closely allied to the Loricera.
COLEOPTERA. 315
tinct. The three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
dilated.
Pogonophorus, Lat. Gyllen. Leistus, Froel. Clairv. Carabus, Fab.
Manticora, Panz.
Remarkable for the elongation of the exterior palpi, those of the
labium being longer than the head, for the mandibles, the external
side of which form,s a salient and flattened angle, and for the projecting
ligula terminated by three spines. The head is suddenly narrowed
behind the eyes, and the joints of the antennae are long and slender.
All the species known belong to Europe(l).
Nebria, Lat.
The Nebriae only differ from the*Pogonophori in negative charac-
ters, or in the much greater shortness of the palpi; in the want of
dilatation in the external side of the mandibles, which merely forms
a very small auricle, not extending beyond the base of the jaws; and
in the absence of the strangulation, or neck, in the head. The an-
tennae are also proportionably thicker, and composed of shorter
joints(2).
Alp.eus, Bon.
Mere apterous Nebriae, somewhat more oblong, that especially
inhabit high mountains(3).
Sometimes the body, arched or convex above, is nearly orbicular,
the thorax very short, transversal, strongly emarginate anteriorly,
and wider and lobulate posteriorly. The scutellum is not apparent.
The first joint alone of the tw* anterior tarsffof the males and
sometimes that of the intermediate ones as in the 0. melange is sen-
sibly dilated.
|
Omophron, Lat. Scolytus, Fab.
This subgenus is composed of a small number of species found on
(1) Carabus spinibar bis, Fab.; Leistus cceruleus, Clairv. Entom. Helv., II*xxiii,
A, a; C. spinilabris, Fab.; Leistrus rufescens, lb. B, b; C. rufescens, Fab.; Cara-
bus terminatus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., VII, ii. For the other species, see
Spec. Dej., II, p. 212, et seq.
(2) Nebria arenaria, Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 2, vii, 6; Carabus brevi-
collis, Fab.; Panz. lb. XI, 8; Clairv. lb. XXII, B; C. subulosus, Fab.; Clairv.,
lb. A; Panz. lb. XXXI, 4; C. picicornis, Fab.; Panz. lb. XCII, 1; C. psam-
modes, Ross., Faun. Etrusc, Mant. I, v, M.
(3) The C. Helwigii, Panz lb. LXXXIX, 4, is an Alpxus. See Spec. Dej. II,
p. 221, et seq.
316 INSECTA.
the shores of rivers, &c. in Europe, North America, Egypt and the
Cape of Good Hope. M. Desmarest has described the larva of the
most common species. Its form approaches that of the larva of a
Dytiscus. The anatomical observations of M. Dufour appear to
confirm this affinity(l^.
The others, in which the body is tolerably thick, have large and
very prominent eyes; antennae that are slightly enlarged near the ex-
tremity, and composed of short joints, mostly in the form of a top
or of a reversed cone; one of the two spurs of the internal extre-
mity of the two anterior tibiae is inserted higher than the other, with
a notch between them. The four or three first joints of the anterior
tarsi of the males are in general but slightly dilated. The palpi
are never elongated. They are shore Insects, and peculiar to Europe
and Siberia.
Sometimes the labrum is very short, transversal, and terminated by
a straight line. The last joint of the exterior palpi is almost obco-
nical, thicker and truncated at the extremity. The mandibles ad-
vance considerably beyond the labrum. The anterior tarsi of the
males are sensibly dilated.
Elaphrus, Fab. Elaphrus, Blethisa, Pelophila, Dej.
In some of them, and the largest Blethisa, Bonelli the thorax
is wider than it is long, plane, bordered laterally, almost square and
slightly narrowed towards the posterior angles.
Here, the three first joints of the anterior tarsi of the males are
strongly dilated and cordiform. They are the Pelophike of De-
jean(2).
There, the four first joints of ftie anterior tarsi of the males are
slightly dilated they form the Blethisa, Dejean(3).
In the others, the thorax is at least as long as it is wide, convex,
cordiform ancltruncated. The body is proportionably more convex
than in the preceding subgenera. The four first joints of the ante-
rior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. These latter alone com-
pose his genus Elaphrus.
a E. uliginosus; C. uliginosus, Fab.; Elaphrus riparius, Oliv.,
Col. II, 34, I, 1, A E. About four lines in length, of a black-
ish-bronze, with numerous puncta; little depressions or fossulae
on the front and thorax, and others with a violet bottom and
(1) See Encyclop. Method., article Omophron,- Entom. Helv., II, xxvi; Lat.,
Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, 225, vii, ~, and the Spec Dej., II, p. 257, et seq.
(2) Carabus borealis,Fab.; Ntbriaborealis, Gyllenh.;Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.,
LXXV, 8.
(3) Carabus multipunctatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XI, 5.
COLEOPTERA. 317
elevated contour joined to each other on the elytra; tarsi bluish-
black; tibiae sometimes of the latter colour and sometimes rus-
set. These latter individuals have been considered as a dis-
tinct species cupreus by MM. Megerle and Dejean. It is rare
in the environs of Paris, but common in other parts of France,
and in Germany, Sweden, Sec.
E. riparius, Fab., Clairv., Entom., Helv., II, xxv, A, a; Cicin-
dela riparia, L. ; Elaphrus paludosus, Oliv., Col. II, 34, 1, 4, a,
b; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ, xx, 1. About a third less than
the uliginosus; above, very finely dotted with dead-cupreous,
mixed with green; circular green impressions with papillated
centres arranged in four lines, and a polished, shining cupreous
spot on each elytron ar the suture. Common in the environs
of Paris(l).
Sometimes the labrum is almost semicircular and rounded ante-
riorly; the exterior palpi terminate by a sub-oval joint, narrowed
into a point at the extremity. The mandibles project but little
beyond the labrum. Tarsi identical in both sexes.
The anterior extremity of the head forms a small snout. The
body is plane above, and the thorax trapezoidal, almost as wide as
the head, and slightly narrowed posteriorly.
Notiophilus, Dumer. Elaphrus, Fab. Oliv. (2)
Our second general division of this tribe, or that of the Subuli-
palpi, is distinguished from the preceding one by the form of the
exterior palpi, of which the penultimate and obconical joint is united
to the following, forming with it a common oval or fusiform body,
(1) For the other species, see Dej. Spec. II, p. 268, et seq.
(2) Cicindela aquatica, L. ; Elaphrus aquaticus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.,
XX, 3; Elaphrus biguttatus, Fab., and to which Count Dejean refers his C. semi-
punctatus. See Spec. II, p. 276, et seq.
This division, in a natural series, should probably be placed directly after that
of the Carabici Quadrumani. In the genus Masoreus, Dejean, (p. 420), the two
anterior tarsi of the males resemble those of Harpali; the emargination of the
mentum is destitute of a tooth as in Stenolophus, Acupalpus, 8cc. ; but the maxillary
palpi terminate nearly as in Bembidion,- the two last joints are united and form
one body, the penultimate merely being rather shorter than the last and obconical,
and the latter, cylindrical and truncated.
The genera Pogonus and Cardiaderus of Count Dejean appear to us to be con-
nected with the Arnara of Bonelli, notwithstanding the difference in their tarsi.
From what we observe in the Cicindeletze and the Carabici Grandipalpi, evidently
natural divisions, it may be seen that the tarsi vary according to the sex, and that
if we chiefly depend on characters drawn from these parts, we may form sections,
methodical it is true, but which are in direct opposition to the natural order.
318 INSECTA.
terminated, either insensibly or suddenly, in a point, or in the manner
of an awl. The internal side of the two anterior tibiae is always
emarginated. These Insects, both as respects their form and mode
of living, are very similar to the preceding ones.
Bembidion, Lat. Bembidium, Gyll, Dej.
Penultimate joint of the exterior palpi large, inflated, and turbi-
nated; the last much more slender, very short or acicular; first joint
of the two anterior tarsi dilated in the males.
Messrs Ziegler and Megerle have divided this subgenus into
several others(l), but without giving their characters, and depend-
ing, as it would appear, on the changes in the form of me thorax.
The following species is placed 1^-Count Dejean among his
Tachypi.
B.flavipes; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XX, 2; Cicindela fla-
vipes, L. Very similar to the Elaphrus riparius; two lines in
length; thorax rather narrower than the head, cordiform, trun-
(1) This subgenus may be thus divided. In some the thorax is less depressed,
is at least as long as it is wide, much narrower posteriorly than before, cordiform
and truncated, with the posterior angles very short or but slightly elongated.
Those in which this part of the body presents no decided impression at its pos-
terior angles, and whose eyes are very large and cause the head to appear wider
than the thorax, form the genus Tachypics of Megerle.
Those whose eyes, as in all the following divisions, are less prominent, so that
the thorax is not wider than the head, but otherwise presenting similar characters,
constitute the Bembidium properly so called of Dejean.
The Count, with Megerle, places in the genus Lopha those in which the tho-
rax 4 having the same form and proportions, presents at each posterior angle a
marked impression, so that these angles are well bordered.
The others have a flatter body, the thorax wider than it is long and proportiona-
bly less narrowed posteriorly; its posterior angles always exhibit a strong impres-
sion and a little oblique carina.
Certain species, whose thorax, although narrowed near the posterior angles, is
less than in the others, so that the posterior margin is scarcely narrower than the
anterior, compose the genus Notaphus, Dej. and Megerle.
Among those in which the thorax is considerably narrowed behind, its length
is sometimes only a little greater than its width, and it has the form of a truncated
heart: such are the Peryphus of these naturalists. Sometimes much shorter in
proportion, its form approaches that of a cup or of a heart with a very broad base;
in some it is even rounded at the posterior angles. They form the genus Leja of
the same. The Tachypi, on account of the extraordinary protuberance of their
eyes, and other relations to the Elaphri, are sufficiently distinct; but such is far
from being the case with the other genera; it is impossible to mark them by rigor-
ous characters. Those which might be drawn from the respective and compara-
tive length of the second and third joint of the antennae, appear to me to be also
uncertain. See the Catal. de la Coll. des Coleop., of Dejean.
COLEOPTERA. 319
cated, and as long as it is wide; eyes large; the body blackish;
green above, bronzed beneath and mottled with cupreous-red;
two large impressed puncta on each elytron near the suture;
base of the antennae, palpi and legs yellowish. Very common in
the environs of Paris(l).
Trechus, Clairv.
The last joint of the exterior palpi, from its thickest part to its
-origin, as long as the preceding or longer, so that the two united
make a fusiform body(2)
The Pentamerous Aquatic Carnivora form a third tribe, that
of the Hydrocanthari, Lat. The feet of these Insects are
fitred for natation; the four last are compressed, ciliated or
laminiform, and the two last at a distance from the others ;
the mandibles are almost entirely covered ; the body is al-
ways oval, the eyes but slightly prominent, and the thorax
much wider than long. The terminal hook of the maxillae is
arcuated from its base ; those at the extremity of the tarsi are
often unequal.
They compose the genera Dytiscus and Gyrinus of GeofFroy.
(1) Add Carabus tricolor, Fab.; C. modestus; cursor; biguttatus,- 4-gutta-
tus ; guttula, Id.; C. minutus, Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. XXXVIII, 10; C.
pygmoeus, Fab.; Panz. lb. 11; C. articulatus, Panz. lb. XXX, 21; Cicindela
quadrimaculata, L.; Carabus pulchellus, Panz. lb. XXXVIII, 8; XL, 5; C. doris,
Panz. lb. 9; Elaphrus rupestris, Fab.; Panz. lb. XL, 6; C decorus, Panz. lb.
LXXIII, 4; C. uslulatus, L.; Panz. lb. XL, 7, 9;C. bipunctatus, L.; Oliv. Col.
111,35, xiv, 163; Elaphrus ruficollis, Panz. lb. XXXVIII, 21 ; Elaphrus impres-
sus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XL, 8; Elaphrus paludosus, lb. XX, 4.
(2) Trechus rubens, Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, ii, B,b. The Carabus meridianus,
which he figures in the same plate, A, a, is a Stenolophus. Carabus micros, Panz.,
Faun. Insect. Germ. XL, 4. The genus Masohetjs of Ziegler and Dejean, ap-
pears to me to approach that of Trechus. The species on which it is- founded is
closely allied to the Harpalus collaris of Gyllenhal. The maxillary palpi, as in
Trechus, have a fusiform termination, the penultimate joint merely being a little
shorter than the last. The anterior tarsi are slightly dilated in the males. This
Insect seems to connect Trechus with various small species of the Stenolophus of
Dejean.
The Blemi of these same savanfcare a kind of narrower and more elongated
Trechi with a subisometrical thorax, in the form of a reversed and truncated tri-
angle, with much larger mandibles that project beyond the labrum. They are
found along the sea-coast of France, under stones, and even in the sea.
320 INSECTA.
They pass their first and last stage of existence in the fresh and
placid waters of lakes, marshes, ponds, &c. They are good
swimmers, and rise occasionally to the surface of their liquid
abodes in order to respire ; this they easily effect by keep-
ing their legs motionless, and permitting themselves to float.
Their body being reversed, they elevate its posterior extrem-
ity a little above the water, raise the extremity of their ely-
tra, or depress the end of the abdomen, in order that air may
enter the stigmata, which are covered by them, whence it
finds its way to the tracheae. They are excessively vora-
cious, and feed on small animals inhabiting the same element,
which they never leave excepting during the night, or at its
approach. When taken from the water they diffuse a nause-
ating odour. They are frequently attracted into houses by
the light of candles, &c.
Their larvae have a long and narrow body composed of
twelve rings, the first of which is the largest ; a stout head,
provided with two powerful mandibles, curved into an arc,
and perforated near the point; small antennae, palpi, and six
simple approximated eyes on each side. They have six tol-
erably long legs, frequently fringed with hairs, and termi-
nated by two small nails. They are active, carnivorous, and
respire either by the anus or by a kind of fins resembling
branchiae. When about to enter into their pupa state they
leave the water.
This tribe consists of two principal genera.
Dytiscus, Geoff.
The Dytisci have filiform antennae longer than the head, two eyes,
the anterior legs shorter than the following ones, and the last most
commonly terminated by a compressed tarsus ending in a point(l).
By means of their legs fringed with long hairs, the two last particu-
(1) According to M. Leon Dufour, their crop is terminated behind by an annu-
lar roll (bourrelet) a character not found in the preceding tribe. Their caecum
forms a natatory bladder. Their pectus contauis two pneumatic sacs, while the
tracheae of the other parts are tubular. The adipose splanchnic tissue possesses
the characters of a true epiploon or mesentery. Their stigmata also differ from
those of the Terrestrial Carnivora.
COLKOPTEKA. 321
larly, they are enabled to swim with great velocity. They dart
upon other Insects, aquatic Worms, &c. In most of the males the
three first joints of the four anterior tarsi are widened and spongy
underneath; those of the first pair particularly are very remarkable
in the larger species, these three joints forming there a large palette,
the inferior surface of which is covered by little bodies, some in the
form of papillae, and others, larger, in that of cups or suckers, &c.
Some of the females are distinguished from their males by their
sulcated elytra. The body of the larva is composed of from eleven
to twelve annuli, and covered with a squamous plate; this larva is
long, ventricose in the middle, and slender at each end, particu-
larly behind, where the last annuli form an elongated cone furnished
on the sides with a fringe of floating hairs, with which the animal
acts on the water, and propels its body forwards; the latter is usu-
ally terminated by two conical, bearded and movable filaments. Be-
tween them are two small cylindrical bodies, perforated at their ex-
tremity by a hole, which are so many air-ducts, and in which the
two tracheae terminate; stigmata, however, are observed on the sides
of the abdomen. The head is large, oval, attached to the thorax by
a neck, and furnished with strongly arcuated mandibles, under the
extremity of which De Geer perceived a longitudinal slit, so that, in
this respect, these organs resemble the mandibles of the larva of the
Myrmeleon, and serve as suckers; the mouth, however, is provided
with maxillae and a labium with palpi. Each of the three first annuli
bears a pair of tolerably long legs, the tibiae and tarsi of which are
bordered with hairs which afford them additional aid in swimming.
The first ring is the largest or longest, and is defended above as well
as underneath by a squamous plate.
These larvae suspend themselves on the surface of the water by
means of two lateral appendages at the extremity of their body,
which they keep above it. When they wish to change their posi-
tion, they communicate a sudden vermicular motion to their body,
and strike the water with their tail. They feed more particularly on
the larvae of the Libellulae, and those of the Culices and Aselli.
When the period of their metamorphosis has arrived, they issue
from the water, and having gained the shore penetrate into the
earth, which must, however, be constantly moistened, or very hu-
mid. They then excavate an oval cavity, and shut themselves up
in it.
According to Rcesel, the eggs of the D. marginalis are hatched
from ten to twelve days after they are laid. In four or five days
after this epoch, the larva is already five lines in length, and under-
goes its first change of tegument. The second ensues at the expi-
Vol. III. 2 Q
322 INSECTA.
ration of a similar period, and the animal is then double its former
size. Its final length is two inches. They have been observed, in
summer, to enter into their pupa state at the end of fifteen days, and
to become perfect insects in fifteen or twenty more. Besides the
cloaca of the Insects of this family, the Dytisci have a tolerably long
caecum, which is perceptible even in the larva
This great genus is subdivided as follows:
Some have antennae composed of eleven distinct joints, the exte-
rior palpi filiform or somewhat larger at the extremity, and the base
of their posterior feet as well as that of the others exposed.
Sometimes the thickness of the antennae gradually diminishes
from their origin to the extremity; the last joint of the labial palpi
is simply obtuse at the end and unemarginate. Such is
Dytiscus, proper.
Where all the tarsi are composed of five very distinct joints, of
which the three first of the two anterior ones are very wide, forming,
collectively, a palette, either oval and transverse, or orbicular.
D. latissimus, L.j Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXXVI, 1.
About an inch and a half long, and easily distinguished by the
compressed and trenchant dilatation of the exterior margin of
the elytra, the border of which is yellowish; thorax margined
all round with the same colour; elytra sulcated and carinated
in the female. From the department of Vosges in the north
of Europe and from Germany.
D. marginalis, L. ; Panz. lb. 3. About a fourth smaller; a
yellowish border all round the thorax, and a line of the same
colour on the exterior and non-dilated margin of the elytra;
those of the female sulcated from their base to about two-thirds
of their length.
Fabricius says that if laid on its back, it soon regains its nat-
ural position by jumping.
Esper preserved a D. marginalis for three years and a half, in
perfect health, in a large glass jar. Every week, and some-
times oftener, he threw into the vessel a piece of raw beef about
the size of a filbert, on which it darted with great avidity, and
then completely exhausted its blood by suction. It can go with-
out food for at least four weeks. It kills the Hydrophilus pi-
ceus, although double its own size, by piercing it between the
head and thorax, the only part of the body that is unarmed.
According to Esper, it is affected by atmospheric changes, and
indicates them by the height at which it remains in the jar.
D. Roeselii, Fab.; Roes., Insect., II, Aquat., Class I, ii. Nar-
COLEOPTERA. 323
rower, or more oval and more depressed than the preceding
ones; exterior margin of the thorax and elytra yellowish; the
latter finely striated in the female. Environs of Paris, and Ger-
many.
D. serricornis, Payk., Nov. Acad. Sc. Stock., XX, i, 3. Re-
markable for the anomalous form of the antennae of the male,
the four last joints of which form a compressed and serrated
mass(l).
Colymbetes, Clairv.
All the tarsi composed of five very distinct joints; but the four
anterior, in the males, have the three first equally dilated, constitut-
ing, collectively, a small palette forming a long square; the anten-
nae, at least the length of the head and thorax. The body is per-
fectly oval, and wider than it is high; the eyes are not protuberant,
or but very slightly so(2).
(1) Doctor Leach has established his genus Agabus Zool. Miscel. Ill, p. 69
and 72 on this character. Certain slight differences in the form and relative
proportions of the joints of the exterior maxillary palpi have also induced him to
establish some others, such as Htdaticus (D. Hybneri, transver sails, stagnalis,
4-vittat/us) : Acinus (D. sukatus): and Trogus (D. lateralis). The last is the only
one that can be retained on account of some other characters. The tibise of the
posterior legs are short and very wide, and the tarsi are only terminated by a
single hook.
To the species above quoted add D. sukatus, Fab.; Clair., Entom. Helv., II,
xx; D. costalis, Oliv. Col. Ill, 40, 1, 7; D. punctaius, lb. I, 6, b and I, e-D.
aciculatus, lb. Ill, 30; D. Isevigatus, lb., 23; D. tripuncfatas, lb. 24; D. rufi-
collis, lb. II, 20; D. vittatus, lb. I, 5; D. griseus, lb., II, 12; D. sticticus, lb. II,
H; D. circumflexus, Fab. [Of American species the B. fimbriulatus, verticalis,
mediatus, tseniolis, &c. Am. Ed.]
(2) B. fuscus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., LXXXVI, 5; B. cinereus, Fab.;
Panz. lb., XXXI, 2; B zonatus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 3; B. bipunctatus,
Fab.; Panz., lb., XCI, 6; 7). fenestratus, Fab.; Panz. lb. XXXVIII, 16; D. chal-
conatus, Fab.; Panz. lb. 17; B. ater, Ffb. Panz. lb., 15; B. guttatus, Payk.;
Panz., lb., XC, l-B.fuliginosus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, U;B. bipustula-
tus, Fab.; Panz., lb., CI, 2; D. stagnalis, Fab.; Panz., lb. XCI, 7; D. transver.
salis, Fab.; Panz., lb., LXXXVI, 6; I). abbreviatus, Fab. Panz. lb. XIV, 1;
I), maculatus, Fab.; Panz., lb., 7;D. agilis, Fab.; Panz., lb. XC, 2; D. adsper-
sus, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXXVIII, 18; I), minutus, Fab.; Panz., XXVI, 3, 5;D.
Leander, Oliv., lb. Ill, 25; D. varius, Oliv., lb. II, 17; D. bimaculatus, Oliv., lb.
18. See Clairv,, Entom. Helvet. II, genus' Colymbetes.
Certain small species without any distinct scutellum, and in which the anterior
tarsi of the males are but slightly dilated, compose the genus Lacophihts of
Leach, who cites the following: D. hyalinus, Marsh; D. interruptus, Panz. > D.
minutui, L.; D. marmoreus, Oliv. See his Zool. Miscell. Ill, p. 72.
324 INSECTA.
Hvgrobia, Lat. Hydrachna, Fab. Clairv. Pcelobius, Schoenh.
The tarsi also composed of five distinct joints, the four anterior
of which are almost equally dilated at base, in the males, into a little
palette forming a long square; but the antennas are shorter than the
head and thorax; the body is ovoid and very thick in the middle;
eyes prominent(l).
Hydroporus, Clairv. Hyphydrus, Schoenh.
The four anterior tarsi nearly similar, and spongy underneath, in
both sexes, composed of but four distinct joints, the fifth being de-
ficient or very small and concealed, as well as a part of the last, in a
deep cleft in the third.
These Insects have no apparent scutellum(2).
We might separate from them some species(S) in which the body
is almost globular, and where the last joint of the four anterior tarsi
is very small, and projects but little beyond the preceding one Hy-
phydrus, Lat. The body of the rest is oval, and not so thick(4).
Sometimes the antennas are slightly dilated and wider in the mid-
dle of their length; the last joint of the labial palpi is emarginate,
and appears forked.
Add for the American species of Colymbetes the C. erythropterus, fenestralis,
ambiguns, seriatus, nitldus, bicarinatus, venustus, glyphicus, obtusatus, &c. Of the
G. Lacophilus we have the L. maculosus and proximus. Am. Ed.
(1) Hydrachna Hermanni, Fab. 5 Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, vi, 5; Clairv.,
Entom. Helv. II, xxvii, A, a; H. uliginosa, Clairv., lb. B, b.
These Insects with the Halipli, in the system of Leach Zool. Miscell. p. 68
form a particular group, the characters of which are: a scutellum; all the legs
adapted for walking, with five joints to all the tarsi and two terminal hooks to the
last.
The Hygrobiae have their exterior palpi somewhat enlarged at the end; two
stout and approximated spurs at the extremity of the tibiae, and their anterior tarsi
susceptible of being doubled under the tibia: to which they are annexed.
(2) In the preceding divisions, some small species excepted, it is very apparent.
Add of American species the Hydrop. undulatus, oppositus, niger, catascopium,
laaustris, par allelus, undulatus, 8cc. Am. Ed.
(3) The Hyd. gibba, ovalis, scripta, Fab.; Hyphydrus lyratus, Schoenh., Synon.
Insect., II, iv, 1.
(4) The Dytisci inxqualis, reticulatus, confluens, picipes, pictus, geminus, linea-
tus, halensis, duodecim-pustulatus, dorsulis, sex pustulatus, pulustris, depressus, litu-
ratus, planus, erythrocephalus, nigrita, granulans, Fab. See Schcenherr, Synon.
Insect. II, genus Hyphydrus,- Panz., Index Entom., genus Hydroporus; and
Clairv., Entom. Helv. II, the same genus.
COLEOPTERA. 325
Noteiius, Clairv.
No scutel; tarsi consisting of five distinct joints, and the two first
of the four anterior dilated in the males, forming an elongated pa-
lette; first joint of the two anterior tarsi covered hy a broad lamini-
form spur, the part of the pectus bearing the last legs with a deep
groove on each side(l).
The others have but ten distinct joints in their antennae; their ex-
terior palpi are fusiform, or have a more slender termination taper-
ing to a point, and the base of the posterior legs is covered with a
large shield.
The body is convex and ovoid underneath, as in Hygrobia; but
there is no scutel, and all the tarsi are filiform, composed of five al-
most cylindrical joints, and have nearly the same form in both sexes.
They are the
Haliplus, Lat. Hoplitus, Clair. Cnemidotus, Illig.(2)
The second genus of the Hydrocanthari, or the
Gyrinus, Lin.
Comprises those in which the antennae are clavate and shorter
than the head; the two first legs are long and project like arms; the
remaining four are compressed, wide, and pinnate. There are four
eyes.
The body is oval and usually very glossy. The second joint of
the antennae, which are inserted in a cavity before the eyes, is pro-
longed exteriorly in the form of an auricle, and the following
joints(3) are very short, crowded, and united in one almost fusiform
and slightly curved mass. The head is sunk in the thorax almost
to the eyes, which are large, and divided by a border, in such a way
that two are above and two underneath. The labrum is rounded
and strongly ciliated before. The palpi are very small, and the in-
terior of those attached to the maxillae are wanting, or are not de-
veloped in several, and particularly the larger species. The thorax
is short and transversal. The elytra are obtuse and truncated at
their posterior extremity, leaving the anus exposed, which ends in a
(1) Dytiscus crassicornis, Fab.; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, xxxii.
(2) The Dytisci fulvus, impressus and obliquus, Fab. See Latr., Gener. Crust.
et Insect., I, p. 234; Clairv., Entom. Helv., II, genus Hoplitus, XXXI; Fanz., Ind.
Entom., genus id., and Schcenerr, Synonym. Insect. II, genus Cnemidotus.
[American species, Hal. 12-punctatus, triopsis, &c. Am- Ed.}
(3] But seven are distinctly visible, the first and last of which are the longest.
326 INSECTA.
point. The two anterior legs are long, slender, folded in two, and
when contracted, almost at a right angle with the body; they are ter-
minated by a very short, strongly compressed tarsus, the inferior
surface of which, in the males, is furnished with a fine compact
brush. The four others are broad and extremely thin, the joints of
their tarsi forming little leaflets arranged like a flounce.
The Gyrini are usually small, or of a moderate size. They are to
be found from the very beginning of spring until the end of autumn,
on the surface of stagnant waters, and even on that of the Ocean,
where, frequently collected in troops, they appear like brilliant
points, swimming and wheeling with great agility in all sorts of
curves, and in every direction, whence the name of Puce aquatique
and Tourniquet given to them by authors. Sometimes they remain
motionless, but the instant any one approaches, they escape by
swimming, and dive with great celerity. Their four last legs serve
them as oars, and the two before for seizing their prey. Placed on
water, the superior surface of their body is always dry, and when
they dive, a little bubble of air, resembling a silvery globule, re-
mains fixed to its posterior extremity. When seized, a lacteous fluid
oozes from their body which spreads over it, and which, perhaps,
produces that disagreeable and penetrating odour they then diffuse,
and which remains attached to the fingers for a long time. They
copulate on the surface of the water. Sometimes they remain at the
bottom clinging to plants: there, also, it is probable they secrete
themselves to pass the winter(l).
G. natator, L. ; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. Ill, 5; De Geer,
Insect., IV, xiii, 4, 19. Three lines in length; oval, glabrous,
very glossy; bronze-black above; black beneath; legs fulvous;
scutel triangular, very pointed, somewhat longer than wide;
elytra rounded at the extremity, and marked with small im-
pressed puncta in regular and longitudinal lines.
The female lays her eggs on aquatic plants. They are very
small, and form little yellowish white cylinders. The body of
the larva is long, tapering, linear, and consists of thirteen annuli,
each of the three first bearing a pair of legs. The head is
large, of an elongated oval shape, and much flattened, pre-
senting the same parts as that of the larva of a Dytiscus; but
(1) M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Oct. 1824, has published some ana-
tomical observations on these Insects. The small intestine is remarkable for its
length. The caecum is not lateral as in Dytiscus. The genital organs of the males
differ from those of the other Carnivora.
COLEOPTERA. 327
here the fourth and seven following annuli are furnished on each
side with a conical, membranous, flexible filament with bearded
edges. The twelfth ring has four similar, but much longer
ones, directed more posteriorly. Two very slender tracheae
traverse the whole length of the body, and receive an air vessel
from each filament. The last ring is very small, and is termi-
nated by four long and parallel hooks. This larva inhabits the
water, from which it issues in the beginning of August to be-
come a chrysalis. It encloses itself in a little oval cocoon,
pointed at the ends, formed of a material drawn from its body
resembling grey paper, which it fixes to the reeds. Very com-
mon in Europe(l).
FAMILY II.
BRACHELYTRA.
In the second family of the Pentamerous Coleoptera we find
but one palpus to the maxillae, or four in all 5 the antennas,
sometimes of equal thickness, and at others slightly enlarged
at the end, are usually composed of lenticular or graniform
joints ; the elytra are much shorter than the body, which is
narrow and elongated, and the coxae of the two anterior legs
are very large ; near the anus are two vesicles which the
animal protrudes at will.
These Coleoptera compose the genus
Staphylinus, Lin.
The Staphylini have been considered as forming the passage from the
Coleoptera to the Forjiculas, the first genus of the following order.
(1) For the other species see Oliv., Col. IK, No. 41, and Schcenh., Synon. In-
sect., II, No. 55. The Gyr. minutus and bicolor, Fab., are also found in the vici-
nity of Paris. The largest of the species, all of which are foreign to Europe, have
no apparent scutel and but four palpi.
M. Mac-Leay, Jun. Annul. Javan. I, p. 30 forms a particular genus, Dineu-
tes, with those in which the labrum is not ciliate, the palpi are clavate, the ante-
rior legs the length of the body, and the termination of the antennae is partly
pointed. He quotes but a single species, the D. politics.
Add American species of Gyrinus, the Gyr. wmtricanus, emarginatus, analis and
limbatus. Am. Ed.
328 INSECTA.
They also approximate, in some respects, to the Insects of the pre-
ceding family, and to the Silphae and Necrophori, (genera of the
fourth) in many others. They commonly have a large, flattened
head, stout mandibles, short antennae, a thorax as wide as the abdo-
men, and the elytra truncated at the extremity, but still covering the
wings, which preserve their usual extent. The semi-annuli of the
top of the abdomen are as scaly as those of the venter. The vesicles
of the anus consist in two conical and pilose points, which are pro-
truded and retracted at the will of the animal; a subtile vapour
escapes from them, which, in some species, has a strong odour of
sulphuric ether. M. Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat. VIII, p. 16,
has described the apparatus which produces it. The last segment
of the abdomen, that which contains the anus, is prolonged and ter-
minates in a point.
These Insects, when touched, or while they run, elevate the ex-
tremity of their abdomen and flex it in every direction. They also
use it to push their wings under the elytra. The tarsi of their two
anterior legs are frequently broad and dilated, and their coxae as
well as those of the intermediate legs are very large. They are
usually found in earth, dung, and excrementitious matters; some live
in mushrooms, rotten wood, or under stones; others are only met
with in aquatic localities. Some very small ones keep on flowers.
They are all voracious, run with great swiftness, and take wing very
promptly.
The larva bears a close resemblance to the perfect Insect: it has
the figure of an elongated cone, the base of which is occupied by
the very large head; the last ring is prolonged into a tube, and is
accompanied by two conical and hairy appendages. It feeds on the
same matters as the perfect Insect.
The first stomach of the Staphylini is small and without plicae;
the second is very long and pilose; the intestine is extremely short(l).
It is a very extensive genus, which we will divide into five sec-
tions.
In the first, or that of the Fissilabra, the head is completely ex-
posed and separated from the thorax, which is sometimes square
or semi-oval, and at others rounded, or cordiform and truncated,
by a neck or sensible strangulation. The labrum is profoundly cleft
and forms two lobes. Such is the
(1) According 1 to M. Dufour, the only essential difference between their alimen-
tary canal and that of the carnivorous Coleoptera consists in the absence of the
crop. Their biliary vessels are inserted at the same lateral point, and, at least in
some species, present near the middle, a knot or vesicle, not observed in any other
Insects. Their sexual apparatus differs greatly from that of the carnivorous Co-
leoptera. See Ann. des Sc Nat., Octob. 1825.
COLEOPTERA. 329
Oxyporus, Fab.
Where the maxillary palpi are filiform, and those attached to the
labium are terminated by a very large and lunate joint. The an-
tennae are large, perfoliate and compressed; the anterior tarsi are
not dilated; the last joint and then the second are the longest. They
inhabit the Boleti and Agarici.
O. rufus; Staphylinus rafus, L.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ.,
XVI, 19. About three lines in length; fulvous; head, pectus,
extremity and interior margin of the elytra, as well as the anus,
black(l).
Astrap^eus, Grav.
The four palpi terminated by a larger and nearly triangular joint;
anterior tarsi greatly dilated, the first and last joints the longest(2).
In the
Staphylinus, Fab*
Or the true Staphylihi, all the palpi are filiform, and the antennae
are inserted between the eyes, above the labrum and mandibles.
Some, particularly the males, have the anterior tarsi greatly di-
lated, and the antennae separated at base; the length of the first joint
of the latter is equal, at most, to that of a fourth of the whole num-
ber. The head is but slightly elongated. In some systems, those
species alone which present the above characters, constitute the
genus Staphylinus. The S. dilatatus, Fab., Germ., Faun. Insect.
Europ., VI, 14, has even been separated from it, to compose another,
on account of its antennae, which form an elongated serrated club.
According to the observations of M. Chevrolat, a zealous entomolo-
gist, this Insect feeds on caterpillars which it searches for on trees.
S. hirtus, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., IV, 19. Ten lines
in length; black; very hairy; superior surface of the head, tho-
rax, and last abdominal annuli covered with thick hairs of a
glossy golden-yellow; elytra cinereous-grey, with a black base;
under part of the body bluish-black. North of Europe, France
and Germany.
S. olens, Fab., Panz. Lb., XXVII, 1. An inch long; dead
(1) Add 0. maxillosus, Fab.; Panz. lb. 20. The remaining- Oxypori of Fabri-
cius belong to subgenera of our fourth section. See Oliv., Encyc. Method., genus
Oxypore, and the Coleoptera Microptera, Gravenhorst.
(2) Staphylinus ulmi, Oliv.; Ross., Faun. Ktrusc, I, v, 6; Panz. lb.,
LXXXVIII, 4; Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 284.
Vol. III. 2 R
330 INSECTA.
black; head wider than the body; wings reddish. Its ova are
remarkably large. Very common in the environs of Paris, un-
der stones.
S. maxillosus, L. ; Panz. ib. 2. About eight lines in length;
black; glossy; head wider than the thorax; great part of the
abdomen and elytra cinereous grey, dotted and spotted with
black. In earth, dung, See.
S. murinus, Fab.; Panz., ib., LXVI, 16. From four to six
lines long; head, thorax and elytra deep bronze, glossy, with
dusky spots; scutel yellowish, marked with two atrous spots;
abdomen black; greater part of the antennae reddish. Found
with the preceding.
S. erythroptems, L.; Panz., XXVIII, 4. From six to ten
lines in length; black; elytra, base of the antennse and legs ful-
vous(l).
The others, which are linear, with a head and thorax elongated in
the form of a long square, have their antennae approximated at base,
and strongly geniculate and granose; their anterior tarsi are usually
not at all or but very slightly dilated. The anterior tibiae are spin-
ous, with a stout spine at the extremity. The labrum is small.
They form the genus Xantltolinus of some entomologists(2).
Pinophilus, Grav.
Palpi filiform; but the antennse inserted before the eyes, outside of
the labrum, and near the exterior base of the mandibles(3).
Lathrobium, Grav. Peederus, Fab.
Palpi suddenly terminated by a pointed and frequently indistinct
joint, much smaller than the penultimate; those of the maxillae
much longer than the labials; the antennse inserted as in Pinophilus;
anterior tarsi strongly dilated in both sexes; length of the last joint
of the four posterior tarsi almost equal to that of the four preceding
ones taken together(4).
(1) See the Monograph of this family Coleoptera Microptera by Graven-
horst; Panz., Index, Entom., pars 1, p. 208, et seq.; Lat. ib., I, 285. Refer to
this genus the following species of Olivier: aureus, aeneus, hcemorrhoidalis, ocula-
tus, erythrocephalus, similis, cyaneus, pubescens, cupreus, stercorarius, brunnipes,
pilosus, politus, amcenus, besides those above described.
(2) The Staphylmi fulgidus, fulmineus, pyropterus, elegans, elongatus, ochraceus,
alternans, melanocephalus, Gravcnhorst.
(3) Pinophilus latipes, Grav., North America. In his Mantissa it is united to the
following genus.
(4) See Gravenhorst, Coleop. Microp., and Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 289.
COLEOPTERA. 331
In the second section, that of the Longipalpi, where the head is
also completely exposed, but the labrum entire, the maxillary palpi
are nearly as long as the head, and have a clavate termination formed
by the third joint, with the fourth concealed or but slightly visible,
and in the figure of a small point, terminating the club when appa-
rent; the preceding joint considerably enlarged. These Insects live
along the shores of rivers, 8cc.
PjEderus, Fab.
The antennae inserted before the eyes, either filiform or gradually
increasing in thickness, and longer than the head,: body long and
narrow; mandibles dentated on the internal side, and terminating in
a simple point.
In some of them, P^ederus, Lat. the penultimate joint of the
tarsi is bifid(l).
P. riparius; Staphylinus riparius, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.,
IX, 2. About three lines in length; very narrow and elongated;
fulvous; head, pectus, superior extremity of the abdomen and
knees, black; elytra blue. Very common in wet sand, under
stones, among the roots of trees, &c.
In the others, Stilici, Lat. all the joints of the tarsi are entire(2).
Ev^sthetus, Grav.
The antennse also inserted before the eyes, but hardly longer than
the head, and almost entirely moniliform; the body but slightly elon-
gated, and the head as wide as the thorax(3).
The L. elongatum (S. elongatus, L.) is figured by Panz , lb. IX, 12; Staphylinus
linearis'! Oliv., Col. Ill, 2, iv, 38. See also Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, pars I, p.
363, et seq., and the Catalogue of Count Dejean, p. 24.
(1) M. Lefevre has brought an Insect from Sicily allied to Psederus, but evi-
dently forming a new genus. The fourth and last joint of the maxillary palpi is
here very distinct, and gives them a clavate termination. The last joint of the an-
tenna: is ovoido-conical and larger than the penultimate. The head is connected
with the thorax by an elongated pedicle, on a level with the former at its origin.
The thorax is narrow and elongated. The two anterior tarsi are greatly dilated;
the first joint of the others is very long, and their penultimate appeared to me
emarginated or bifid- I will distinguish the genus by the name of Procirrcs, and
this species shall be dedicated to the zealous naturalist who discovered it.
(2) See Latr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 290, etseq.; and Gyllenh., Insect.
Suec. I, pars II, p. 372.
(3) Evaesthetus scaber, Grav.; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. VII, 13; Gyll., lb.,
p. 461. A new species has been discovered by M. Blondel, Jun. in the vicinity
of Versailles.
332 INSECT A.
Stenus, Lat.
The antennae inserted near the internal margin of the eyes, and
terminated in a triarticulated club; extremity of the mandibles fork-
ed; large eyes.
S. 2-guttatus; Staphylimis 2-guttatus, L. ; Panz.Faun. Insect.
Germ., XI, 18. About two lines in length; all black, with a
reddish dot on each elytron(l).
The third section Denticrura, Lat. differs from the second in
the maxillary palpi, which are much shorter than the head, and al-
ways consist of four distinct joints; the anterior tibiae, at least, are
dentated or spinous along their exterior side. The last joint of the
tarsi, which in most of them are bent under the tibiae, is as long as
all the preceding ones together, or longer; the first, or two first, are
usually so small or so concealed that the whole number does not ap-
pear to exceed two or three.
The fore- part of the head, and even the thorax, is armed with
horns in several males. The antennae are inserted before the eyes.
Some, whose palpi have a fusiform termination, whose antennae
are mostly granose and gradually enlarge towards the extremity,
present but three distinct joints in the tarsi(2).
Oxitelus, Grav.(3)
The others have filiform palpi, and at least four very distinct
joints in the tarsi.
Osorius, Leach, Dej.
The body cylindrical; all the tibiae widened and dentated; the head
as long as it is wide; thorax almost cordiform, narrowed and trun-
cated posteriorly; the greater part of the antennae granose, insensibly
enlarging towards the extremity, and shorter than the head and tho-
rax; mandibles much shorter than the head, crossing considerably,
and terminating in a simple point; mentum large and scutiform.
(1) Add Staphylinus Juno, Payk. ; Psederus proboscideus, Oliv., Col. HI, 44, I,
5; Staph, clavicornis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. XXVII, 2. See Gravenhorst,
Coleop. Microp.; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., genus Stenus, and Gyll., Ibid,
p. 463.
(2) With the exception of the Tachini, the anterior tarsi are no longer re-
markably dilated.
(3) See Encyc. Method., article Oxttzle; the Monog. cit. of Gravenhorst, and
the Insect. Suec, Gyll., I, pars II, p. 444.
COLEOPTERA. 333
But a small number of species are known, which are not yet
described. From Guiana and Brazil.
Zyrophorus, Dalm. Leptochirns, Germ. Iren&us, Leach. Oxyte-
lus, Oliv. Piestus, Grav.
The body depressed; anterior legs only, wider than the rest, den-
tated exteriorly; head transverse; thorax square; antennae equal
throughout, at least as long as the head and thorax, and composed
mostly of oval or cylindrical joints rounded at both ends; mandibles
as long as the head, and dentated at the extremity(l_).
Prognatha, Lat. Blond. Siagonum, Kirby.
The Prognathse scarcely differ from the Zyrophori except in their
filiform antennae, composed of elongated joints(2).
Coprophilus, Lat. Omalium, Grav. Oliv. Gyll.
The body still flattened, but all the tibiae dentated or spinous ex-
teriorly; antennae much longer than the head, granose, insensibly
enlarging towards the end; mandibles almost lunate, arcuated exte-
riorly, not sensibly dentated, and their extremity but slightly pro-
longed^).
In the fourth section, that of the Depressa, we find a free head,
an entire labrum, and short maxillary palpi of four distinct joints;
but the tibiae are simple, or without teeth or spines exteriorly, and
the tarsi evidently consist of five joints.
Here the palpi are filiform.
Omalium, Grav.
The thorax as wide as the elytra, wider than the head, and almost
forming a transverse square; the angles, or at least those before,
rounded, and frequently with a raised lateral margin; the antennae
enlarging towards their extremity(4).
Lesteva, Lat. Anthophagus, Grav.
Thorax cordiform, narrowed, and truncated posteriorly, almost
(1) See Dalman, Anal. Entom. p. 23; his Z.fronticornis, IV, f. 1, appears to be
the Oxytelus bicornis, Oliv., Encyc Method. The one he calls penicillatus, lb. f. 2,
appears to be closely allied to the Piestus sukatus, Gravenhorst. The Leptochirus,
scoriaceus, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov. I, 1, is a very distinct species.
(2) Siagonum quadricnrne. Kirby and Spence, Introd. to Entom., I, 1, 5; Blon-
del, Ann. des Sc. Nat. Avril 1817, XVII, 1417.
(3) Omalium rugosum, Gravenhorst, and other species with short elytra.
(4) See Gravenhorst, Encyc. Method., art. Omalic, and Gyll., lb., p. 198.
334 INSECTA.
isometrical, as wide as the head, and narrower than the elytra; the
antennae usually filiform, with elongated joints(l).
There the palpi are subulate.
Micropeplus, Lat.
Antennae terminating in a solid club, and lodged in fossulse of the
thorax(2).
Proteinus, Lat.
Antennas granose, somewhat perfoliaceous, and larger at the end,
but clavate, always exposed, and inserted before the eyes; thorax
short; elytra covering the greater part of the abdomen(S).
Aleochaea, Grav.
The antennae inserted between the eyes or near their inferior mar-
gin and exposed at base, with the three first joints evidently longer
than the following ones, which are perfoliate, the last elongated and
conical; thorax nearly oval, or a square rounded at the angles(4).
In the fifth section Microcephala the head is plunged poste-
riorly into the thorax, nearly up to the eyes; it is neither separated
by a neck, nor by a visible strangulation; the thorax forms a trape-
zium, and is widened from before backwards.
The body is less elongated than in the preceding section, and ap-
proaches more to an ellipsis; the head is much narrower, contracted
and projected forwards, and the mandibles are of a moderate size,
edentated, and simply arcuated at the point. The elytra, in several,
cover rather more than the half of the length of the top of the ab-
domen. Some live on flowers and mushrooms, and others in dung.
Fabricius placed several species among the Oxypori.
(1) SeeLatr., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, 296, 297; Gravenhorst and Gyllenhal,
genus Anthophagus.
(2) See Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 377; Omallum porcatum, Gyll., In-
sect. Suec, I, pars II, p. 211; Micropeplus porcatus, Charp., Horae Entom., VIII,
9; 0. staphylinoides, Gyll., lb. p. 213.
(3) See Lat., lb. I, p. 298, and the Omul, ovatum and macropterum of Graven-
horst.
(4) Staphylinus canaliculaius, Fab.; Panz., lb., XXVII, 13; Staphylinus im-
pressus, Oliv., Col., lb., v, 41; S. boleti,lu.; Oliv., Col., lb., iii, 25; S. collaris,
ejusd., lb. vi, 53; S.socialis, ejusd., lb., iii, 5, and generally the three first fami-
lies of the genus Aleochara, of Gravenhorst, Col. Mic, II; See also Gyllenhal,
Insect. Suec. I, pars II, p. 377. We should remark, however, that neither this
author nor Gravenhorst has assigned clear and rigorous characters to the Aleo-
charae and Lomechusse; both these genera demand revision.
COLEOPTERA, 335
Lomechusa, Aleochara, Grav.
No spines on the tibiae; the antennas, from the fourth joint, form-
ing a perfoliaceous mass, or elongated and fusiform; palpi subulate;
antennae frequently shorter than the head and thorax(l).
Tachinus, Grav.
Tibiae spinous; antennae composed of pyriform joints, and insen-
sibly enlarging; palpi filiform(2).
Tachyporus, Grav.
Similar to Tachinus in the tibiae and antennae, but the termination
of the palpi is subulate(3).
The genus Callic^rus, Gravenhorst, is unknown to me. The
Stenosthetus of Megerle, mentioned in the Catalogue, Sec. of De-
jean, presents all the characters of a true Pselaphus, and must be
suppressed such also is now the opinion of this last named natu-
ralist.
(1) In some, the thorax is smooth and without an elevated margin; such are the
Aleochara: blpunctata, lanuginosa, nitida {Staphyllnus bipustulatus, L.; Oliv., Col.,
Ill, 42, v, 44), fumata, nana, Gravenh., or his families III VI, Col. Microp., II.
The margin of the thorax is turned up in the others forming his genus Lomechusa;
L. paradoxa; Staphyllnus emarglnatus, Oliv., lb., ii, 12; L. dentata, Grav.; Sta-
phyllnus strumosus, Payk., V.
(2) Oxyporus subterraneus, Fab.; 0. bipustulatus, ejusd., Panz., Faun. Insect.
Germ., XVI, 21; 0. marglnellus, Panz., lb-, IX, 13; Staphyllnus fusclpes, lb.,
XXVII, 12; Oxyporus suturalis, lb., XVIII, 20; 0. pygmasus, lb., 27; 0. lunu-
latus, Ibid., XXII, 19, 15; Staphyllnus atricaplllus, F. ; Oxyporus merdarius,
Panz., Ibid., XXVI, 18; Staphyllnus striatus, Oliv., lb., v, 47; S. lunatus, L.
See also for this, as well as the following subgenus, the Insect. Suec, Gyll., I,
pars I. Some excellent remarks will there be found respecting the sexual dif-
ferences of several species, the application of which may be rendered highly
useful.
Those Tachini in which, as in the atricaplllus, the thorax is nearly as long as it
is wide, the muzzle advances, the four posterior tarsi are evidently longer than
their respective tibiae, appear to form a particular division.
(3) Oxyporus rufipes, Fab., Panz., lb., XXVII, 20; 0. marglnatus, F.; Panz.,
lb., 17; 0. chrysomellnus, Fab.; Panz., lb., IX, 14; 0. analls, Fab.; Panz., lb.,
XXII, 16; 0. abdominalis, Fab.
336 INSECTA.
FAMILY III.
SERRICORNES.
In the third family(l) of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the
preceding and following families of the same order, we find
but four palpi. The elytra cover the abdomen, which, with
some other characters, distinguish the Insects which compose
it from the Brachelytra just mentioned. The antennae, with
some exceptions, are equal throughout, or smaller at the ex-
tremity, dentated, either like a saw or a comb, or even like a
fan, and in this respect are most developed in the males. The
penultimate joint of the tarsi is frequently bilobate or bifid.
These characters are rarely found in the following family,
that of the Clavicornes, to which we arrive by such insensi-
ble gradations, that to define its limits rigorously becomes a
very difficult matter.
Some, in which the body is always firm and solid, and most
commonly oval or elliptical, with partly contractile legs, have
the head plunged vertically into the thorax up to the eyes ;
and the presternum, or median portion of that thorax, elon-
gated, dilated or reaching to beneath the mouth, usually distin-
guished on each by a groove in which the antennas always
short are lodged, and prolonged posteriorly into a point,
which is received into a depression of the anterior extremity of
(1) The Silphse are the only pentamerous Coleoptera in which, as in the pre-
ceding - ones, we find an excrementitious apparatus; but it is not binary as in the lat-
ter, and the exterior canal opens directly into the rectum, like the urethra of Birds.
From these considerations then it would seem that the Silphse, as well as other
Clavicornes, should come directly after the Brachelytra. Other considerations had
led me to a similar approximation. See preface to my Consid. Gener. sur l'Ordre
Nat. des Crust., &c. According- to M. Leon Dufour, who has furnished me with
these anatomical remarks, the hepatic ducts of the Buprestides and Enterides, or
of my Sternoxi, in number, length, and mode of insertion, resemble those of the
Carabici. The Lampyrides and Melyrides, also, have but two hepatic vessels, but
there are four in Telephorus, Lycus, and Ptinus. Of all the Insects of this (Serri-
corne) family, whose organization he has investigated, he finds the longest alimen-
tary canal in Malachius, Drilus, and Anobium.
COLEOPTERA. 337
the mesosternum. These anterior legs are at a distance from
the anterior extremity of the thorax. They form our first
section or that of the Sternoxi.
Others, whose head is enclosed posteriorly by the thorax,
or at least covered by it at base, but in which the prester-
num is not dilated, and does not project anteriorly in the man-
ner of a chin-cloth, nor is usually(l) terminated posteriorly
in a point received into a cavity in the mesosternum, and in
which the body is most commonly either entirely or partially
soft and flexible, constitute our second section, that of the
Malacodermi.
A third and last, that of the Xylotrogi, will comprise
those Serricornes, in which the posterior extremity of the
presternum is not similarly prolonged, but whose head is com-
pletely exposed and separated from the thorax by a strangu-
lation or species of neck.
We will divide the Sternoxi into two tribes. In the first
or that of the Buprestides, the posterior projection of
the presternum is flattened, and not terminated in a laterally
compressed point, that is simply received into a depression or
emargination of the mesosternum. The mandibles frequently
terminate in an entire point, without any fissure or emargi-
nation. The posterior angles of the thorax are either but
very slightly or not at all prolonged. The last joint of the
palpi is most commonly nearly cylindrical, hardly thicker than
the preceding ; the others are globular or ovoid. Most of
the tarsial segments are generally wide or dilated, and fur-
nished beneath with pellets. These Insects never leap, a
character which eminently distinguishes them from those of
the following tribe(2): they compose the genus
(1) The Cebriones are an exception, and approximate, in this respect, to the
Elaterides; but the inferior extremity of the presternum does not advance under
the head. The mandibles project, are arcuated and simple; the palpi filiform;
the legs non-retractile, and the two anterior ones somewhat removed, at base,
from the anterior extremity of the thorax, and closely approximated.
(2) The Insects of this tribe also differ from all others of the family in their
tracheae which are vesicular in the rest they are tubular. See Obs. Anatom., of
M. Leon Dufour.
Vol III, 2 S
338 1NSECTA.
Buprestis, Lin.
The generic appellation of Richard, given to these Coleoptera by
Geoffroy, intimates the richness of their livery. Several of the
European species, and many that are foreign to that country, be-
sides their size, are remarkable for a brilliant polished gold colour
on an emerald ground; in others, an azure blue glistens over the
gold, or there is a union of several other metallic colours. Their
body, in general, is oval, somewhat wider and obtuse, or truncated
before, and narrowed behind from the base of the abdomen, which
occupies the greater part of its length. The eyes are oval, and the
thorax is short and wide. The scutel small or null. The extrem-
ity of the elytra is more or less dentated in many. The legs are
short.
They walk very slowly, but fly well in hot and dry weather. When
about to be seized, they let themselves fall to the ground. At the
posterior extremity of the abdomen of the females is a coriaceous,
laminiform, conical appendage, composed of three parts, the last
annuli of the abdomen; it is properly an instrument with which they
deposit their ova in dry wood, the habitat of their larvae. Several
small species are met with on leaves and flowers; most of the others,
however, are found in forests, and wood-yards: they sometimes ap-
pear in houses, where they have been transported, in wood, in the
state of a larva or chrysalis.
Sometimes the antennae are at most dentated like a saw. The
intermediate joints of the tarsi are in the form of a reversed heart,
and the penultimate, at least, is bifid. The palpi are filiform or very
little thicker at the end. The jaws are bilobate.
Buprestis, Lin.
In the true Buprestis, the antennae are of equal thickness through-
out and serrated from the third or fourth joint.
Some have no scutel.
B. fasciculata, L.; Oliv., Col. II, 32, IV, 38. About an inch
long; ovoid, convex; densely punctured and wrinkled; of a
golden or cupreous-green, sometimes dusky, with little tufts of
yellowish or reddish hairs; elytra entire. From the Cape of
Good Hope, where it is often found in such abundance on the
same shrub, that the plant seems loaded with flowers.
B. sternicornis, L.; Oliv., Col., lb., VI, 52, a. Somewhat
larger, and of the same form; green, slightly gilded, and very
brilliant; large punctures, ornamented at bottom with whitish
scales on the elytra; three teeth at their extremity; poststernum
projecting in the form of a horn. The East Indies.
COLEOPTERA. 339
B. chrysis, Fab.; Oliv., lb., II, 8, VI, 52, 6. Differing from
the sternicornis in the elytra, which are chesnut-brown, and
without whitish spots.
B. vittata, Fab.; Oliv., lb. Ill, 17. Nearly an inch and a half
long; narrower and more elongated than the preceding species;
depressed; bluish-green; four elevated lines, and a cupreous and
golden band on each elytron, the end of which is bidentate.
East Indies.
B. ocellata, Fab.; Oliv., lb. I, 3. Almost similar to the pre-
ceding in form and size; a large, yellow, phosphoric spot be-
tween two golden ones, on each elytron, which is tridentate at
the extremity.
The others are furnished with a scutel.
B. gigas, L.; Oliv., lb. I, 1. Two inches long; thorax cu-
preous, mixed with brilliant green, and two large smooth spots
of burnished steel; elytra tridentate at the extremity, cupreous
in the middle, bronze-green on the margin, with impressed
puncta, and elevated lines and rugse. Cayenne.
B. affinis, Fab.; B. chry so stigma, Oliv., lb., VI, 54. Bronze
above, brilliant cupreous beneath; elytra serrated at the point,
with three elevated longitudinal lines, and two golden impress-
ions on each. France.
B. viridis, L. ; Oliv., lb., XI, 127. About two lines and a
half long; linear; bronze-green; elytra entire and dotted. On
the trees in France(l).
Fabricius has separated from the true Buprestides those in which
the body is shorter, wider in proportion, and almost triangular; the
front concave, thorax transversal and lobate posteriorly; where the
tarsi are very short and the pellets broad. The five last joints only
of the antennae here form the teeth of the saw, the preceding ones,
with the exception of the two first, being small, almost granose, or
obconical; the two first are much stouter. These species compose
the genus Trachys(2), one of which is
B. minuta, L. ; Oliv., lb., II, 14. Black underneath; cupre-
ous-brown above; middle of the front indented; posterior margin
(1) Add of the American species of this beautiful and numerous genus the B.
conjiuenta, lateralis, atropurpureus, 6-guttata, gibbicollis, granulata, viridicomis,
geminata, divaricata, longipes, cyanipes, campestris, &c. &c, for the descriptions of
which, see Say's paper on Coleopterous Insects, &c; Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. of
Philad. Ill, p. 159, et seq. Jim. Ed.
(2) See the other species quoted by Fabricius, Syst. Eleut, II, 218; and as to
the divisions that are to be established in the genus, see Schoenherr, Insect.
Svnon.
340 INSECTA.
of the thorax sinuous; undulated whitish streaks, formed by
transverse hairs, on the elytra. Common on the Hazel, on the
leaves of which it feeds.
Aphanisticus, Lat.
The antennas suddenly terminated by a clavate, oblong, compress-
ed, and slightly serrated club, formed by the four last joints; last
joint of the palpi somewhat thicker and almost oval; space between
the eyes excavated as in Trachys.
Two or three species are known, all linear, and very small(l).
Sometimes the antennae are strongly pectinated, on one side, in the
males, and deeply securiform in the females; the joints of the tarsi
are almost cylindrical and entire, the antennae terminated by one
much thicker than those that precede it, and nearly globular. The
jaws terminate in a single lobe.
Melasis, Oliv.
The body cylindrical, and the posterior angle of the thorax pro-
longed into an acute tooth, characters, which, like those drawn from
the tarsi and palpi, announce that these Insects form the passage
from this tribe to the second(2),
Or that of the Elaterides, which only differs essentially
from the first in the posterior stylet of the presternum, which
terminates in a laterally compressed point, frequently somewhat
arcuated and unidentate, that sinks at the will of the animal into
a cavity in the pectus, situated immediately above the origin
of the second pair of legs; and in the circumstance, that these
Insects when placed on their back have the faculty of regain-
ing their original position by bounding upwards. Most of
them have mandibles emarginated or cleft at the end, palpi
terminated by a triangular or securiform joint, much larger
than those which precede it, and the joints of the tarsi entire.
This tribe only comprises the genus
Elater, Lin.
The body is usually narrower and more elongated than that of the
(1) Buprestis emarginata, Fab.; Oliv., lb. X, 116; Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ.,
Ill, 9; Bup. lineola, ejusd., lb., 10.
(2) Melasis buprestoides, Oliv., II, 30, 1, 1; Melasis elateroides, lllig-. , differing,
according to him, from the Elater buprestoides, Lin.
COLEOPTERA. 341
Buprestides, and the posterior angles of the thorax are prolonged
into a sharp point, in the form of a spine.
The common French name of these Insects is Scarabees a ressort,
and their Latin one, Notopeda, jElater. When placed on their back,
finding it impossible to regain their natural position on account of the
shortness of their legs, they bound perpendicularly upwards until
they fail on their feet. To execute this motion, they press the latter
close to the body, lower their head and thorax, which has a free
downward motion, then approximating this last to the postpectus,
they forcibly press the point of the presternum against the margin
of the hole situated before the mesosternum, into which it sinks
suddenly, as if by a spring. The thorax and its lateral points,
the head and elytra, being violently propelled against the plane of
position, particularly if it be solid and smooth, concur by their elas-
ticity in causing the body to bound upwards. The sides of the pre-
sternum are distinguished by a groove, where the antennae, which
are pectinated or bearded in several males, are partly lodged. The
females have a species of elongated ovipositor with two lateral
pieces pointed at the end, between which is the true oviduct.
The Elaterides are found on flowers, plants, and even on the
ground; they lower their head in walking, and if any one approaches
let themselves fall, pressing their legs against their body.
De Geer has described the larva of a species (undulatus} of this
genus. It is long, almost cylindrical, and provided with small an-
tennae, palpi, and six feet; it consists of twelve annuli, covered with
a scaly skin, that of the posterior extremity forming a plate with an
elevated and angular margin, with two blunt points curved inwards;
underneath is a large fleshy and retractile mammilla, which performs
the duty of a foot. It inhabits the debris of rotten wood, and is also
found in the earth. It even appears that the larvae of the E. striatus,
Fab., attack the roots of the Wheat, and, where they exist in great
numbers, do much injury to it.
The stomach of the Elaterides is long, transversely rugose, and
its posterior portion sometimes inflated; their intestine is moderate.
The various subgenera of this tribe may be referred to two prin-
cipal divisions. Those where the antennae can be entirely received
into the inferior cavities of the thorax constitute the first.
Sometimes they are received, on each side, into a longitudinal
groove, situated directly under the lateral edges of the thorax, and
are always filiform and simply serrated. The joints of the tarsi are
always entire, without prolongations, and in the form of a palette
underneath. The thorax is convex or arched, at least on the sides,
and dilates at the posterior angles in the manner of a lobe, pointed
or triangular. These Insects approach the Buprestides.
342 INSECTA.
Galba, Lat.
Mandibles terminating in a simple point ; maxillae unilobulate;
last joint of the palpi globular; the body almost cylindrical l).
Eucnemis, Arh.
Mandibles bifid; maxillae bilobate; last joint of the palpi nearly
securiform, and the body almost elliptical(2).
At other times the antennas, occasionally clavate, are received, at
least partially, either into the longitudinal grooves of the lateral
borders of the presternum, or into fossulas situated under the pos-
terior angles of the thorax. The tarsi are frequently provided with
little palettes formed by the prolongation of the inferior pellets, or
the penultimate joint is bifid.
Some, with filiform antennae, have the joints of the tarsi entire
and without palettes underneath; the anterior legs, when contracted,
are received into lateral cavities in the inferior surface of the thorax.
Such is the
Adelocera, Lat.(3)
Others, with antennae also of equal thickness throughout, have
the joints of the tarsi entire, but the inferior pellets prolonged or
projecting in the manner of little palettes or lobes. Their head is
exposed. They form the
Lissomus, Dalm. Lissodes, Lat. Drapetes, Meg. Dej.(4)
Others again have equally filiform antennae, but their second and
third joints are flattened, larger than the following ones, and are
(1) I have seen three species, all from Brazil. One of them has many points of
resemblance to the Melasis tuberculata, Dalman Anal. Entom. The maxillse ter-
minate in a very small and pointed lobe.
(2) Count Mannerheim has published a splendid Monograph of this subgenus,
an extract from which, with the plates, is found in the third volume of the An-
nates des Sciences Naturelles, accompanied by some observations from myself on
the too great extent given to the subgenus by that author. The species he calls
the capucinus is in my opinion the only one that belongs to it, and such was the
original idea of him who established it.
(3) Elater ovalis, Germ.; Elater fuscus, Fab., and some others from the East
Indies, collected there by M. de Labillardiere.
(4) Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824. His Lissomus punctulatus is closely allied to
the Drapetes castaneus of Count Dejcan, and the Elater Ixvigatus of Fabricius.
One species of this subgenus is found in Europe, the Elater equestris, Fab. ;
Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXI, 21.
N.B Messrs Lepelletier and Serville Encyclop. Method., Insect., X, 594 have
COLEOPTEKA. 343
alone received into the sternal grooves; the tarsi are similar to those
of Lissomus; the head is concealed underneath, and as if covered
by a semicircular thorax, into which it is plunged. Such is the
Chelonarium, Fab.
The antennae, when at rest, extend parallel to each other along the
pectus,* the first and the fourth joint are the smallest of all; the seven
following ones are of the same size, and, with the exception of the
last, which is ovoid, almost in the form of a reversed cone, and
equal. The body is ovoid, and the anterior tibiae are wider than the
others.
All the species known are from South America(l).
The last subgenus of this first division, or
Throscus, Lat. Trixagus, Kugl. Gyll. Elater, Lin.
Is distinguished from all others of this tribe by the antennae, which
terminate in a triarticulated club, and are lodged in a lateral and
inferior cavity of the thorax. The penultimate joint of the tarsi is
bifid, and the point of the mandibles entire(2).
Our second division of this tribe will include all the Elaterides
whose antennae are exterior or exposed.
We will separate, in the first place, those in which the last joint
of the palpi, of the maxillaries particularly, is much larger than the
preceding ones, and almost securiform.
A single subgenus, the
formed a little group, with various species of Elater, composed of three genera,
and characterized by the presence of the elongated and lobe-like pellets with
which the inferior surface of the four first joints of the tarsi are furnished. The
first of these genera, Lissode, or the Lissomus, Dalm., is distinguished from the
two others by the antenna: which are closely approximated at base; in the others
they are remote. Those of the genus Tetralobus are flabelliform in the males.
In the third or Pericallus, they are simply serrated in both sexes. The Elater
flabellicornis, Fab., belongs to the first, and consequently this genus is a division
of that which I have named Hemirhipus. The Elaterides ligneus, suturalis, fur-
catus, &c, Fab., belong to Pericallus, which will then comprise all the species of
my Ctenicera, whose tarsi present the general character above mentioned.
(1) Fab., Syst. Eleut., I, 101; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 7, and II,
44; Dalm., Ephem. Entom., 1824, p. 29. [This genus is also found in the southern
section of North America, where however it is very rare. The S. Lecontei, Dej.,
now in my cabinet, is perhaps the only specimen known in the United States.
Am. Ed.]
(2) Elater dermestoides, L.; E. clavicornis, Oliv., Coll. II, 31, VIII, 85, a, h; Der-
mestes adstrictor, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXXV, 15. Its larva inhabits
oak wood.
344 INSECTA.
Cerophytum, Lat.,
Is removed from the others by the tarsi, of which the four first
joints are short and triangular, and the penultimate is bifid.
The antennae of the males are ramous on the inner side, the base
of the third joint and of the following ones being extended into a
widened branch rounded at the extremity; those of the females are
serrated(l).
In all the other subgenera the joints of the tarsi are almost cylin-
drical and entire.
Sometimes the head is plunged into the thorax up to the eyes;
the anterior extremity of the presternum projects under the head,
and its margin is arcuated.
In some, the labrum and mandibles are concealed by the anterior
extremity of the presternum, the clypeus or epistoma being widened
and laid over it. Such is the
Cryptostoma, Dej. Elater, Fab.
In which the internal angle of the summit of the third joint of the
antennae and of the seven following ones is prolonged into a tooth;
the second and fourth joints are shorter, the last is long and narrow,
and there is a straight linear branch on the inner side of the third,
near its origin.
The mandibles are unidentated under the point. The maxillae
present but a single lobe, and are small and membranous, as is also
the ligula. The palpi are very short. The tarsi are small, thin,
and almost setaceous.
The only species known, the Elater dentlcomis, Fab., is found
in Cayenne, whence it was sent to the Mus. d'Hist. Nat. of
Paris by M. Banon.
Nematodes, Lat.
First joint of the antennae elongated, and the five following ones
forming reversed cones, equal, the first or second of this number
excepted, which is somewhat shorter, and the five last thicker and
almost perfoliate; terminal joint ovoid.
The body is almost linear(2).
(1) Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., IV, 375. The Malasis sphondyloides, Germ.,
Faun. Insect. Eur., XI, 5, is closely allied to the female of the species which is
the type of the subgenus. The Melasis picea, Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr.,
et d'Amer., VII, 1, has also some analogy to the Cerophyta.
(2) Eunemis filum, Manner.
COLEOPTEUA. 345
Now the mandibles and labrum are exposed.
Here the antennae of the males have a flabelliform termination.
They form the
Hemirhipus, Lat.
Of which all the species are foreign to Europe(l).
There, these organs, in the same sex, are longitudinally pecti-
nated.
Ctenicera, Lat.(2)
In the following subgenus or
Elater, properly so called,
The antennae of the males are simply serrated(3).
E. noctilucus,L,.', Taupin cucujo, Oliv., Col., II, 2, 31, 11, 14,
a. Rather more than an inch long; dusky-brown, with a ciner-
eous down; a convex, yellow, round, shining spot on each side of
the thorax near its posterior angles; elytra marked with lines
of small punctures. From South America.
During the night, the thoracic spots diffuse a very strong
light, sufficiently bright to enable one to read the smallest cha-
racter, particularly if several of the Insects be placed in the same
vase. By it also the women of the country pursue their work,
and Ladies even use it as an ornament, placing it in their hair
during the evening paseo. The Indians fix them to their feet
to light them in their nocturnal journeys. Brown pretends that
all the internal parts of the Insect are luminous, and that it
has the power of suspending, ad libitum, its phosphoric pro-
perty^). The French colonists call it Mouche lumineuse, and
the Indians, Cucuyos, Coyouyou, whence the Spanish term Cu-
cujo. An individual of this species, accidentally transported to
Paris in some wood, in its larva or pupa state, completed its
(1) Elater Jlabellicornis, Fab.; E. fascicidaris, Id., &c.
t2) The Elut. pectinicornis, cupreus, Jtxmatodes, Fab.; the Taupin doublecroix,
Cuv., Kegn. Anim. IV, xiv, 3.
(3) The anterior extremity of the head is sometimes on a level with the labrum,
or on the same horizontal plane; at others it is more elevated, and terminated
suddenly; but these differences, frequently imperceptible, cannot be used to esta-
blish generic sections my genus Ludia requires a re-examination.
(4) M. de la Cordaire who has examined the living Insect informs me that the
principal reservoir of the phosphoric matter is situated inferiorly near the junction
of the thorax with the abdomen.
Vol. III. 2 T
346 INSECTA.
metamorphosis there, and greatly astonished the inhabitants of
the faubourg Saint-Antoine by its, to them, extraordinary light.
E. aeneus,L.; Oliv., Col., lb., viii, 83. Six lines long, bronze
green; glossy; elytra striated; legs fulvous. Germany and the
North of Europe.
E. germanus, L.; Oliv., lb., 11, 12. Very common in the
vicinity of Paris, and only differing from the aeneus in the colour
of its feet, which are black.
E. cruciatas, Oliv., lb. IV, 40. A pretty European species,
with the appearance of the aeneus, but smaller; black; two lon-
gitudinal red bands on the thorax, near the lateral margin;
elytra yellowish-red, with a black line near the anterior angles
of their base and two bands of the same colour forming a cross
on the suture. Rare near Paris.
E. castaneus, L. ; Oliv., lb. Ill, 25; v, 51. Black; thorax
covered with a reddish down; elytra yellowish with a black ex-
tremity; antennas of the male pectiniform. Europe.
E. rujicollis, L. ; Oliv., lb., VI, 61, a, b. Three lines in
length, and of a shining black; posterior half of the thorax red.
North of Europe.
E. ferruginous, L.; Oliv., lb., Ill, 35. Ten lines in length;
black; the thorax, its posterior margin excepted, and the elytra
deep blood-red. On the Willow. The largest species in Eu-
rope(l).
Sometimes the head is free posteriorly, or is not sunk to the eyes,
which are protuberant and globular. The antennae are inserted
under the edge of a frontal projection, depressed and arcuated ante-
riorly. The body is long and narrow, or nearly linear. Such are
those which form the subgenus
Campylvs, Fisch. Exophthalmus, Lat. Hammionus, Miihfeld(2).
Elaterides with filiform palpi and antennas, pectinated from the
fourth joint, will compose a last subgenus, that of
Phyllocerus(S).
(1) For the remaining' species, see Oliv., lb.; Panz. Faun. Insect. Germ., and
his Ind. Entom.; Herbst., Col., andPalisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr. et d'Amer.
The genus of Dima of M. Ziegler, a species of which, called elateroides, has been
figured by M. Charpentier in his Horx Entomol., VI, 8, presents no character by
which I can clearly distinguish it from the preceding one.
(2) See Fischer, Entom. Russ., II, p. 153. This subgenus comprises the Elater
linearis, L-, of which his mesomelas is a mere variety; the E. borealis, Gyll,, and
his E. cinctus.
(3) Count Dejean having collected but a single specimen, I cotdd not dissect
COLEOPTERA. 347
Our second section, or that of the Malacodermi is divided
into five tribes. In the first, or the Cebrionites, so named
from the genus Cebrio of Olivier, on which all the others de-
pend, the mandibles terminate in a simple or entire point, the
palpi are of equal thickness or more slender at the extremity,
the body is rounded and convex in some, oval or oblong, but
arcuated above, and inclined anteriorly in others. It is usually
soft and flexible; the thorax is transversal, widest at base,
and its lateral angles acute, or in several even prolonged into
spines. The antejmse are generally longer than the head and
thorax. The legs are not contractile.
Their habits are unknown. Many of them are found on
plants in aquatic localities. They may all be united in one
genus, that of
Cebrio, Oliv. Fab.
Some, which establish a connection between this and the preceding
tribe, which are even of as firm and solid a consistence as the Ster-
noxi, whose legs are never fitted for leaping, and whose body is gene-
rally an oblong oval, with the antennae of the males either pectinated,
flabellated, or serrated, the palpi filiform or somewhat longer at
the extremity, and the posterior angles of the thorax prolonged into
an acute point, present mandibles projecting beyond the labrum,
narrow, and highly arcuated or in the form of hooks. The labrum
is usually very short, and emarginated or bilobate.
There, as in the Elaterides, the presternum terminates posteriorly
in a point, received into a cavity in the mesosternum.
The antennae, which in the males of some species are long, are
composed of eleven pectinated or serrated joints. The last joint of
the palpi is almost cylindrical or forms a reversed cone.
it, and therefore was unable to study its characters in detail. Two Insects from
Java present a similar appearance, only here, and probably in the females, the
antennx are simply serrated. The mandibles appeared to me to terminate in an
entire or edentated point. The last joint of the palpi is somewhat larger and
almost obconical- If the mandibles of the Phylloceri be similar, these exotic spe-
cies must be their congeners.
Of the numerous and beautiful species of Elaterides, proper to the United
States, we will merely name the E. areolatus, dorsalis, bellus, recticullis, obesus, ery-
tropus, oculatus, myops, convexa, triangularis, mancus, basilaris, auripilis, abbreviate,
iisectus, rubricollis, &c, he, &c. See Say's paper on Coleop. Insects, &e. Jour.
Ac. Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, p. 167, et seq. Am. Ed.
348 INSECTA.
Physodacttlus, Fisch.
An orbicular membranous pellet (sole or planta) on the inferior
surface of the three intermediate joints of the tarsi; the posterior
thighs enlarged; the antennae, at least in one of the sexes, very short,
serrated, and insensibly diminished towards the extremity.
This subgenus has been established by the celebrated author of
the Entomographia Imperii Russici, on an Insect from North Ame-
rica, the P. Henningii, Letter on the Physodactylus, Moscow, 1824,
Ann. des Sc. Nat. Dec. 1824, XXVII, B.
Cebrio, Oliv. Fab.
In Cebrio proper, all the joints of the tarsi are entire and without
pellets, and the posterior thighs are not larger than the others.
The species peculiar to Europe appear in great numbers
after heavy rains. The female(l) of the best known species
C. gigas, Fab.; C. lo?igicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 1, a,
b, c; Taupin, I, 1, a, b, c, differs greatly from the male; the an-
tennae are hardly longer than the head, and the first joint is
much longer than the others; the fourth and following ones
united form a little oblong and almost perfoliaceous mass. The
wings are partly abortive. The legs are shorter, but stouter in
proportion, than those of the male. The larva probably lives
in the earth.
The C. bicolor, Fab. (2), and some other American species, in
which the body is elongated, less arcuated above or almost straight,
and with shorter antennae, appear to Dr Leach to constitute a new
generic section(3).
Here the praesternum is not prolonged into a point, and there is no
anterior cavity in the mesosternum.
(1) Cebrio brevicornis, Oliv., Col. II, 30, bis, I, 2, a, b, c; Tenebrlo dubius, Rossi,
Faun. Etrusc. I, 1, 2. This female, on account of her antennae, appeared to me
to form a new genus which I accordingly established under the name of Hammo-
nia. A species is found at the Cape of Good Hope, each joint of whose antennae
throws out a long and linear branch from the base of its internal side, and whose
palpi terminate in an ovoid joint, and not in the form of a reversed cone, as in the
other species. This latter may be separated from them.
(2) Palisot de Beauvois, Insect. d'Afr. et d'Am , I, 1, 2, a, b.
(3) The Ceb- fuscus and rujicollis, Fab., have the form of the species he calls the
gigas. The second was brought from Sicily by M. Lefevre. The Cebrio femo-
ratus, of Germar, does not belong to the genus Andastes of Kirby, as I once sup-
posed.
COLEOPTERA. 349
Sometimes all the joints of the tarsi are entire, and without a pro-
jecting membranous palette underneath.
Anelastes, Kirby.
The antennae remote at base, short, almost granose, with the last
joint(l) nearly crescent-shaped; last joint of the palpi almost in the
form of a reversed cone.
A. Drurii, Kirb., Lin. Trans., XII, xxi, 2. The only species
quoted.
Callirhipis, Lat.
The antennae closely approximated at base, inserted on an emi-
nence, and from the third joint, in the males, forming a large fan;
the last of the palpi ovoid, the same of the tarsi almost as long as
all the others taken together, and presenting between its crotchets a
little silky and linear appendage.
The species which is the type of the subgenus C. Dejeanii
is found in Java, and was sent to the Museum of Paris by M.
Diard and the late M. Duvaucel. The antennae consist of but
eleven joints, and in that differ from those of the Rhipicerae,
which have the same form, but are composed of more joints in
individuals of the same sex, or the males.
Sometimes the inferior surface of the tarsi is furnished with mem-
branous palettes, or their penultimate joint is profoundly bilobate.
In the two following subgenera, the inferior surface of each of the
four first joints of the tarsi presents two membranous and projecting
lobes; the last is long, and terminated between the crotchets by a
little silky appendage. The antennae of some are composed of more
than eleven joints, and are flabelliform; those of the others consist of
eleven, and are serrated, the four last larger, and forming a club.
Sandalus, Knoch.
The antennae, at least those of the females, only a little longer
than the head and consisting of eleven joints, the third, and with
the exception of the last, the following ones serriform, the four last
somewhat more dilated, forming a club; the terminal joint almost
ovoid or rounded, or very obtuse at the end(2).
(1) The third is longer than the preceding and following one, whilst in Cebrio,
this joint and the second are shorter than the fourth and following ones. These
organs, like those of the Elaterides, seem to be composed of twelve joints, the
eleventh being suddenly contracted near the extremity, and terminated by a point
having the appearance of a little conical or triangular joint.
(2) Sandalus petrophya, Knoch, N. Beyt, I, p. 131, v, 5, S. niger, Id. lb.
350 1NSECTA.
Rhipioera, Lat. Kirby. Ptyocerus, Hoff. Polytomus, Daim.
The antennae flabelliform in both sexes, and composed of numer-
ous joints (from twenty to forty), but fewer in the females.
This subgenus consists of five or six species, two of which
are from New Holland, and the remainder from America(l).
The three first joints of the tarsi in the two following subgenera
are in the form of a reversed heart, and have no membranous pro-
longation underneath; the fourth is deeply bilobate; the last, but
slightly elongated, exhibits no projecting and silky appendage be-
tween its crotchets. The antennae are filiform, simple, or at most
pectinated, and never consist of more than eleven joints.
Ptilodactyla, Illig. Pyrochroa, De Geer.
Distinguished by the semi-pectinated, or serrated antennae of the
males.
The species of this subgenus are peculiar to America(2).
Dascillus, Lat. Atopa, Fab.
Only differs from Ptilodactyla in the antennae, which are simple
in both sexes(3).
The remaining Cebrionites have small mandibles which project
but little, or not at all, beyond the labrum, a generally soft and al-
most hemispherical or ovoid body, and palpi terminating in a point.
The antennae are simple, or but slightly dentated. The posterior
legs of several are fitted for leaping. They live on aquatic plants.
In these, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is bilobate. The second
and third of the antennae are shorter than the fourth.
Elodes, Lat. Cyphon, Fab. Dej.
The posterior thighs differing but little in thickness from those
of the preceding subgenus(4).
(1) Rhipicera marginatu, Lat., Cuv., Reg-n. Anim. Ill; Kirby, Lin. Trans., XII,
xxi, 3; Polytomus marginatus, Dalm., Anal. Entom. p. 22; P. femorahis, Id. lb.
21: P- mystacinus, Id. lb. 22; Hispa mystacina, Fab.; Drur. Ins. Ill, viii, 7. I
have seen another species in the collection of Count Dejean, entirely fulvous,
sent to him from America by Major Le Conte.
(2) Ptylodactyla elaterina, Illig'.; Pyrochroa nitida, De Geer, Ins., V, xiii, 6 17.
(3) Atopa cervina, Fab.; A. cinerea, var , Id.; Piinus iestaceo-villosus, De Geer,
IV, ix, 8; Cistela cervina, Oliv., Col., Ill, 54, 1, 2, a,
(4) The first division of Ctphon, Fab.
COLEOPTERA. 351
Scyrtes, Lat. Cyphon, Fab.
Thighs of the posterior legs very large, and the tibiae terminated
by two stout spurs, one of which is very long, a circumstance which
enables these Insects to leap. The labial palpi are forked, and the
first joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as all the others taken to-
gether^).
In those, all the joints of the tarsi are entire.
Nycteus, Lat. Hamaxobium, Zieg. Eucynetus, Schiip.
The third joint of the antenna; very small, and much shorter than
the second and following one, the last almost granose; the four ti-
biae terminated by two very distinct spurs; the tarsi long, and more
slender towards the extremity(2).
Eubria, Zieg. Dej.
The antennae slightly serrated, the second joint very small, the
two following ones largest of all, and the last somewhat emarginate
at the end, and tapering to a point; spurs of the tibiae very small, or
nearly null; tarsi filiform(S).
The second tribe of the Malacodermi, or that of the Lam-
pyrides, is distinguished from the first by the enlarged ter-
mination of the palpi, or at least those of the maxillse, by their
always soft, straight, depressed, or but slightly convex body,
and by the thorax, sometimes semicircular, and at others
nearly square or trapezoidal, that projects over the head,
which it either entirely or partially covers. The mandibles are
usually small, and terminate in a slender, arcuated, very acute
point, that is generally entire. The penultimate joint of the
tarsi is always bilobate, and the crotchets of the last have nei-
ther dentations nor appendages.
The females of some are apterous, or have but very short
elytra.
When seized, these Insects press their feet and antennaB
against their body, and remain as motionless as if they were
(1 ) The second division of Cyphon, Fab. See the Catalogue, 8cc. of Dejean.
(2) Eucynetus hxmorrhoidalis, Germ., Faun. Insect. Europ. V, ii. See Catal.,
&c, Dej.
(3) Cyphon palustris, Germ., lb. IV, 3-
I
352 INSECTA.
dead. Several, thus situated, curve their abdomen under-
neath. They comprise the genus
Lampyris, Lin.
Antennae closely approximated at base, the head either exposed and
prolonged anteriorly in the manner of a snout, or for the greater
part, or entirely, concealed under the thorax; eyes of the males large
and globular; mouth small. Such are the characters of a first divi-
sion of this tribe, which we will subdivide into those in which nei-
ther sex is phosphorescent, and those in which the females at least
are possessed of that faculty. Both sexes of the former are provided
with wings, have their head exposed, and frequently narrower and
extended anteriorly, or in the form of a snout, and the thorax widen-
ed posteriorly with pointed lateral angles. The two or three ulti-
mate annuli of their abdomen are destitute of that pale yellowish or
whitish tint, that is always found on this part of the body in the true
Lampyrides, and which announces their phosphorescence. The ely-
tra, in several, widen behind, and are sometimes strongly dilated and
rounded posteriorly, in the females particularly. They are densely
punctured, and frequently reticulated.
Lycus, Fab. Oliv. Cantharis, Lin.
We restrict this subgenus to those species of Fabricius,in which
the snout is as long as the portion of the head that precedes it, or
longer, and the antennae are serrated. The elytra are most commonly
dilated, either laterally, or at their posterior extremity, the two
sexes differing greatly in this respect, particularly of certain species
peculiar to Africa(l).
Other species of the same author, but with very short snouts, and
whose compressed antennae, sometimes simple, and at others ser-
rated or pectinated, have their third joint longer than the preceding
one, and in which the intermediate joints of the tarsi have the form
of a reversed heart, compose a second subgenus, the
DlCTYOPTERA, Lat.
In some of the woods in the vicinity of Paris, on the flowers of
the Yarrow, and of other plants, we frequently observe the
Lycus sanguineus; Lampyris sanguinea, L.; Panz., Faun. In-
sect. Germ. XLI, 9. About three lines in length; black; sides
(1) The Lye- latissimus, roslratus, proboscideus, &c, of Fabricius. For the other
species, see Schoenherr, Synon. Ins., I, pars III, App., where several are described
and figured.
COLEOPTERA. 353
of the thorax and the elytra blood-red: elytra silky and slightly
striated. The larva lives under the bark of the Oak. It is li-
near", flattened, and black, the last ring red, resembling a plate
with two kinds of horns, cylindrical, and, as it were, annulated
or articulated, and arcuated inwards. It has six small feet.
Lycus minufus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 2.
Smaller; all black, the. extremity of the elytra excepted, which
is red, and the end of the anlennse, which is reddish. Also
found in France, but in forests of the mountain Fir(l).
Omalisus, Geoff. Oliv. Fab.
No apparent snout; joints of the antennae almost cylindrical,
slightly reduced at base, and the second and third much shorter
than the following ones; penultimate joint of the tarsi alone in the
form of a reversed heart; the others elongated and cylindrical; elytra
tolerably solid and firm.
O. suturalis, Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 24, 1, 2. Rather more than
two lines in length, black, elytra blood-red, the suture excepted.
Found in the woods in the vicinity of Paris, and in the forest of
Saint-Germain particularly, on the Oaks, in spring(2).
The other Lampyrides of our first division are distinguished from
the preceding ones, not only by the want of a snout, by their head,
which, in the males almost entirely occupied by the eyes, is entirely
or for the greater part concealed under a semicircular or square
thorax, but also by a very remarkable character, either common to
both sexes, or peculiar to the females, that of being phosphorescent,
whence the names of glow-worms, fire-flies, Sec, given to these In-
sects.
Their body is extremely soft, the abdomen particularly, which
has the appearance of being plaited. The luminous matter occupies
the inferior part of 'the last two or three annuli, which differ in co-
lour from the rest, and are usually yellowish or whitish. The light
they diffuse is more or less vivid, and greenish or whitish, like that
of the different kinds of phosphorus. It seems that they can vary
its action at pleasure, a fact particularly observable when they are
seized or held in the hand. They live a long time in vacuum and in
different gases, the nitrous acid, muriatic and sulphurous gases
excepted, in which they soon expire. Placed in hydrogen gas, they,
sometimes at least, detonate. They continue to live after the ex-
cision of this luminous portion of their abdomen, and the part thus
(1) The Lye. reticulatus, blcolor, serraticornis, fasciatus, aurora, &c.
(2) See Encyc. Method., article Omalise.
Vol. III. 2 U
354 INSECTA.
separated preserves its luminous property for some time, whether
it be submitted to the action of various gases, be placed in vacuum,
or left exposed to the air. The phosphorescence depends on the
softness of the matter, rather than on the life of the animal. When
apparently extinct it may be reproduced by softening the matter with
water. The Lampyrides emit a brilliant light when immersed in
warm water, but in cold water it becomes extinguished: this fluid
seems to be the only dissolving agent of the phosphoric matter(l).
They are nocturnal Insects; the males, like Phalenae of the same
sex, are frequently observed circling round the blaze of candles, &x.,
from which we may conclude that this phosphoric light, which is
chiefly given out by the females, is intended to attract the former
to the latter: and if, as De Geer asserts, the larvae and pupae of
the species found in France are luminous, we are only to conclude
that the phosphoric matter is developed at the earliest period of
their existence. It has been said that some males were destitute of
this luminous property but they still possess it though in a very
small degree. As nearly all the Lampyrides of hot climates, males
as well as females, are provided with wings and are extremely nu-
merous, they present to their inhabitants at night an interesting spec-
tacle, a continued illumination, proceeding from the myriads of
luminous points which like little wandering stars traverse the air
in every direction.
According to M. Dufour Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 225 the
alimentary canal of the female of the common European Lampyris,
the splendidula, is about twice the length of the body. The oeso-
phagus is extremely short and immediately dilated into an abbre-
viated crop separated from thechylific ventricle by a valvular stran-
gulation. The latter is very long, smooth, turgid and cylindrical
for two thirds of its length, then intestiniform. The small intestine
is very short and flexuous, presenting an enlargement (perhaps not
constant) representing a caecum, and terminated in an elongated
rectum.
Certain Brazilian species, in which the antennae of the males con-
sist of more than eleven joints formed like the laminae of a feather,
have been separated from the genus Lampyris of Linnaeus. They
constitute the Amydetes, Hoff., Germ. (2)
(1) Besides the experiments detailed in the Ann. de Chimie, see the Ann.
Gne>. des Sc. Phys., of Messrs Bory de Saint-Vincent, Drapiez et Van Mons.
VIII, p. 31, where will be found the researches of M. Grotthuss on the phospho-
rescence of the Lampyris italica.
(2) Lampyris plumicornis, Lat., Voy. de MM. Humboldt and Bonpl., Zool.
XVI, 4; Jlmydetes apicalis, Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., p. 67.
COLEOPTERA. 355
Others, also peculiar to South America, whose antennae are com-
posed of but eleven joints, present particular characters which have
entitled them to the same generic distinction, under the name of
Phengodes, Hoff. The third joint of these organs, and the follow-
ing ones, give off from the inner side, too long ciliated filaments,
which appear to be articulated and convoluted round themselves.
The elytra are suddenly narrowed into a point. The wings are ex-
tended throughout their entire length, and simply folded longitudi-
nally. The maxillary palpi are very salient and almost filiform. The
thorax is transversal. The tarsi are filiform, and their penultimate
joint is very short and scarcely bilobate. The body is narrow and
elongated, with the head exposed(l).
The other species now form the genus
Lampyris, properly so called,
Which, from the form of the antennas, the presence or absence of
the elytra, wings, Sec. is susceptible of several divisions.
L. noctiluca, L.; Panz., Faun., Insect. Germ. XLI, 7. The
male about four lines in length; blackish; antennae simple; tho-
rax semicircular, receiving the entire head, with two transparent
lunate spots; venter black; ultimate annuli pale-yellowish.
S. splendidula, L.; Panz., lb., 8. Closely allied to the pre-
ceding, but somewhat larger; thorax yellowish, with a blackish
disk and two transparent spots before; elytra blackish; under
part of the body and legs livid-yellowish; first annuli of the
venter some times of this latter colour, and at others dusky.
The female is destitute of elytra and wings; blackish above;
circumference of the thorax and last ring yellowish; lateral
angles of the second and third annuli flesh-colour; under part
of the body yellowish, with the three last annuli of the colour
of sulphur.
These latter individuals are more particularly called glow-
worms, or vers luisants. They are found every where about the
country, along the roads, in hedges, meadows, &c. in the months
of June, July and August. They lay a great number of lemon-
coloured eggs, which are large and spherical, in the ground or
on plants, where they are fixed by means of a viscid matter with
which they are covered.
The larva bears a great resemblance to the female, but is
black, with a reddish spot on the posterior angles of the annuli;
its antennae and legs are shorter. Its gait is very slow, and it
(1) lllig., Mag., VI, p. 342.
356 INSECT A.
has the faculty of elongating- and shortening its body, and of
bending it underneath. It is probably carnivorous.
L. italica, L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 28, 11, 12; the Lucciola of the
Italians. The thorax does not cover the whole head, is trans-
versal, and as well as the scutel, pectus and one pair of legs red-
dish; head, elytra and abdomen black; the two last annuli of
the body yellowish; wings to both sexes(l).
In our second division of the Lampyrides, the antennae are very
remote at base; the head is neither prolonged nor narrowed ante-
riorly in the form of a snout, and the eyes are of an ordinary size
in both sexes.
Drilus, Oliv. Ptilinus, Geoff. Fab.
The males are winged, and the inner side of the antennae, from
the fourth joint, is prolonged like the tooth of a comb. Those of
the females are shorter, somewhat perfoliaceous and slightly ser-
rated. The maxillary palpi in both sexes are thicker towards the
end, and terminate in a point. The inner side of the mandibles pre-
sents a tooth.
The female of the species which is the type of the genus, and
whose male is tolerably common, remained unknown until lately, as
well as the metamorphoses of both sexes. Certain observations
made at Geneva, by Count Mielzinsky, on the larva of this Insect
and the perfect female, excited the attention of two able French na-
turalists, MM. Desmarest and Victor Audouin. The latter had
received from the author of the discovery several living larvae,
which were found in the shell of a Helix nemoralis of Linnaeus, and
which together with the perfect female, the only sex he had obtained
in that state, were described by him. But he was mistaken in con-
sidering as pupae, larvae which had attained their full growth, and
which pass the winter* in the interior of these shells. In this
state, these Insects are tolerably similar to the larvae of the Euro-
pean Lampyrides, but there are a range of conical mammillae on
each side of their abdomen, and two series of hairy tufts on other
elevations of the same nature. The posterior extremity of the body
is forked, and the anus is used by the animal as a means of progress-
ion. It soon devours the legitimate owner of the shell, whence the
generic appellation of Cochleoctonus, given to this Insect by the
naturalist above mentioned. M. Desmarest presuming that as
these larvae were common in the neighbourhood of Geneva, they
might also be found in the vicinity of Paris, by the aid of his pupils
(1) Sec Fabricius, and Olivier, Col. II, No. 28.
COLEOFTERA. ^57
soon procured a number of them, which enabled him to give a com-
plete history of the Insect, and to ascertain that the individuals in
their perfect state, described by Mielzinsky, were the females of the
Brile jqun&tre or the Panache jaune, Geoff'., I, 1, 2; Oliv., Col. II,
23, 1, 1, the body of which is about three lines long, black, with
yellowish elytra. The female is nearly thrice as large, is of an
orange or reddish yellow, and resembles that of a Lampyris, but
without its phosphorescence. M. Audouin has published its ana-
tomy, and observed that the exuviae of the larva exactly close the
aperture of the shell, forming a sort of operculum. While the ani-
mal is in its larva state, it remains at the bottom of its domicil, and
so placed, that the posterior extremity of its body faces the opening;
when it has passed into that of a pupa its position is inverted. For
this observation we are indebted to M. Desmarest(l). M. Dufour
has also published some anatomical observations on the male of this
species.
A second, the D. ater, Dej., all black, with the antennae less
pectinated, is found in Germany. It is figured, as well as a
third, the ruficollis, discovered by Count Dejean in Dalmatia,
in a Memoir of M. Audouin Ann. des Sc. Nat., Aout 1824
which, under the title of" Recherches anatomiques sur lafemelle
du Drile Jaunatre et sur le male de cette espece," forms a com-
plete Monograph of the genus, enriched with excellent figures.
Both sexesof the remaining Lampyrides of this second division
are winged, and their maxillary palpi are not much longer than
those of the labium. They embrace a great part- of the genus Cdn-
tharis, Lin., or that of Cicindela, Geoff.
Telephorus, Schceff. Cantharis, Lin.
The palpi terminated by a securiform joint; thorax destitute of
lateral emarginations. They are carnivorous Insects and run over
plants. Their stomach is long and transversely rugose; the intestine
very short.
T.fuscus; Cantharis fusca, L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 26, i, i. From
five to six lines in length, posterior part of the head, elytra,
pectus and the greater portion of the legs of a slate-black; the
other parts yellowish-red; a black spot on the thorax. Is fre-
quently met with in Europe during the spring. The larva is
almost cylindrical, elongated, soft, of a dead velvet-black, the
antennae, palpi, and feet yellowish-rufous. The head is squam-
(1), See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Juillet et Aout 1824, and Bullet, de la Soc. Philom.,
Avri] 1824.
358 INSECTA.
ous and furnished with stout mandibles. There is a mammilla
under the twelfth and last annulus which it uses in crawling.
It is carnivorous and inhabits moist earth.
During the winter of certain years in Sweden, and even in
the mountainous parts of France these larvae and various other
species of living Insects have been observed among the snow in
such abundance as to cover a considerable space.
It has been very rationally supposed that they had been swept
away and deposited there by those violent gusts of wind which
uproot and destroy great numbers of trees, particularly Pines
and Firs. Such is the origin of what is termed a shower of in-
sects. The species then met with are probably such as appear
early in the spring.
T. lividus; Cantharis livida, L.; Oliv., lb., II, 28. Size and
form of the preceding; thorax fuscous and immaculate; elytra
yellowish; extremity of the posterior thighs black. On flow-
ers(l).
Silis, Meg. Dej. Charp.
This subgenus only differs from Telephorus in the thorax, which
is emarginated posteriorly on each side, and has underneath at
least in the S. spinicollis a little coriaceous appendage terminated
by a club, whose extremity, probably more membranous, in the
dried specimen has the appearance of a joint. A species, the ru-
bricollis, is figured by M. Toussaint de Charpentier in his Hor. En-
tom., p. 194, 195, vi, 7.
Malthinus, Lat., Schcen. Necydalis, Geoff.
The palpi terminated by an ovoid joint; head narrow behind; elytra,
in several, shorter than the abdomen. On flowers, and particularly
on trees(2).
In the third tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Melyrides,
we find the palpi most commonly short and filiform ; mandi-
bles emarginated at the point; the body usually narrow and
elongated ; the head only covered at base by a flat or but
slightly convex thorax, generally square, or elongated and
(1) For the other species, see Schoenherr, Synon. Insect., II, p. 60, and Panz.,
Ind. Entom., p. 91.
(2) Lat., Gen. Crust, et Insect, I, 261; Schoenh.,Id.II, p. 73; Panz., Id., p-73.
The Teleph. biguttatus and minimus of Olivier belong to this genus.
COLEOPTERA. 359
quadrilateral ; joints of the tarsi entire, and the hooks of the
last one unidentated or bordered with a membrane. The an-
tennae are usually serrated, and, in the males of some species,
even pectinated.
Most of them are very active, and are found on flowers and
leaves.
% This tribe, which is a mere division of the genera Cantha-
ris and Dcrmestes of Linnaeus, will form the genus
Melyris, Fab.
In some, the palpi are of equal thickness throughout.
Here, under each anterior angle of the thorax, and on each side of
the base of the abdomen, we observe a retractile, dilatable vesicle in
the form of a cockade, which is protruded by the animal when alarm-
ed, and whose use is unknown. The body is shorter in proportion
than in the following subgenus, wider and more depressed; the tho-
rax wider than it is long. Under each crotchet, at the end of the
tarsi, is a membranous appendage resembling a tooth.
Malachius, Fab. Oliv. Cantharis, Lin.
One of the sexes, in each species, furnished with an appendage in
the form of a hook, at the extremity of each elytron, which is seized
from behind by an individual of the opposite sex, with its mandibles,
in order to arrest the former when it attempts to escape, or moves
too rapidly. The first joints of the antennae are frequently dilated
and irregular in the males. They are all prettily coloured.
M. xneus; Cantharis senea, L. ; Panz., lb.; X, 2. Three lines
in length; glossy green; margin of the elytra red; head, yellow
anteriorly.
M. bipustulatus; Cantharis bipustulata, L.; Panz. lb., 3. Ra-
ther smaller, and of a glossy green; extremity of the elytra
red(l).
Among the following Melyrides with filiform palpi, and whose
thorax and abdomeR are destitute of retractile vesicles, we will first
place those the length of whose antennae at least equals that of the
head and thorax, in which the body is generally straight, elongated,
and sometimes linear, and the hooks of the tarsi are usually, as in
Malachius, bordered inferiorly by a membranous appendage.
(1) See op. cit. and Schoenh., Synon. Insect., II, p. 67.
360 INSECTA.
Dasytes, Payk. Fub. Bermestes, Lin.
D. caeruleus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCVI, 10.
Three lines in length; elongated; green or bluish; glossy and'
pilose. Very common near Paris on flowers in the fields.
I), ires noir, Oliv., Col. II, 21, ii, 28; Dermestes hirtus,L.
Somewhat larger and less oblong; all black and densely pilose;
a much stouter and strongly hooked spine at the ba?e of the au/
terior tarsi in one of the two sexes. On the Grasses(l).
Others, the crotchets of whose tarsi are unidentated, like those
of Dasytes, to which they are closely allied, and with which
Olivier confounds them, are removed from that subgenus by the an-
tennae being shorter than the head and thorax, and having the third
joint at least double the length of the second. Their body is less
elongated, and is more solid; the head is slightly prolonged and
narrowed before, and the. thorax semiorbicular and truncated ante-
riorly. They have a certain degree of resemblance to the Silphae
of Linnaeus. Such are those which form the
Zygia, Fab.
In which the fourth and following joints of the antennae almost
form an elongated, compressed, and serrated club; most of the joints
transversal; thorax very convex.
Z. oblonga. Fab. Found in Spain and Egypt, in the interior
of houses, and more particularly, according to Count Dejean,
in granaries. ' It is also sometimes found in France in the de-
partments of the Pyrenees Orientales. A second species has
been discovered in Nubia.
Melyris, Fab.
In Melyris, properly so called, the antennae insensibly enlarge,
but without forming a club; their joints are less dilated laterally and
are almost isometrical. The thorax is less convex(2).
In the remaining Melyrides the maxillary palpi are terminated by
a larger and securiform joint. This characteifl together with the
teifl tog
some ot
shortness of the first joint of the tarsi, and some other considera
(1) For the other species, see Fabricius; the Mtlyrcs of Olivier, 6 17; Panz.,
Ind. Entom. p. 143; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect. I, p. 264; Germ , Insect. Spec.
Nov. Brazil produces tolerably large ones, some of which form a particular divi-
sion.
(2) M. viridis, Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 21, i, i; -M. abdomimi/k, Fab.; Oliv., lb., I,
7; Oputrum granulatum, Fab.; Coqueb., lllust. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 7.
COLEOPTERA.
361
tions, seems to approximate them to the Insects of our next tribe.
They form the
Pelocophorus, Dej.,
Who arranges them with the tetramerous Coleoptera(l).
The fourth tribe of the Malacodermi, that of the Clerii,
is distinguished by the ensemble of the following characters.
Two of their palpi at least project and are clavate. The
mandibles are dentated. The penultimate joint of the tarsi
is bilobate, and the first is very short or but slightly visible in
several. The antennae are sometimes nearly filiform and ser-
rated, and at others insensibly enlarged near the extremity.
The body is usually cylindrical, the head and thorax narrower
than the abdomen, and the eyes emarginated.
Most of these Insects are found on flowers, the remainder
on the trunks of old trees or in dry wood. Such of the larvae
as are known are carnivorous.
This tribe will comprise the genus
Clerus, Geoff.
The tarsi of some, viewed from above and underneath, distinctly
exhibit five joints. The greater part of their antennae is always ser-
rated.
Of these, some have the maxillary palpi filiform, or slightly en-
larged near the extremity.
Cylidrus, Lat.
Mandibles long and much crossed, terminating in a simple point,
with two teeth on the internal side; four first joints of the antennae
cylindrical and elongated; the six following ones formed like the
teeth of a saw, and the last oblong; the palpi terminated by an elon-
gated joint; that of those attached to the maxillae cylindrical, and
the same of the labial palpi, rather thicker and forming a reversed
cone; penultimate joint of the tarsi distinctly bilobate. The head
is elongated.
(1) Catalogue, &c, Dej., p. 115; Notoxus Illigeri, Schcenh., Synon. Insect., I,
2, p. 53, IV, 7, a. I refer to the same division of Melyrides, a new subgenus which
I will call DroLOBicEKus. The antennx consist of but ten distinct joints, of which
the two last are larger and globular. It is founded on an Insect sent to me by M.
Lefebure de Cerisy.
Vol. III. 2 V
362 INSECTA.
The only species known Trichodes cyaneus, Fab. inhabits
the Isle of France.
Tillus, Oliv., Fab.(l)
Mandibles moderate, cleft or bidentated at the extremity; antennae
sometimes serrated from the fourth joint to the tenth inclusively,
with the last ovoid, and at others suddenly terminating, from the
sixth, in a serrated club. The last joint of the labial palpi is very
large and securiform; head short and rounded; third and fourth
joints of the tarsi dilated in the form of a reversed triangle. Found
in old wood or on trunks of trees.
In the remaining Insects of this tribe, which are always distinctly
pentamerous, the four palpi terminate in a club; the last joint of the
labials is almost always securiform.
Here, the four first joints of the tarsi are provided underneath
with membranous pellets, projecting in the form of lobes. The
thorax is elongated and almost cylindrical.
Priocera, Kirb.
The body convex; thorax narrowed posteriorly; last joint of the
maxillary palpi less dilated than that of the labials and in the form
of a reversed and oblong triangle; the labrum emarginated.
But a single species is known, the Priocera variegata, Kirb.,
Lin. Trans. XII, p. 389, 390, xxi, 7.
Axina, Kirb.
The body depressed; last joint of the four palpi very large and
securiform.
But a single species has yet been described, the Axina analis,
Kirb., lb., fig. 6. From Brazil.
There, the penultimate joint of the tarsi is alone distinctly bilo-
bate. The thorax is square. The body is depressed as in Axina,
and the palpi terminate as in the same subgenus. Such is
Eurypus, Kirb.
E. rubens, Kirb., lb., 5, also from Brazil. I have seen a
(1) Tillus elongatus, Oliv., Col. 11,22, 1, 1; Chrysomela elongata, L. ; Clerus
unifasciatus, Fab.; Oliv., IV, 76, ii, 21. The antennce of the first are serrated from
the fourth joint, and the thorax is cylindrical. In the second, the antennae from
the sixth joint terminate in a serrated club. The thorax is narrowed posteriorly.
The last joint of the maxillary palpi is longer, in proportion, than that of the first
species, and is compressed.
CQLEOPTERA. 363
second species of the same country in the splendid collection
of M. de la Cordaire.
We now come to species in which the tarsi, when viewed from
above, appear to consist of but four joints, the first of the usual five
being very short and concealed under the second(l).
Sometimes the antennae insensibly enlarge towards the extremity,
or gradually terminate in a club; the intermediate joints, from the
third, are nearly in the form of a reversed cone; the two or four
penultimate joints form reversed triangles, and the last is ovoid.
Thanasimus, Lat. Clei'us, Fab.
The maxillary palpi filiform; last joint of those attached to the
labium large and securiform(2).
Opilo, Lat. Notoxus, Fab.
The four palpi terminated by a large securiform joint(3).
Sometimes the three last joints of the antennae are much wider
than the preceding ones, suddenly forming a club, either simple and
in the form of a reversed triangle, or serrated.
Those, in which this club is simple or not serrated, form two sub-
genera.
Clerus, Geoff. TricJwdes, Fab.
The maxillary palpi of these Cleri, properly so called, are termi-
nated by a compressed joint in the form of a reversed triangle; the
last of those that belong to the labium, which are larger than the
others, is securiform. The antennal club is hardly longer than wide,
and is composed of crowded joints; the third is longer than the se-
cond. The maxillae terminate in a projecting and fringed lobe. The
thorax is depressed anteriorly.
These Insects are found on flowers; their larvse devour those of
certain Bees.
Their stomach is widest anteriorly, and without plicae; their in-
testine is short, with two enlargements behind. According to M.
(1) The Insects of this subdivision compose the genus Clairon, properly so
called, of Geoffroy; M. Dufour admits that the posterior tarsi consist of five joints,
the first of which is very short; the same joint is rudimental in the intermediate
tarsi, and wanting in the two that are anterior.
(2) Attelabus formicarius, L. ; Clerus formicarius, Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1, 13;
Ckrus mutillarius, Fab.; Oliv., lb., I, 12.
(3) Attelabus mollis, L. ; Clerus mollis, Oliv., lb., I, 10.
364 I.NSECTA.
Dufour, their crop is so short that it is almost entirely concealed in
the head(l).
C. apiarius; Mtelabus apiarius, L.; Trichodes apiarius, Fab.;
Oliv., Col. IV, 76, 1, 4. Blue; elytra red, traversed by three
bands of deep blue, the last of which occupies the extremity.
The larva devours that of our domestic Bee, and does much
injury to hives.
C. alvearius; Trichodes alvearius, Fab.; Oliv., lb., I, 5, a, b;
Reaum., Insect., VI, viii, 8 10. Almost like the preceding,
but with a bluish-black spot on the scutel. It inhabits the nests
of the Mason Bees Osmia of Reaumur, and feeds on their
larvae.
Necrobia, Lat. Corynetes, Fab.
The four palpi terminated by an elongated, compressed, triangu-
lar joint of the same size; the second and third joints of the antennae
nearly equal, and the terminal club elongated, with loose joints; no
depression in the thorax anteriorly.
N. violacea, Oliv., Col., lb., 76, bis, I, 1; Dermestes violaceus,
L. Small; violet-blue or greenish, with similarly coloured legs;
elytra, with longitudinal series of punctures. Very common in
houses in the spring; it is also found in carrion(2).
We will terminate this tribe with a subgenus in which the two
penultimate joints of the antennae, more or less dilated internally
in the form of teeth, compose with the last, which is oval, a serrated
or semipectinated club. The palpi are terminated by a larger joint,
either in the form of an elongated or compressed triangle, or secu-
riform. Such are those which form the
Enoplium, Lat. Tillus, Oliv. Fab. Corynetes, Fab.(3)
The type of the fifth tribe of the Malacodermi, or the Pti-
niores, consists of the genus Ptinusot Linnseus, and of some
other genera depending on ? or which most closely approach
it. The body of these Insects is of a tolerably firm consist-
(1) The genital organ of the male is much more complicated than that of the
Melyrides, Lampyrides, and other Malacodermi. The last abdominal annulus is
widely emarginated- They and the Feltes of Fabricius are the only Coleoptera
which have six biliary vessels they are inserted into the caecum.
(2) See Olivier, genus Necrobie and Schcenh., Synon. Insect. 1, 2, p. 50.
(3) Tlllus serraticornis, Oliv., Col. II, 22, 1, 2; T. Weberi, Fab.; T. damicornis,
Id.; T. dermesfoides, Scheff., Elem. Entom., 138; Corynetes sanguinicollis, Fab.
See Schcenh., Synon. Insect, I, 2, p. 46.
COLEOPTERA. 365
ence, sometimes almost ovoid or oval, and at others nearly
cylindrical, but generally short and rounded at the two
extremities. The head is nearly globular or orbicular, and
almost entirely received into a strongly arched or vaulted tho-
rax, resembling a hood. The antennse of some are filiform,
or diminished towards the end, and are either simple, flabel-
liform, pectinated, or serrated; those of others terminate sud-
denly by three larger $nd much longer joints. The mandibles
are short, thick, and dentated under the point. The palpi
are very short and terminated by a larger and almost ovoid
joint, or like a reversed triangle. The tibiae are not dentated,
and the spurs at the extremities are very small. There is but
little variety in their colours, which are always dark. They
are very small. When touched they counterfeit death, lower
their heads, incline their antennse, and contract their feet; in
this apparent state of lethargy they remain for some time.
Their motions are generally slow, and those that are winged
rarely take to flight to escape. Their larvae are very noxious
to us, and bear a great resemblance to those of the Scara-
bseides. Their body, frequently curved into an arc, is soft
and whitish; the head and feet are brown and squamous.
Their mandibles are strong. With fragments of various sub-
stances, which they detach by gnawing, they construct a shell
in which they become nymphs. Other species establish their
domicil in the country, in old wood, and under stones ; their
habits are the same.
Such are the characters of the genus
Ptinus, Lin.
In some, the head and thorax, or the anterior half of the body is
narrower than the abdomen; the antennse are always terminated in
the same manner, simple or but slightly serrated, and at least
almost as long as the body.
Ptinus, Lin., Fab.< Bruchus, Geoff.
The antennas of the true Ptini are inserted between the eyes, which
are protuberant or convex. Their body is oblong.
They are generally found in houses, and chiefly in granaries and
inhabited places. Their larvae destroy our herbaria and desiccated
366 INSECTA.
specimens of animals. The antennae of the males are longer than
those of the females, and in several species, these latter are apterous.
P. fur, L., Fab. j P. latro, striatus, F. ; Oliv. Col. II, 17, i, 1,
3; ii, 9, var. of the male. One line and a half in length; light
brown; antennae as long as the body; a pointed projection on
each side of the thorax, and between them two others, rounded
and covered with a yellowish down; two transverse, greyish
bands on the elytra, formed by hairs.
According to De Geer, it feeds on Flies and other dead In-
sects that fall in its way. The larvae are very injurious to her-
baria and other collections of natural history.
P. imperialist Fab.; Oliv., lb., I, 4. Remarkable for two
spots on the elytra, which, together, form a rude figure of a
two-headed Eagle. On old wood(l).
I have frequently found on fecal matters, the P. germain,
Lat. Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, p. 279, which is closely allied
to the P. fur (2).
Gibbium, Scop. Ptinus, Fab., Oliv.
The antennae inserted before the eyes, which are flattened and very
small; scutellum wanting or indistinct; the body short; abdomen
very large, turgid, almost globular and semidiaphanous; the antennae
smaller at the extremity, and the elytra soldered. These Insects
also reside in our herbaria, &c.(3)
In the others, the body is oval, ovoid, or nearly cylindrical; the
thorax the width of the abdomen, at least at base; the antennae
either uniform and serrated or pectinated, or terminated by three
joints much larger than the preceding ones; they are shorter than
the body.
Ptilinus, Geoff., Oliv. Ptinus, Lin.
The antennae from the third joint strongly pectinated or plumose
(en panache) in the males, and serrated in the females.
They inhabit dry wood, which they pierce with small holes.
(1) It appears to me that this species belongs to the genus Hedobia of the
Catalogue of Dejean. It differs from Ptinus in the antenna:, which are more re-
mote from each other, and slightly serrated, and particularly in the tarsi which are
short and composed of wide and almost cordiform joints, the last one particularly;
the hooks of the latter are almost always concealed. In Ptinus these tarsi are
straight, and their last joint resembles a reversed cone. The antenna: are approxi-
mated at base.
(2) For the synonymes of the species of this genus, see Schoenh., Synon. Insect.
11,106.
(3) Ptinus scotias, Fab.; Oliv., Col. lb. I, 2; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., V,
8; P. sulcatum, Fab.
COLFOPTERA. 367
There also they copulate, one of the sexes being without and sus-
pended in air(l). In the
Xyletinus, Lat. Ptilinus, Fab.
To which we will unite the Ochina of Ziegler and Dejean, the
antennae are simply serrated in both sexes(2).
Dorcatoma, Herbst.,Fab.
The antennae consisting of but nine joints, terminating suddenly
in three larger ones; the two penultimate joints resembling the teeth
of a saw(3).
Anobium, Fab., Oliv. Ptinus, Lin. Byrrhus, Geoff.
The antennae also terminated by three larger or longer joints, but
the two penultimates are in the form of a reversed and elongated cone,
and that of the end is oval or nearly cylindrical; they consist of
eleven joints.
Several species of this genus inhabit the interior of our houses,
where, in their larva state, they are very noxious, attacking the tim-
bers, furniture, books, Sec. and piercing little round holes in them
similar to those made by a very small gimblet. Their excrements
form those little pulverulent piles of wood-dust which are frequently
observed on floors. The larvae of other species of Anobium attack
flour, wafers, cabinets of Birds, Insects, Sec.
Both sexes, in the nuptial season, frequently summon each other
by reiterated and rapid strokes of their mandibles against the wood
they inhabit, and mutually answering the signal. Such is the cause
of that noise, resembling the accelerated tick of a watch, which is
so often heard and which is superstitiously called the death-watch.
JL. tesselatum, Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 16, i, 1. Three lines in
length; dead dusky brown, with yellowish spots formed by hairs;
thorax smooth; elytra not striated.
A. pertinax; Ptinus pertinax, L. ; Jl. striatum, Fab. ; Oliv. lb.
I, 4. Blackish; thorax with a yellowish spot at each posterior
angle, and near the middle of its base a compressed eminence
(1) Ptilinus pectinicornis, Fab. ; Oliv., Col., II, 17, bis, 1, 1; P.pectinatus, Fab.;
P. serratus, Id.; Ptinus denticornis, var. ; Panz., lb. VI, 9; XXXV, 9.
(2) Ptilinus pallens, Germ.; Ptinus serricornis, Fab. In the Ochina licderse, the
antennae are somewhat larger than those of the Xyletini, rather less serrated, the
second and third joints almost equal in length. I have not examined the other
species of Ochinx mentioned by Count Dejean in his Catalogue.
(3) Dorcatoma dresdensis, Herbst., Col. IV, xxxix, 8.
368 INSECTA.
divided anteriorly by a depression; elytra with punctured striae.
According to De Geer, it will permit itself to be roasted to
death by a slow fire, rather than exhibit the least sign of life
when it is seized.
A. striatum, Oliv.; Anobium pertinax, Fab.; Panz., lb., LXVI,
5. Very similar to the preceding, but smaller, and destitute
of the yellow spots at the posterior angles of the thorax very
common in houses. M. Dufour has observed a number of ap-
pendages round its pylorus which form a kind of strawberry.
A. paniceum, Fab.; A. minutum, Id.; Oliv. lb. II, 9. Very
small; fulvous; thorax smooth; elytra striated. It gnaws fari-
naceous substances, and devastates our cabinets of Insects, if
left undisturbed. It also establishes its domicil in cork(l).
The third and last section of the Serricornes, forming also
a last tribe, that of the Xylotrogi, is distinguished from the
two preceding ones, as we have already stated, by the entire
freedom of the head, and consists of the genus
Lymexylon, Fab.,
Which we will divide as follows.
In some, the maxillary palpi are much larger than those of the
labium, pendent, pectiniform or tufted in the males/and terminated
by a large ovoid joint in the females. The antennae are short, slightly
widened in the middle, and narrowed at the extremity. The tarsi
are filiform, and all the joints entire; the four posterior long and
very slender.
Those, whose elytra are very short, and in the form of a little
scale, constitute the genus.
Atractocerus, Palis, de Beauv. Necydalis, Lin. Lymexylon, Fab.
The antennae compressed and almost fusiform; thorax square;
abdomen depressed.
A. necydaloides, Palis, de Beauv., Magaz. Encyclop.; Necy-
dalis brevicornis, L.; Lymexylon abbrev latum, Fab.; Macrogas-
ter abbreviatus, Thunb. This Insect is found in Guinea, and
appears to differ but little from another species that inhabits
Brazil. There is a second much smaller and perfectly distinct,
(1) See Schoenh., Synon. Insect, I, 2, p. 101. Some of the species of Fabricius
belong to the genus Cis.
COLEOPTERA. 369
enclosed in amber, that belongs to the Museum. A third is met
with in Java.
Those, in which the elytra are as long as the abdomen, or not
much shorter, form two subgenera.
Here, the antennas are compressed and serrated, the joints trans-
versal; thorax almost square. Such is the
Hyleccetus, Lat. Meloe, Cantharis, Lin. Lymexylon, Fab.
H. dermestoides; Meloe Marci, L., the male; Lymexylon morio,
Fab.; L. proboscideum,Id.; Cantharis dermestoides, L., the female;
L. dermestoides, Fab., Id.; Oliv., Col., II, 25; I, 1, 2, It. The fe-
male is six lines in length; pale-fulvous; pectus and eyes black.
The male is black; the elytra sometimes blackish, and some-
times reddish with a black extremity. Germany, England, and
the north of Europe.
There, the antennas are simple, slightly or not at all compressed,
and almost moniliform. The thorax is nearly cylindrical.
Lymexylon, Fab. Cantharis, Lin. Elateroides, Schasff.
L. navale, Fab., the female; L. flavipes, Id., the male; Oliv.,
lb., 1, 4. Length of the preceding, but narrower; pale-fulvous;
the head, exterior margin, and extremity of the elytra, black;
the latter colour rather more predominant in the male. This
Insect is' very common in the Oak forests of the north of Eu-
rope, but rare in the vicinity of Paris; its larva is very long
and slender, almost resembling a Filaria. It multiplied so ex-
cessively in the dock-yards at Toulon some years ago, as to
destroy great quantities of timber(l).
In the others the palpi are very short, and similar in both sexes(2).
The antennas are always simple and of equal thickness throughout.
The tarsi are short, and the penultimate joint in some is bilobate.
The body is of a firm consistence, the top of the head unequal or
sulcated, and the thorax nearly square or suborbicular.
Cupes, Fab.
Joints of the antennas almost cylindrical; penultimate joint of the
(1) The Lymexylon proboscideum of Olivier, from which he took his description,
and which is now in the cabinet of Count de Jousselin of Versailles, should
form a separate genus. See also the Lymexylon fiabellicorne of Panzer, Faun.
Insect. Germ., XI, 10.
(2) The last joint, at least that of the maxillary palpi, is somewhat thicker and
almost ovoid.
Vol. III. 2 W
370 INSECTA.
tarsi bifid, mandibles unidentatcd under the point; palpi, maxillae,
and ligula exposed, the latter bilobate; mentum nearly semi-orbicular.
Two species are known, both proper to North America(l).
Rhysodes, Lat. Dalm.
The antennae granose and all the joints of the tarsi entire. The
mandibles appear to me to be narrowed and almost tricuspidate at
the end; the mentum is corneous, very large, clypeiform and termi-
nated superiorly by three teeth or points; the palpi are very short.
Notwithstanding the number of tarsial joints, this genus seems to
approach that of Cucujus and even certain Brenti, with a short pro-
boscis in both sexes. The habits of these Insects are the same as
those of the Xylophagi(2).
FAMILY IV.
CLAVICORNKS.
In the fourth family of the pentamerous Coleoptera, as in
the third, we find four palpi, and elytra covering the superior
surface of the abdomen, or its greater portion; but it diifers
in the antennae, which are almost always thicker at the ex-
tremity, that even frequently forms a perfoliaceous or solid
club; they are longer than the maxillary palpi, and their base
is exposed, or barely covered. The legs are not natatory, and
the joints of the tarsi, at least those of the posterior ones, are
usually entire.
In their larva state, at least, they feed on animal matters.
We will divide this family into two sections : the common
characters of the first of which are, antennae always composed
of eleven joints, longer than the head, not forming from the
third a fusiform or nearly cylindrical club, and their second
joint not dilated in the form of an auricle; last joint of the
tarsi, as well as its hooks, of a moderate length, or small.
These Clavicornes are terrestrial, while those of our second
(1) Cupes capitata, Fab.; Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 2; Coqucb.,
Must. Icon. Insect., Ill, xxx, 1.
(2) Rhysodes exaratus, Dalm., Analect. Entom., p. 93. This species has lately
been discovered by M. Leon Dufour in the Pyrenees.
CCLEOPTERA. 371
section are aquatic or shore Insects, thus leading to the Pal-
picornes, most of which inhabit water, and whose antennae
never consist of more than nine joints.
The first section will comprise several small tribes. The
first, that of the Palpatores, in a natural series, should be
placed near the Pselaphii and Brachelytra(l). Their anten-
nae, which are, at least, as long as the head and thorax, slightly
enlarge towards the extremity, or are nearly filiform ; their
two first joints are longer than the following ones. The head
is distinguished from the thorax by an ovoid strangulation.
The maxillary palpi project, are long and inflated at the
extremity. The abdomen is large, oval or ovoid, and em-
braced laterally by the elytra. The legs are elongated, thighs
clavate, and tarsial joints entire.
These Insects remain on the ground, under stones and other
bodies. Some the Scydmseni frequent wet places. We
will unite them in a single genus, that of
Mastigus.
Mastigus, Hoff. Ptiniis, Fab.
Joints of the antennae nearly in the form of a reversed cone, the
first very long and the last ones hardly thicker than the others; the
two last joints of the maxillary palpi forming an oval club; thorax
almost ovoid; abdomen oval(2). %
Scydm;enus, Lat. GyU.Psclaphus, IHig. Payk. Jlnthicus, Fab.
Antennae granose, sensibly inflated towards the extremity, and but
slightly geniculate; maxillary palpi terminated by a very small and
pointed joint; thorax dearly globular; the almost ovoid abdomen
shorter in proportion than in Mastigus(3).
In all the following Clavicornes the head is generally sunk
(1) An approximation which appears to us to result from the organs of mandu-
cation and the habits.
(2) Mastigus palpalis, Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., i, 281; viii, 5. See Schcenh.
Synon. Insect, I, ii, p. 59, and Kliig, Entom. Monog., p. 163.
(3) Scydmsenus Helwigii, Fab.; Notoxus minutus, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.
XXIII, 5; S. Godarti, Lat., I, viii, 6; S. hirticollis? Gyll.; S. minutus, Id.;
Anthicus minutus, Fab. See Schcenherr, Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 57. M. Duros, of
the King's body-guard, who is peculiarly fortunate in discovering small species,
372 INSECTA.
in the thorax, and the maxillary palpi are never at the same
time so much projected and clavate; the ensemble of their
physiognomy also exhibits other differences.
The genus Hister forms our second tribe, which, with ba-
ron Paykull, who has so profoundly studied it, we will name
the Histeroides. Here the four posterior legs are more
remote from each other at base than the two anterior, a cha-
racter alone that distinguishes this tribe from all others of the
same family. The legs are contractile, and the outer side of
the tibiae is dentated or spinous. The antennae are always ge-
niculate, and terminated by a solid club composed of crowded
joints. The body is extremely firm, and usually forms a square
or parallelopiped ; the presternum is frequently dilated ante-
riorly, and the elytra are as often truncated. The mandibles
project, are strong, and frequently unequal as to size. The
palpi are almost filiform, or slightly enlarged near the end,
and terminated by an oval or ovoid joint.
In habits, the dentations of their tibiae, and some other
characters, these Insects seem to approach the Coprophagi
Lamellicornes, but from other considerations, founded on their
anatomy, they approximate to the Silphse such also is the
opinion of M. Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat., Octob. 1824. The
alimentary canal of the species he dissected the sinuatus
is from four to frVe times the length of the body. The oeso-
phagus is very short; the oblong enlargement that imme-
diately follows exhibits through its parietes certain brownish
lines, which seem to indicate the existence of internal tritu-
rating appendages ; if this be the case, the enlargement is en-
titled to the appellation of gizzard ; the chylific ventricle is
very long, flexed, and studded with pointed and very salient
papillae. The hepatic vessels have six distinct insertions round
the chylific ventricle Ibid. July 1825. Randohr reduces
their number to three, so that each of them would have two
insertions : but such a disposition of their vessels is doubtful.
has detected the S. clavatus, Gyll., in an Ant-hill near Paris. This fact, with some
others, confirms me in my opinion that these Insects, with the Pselaphii, imme-
diately follow the Brachelytfa.
COLEOPTERA. 373
These animals feed on cadaverous or stercoraceous matters
and decomposing vegetable substances, such as dung, old
mushrooms, &c: some establish their domicil under the bark
of trees. Their gait is slow, and their colour a brilliant black
or bronze. Such of their larvae as have been observed those
of the merdarius, cadaverinus feed on the same substances as
the perfect Insect. Their body is glabrous, soft, and of a yel-
lowish white, the head and first segment excepted, the der-
mis of which is brown or reddish ; it is provided with six
short legs, and is terminated posteriorly by two articulated
appendages, and an anal and tubular prolongation ; the squa-
mous plate of the first segment is longitudinally canaliculated.
This tribe, as we have already stated, will consist exclu-
sively of the genus
Hister, Lin.
Baron Paykull restricted his division of this genus to the separa-
tion of certain strongly flattened species, with which he formed that
of Hololepta, but Doctor Leach has established four more(l).
In some, the tibiae, at least the anterior ones, are triangular, den-
tated exteriorly, and the antennae always free and exposed; the body
is generally square, but slightly or not at all inflated.
They may be divided into two subgenera. In the first or
Hololepta, Payk.
The body is strongly flattened, the praesternum does not project
over the mouth, and the four posterior tibiae have but a single range
of spines; the terminal lobe of the maxillae is prolonged; the mentum
is deeply emarginated, and the palpi, proportionally more advanced,
are formed of almost cylindrical joints.
They live under the bark of trees. The animal figured by Pay-
kull, as the larva of a species of this subgenus, is that of a species
of Syrphus, or Fly(2).
The other Histeroides, in which the praesternum projects over the
mouth, the maxillae are terminated by a short lobe, with but slightly
projecting palpi composed of joints which, the last excepted, are
(1) Zool. Miscell., Ill, p. 76.
(2) Hist. Monog 1 ., p. 101, et seq.
374 INSECTA.
rather in the form of a reversed cone than cylindrical, and finally,
in which the mentum is slightly emarginated, will re-enter the sub-
genus
Hister, properly so called.
Some species in which, as in the Hololeptae, the four posterior
tibise have but a single range of small spines, and that also live under
the bark of trees, constitute the genera Platysoma and Dendrophi-
lus of Leach. The first(l) only differs from the second(2) in the
flattening of the body above, and in the shortening of the thorax,
which is also narrowed anteriorly. A species of the same division,
H. proboscidens, Payk., Monog., VIII, 4, has a peculiar form. The
body is long and narrow, and the thorax more than half as long again
as it is wide.
The remaining Histeroides have two ranges of spines on the four
posterior tibise. They are the only ones which Dr Leach retains in
the genus Hister.
H. unicolor, L. ; Payk., lb., II, 7. Four lines in length; en-
tirely black and glossy; three dentations on the exterior side of
the two first tibiae; two striae on each side of the thorax, and four
on the external part of each elytron, that nearest the margin in-
terrupted. Very common.
The number of tibial dentations, that of the striae on the thorax
and elytra, their punctures, and the form of the body, have furnished
M. Paykull with excellent characters, by means of which he has
well described the species.
A last subdivision of this tribe comprises very small Histeroides,
with a thick and almost globular body, of which the but slightly or
not at all laterally compressed presternum does not advance over the
mouth, and is straight in front.
In some ABRiEus, Leach it is prolonged to the anterior angles
of the thorax, and entirely covers the antennae when they are con-
tracted; in the others Onthophilus, Leach it is narrower; but
here the antennal club is received into a very distinct orbicular
cavity, situated under the anterior angle of the thorax. The ante-
rior tibise are frequently narrow, almost linear, and edentated. The
last superior semi-segment of the abdomen is curved inferiorly, and
appears to terminate it(3).
( 1 ) Hister picipes, Fab. ; Payk., lb., VIII, 5; H. flavicomis, Id., VIII, 6; H. ob-
longus, Id., X, 3.
(2) A.punctatus, Id. VII, 5.
(3) The //. globosus, Payk., VIII, 2, is referred by Leach to his genus .fLbrsnis,
and also the //. minutus, Id., VIII, 1; to his Onthophilus, he refers the Hist
COLEOPTERA. 375
The legs of the other Clavicornes are inserted at an equal
distance from each other. Those in which these organs are
not contractile, and the tarsi at most can only be flexed on the
tibiae, whose mandibles are most commonly salient and flatten-
ed or not thick, and whose presternum is never dilated ante-
riorly, will constitute five other tribes.
In the third tribe of this family, that of the Silphales, we
find five distinct joints in all the tarsi, and the mandibles ter-
minating in an entire point without emarginaticn orfissure(l).
The antennae terminate in a club that is most commonly per-
foliaceous and consisting of from four to five joints. The in-
ternal side of the maxillce, in most of them, is furnished with
a horny tooth. The anterior tarsi are frequently dilated, at
least in the males. The exterior margin of the elytra of the
greater number is marked by a groove with a well raised
border.
This tribe is composed of the genus
Silpha ? Lin. Peltis, Geoff.
Here the antennae arc suddenly terminated by a short and solid club,
formed by the four last joints; the second is larger than the follow-
ing ones. The body is almost square, the elytra are truncated, the
tibiae dentated, the tarsi simple, and the mandibles bidentated on the
inner side; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two
preceding ones taken together. There is a horny tooth on the inner
side of the maxillse. So closely do these Insects resemble the His-
teroides, that Fabricius confounded them. Such are those which
form the
Sph^erites, Dufts. Sarapus, Fisch. Hister, Fab. Nitidula, Gyl-
len.(2)
Here, the antennae terminate in a perfoliaceous club.
striatus, Payk.,Ib., XI, 1; H. sulcatus, X, 8; the hispidus, Id., XI, 2, appears to
be congeneric. The genus Ceutocerus of Germar, Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p. 85, 1,
2, from the form of the antenna:, legs, &c, would naturally seem to come after the
Histeroides, but the elytra cover the abdomen and the mandibles are not salient.
I have never seen a specimen of this genus.
(1) Dentations however are sometimes found on the internal side, as in Sphse-
rites.
(2) Dufts., Faun. Aust., I, p. 206; Hister glabratus, Fab.; Sturm, I, xx; Serapus,
Fisch., Mem. of the Soc of Nat of Moscow.
376 1NSECTA.
Sometimes the body is oblong, and the head, strangulated poste-
riorly, is as wide as the anterior margin of the thorax, or not much
narrower; the latter forms a square with rounded angles; the elytra
form a long square, and are suddenly and strongly truncated at their
posterior extremity. The posterior thighs, at least in the males,
are usually inflated. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is rather
more slender than the preceding one, almost cylindrical, somewhat
smaller at the end, and obtuse. The anterior tarsi are dilated in the
males.
Necrophorus, Fab. Silpha, Lin. Dermestes, Geoff*.
The antennae, hardly longer than the head, terminate abruptly in
an almost globular club of four joints, the first of which is long, and
the second much shorter than the third. The body nearly forms a
parallelopiped; the thorax is widest anteriorly; all the tibiae are
strong, widened at the extremity and terminated by stout spurs;
the elytra are truncated at right angles. The maxillae are destitute
of a horny unguiculus.
Their instinctive habit of burying the bodies of Moles, Mice, and
other small Quadrupeds, have procured for them the names of enter-
rears and porte-morts. When they find a dead animal of the above
description, they work under it and excavate a hole of sufficient
dimensions to contain the body, which they gradually drag into it;
in this body they deposit their ova, and thus the larvae find their food
in the very nidus in which they are hatched. They are long, and
of a greyish white colour; the anterior segments are covered supe-
riorly with a small, fulvous-brown, squamous plate, and the poste-
rior with little elevated points. They are furnished with six feet and
strong mandibles. When about to pass into the state of a chrysalis,
they penetrate deeply into the earth, where they construct a cell,
which they line with a viscid substance.
These Insects, as well as many others that inhabit dead animal
bodies, diffuse a strong odour resembling musk. Their habits have
lately attracted the attention of Mole-catchers, and in the work enti-
tled L'Jlrt du Taupicr we find certain facts relative to this subject
which had escaped the observations of naturalists. The sense of
smell must be excessively acute in these Insects, for but a short time
elapses after a Mole has been killed, when Necrophori are seen cir-
cling about it, although they were previously sought for in vain in
the same locality.
The digestive canal of the Necrophori and Silphas is at least thrice
the length of the body. The oesophagus is very short and followed
by an ellipsoidal gizzard, whose lining tunic is slightly scabrous and
COLEOPTERA. 377
bristled, at least in several species, with pointed setae variously di-
rected,but arranged in eight longitudinal bands separated by smooth
intervals. The intestinal canal is very long, particularly in the Ne-
crophori and Necrodes. Its surface, in the latter, as well as in the
Silphae, is thickly studded with salient and granular points. It opens,
either laterally or directly, into a smooth enlargement, which, ac-
cording to Dufour Ann. des Sc Nat., Octob. 1824 may be com-
pared to a caecum. To the side is appended, a pediculated oval or
oblong bursa which constitutes a part of the excrementitious appa-
ratus. There are four biliary vessels, slender, extremely long and
very flexuous, each of which is separately inserted round the extre-
mity of the chylific ventricle. Dufour, lb., July 1825. From the
figure of the alimentary canal of the Necrophorus vespillo, given by
Randohr, it appears that the great intestine, instead of being covered
with granular papillae, is furnished with transverse muscular fillets,
forming annular plicae.
N. vespillo; Silpha vespillo, L. ; Oliv., Col. II, 10, i, 1. From
seven to eight lines in length; black; three last joints of the
antennae red; elytra with two orange, transverse and indented
bands; coxae of the two posterior legs armed with a strong
tooth; the tibiae are curved.
N. mortuorum, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XLI, 3.
Smaller; antennae entirely black; the second transverse orange
band of the elytra observed on the vespillo, usually forming a
large lunated spot. Found in woods, and frequently in mush-
rooms.
N. germanicus, Fab.; Oliv., lb., 1, 2, a, b. More than an inch
long; all black; external margin of the elytra fulvous; aferrugi-
neous yellow spot on the front.
N. humalor, Fab.; Oliv., lb. i, 2, c. Always smaller than the
germanicus, and differing from it in the orange hue of the an-
tennal club.
North America produces several species, one particularly
N. grandis, Fab. that surpasses all others in size(l).
This genus seems to be confined to the northern districts of
Europe and America.
Necrodes, Wilk. Silpha, Lin. Fab.
The antennae manifestly longer than the head, and terminated by
an elongated club of five joints, the second of which is larger than
the third. The body is an oblong oval, with an almost orbicular
(1) For the other species, see Fab., Oliv., and Schoenherr, I, ii, p. 117.
Vol. III. 2 X
378 INSECT A.
thorax, widest in the middle; the tibiae are narrow, elongated, but
slightly widened at the end, and terminated by two ordinary spurs;
the elytra are obliquely truncated.
Species of this subgenus are found in Europe, tropical Ame-
rica, the East Indies and New Holland(l).
Sometimes the body is oval or ovoid; the head, not at all or but
very slightly strangulated posteriorly, and narrower than the thorax;
the thorax either almost semicircular and truncated, or trapezoidal
and wider behind; the elytra rounded or simply emarginated at the
posterior extremity. There is but little or no difference in the pos-
terior legs of the two sexes.
The maxillae are armed internally with a tooth or squamous hook.
Silpha, Lin. Fab. Pettis, Geoff.
The body almost scutiform and depressed, or but slightly elevated;
thorax semicircular, truncated or very obtuse before; exterior mar-
gin of the elytra strongly recurved and canaliculated; palpi fili-
form, their last joint almost cylindrical, and in several, terminating
in a point. Most of them live in carrion, and thus diminish the
quantity of its noxious effluvia. Some climb on plants, and parti-
cularly on the stems of Wheat, where they find little Helices on
which they feed. Others remain on high trees and devour cater-
pillars. The larvae are all equally active, live in the same manner,
and frequently in large societies. They bear a great resemblance to
the perfect Insect. Their body is flattened, and consists of twelve
segments, with acute posterior angles; the posterior extremity is
narrower and terminated by two conical appendages.
In most of the species, the two anterior tarsi of the males are
alone more dilated than the others. The antennae insensibly enlarge
or terminate abruptly in a club of four joints at most, the second
and third of which differ but little; the last joint of the maxillary
palpi is, at most, as long as the penultimate, and frequently some-
what shorter and more slender.
Those species in which the extremity of the antennae is distinctly
perfoliaceous or composed of joints, which, the last excepted, are
wider than they are long, where this club is abrupt, and the elytra
are emarginated at their extremity, at least in the males, form the
genus Thanatophilus, Leach(2).
(1) Silpha littoralis, Fab., Oliv., Col., II, i, 8, a, b, c; S. surinamensis, Fab.
Oliv., lb., II; S. lachrymosa, Schreib., Lin. Trans., VI, xx, 5; S. indica,
Fab., &c.
(2) Silpha sinaata, Fab.; Oliv., lb., II, 12; S. dispar, Ulig\, Gyllenh., &c.
COLEOPTERA. 379
Those, in which the elytra are entire, but where the antennae are
similar to those of the preceding, constitute his Oiceptoma.
S. thoracica,L.; Fab.; Oliv., Col. II, 11, i, 3, a, b. Black; tho-
rax red and silky; three flexuous elevated lines on each elytron,
the exterior shortest, forming- a carina, and terminating near a
transverse tubercle; posterior extremity of the elytra, in the
males, terminating in a point at the suture. In the woods par-
ticularly.
S. quadripufictata, L. ; Fab.; Oliv., lb., I, 7, a, b. Black;
margin of the thorax and elytra yellowish, each of the latter
with two black dots, one at base and the other in the middle.
Peculiar to forests, but usually remains on young Oaks, where
it feeds on caterpillars(l).
Those in which the extremity of the antennae is likewise perfo-
liaceous, but where the club is formed gradually, according to Leach,
alone retain the generic appellation of Silpha. They are usually
found in fields, along the roads, &c.
S. laevigata, Fab.; Oliv., lb., I, i, a, b. Shining black; mul-
tipunctured; thorax much narrower than before; elytra with-
out elevated lines.
S. obsctira, L.; Fab.; Oliv. , lb., II, 13. Dusky black; thorax
truncated anteriorly; elytra more deeply punctured; three raised
but slightly salient and short lines, the intermediate the longest,
on each of the latter.
S. reticulata, L. ; Panz. , Faun. Insect. Germ., V, 9. Opaque
black; thorax truncated before; three raised lines on each ely-
tron, the exterior largest and forming a carina, terminated by a
tubercle, with transverse rugae in the intervals(2).
The antennae of some are not distinctly perfoliate at the extremity
the last joints being almost globular. They are the Phosphuga,
Id.(3)
A species from Germany, which might form a separate subgenus
NECROPHiLus,Lat. is removed from the preceding ones by several
characters. It is the
S. subterranea, Illig., and others. The four anterior tarsi are
similar and dilated at base, the two first joints, at least in the
males, being evidently broader than the two following ones.
The third joint of the antennae is longer than the preceding
one, and the five last form abruptly a perfoliaceous club. The
(1) Add, S. rugosa, Fab.; Oliv., II, lb , 17; S. laponica, Fab.
(2) Add, S. opaca, Fab.; Herbst., Col., LI, 16; S. tristis, Illig., &c.
(3) S. atrata, Fab.; S. pedemontana, Id., var.; Oliv., lb., I, 6.
380 IN SECT A.
last joint of the maxillary palpi is as long as the two preceding
ones taken together.
Argyrtes, Freeh. Mycetophagus, Fab.
The body tolerably thick, convex, and arcuated superiorly, not
scutiform; thorax somewhat wider than long, and a little narrower
before; exterior margin of the elytra inclined and not canaliculated;
last joint of the maxillary palpi thicker and ovoid(l).
Certain Clavicornes, which seem to approach Argyrtes in
their habits and other characters, but whose mandibles are
cleft or bidentated at the extremity, will compose our fifth
tribe, that of the Scaphidites. Their tarsi consist of five
very distinct and entire joints. The body is oval, narrow-
ed at both ends, arcuated or convex above, and thick in
the middle ; the head low, and received posteriorly into a
trapezoidal thorax, widest behind, the margin of which is but
slightly or not at all recurved. The antennas are usually at
least as long as the head and thorax, and terminated in a quad-
riarticulated and elongated club. The last joint of the palpi
is conical. The legs are elongated and slender. With the
exception of some species the Cholevae the tarsi are nearly
similar in both sexes.
This tribe consists of the genus
Scaphidium.
Scaphidium, Oliv. Fab. Silpha, L,in.
In the true Scaphidia, the five last joints of the antennae are almost
globular, and compose the club. The maxillary palpi project but
little, and gradually taper to a point, the penultimate joint not being
thicker than the last at their junction. The body is navicelli-
form; the margin of the thorax slightly recurved, and the elytra
truncated. They inhabit mushrooms. But few species are known;
one from Cayenne and the rest from the north of Europe(2).
(1) Argyrtes castaneus, Gyllen., Insect., Suec. I, iii, p. 682; Mycetophagus cas-
taneus, Fab.; M. spinipes, Panz , Faun. Insect. Germ., XXIV, 20. I suspect the
A. subniger, Dej., is merely the female.
(2) Oliv., Col, II, 20. [We have atleastone species, the S. 4-guttatum, Knoch,
Melsh. Catal., if not another, the S. 4-pustu latum*, Id. lb. See Say, Journ. of the
Acad, of Nat. Sc. of Philad. Ill, 199. Am. Ed.)
COLEOPTERA. 381
Choleva, Lat. Spence. Catops, Fab. Peltis, Geoff.
Most of the joints of the antennal club turbiniform and more or
less perfoliaceous; maxillary palpi very salient and abruptly subu-
late; the body ovoid; thorax plane, without a border; the four first
joints of the anterior tarsi, and the first of the intermediate ones,
dilated in the males of some species Catops blapsoides, Germ.
In the Cholevae properly so called, the antennae are about the
length of the head and thorax; their eighth joint, or the second of
the club, is evidently shorter than the preceding and following one,
and sometimes is even indistinct; the last is semi-ovoidal and point-
ed(l).
In the Mylcechus, Lat. Oliv., Catops, Payk., Gyll., the antennae
are shorter, the eighth joint is larger than the preceding, and almost
equal to the following one, the last is rounded and obtuse on the
summit(2).
The fifth tribe, or that of theNiTiDULARi^ approximates
to the fourth in the scutiform and bordered body, but the
mandibles are bifid or emarginated at the extremity ; the tarsi
seem to consist of but four joints, the first and last, in some,
being only visible beneath, where they merely form a slight
projection, and the penultimate in the remainder being very
small, in the form of a knot, enclosed between the lobes of the
preceding ones. The antennal club is always perfoliaceous,
consists of three or four joints, and is usually short or but
little elongated.
The palpi are short and filiform, or somewhat thickest at
the extremity. The elytra in several are short or truncated.
The legs are but slightly elongated, and their tibiae frequently
widened at the end ; the tarsi are furnished with hairs or pel-
lets. The habitation of these Insects varies with the species;
they are found on flowers, in mushrooms, putrified meat, and
under the bark of trees. They form the genus
Nitidula.
In some, the antennal club consists of but two joints, and the ante-
(1) Lat. Gener. Cr.ust. et Insect., II, p. 26. See the Monograph of this genus,
published by M. Spence in the Lin. Trans., and Paykull and Gyllenhal.
(2) Lat. lb., p. 30, VIII, ii; Oliv., Encyclop. Method., article Myloeque.
382 IN SECT A.
rior part of the head projects in the manner of a semicircular flat-
tened clypeus. covering the mandibles and other parts of the mouth.
Colobicus, Lat.
In this and the following subgenus, the tarsi, from the point where
they are movable, seem to consist of but four joints, of which the
three first, much shorter than the last, are entire, and simply furnish-
ed underneath with a greater or smaller number of hairs; the first,
as in several of the Cleri of Fabricius, is only visible underneath,
where it forms a little projection; it is also pilose. The palpi of the
Colobici and those of the following subgenus are terminated by a
joint somewhat thicker than the preceding one(l).
In the other Nitidulariae, the antennal club always consists of
three joints, and the head never projects over the mouth.
Sometimes the first joint of the tarsi, as in the Colobici, is very
short, and the three following ones elongated, equal, entire and
simply pilose underneath; the palpi are thickest at the extremity.
Such is
Thymalus, Latr. Peltis, Fab. Silpha, Lin.
In those species where the body is almost hemispherical limba-
tus the antennal club is proportionally shorter, and the third and
following joints smaller than the second; the tibial spurs are ex-
tremely small(2).
Sometimes the three first joints of the tarsi, at least those of the
males, are short, wide, and emarginated or bilobate; the fourth is
very small, but slightly or not at all visible; the maxillary palpi, at
least, are filiform.
Here, the tibiae, at least the anterior ones, are widened at the ex-
tremity in the form of a reversed triangle; the first joint of the an-
tennae is usually larger than the second, and the elytra are generally
truncated posteriorly, or very obtuse.
In the two following subgenera, the third joint of the antennae is
evidently longer than the following one, and the antennal club abrupt
and nearly orbicular or oval.
Ips, Fab. Nitidula, Oliv. Lat. Silpha, Lin.
The body always forming an oblong oval, and depressed; posterior
extremity of the abdomen exposed; one of the mandibles the left
truncated and tridentated at the extremity, and the other widened
(1) Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 9, and I, xvi, 1.
(2) See Fabricius, Gyllenhal, and Schoenherr.
COLEOPTERA. 383
and broadly emarginated or concave at the same end; terminal lobe
of the maxillae elongated(l).
Nitidula, Fab. Nitidula, Strongylus, Herbst. Silpha, Lin.
The two mandibles become narrowed near the extremity and ter-
minate in an emarginated or bifid point.
Some are flattened, oblong, or ovoid; the others are orbicular and
arched or proportionally more convex than the preceding. Thus
some authors have placed certain species in genera of a similar form
but otherwise very different, such as Sphcridium and Tritoma.
N. seneus, Fab.; N. viridescens, rufipes, var., Id.; Oliv., Col.,
II, ii, 12; III, 20, a, b; V, 33, a, b. Small; form, an oblong
ovoid; of a brilliant bronze-green and multi-punctured; antennae
blackish terminated by a very large obtuse club; thorax trans-
versal, slightly emarginated anteriorly, and bordered laterally;
legs sometimes blackish-brown, and sometimes fulvous(2).
Here the second and third joints of the antennae are almost equal in
size, and the club is elongated in the form of a reversed cone, or is
pyriform.
Cercus, Lat. Catheretes, Herbst. Illig. Dermestes, Lin. Fab.
Sphasridiian, Fab. Gyll. Nitidula, Oliv.
The body depressed, and elytra truncated; two first joints of the
antennae much larger in the males of some species than in the fe-
males, and perhaps this subgenus should consist of such only, re-
ferring the others to Nitidula(3).
There the tibiae are long, narrow, and almost linear; the elytra
cover the abdomen and are not truncated.
The body is oval, thorax trapezoidal, and the antennal club ob-
long; its two first joints are nearly equal, and the third is hardly
longer than the fourth. Such are the
Byturus, Lat. Schcenh. Dermestes, Geoff. Fab. Oliv. Jps, 01iv.(4)
Those that compose our sixth tribe, that of the Engidites,
analogous to the Nitidularise in the emargination of the ex-
tremity of their mandibles, are distinguished from them by
(1) Some of the species of Fabricius should apparently be referred to his genus
Engis.
(2) See Fabricius, Olivier, Gyllenhal, Schcenherr, Sec.
(3) See Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I, p. 245.
(4) See Schcenh., Synon. Insect. I, ii, p. 95.
384 INSECTA.
their not projecting, or but very little and simply on the sides,
beyond the lab rum. Their body is oval or elliptical, and the
anterior extremity of the head slightly extended into an ob-
tuse or truncated point. The tarsi consist of five(l) distinct
joints, entire, and at most, slightly pilose underneath; the pe-
nultimate is somewhat shorter than the preceding one. The
antenna} terminate in a perfoliaceous triarticulated club ; the
elytra completely cover the abdomen, and the palpi are some-
what thicker at the extremity. Some very small species in-
habit the interior of houses, and are frequently found on
windows.
We will unite them all in a single genus, that of
Dacne.
Dacne, Lat. Engis, Fab. Dej. Erotylus, Oliv.
Their antennae terminate abruptly in a very large orbicular or
ovoid and compressed club, composed of crowded joints, of which
the middle one at least is much wider than it is long; the third is
longer than the second and fourth.
The middle of the posterior margin of the thorax is dilated be-
hind or lobate, and the superior extremity of the mentum terminated
in a truncated or bidentated point(2). In
Cryptophagus, Herbst. Schoenh. Dermestes, Lin. Fab. Jps, Oliv.
Lat. vftntherophagus, Knoch,
The antennae are moniliform, their second joint as large as the
preceding or larger, and terminating in a less abrupt and narrower
club than in Dacne, and with intervals between its segments(S).
We now come to certain tribes in which the presternum is
frequently dilated anteriorly in the manner of a chin-cloth,
(1) Certain Cytophagi, or at least their males, according to some authors are
heteromerous.
(2) See Fab., Syst. Eleut.
(3) See Schcenh., Synon. Insect., I, ii, p. 96.
The antennx of the Antherophagi are proportionally thicker, composed of more
transversal joints, and terminated almost gradually in a club; from the second to
the eighth they are nearly equal. The Cryptophagus silaceus, Gyll,, has a projec-
tion in the form of a tooth or horn on each side of the inferior surface of the
head. The Triphylla of Megerl. and ])ej. only differ from the Crytophagi in the
number of their tarsial joints.
COLEOPTERA. 385
and which differ from the preceding ones in their feet, which
are either wholly or partially contractile; the tarsi may be free,
but the tibice at least can be flexed on the thigh. The mandi-
bles are short, and generally thick and dentated. The body is
ovoid, thick, and covered with deciduous scales or hairs of
various colours. The antennas are straight and usually shorter
than the head and thorax. The head is plunged into the tho-
rax as far as the eyes. The thorax is but slightly or not at all
bordered, trapezoidal, and wider posteriorly ; the middle of
its posterior margin is frequently somewhat prolonged or lo-
bate. The larvae are pilose, and mostly feed on the exuviae
or carcasses of animals. Several are very injurious to ento-
mological collections.
Those then in which the legs are not completely retractile,
the tarsi being always free, and the tibiae elongated and nar-
row, form our seventh tribe, that of the Dermestini, and the
great genus
Dermestes.
The only insects of this tribe whose antennae do not present two.
distinct joints, and whose very short and inferiorly inflated palpi
afterwards terminate in a point, are those which form the
Aspidiphorus, Ziegl. Dej.
Their body is orbicular(l).
From among the species in which the antennas consist of eleven
distinct joints, and the palpi are filiform or gradually enlarge, we
will first separate those whose antennae are not received into parti-
cular fossulae in the under part of the thorax. The presternum
rarely extends over the mouth(2).
In some, the antennae terminate abruptly in a large perfoliaceous
triarticulated club.
Dermestes, Lin., Geoff., Fab.
In Dermestes, properly so called, the antennae are similar, or differ
(1) Nitidula orbiculata, Gyllenh.
(2) The only exceptions are found in the Dermestes undatus (Megatoma) of Fa-
bricius, and the Limnichi, Ziegl.
Vol III. 2Y
386 INSECT A.
but very slightly in both sexes; the length of the last joint is never
much greater than that of the preceding ones.
Certain species ao great injury among furs, and devastate our col-
lections of natural history. De Geer calls them dissectors, and in
fact the Derrnestes lardarius cuts to pieces the Insects of the cabinet
into which it has penetrated. The others devour the dead bodies of
all kinds of animals.
D. lardarius, L.; Oliv., Col., II, 9, I, 1. Black; base of the
elytra cinereous and dotted with black. The larva is elongated,
insensibly tapered from head to tail, of a chesnut-brown above,
white beneath, furnished with long hairs and two squamous
horns on the last annulus. Its excrements resemble long
threads(l).
Megatoma, Herbst. Lin. Geoff. Fab.
The Megatomx only differ from Derrnestes in the club of their
antennae, which is much more elongated in the males than in the
females; the terminal joint is lanceolate or forms an elongated tri-
angle.
M. pellio; Derrnestes pellio, L.; Oliv., lb., II, ii. But two lines
and a half in length; black; three white dots on the thorax, and
one on each elytron, formed by down. The larva is greatly
elongated, of a glossy reddish-brown, and covered with reddish
hairs, those of the posterior extremity forming a tail. It moves
by sliding, and as if by jerks, which is also the case with the
perfect Insect, and the Dermestes(2).
In others, such as
Limnichus, Zieg. Dej.,
The antennse become gradually thicker, and terminate in a larger
and ovoid joint; they are granose, and received under the anterior
angles of the thorax. The maxillse are terminated by two lobes,
the exterior of which is narrow and palpiform. The labial palpi
are very small; the last joint of those of the maxillae is larger than
the preceding ones and ovoid(3).
In all the following subgenera, the antennse, or at least their club,
are received into particular and lateral cavities in the under part of
(1) Add D. vulpinus, murinus, ajjinis, laniarius, tesselatus, trifasciatus, Gyll ,
Insect. Suec, I, p. 145, et seq.
(2) Add the Derrnestes megatoma, Fab., of which his macellarius appears to be
the female; D. emarginatus, Gyll.; D. undatus, Fab. The presternum in this
latter species projects over the mouth.
(3) Byrrhus sericeus, Duft. ; B. pygmasus, Sturm.
COLEOPTERA. 387
the thorax. The presternum is always dilated or projected for-
wards in the manner of a chin-cloth.
Here, the antennal club is perfoliaceous and not solid. In
Atta genus, Lat. Megatoma, Lat. Dermestes, Fab.
The club is very large, almost serriform, and composed of three
joints, of which the first and last, particularly in the males, are the
longest. The body is ovoid, short, aud but slightly convex. The last
joint of the maxillary palpi is larger and ovoid(l).
Trogoderma, Lat., Dej. Jlnthrenus, Fab.
Antennal club quadriarticulated at least; body ovoid and oblongj
palpi filiform(2).
The antennal club is now solid or formed of crowded joints. The
body is ovoid, short, and completely covered with little deciduous
scales. The thorax is lobate posteriorly. In
Anthrenus, Geoff. Fab. By rrhus, Lin.
The antennae, terminated by a club in the form of a reversed cone,
are received into short cavities under the anterior angles of the
thorax.
These Insects are very small, living on flowers in their perfect
state and in that of larvae devouring desiccated animal matters, in-
sects particularly. The larvae are oval and furnished with hairs,
some of which are dentated, forming tufts; the last are prolonged
posteriorly into a kind of tail. Their final exuvium serves as a
cocoon for the chrysalis.
Ji. verbasci; Byrrhus verbasci, L.; Oliv., Col. II, 10, 1, 2,
Grey above, reddish-yellow beneath; the two angles of the
thorax, two transverse bands on the elytra, and a spot near their
extremity, grey(3).
Globicornis, Lat.
The antennae terminating in a globular club, and received into
fossulae extending to near the posterior angles of the thorax(4).
(1) Dermestes serra, Fab.; Attagenus serra, Lat., Hist. Nat. des Crust, et des In-
sect , IX, p. 44; Megatoma serra, Id., Gener. Crust, et Insect., I, viii, 10; Anthre-
nus viennensis, Herbst., Col. VII, cxv, 10, k.
(2) Anthrenus elongatus, Fab.; A. ruficornis, Lat. Gen. Crust, et Insect., II, p.
59; A. versicolor, Creutz., Ent. Vers., I, ii, 21, a; Dermestes subfasciatus, Gyll.,
Insect. Suec, I, p. 155.
(3) See Oliv., lb., and Fabricius, Syst. Eleut, I, p. 106.
(4) Megatoma rujitarsis, Lat., Gener. Crust, el Insect,, II, p. 35; Dermestes riifi-
tarsis, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., xxxv, 6.
388 INSECTA.
The eighth tribe, that of the Byrrhii, differs from the pre-
ceding in the perfect contractility of the legs ; the tibiae are
susceptible of being flexed on the thighs, and the tarsi on the
tibias(l), so that when thus folded and pressed against the
body, the animal seems to be inanimate and entirely destitute
of feet. The tibiae are usually broad and compressed. The
body is short and convex.
This tribe is chiefly composed of the genus
Byrrhus, Lin.
Those species which form the
NOSODENDRON, Lat.
Are removed from the others by their entirely exposed, very large,
and scutiform mentum. Their antennae terminate abruptly in a
short, perfoliaceous and triarticulated club. They are found in
wounds of trees, of the Elm particularly(2).
Byrrhus, Lin. Cistela, Geoff.
The true Byrrhii differ from the preceding Insects in their men-
tum, which is of an ordinary size and interlocked (at least partially)
by the presternum, whose anterior extremity is dilated.
In some, the antennas enlarge insensibly, or terminate in an elon-
gated club formed of from five to six joints.
B. pilula, L.j Oliv., Col. II, 13, 1, 1. From three to four
lines in length; black beneath, blackish-bronze or soot-colour
and silky above, with little black spots mingled with lighter
ones arranged in lines.
M. Waudouer has detected the larva of a variety of this spe-
cies. It is narrow and elongated; the head thick; the plate of
the first segment large, and the two last longer than the others.
It lives in Moss.
A second species striato-punctatiis, Dej. with similarly
formed antennae, constitutes a separate division, on account of
its tarsi, of which the fourth joint is very small and concealed
between the lobes of the preceding one.
The antennae of another species, very small and covered with
(1) In the Anthreni all the tibiae fold against the posterior side of the thighs;
but in the others, the two that are anterior are flexed towards the head, and the
other behind.
(2) Lat., lb., II, p. 43; Oliv., Encyc. Method., article Nosodendre.
COLEOPTERA. 389
hairs, terminate in a triarliculated club. It forms the genus
Trinodes, Megerl., and Dej.(l)
On similar grounds we might also separate from the Byrrhii
some other analogous species(2), in which the antennal club con-
sists of but two joints, the last much the thickest and nearly
globular.
All the Byrrhii remain on the ground in sandy localities(3).
It is impossible to describe the Clavicornes of our second
section, although a very natural one, but by the reunion of
several characters. Some of these Insects are removed from
all others of the family by their antennae, which consist of nine
or six joints ; they are those, which, in this respect, seem to
approximate most closely to the Palpicornes. The antennae
of the other Clavicornes of the same section are composed
of eleven or ten joints ; but sometimes they are not much
longer than the head, and from the third joint form an almost
cylindrical or fusiform club, arcuated and somewhat serrated;
sometimes they are nearly filiform and as long as the head
and thorax united; but here, as in most of the other subgenera
of the same division, the tarsi are terminated by a large joint
furnished with two strong terminal hooks. Those of some
Heterocerus, Georissus consist of but four joints.
The body of these Insects is generally ovoid, and their head
plunged to the eyes in a trapezoidal thorax, with a recurved
lateral margin, and terminating posteriorly in acute angles;
the presternum is dilated anteriorly (4), and the legs are im-
perfectly contractile. They are found in the water, under
stones in the vicinity of shores, and frequently in the mud :
some of them Dryops are allied to the Gyrini by the struc-
ture and shortness of their antennae.
(1) JLnthrenus hirtus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XI, 16.
(2) Byrrhus erinaceus, Ziegl.; B. setiger, Illig.
(3) For the other species, see Fabricius, Olivier, Schcenherr, Gyllenhal, &c.
The genus Murmidius, Leach, according- to that gentleman, belongs to this
tribe. The antennae are composed of but ten joints, the last of which forms an
ovoido-globular club. See Lin. Trans., XIII, p. 41.
(4) The Potamophili excepted.
390 INSECTA.
I will divide this section into two tribes(l). The Insects
which compose the first or the Acanthopoda are remarkable
for their flattened and tolerably wide tibiae, armed anteriorly
with spines ; for their short quadriarticulated tarsi, the hooks
of which are of the usual size ; and for their depressed body.
The presternum is dilated. The antennse are a little longer
than the head, arcuated, and formed of eleven joints, the last
six constituting an almost cylindrical and slightly serrated
club ; the second is short and not dilated.
This tribe is composed of the single genus
Heterocerus, Bosc. Fab.
These Insects are found in the sand or mud, along the borders of
rivulets, marshes, &c, issuing from their holes when disturbed by
the trampling of feet. The form of their tibiae enables them to turn
up the earth, and conceal themselves in it; their tarsi can be flexed
upon the tibise. There also reside their larvae, which were first
discovered by M. Miger.
H. marginatus, Fab.; H. leevigatus, Id.; Panz., Faun. Insect.,
Germ., XXIII, 12. A small, blackish, and silky Insect, with
little yellowish or reddish spots, varying in form and number,
and sometimes even wanting on the elytra.
M. Gyllenhal observes that the tarsi really consist of five
joints, the first of which is small and oblique. See Insect. Suec.
I, p. 138.
The second tribe, or that of the Macrodactyla, com-
prises Clavicornes with simple, narrow tibise and long tarsi,
all one genus excepted (Geo?*issns) , well distinguished from
every other of the tribe, by its antennae of nine joints, of which
(1) We might also divide the section in the following manner.
I. Antenna composed of eleven joints.
A. Antenna clavate and very short.
a. Tibia: spinous; tarsi quadri-articulated.
Heterocerus.
b. Tibiae simple; five joints in the tarsi.
POTAMOI-HILUS. DrTOPS.
B. Antennae filiform or slightly enlarged near the end, as long as the head
and thorax.
Elemis.
II. Antennae nine or six joints.
Macronichus. Georissus.
COLEOPTERA. 391
the three last form an almost solid club composed of five dis-
tinct joints, the last of which is large, with two stout terminal
hooks. The body is thick or convex. The thorax is less
rounded, and most commonly terminates on both sides in acute
angles.
The principal type of this tribe is the genus
Dryops, Oliv.,
Or that of Parnus, Fab., which is divided in the following manner.
1. Those whose antennae, never much longer than the head, are
composed of from ten to eleven joints, which, from the third, form
an almost cylindrical or slightly fusiform club, arcuated, and some-
what serrated.
Potamophilus, Gerrm Parnus, Fab.
The Potamophili, which, ignorant of the establishment of this
subgenus, we had named Hydera(I), have their antennae exposed,
and not received into particular cavities; they are rather longer than
the head; the first joint is almost as long as the following ones taken
together, and the second short and globular. The palpi are salient,
and the mouth is completely exposed as the prsesternum does not
project over it, a character in this tribe exclusively peculiar to this
subgenus(2).
Dryops, Oliv. Parnus, Fab.
In Dryops proper, the antennae, shorter then the head, are re-
ceived into a cavity situated under the eyes, and are almost covered
by the second joint, which is large, dilated, in the form of an almost
triangular palette, and projects in the manner of an auricle, whence
the name of Dermeste a oreilles, given to the most common species
by Geoffroy(3). The palpi are not salient.
2. Those in which the antennae, composed of eleven joints, are
filiform, or merely a very little thicker near the extremity, and at
least nearly as long as the head and thorax.
(1) Regn. Anim., Ill, p. 268.
(2) Parnus acuminaius, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., VI, 8; Dryops
picipes, Oliv., Ill, 41, 1, 2.
(3) Latr., Gen. Crust, et Insect., II, 55; Schoenh, Synon. Insect, I, ii, p. 116.
The Dryops Dumerilii presents some differences in the length of the legs, the
form of the antennx and thorax, which have induced Doctor Leach to form a se-
parate genus Dryops for it. The other species re-enter Parnus.
392 INSECTA.
Elmis, Lat. LimniuS) Illig.
They are found in water, under stones, or on the leaves of the
Nymphsea(l).
3. Those in which the always very short antennae consist of but
six or nine joints, and terminate in an almost solid, oval, or nearly
globular club.
Macronychus, Miill. Germ.
These Insects have five distinct joints in the tarsi, an oblong body,
and antennae of six segments, the last of which perhaps composed
of three forms an oval club; they can be folded under the eyes(2).
Georissus, Lat. Gyll. Pimelia, Fab.
Here the tarsi consist of but four joints; the body is short, tur-
gid and almost globular, and the abdomen embraced by the ely-
tra; the antennae are composed of nine joints and terminate in a
round club formed by the three last(3).
FAMILY V.
PALPICORNES.
In our fifth family of pentamerous Coleoptera, as in the
fourth, we observe antennae terminating in a club, usually
perfoliaceous, but consisting of nine points at most in all, and
inserted under the lateral and projecting edges of the head;
they are never much longer than the latter and the maxillary
palpi, and frequently even shorter than the last mentioned
organs. The mentum is large and scutiform.
The body is usually ovoid or hemispherical, convex or
arched. The legs in several are adapted for natation, and
then consist of but four very distinct joints, or of five, the first
(1) Latr., Ib., II, p. 49; Schcenh., lb. I, ii, p. 117; Gyllenh., Insect. Suec. I,
p. 551.
(2) Macronychus quadrituberculatus, Miill.; Ulig-., Mag., V; Lat., Gener. Crust.
et Insect., II, p. 58; Parnus obscurus, Fab.; Germ., Insect. Spec. Nov., I, p- 89.
(3) Pimelia pygmaea, Fab., Georissus pygmseus, Gyll., Insect. Suec, I, iii, p. 675;
Trox dubius, Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ. LXII, 5.
COLEOPTEKA. 393
of which is much shorter than the second ; all the joints are
entire.
Those in which the legs are natatory, the first joint of the
tarsi is much shorter than the following ones, and the maxillae
are entirely corneous, will form our first tribe, that of the
Hydrophilii, which embraces the genus
Hydkophilus ? Geoff.
Linnaeus merely made these Insects a division (the first) of his genus
Dytiscus, but their anatomy is essentially different. The alimentary
canal of the Hydrophili is very analogous in its contexture and
length, which is more than four or five times that of the body, to
that of the Lamellicornes, and only approximates to the same canal
of the carnivorous Insects with respect to the biliary vessels. They
neither have the natatory bladder nor excrementitious apparatus which
characterize the Hydrocanthari. In the females only, this appara-
tus is replaced by organs which secrete the matter that is to form
the cocoon that encloses the ova, and to produce it their anus is fur-
nished with two fusi. Finally, the male organs of generation have
the closest affinity with those of the Clavicornes(l).
In some, where the body is oval, oblong and depressed, or elon-
gated and narrow, the thorax scabrous and narrowed posteriorly, the
tibiae are slender and furnished with small spurs, and the tarsi fili-
form, slightly ciliated and terminated by two strong hooks; the
antennae always composed of nine joints terminate in a slightly
perfoliaceous or nearly solid club, almost in the form of a reversed
cone, and the extremity of the mandibles is entire, or ends in a sin-
gle tooth. They are all very small, swim but seldom or badly, and in-
habit stagnant waters, from which they occasionally remove, to
conceal themselves under stones or in the earth. They compose the
family of the Helophoridea of Leach, a name which reminds us of
the genus Elophorus of Fabricius.
Here the length of the maxillary palpi does not surpass that of the
antennae or is even less. The epistoma is entire or without any nota-
ble emargination.
Sometimes the maxillary palpi are terminated by a thicker and oval
joint.
(1) "The conformation and structure of the male organs of generation in the
Palpicornes fully justify the position in the entomological series, assigned to
them by M. Latreille." Leon Dufour, Ann. des Sc. Nat, VI, p. 172.
Vol. III. 2 Z
394 INSECTA.
Elophorus, Fab. Silpha, L. Dermestes, Geoff. Hydrophilus, De
Geer.
The body oval, and the thorax transversal; the eyes but slightly
prominent(l).
HydrochuSj Germ. Elophorus, Fab.
The Hydrochi are only distinguished from the preceding subgenus
by their narrow and elongated form, their thorax, which has the
figure of a long square, and the prominence of their eyes(2).
Sometimes the maxillary palpi are subulate or terminate in a more
slender joint, short and conical.
Octhebius, Leach, Germ. Elophorus, Fab. Hydrsena, Illig. , Lat.
The thorax is nearly semi-orbicular(o).
There, the maxillary palpi, terminated by a fusiform joint, larger
than the penultimate and pointed at the end, are much longer than
the antennae and head. The epistoma is strongly emarginated.
Their appearance otherwise is that of the Octhebii.
HydrjEna, Kugel. Leach(4).
In the other Hydrophili the body is ovoid or almost hemispherical
and generally convex or arched, and the thorax always smooth and
wider than it is long; the tibiae are terminated by strong spurs, and
the tarsi most frequently ciliated. The extremity of their mandibles
is bidentated. They embrace the family of the Hydrophilidea , Leach,
or the genus Hydrophilus, Fab.
Some have but six joints in the antennas; their epistoma is emar-
ginated. Such are those which form the
Spercheus, Fab.(5)
In the following the antennas are always composed of eight or nine
(1) The Elophori of Fabricius, those species excepted which belong 1 to the
following subgenera.
(2) Elophorus elongatus, Fab.,- E. crenatus, Id.; E. brevis, Gyllenh. See
Germ., Insect. Spec- Nov., I, p. 90.
(3) E. pygmxus, Fab.; Hydrsena riparia, Lat.; Hydrsena margipallens, Lat.;
Elophorus marinus, Gyll. ; see Germ., lb., p. 90.
(4) E. minimus, Fab. Gyll.; Hydrsena riparia, Kugel. ; H. longipalpis, Schrenh.,
Germ., Faun. Insect., Eur. VIII, 6. For the other species, see Germ., Insect.
Spec. Nov., I, p. 93.
(5) Spercheus emarginatus, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XCI, 4. M.
COLEOPTERA. 395
joints, and the epistoma is entire, or on the anterior margin slightly
concave.
A species transmitted to us by our friend Doctor Leach presents
such singular characters that we have been induced to consider the
Insect as the type of a new subgenus(l) the
Globaria, Lat.
So named because its body is almost spherical and laterally com-
pressed, and because it appears susceptible of forming a ball, like an
Agathidium. Its antennae appear to me to be composed of but eight
joints, of which the fifth is dilated into a spine at the internal side,
the sixth forms a reversed and elongated cone, the seventh cylin-
drical, and the last or the eighth conical; these latter joints form an
almost cylindrical and greatly elongated club, which terminates in
a point. The maxillary palpi are a little shorter than the antennae.
The eyes are large and prominent. The thorax is almost semilunar.
The elytra completely clasp the abdomen. The pectus is destitute
of a sternal spine. The extremity of the four posterior tibiae is fur-
nished with a bundle of setae almost as long as the tarsus. The scu-
tellum is small, triangular, elongated, and narrow.
The only species known, G. Leachii, is small, and foreign to
Europe. I believe it is from South America.
All the remaining Hydrophilii have nine joints in their antennae;
the club is oval or ovoid. The body is not susceptible of being con-
tracted into a ball.
In the largest species, the two intermediate joints of the antennal
club, or the seventh and eighth, are reniform or irregularly lu-
nate, obtuse at one end, prolonged, arcuated, and pointed at the
other, with a remarkable space between them; the first of this club
is cupulate and most prolonged anteriorly. The middle of the ster-
num is elevated into a carina, and terminated posteriorly in a point
more or less long, and very acute. The maxillary palpi are longer
than the antennae; their last joint is shorter than the penultimate.
The tarsi, particularly the last, are compressed, fringed with hairs
or cilia along their internal side, and terminated by two hooks, ge-
Bourdon, a French naturalist who is now exploring- Colombia, first discovered this
species in the vicinity of Paris.
(1) It would seem to come more naturally near that of Berosus, Leach; but on
account of the number of the antennal segments, I think it best to place it di-
rectly after Spercheus. This order, however, might be reversed by commencing
with those subgenera which have nine joints in the antennae, and ending with
those in which there are three lessi or with Globaria and Spercheus.
396 1NSECTA.
nerally small, unequal, and unidentated inferiorly. The scutellum
is tolerably large. These species compose the genus
Hydrophilus, Geoff. Fab. Leach. Dytiscus, Lin.
Here the sternal spine is strongly prolonged behind. The last
joint of the two anterior tarsi of the males is dilated in the form of
a triangular palette. The scutellum is large. They form the Hy-
drous of M. Leach(l).
The larvae resemble a sort of soft, conical, and elongated worms,
furnished with six feet, and a large squamous head, more convex
underneath than above, armed with strong and hooked mandibles.
They respire by the posterior extremity of the body, are very vora-
cious, and do great injury to fish ponds by devouring the spawn.
H. piceus, Fab.; Oliv., Col. 111,39, 1, 2. An inch and a half
long; oval; of a blackish-brown, polished, or as if covered with
a varnish; antennal club partly reddish; some slightly marked
striae on the elytra, the posterior extremity of which is rounded
laterally, and prolonged into a small tooth at the internal angle.
It swims and flies well, but walks badly. When held loosely
in the hand, its sternal spine sometimes inflicts a wound.
The anus of the female is provided with two fusi, by means
of which she constructs an ovoid cocoon, surmounted with a
point, resembling an arcuated brown horn. Its external tissue
is a gummy paste, which, though fluid at first, subsequently
hardens, and becomes impervious to water. The ova it contains
are arranged symmetrically, and kept in situ by a sort of white
down. These cocoons float on the water.
The larva is depressed, blackish and rugose, and has the
faculty of throwing back its brown, smooth, round head. This
enables it to capture the little Mollusca which navigate the
surface of the water, its back serving as a point d'appui or
anvil on which it mashes the shell in order to devour the ani-
mal it contains. The body of these larvae becomes flabby as soon
as they are caught. They swim with great facility, and are pro-
vided with two fleshy appendages beneath the anus which serve
to maintain them on the surface of the water, head downwards,
when they come there to respire. According to M. Miger, to
whom we are indebted for these observations Ann. du Mus.
d'Hist. Nat. XIV, 441 the larvse of other Hydrophilii are de-
prived of these appendages, and neither swim nor suspend
(1) Zool. Miscel., Ill, p. 94.
COLEOPTERA. 397
themselves like those of which we have been speaking. The
females of these species swim with difficulty, and carry their
ova under the abdomen enclosed in a silken web; but these spe-
cies belong to the last subgenera of this tribe.
The Hydrophilus proper of Leach consists of species in which
the tarsi are identical in both sexes, and not dilated, the pectoral
spine terminates with the poststernum, and in which the scutel is
proportionally smaller(l).
In all the following Hydrophilii, the two intermediate joints of
the antennal club are exactly transversal, of a regular form, not pro-
longed into a tooth at either extremity, and without any space be-
tween them; the last is obtuse or rounded at the end. The pectus
exhibits neither carina nor spine. The tarsi are less, or not at all
fitted for natation, but slightly or not ciliated, and terminated by
large, equal, and simple hooks.
Those in which the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the an-
tennae, with the last joint shorter than the preceding one, and cylin-
drical, in which the body is low, and the elytra are truncated at the
extremity, a* very obtuse, form the genus
Limnebius, Leach(2).
Those, in which the maxillary palpi are hardly longer than the
antennae, with the last joint as long as the preceding one or longer,
and almost oval, and in which the body is convex, are comprised by
the same English savant in two genera. In one of them, the
Hydrobius, Leach,
The eyes are depressed or but slightly convex; the anterior extre-
mity of the head is not abruptly narrowed, and the base of the tho-
rax is as wide as that of the elytra(3). In
Berosus, Leach,
On the contrary, the eyes are very prominent, the anterior extre-
mity of the head is narrowed abruptly, and the base of the thorax is
narrower than that of the elytra. The body is very convex(4).
(1) To the Hydrous, Leach, besides the piceus, refer the following 1 species of
Fabricius: the ater, olivaceus. rufipes, &c Those, which the latter calls caraboides,
ellipticus, &c, are Hydrophili properly so called of Leach.
(2) H. griseus, truncatettus, Fab.
(3) The Hydrobii scarabxoides t mdanocephalus, orbicularis, &c.
(4) H. luridus, Fab.
398 INSECTA.
Our second tribe or the Sph^ridiota, consists of terres-
trial Palpicornes, with tarsi composed of five very distinct
joints, the first of which is at least as long as the second.
The maxillary palpi are somewhat shorter than the antennae,
with the third joint longer, inflated and in the form of a re-
versed cone. The maxillary lobes are membranous.
The body is nearly hemispherical, the posterior extremity
of the presternum is prolonged into a point, and the tibiae are
spinous ; those that are anterior are palmated or digitated in
the large species. The antennae always consist of nine joints,
or of eight, if the last be considered as an appendage of the
penultimate(l).
These Insects are small, and inhabit cow-dung and other
excrementitious matters ; certain species are found near the
shores of rivers, &c. They compose the genus
Sphjeridium, Fab.
From which, however, we must separate several species, a division
already effected by Olivier. Dr Leach only considers as such those
in which the anterior tarsi of the males are dilated. Such is
S. 4-maculatum; Dermestes scarabeeoides, L. ; Oliv., Col. II,
15, 1 and 3, II, 11. It is of a shining black and smooth; the
scutellum is elongated, and the legs are very spinous; a blood-
red spot at the base of each elytron, and their extremity reddish.
In some individuals these spots diminish or disappear.
The species, in which the tarsi are similar in both sexes, and
whose antennal club is closely imbricated, compose the genus Cer-
cydion{2) of Leach. The Sphaeridia might be divided into several
other sections by characters drawn from the form of the tibiae, and
the disposition of their spines or dentations, a division which would
facilitate the study of the species, that seem to have been impro-
perly multiplied(3).
(1) See Elater and several other genera of the Coleoptera.
(2) The Sphxridia unipundatum, melanocephalum, &c; Zool., Miscelf., Ill,
p. 95.
(3) For the other species, see Olivier, Schrenherr, Gyllenhal, Dejean, &.c.
COLEOPTERA. 399
FAMILY VI.
LAMELLICORNES.
In our sixth and last family of pentamerous Coleoptera, we
find the antennae inserted into a deep fossula under the lateral
margin of the head ; they are always short, usually consist of
nine or ten joints, and are always terminated in a club usually
composed of the three last, which are lamellar, sometimes
flabelliform or disposed like the leaves of a book, opening and
closing in a similar way, sometimes concentrically contorted
and fitting in each other, the first or inferior then being semi-
infundibuliform and receiving the others, and sometimes
arranged perpendicular to the axis and forming a sort of comb.
The body is generally ovoid or oval, and thick. The ex-
terior side of the two anterior tibise is dentated, and the joints
of the tarsi, with the exception of those of some males, are
entire and without brush or pellet beneath.
The anterior extremity of the head most commonly pro-
jects or is dilated in the manner of an epistoma. The mentum
is usually large, covers the ligula or is incorporated with it,
and bears the palpi. The mandibles of several are membra-
nous, a character observed in' no other coleopterous Insects.
The males frequently differ from the females, either by pro-
minences on the thorax or head in the form of horns or tuber-
cles, or by the largeness of their mandibles.
This family is very numerous, and with respect to the size
of the body, the variety of forms exhibited in the head and
thorax, sexually considered, is one of the most beautiful of
the order, and frequently also as regards the species, which
in their perfect state live upon vegetable substances, by the
splendour of the metallic colours with which they are orna-
mented. Most of the other species, however, feeding on
decomposed vegetable aliment, such as dung, tan, or excre-
mentitious matters, are usually of one uniform black or brown
hue. Some of the Coprophagi, however, do not yield even
400 INSECTA.
in this respect to the former. They are all furnished with
wings, and their gait is heavy.
The body of the larvae is long, almost semicylindrical, soft,
frequently rugose, whitish, and divided into twelve annuli,
with six squamous feet ; the head is squamous and armed with
stout mandibles. Each side of the body is furnished with
nine stigmata ; its posterior extremity is thicker, rounded and
almost always doubled under it, so that the back being arcu-
ated or convex, the animal cannot extend itself in a straight
line, crawls badly on a level surface, and falls backwards or
on its side at every instant. An idea of their form may be
obtained from that of the larva, so well known to gardeners
by the name of ver blanc. which is that of the Melolontha
vulgaris{\ ).
Some of them require three or four years to become pupse ;
they construct in their place of residence an ovoid shell, or
one resembling an elongated ball, composed of earth or the
debris of substances they have gnawed, the particles of which
are cemented by a glutinous matter produced from their body.
Their aliment consists of the dung of various animals, mould,
tan, and roots of vegetables, frequently such as are necessary
to man, of which they sometimes destroy immense quantities,
to the great loss of the cultivator of the soil. The tracheae
of these larvae are elastic, while those of the perfect Insect
are tubular. There is also a remarkable difference in the
nervous system in these two states. The ganglions are less
numerous and more closely approximated in the perfect In-
sect, and the two posterior ones give off numerous radiating
filaments. According to the observations of M. Marcel de
Serres on the eyes of Insects, those of most of the Lamelli-
cornes present peculiar characters, which approximate their
organization to that of the Tenebrionites, Blattae, and other
lucifugant Insects.
The alimentary canal is generally very long, particularly
(1) Our common grubs, which are so abundant in dung-hills, gardens, &c, are
larvae of various species of Lamellicornes. Am. Ed.
COLEOPTERA. 401
in the Coprophagi, and contorted round itself; the chylific
ventricle is studded with papilla?, which M. Dufour has as-
certained to be bursse, intended for retaining the alimentary
fluid. The biliary vessels in number, and the manner of their
insertion, resemble those of the carnivorous Coleoptera, but
are much longer and more slender.
We will divide this family into two tribes(l). In the first
or that of the Scarab^ides, we find the antennae terminat-
ing in a foliaceous and generally plicatile club, and composed
in others of joints that fit into each other, either in the form
of a reversed cone or nearly globular. The mandibles are
identical or almost similar in both sexes, but the head and
thorax of the males exhibit peculiar projections or eminences;
sometimes also their antennce are more developed. This
tribe(2) corresponds with the genus
Scarab^eus, Lin.
The alimentary canal is generally much longer than that of the Lamel-
licornes of the following tribe or the Lucanides, and the oesophagus
is proportionally much shorter. The adipose tissue, or the epiploon,
is generally almost reduced to nothing, whilst here it is well marked.
But it is chiefly by the genital apparatus of the males that the Sca-
rabacides are distinguished, not only from the latter, but also from
all other Pentamera. Their testes, according to the observations of
M. Dufour, consist of spermatic capsules tufts according to M.
Cuvier which are tolerably large, very distinct and pediculated;
the number varies according to the genus.
The larvae Cuv. , Regn. Anim. have a cylindrical stomach sur-
rounded by three ranges of little caeca, a very short small intestine,
an extremely thick, turgid colon, and a moderate rectum.
We will divide this genus into several small sections established
on characters drawn from the organs of manducation, antennae, and
(1) The anatomy is so different, according 1 to M. Dufour, that these two tribes
should constitute as many families. The sections would then become tribes and
some of their divisions so many principal genera Copris, Aphodius, Geotrupes,
Scarabxus, Hutcla, Melolontha, Glaphyrus, and Cetonia for the first tribe.
(2) In thus retaining the primitive extent of this division, we have acted in con-
formity with our first edition; we still think, however, that although we may reject
several of the genera established in modern times, there are some that must be
received; such in general are those of Fabricius.
Vol. III. 3 A
402 1NSECTA.
habits; divisions, the distinction of which has been confirmed by the
researches of M. Dufour.
The Coprophagi or the Scarabaeides of our first section, usually
have their antennae composed of nine joints, and of eight in the
others, the three last forming the club. The labruni and mandibles
are membranous and concealed. The terminal lobe of the maxillae
is also of the same nature, wide and arcuated at the superior margin
and curved inwards. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is always
the largest and almost oval or nearly cylindrical; but the same of the
labial palpi is almost always more slender than the preceding ones,
or very small. Behind each of the latter palpi there is a membra-
nous projection in the form of a ligula. The mentum is emargi-
nated. The sternum exhibits no particular prominence, and the
hooks of the tarsi are always simple. The anterior tarsi are fre-
quently wanting in several, either ab ovo or because they are deci-
duous.
The length of the alimentary canal is always very great; occa-
sionally (as in Copris lunaris) ten or twelve times that of the body.
The chylific ventricle occupies the largest portion of it, is studded
with conoid papillae, is closely folded together and kept in this state
of agglomeration by numerous tracheal bridles. The intestine is
filiform and terminates by an inflation. The testes of the Copro-
phagi, dissected by M. Dufour, appeared to him to consist of six
orbicular, slightly depressed spermatic capsules, usually united by
tracheae in one bundle, each placed on a tubular and tolerably long
pedicle, which terminates in a short vas deferens. There is but one
pair of vesiculae seminales; they are very long, filiform, and in uu
merous folds.
This first section corresponds to the third division of the genus
Scarabaeus, Oliv., or to that of Copris, but with the addition of
some of the Scarabaeides Jlphodius of that naturalist.
In some, the two intermediate legs are more remote at base than
the others; the labial palpi are very hairy, with the last joint much
smaller than the others, or even indistinct; the scutellum null or
extremely small, and the anus exposed.
Coprophagi of this division peculiar to the eastern continent, with
a rounded body, usually depressed above or but slightly convex,
similar or but little different, and without horns in both sexes; in
which the antennae of nine joints terminate in a foliaceous club;
without scutellum, or sutural hiatus indicating its place; in which
the four posterior tibiae, usually furnished with ciliated or hairy
fringes, are slender, elongated, not dilated at the extremity, or but
slightly so, truncated obliquely, and terminated by a single stout
COLEOPTERA. 403
and spiniform or acuminated spur; and finally, in which the epistoma
is more or less lobate or dentated, form the genus
Ateuchus, Web. Fab.,
Since, however, restricted to those species in which the exterior
margin of the elytra is straight, or unemarginated and without a
sinus near their base exposing the corresponding portion of the
superior margin of the abdomen. The tibiae and tarsi of the four
last legs are furnished with long hairs; the four first joints of the
tarsi are generally longer than in the others. The first joint of the
labial palpi is nearly cylindrical, or in the form of a reversed cone.
The epistoma is most commonly divided into three lobes or festoons,
and its contour presents six teeth.
These Insects, which M. Mac Leay, Jun., in his ingenious Horde
Entomologies, I, p. 184, designates by the generic appellation of
Scarabasus, as being the name originally bestowed upon them by the
Latins(l), and of which in the same work part II, p. 497 he gives
an excellent Monograph, conceal their ova in balls of dung, and even
of human faeces, so similar to large pills that some authors have
given them the name of P Miliaria. They roll them along with their
hind feet, and frequently in company, until they find a hole fitted to
receive them, or a soil in which they can bury them.
Two species of Ateuchus were worshipped by the ancient Egyp-
tians, and formed a part of their system of hieroglyphics. They
are sculptured in various positions, and sometimes of gigantic di-
mensions, on all their monuments. They were also figured sepa-
rately and on the most precious materials, such as gold; they used
them as seals and as amulets, which were suspended to the neck and
buried with the mummies. The Insect itself has been found in
some of their coffins(2). The
A. sacer; Scarabxus sacer, L.; OliyV, Col. I, 3, VIII, 59,
which is found not only in all Egypt but in the south of France,
in Spain, Italy, and the south of Europe generally, has hitherto
been considered the object of this superstitious distinction; but
another species discovered in Sennar by M. Caillaud of Nantes,
appears from its more brilliant colours, and the country in
which it is found, the original residence of the Egyptians, to
have first attracted their attention. The latter; which I have
named the Ateuchus des Egyptiens Voy. a Meroe, au fleuve
(1) The Heliocaniharos of the Greeks.
(2) See my memoir on the Insects painted and sculptured on the ancient mon-
uments of Egypt, and the works of M. de Champollion, Jun.
404 INSECTA.
Blanc, IV, p. 272, Atl. d'Hist. Nat. et d'Antiq., II, Iviii, 10,
is green with a golden tinge, while the former is black. The
epistoma has six dentations in all, but here the vertex presents
two little eminences or tubercles, while that of the other or the
A. des Egyptiens exhibits a more slight and elongated, smooth,
and very glossy projection. The thorax, except in the middle
of its back, is entirely punctured and even scabrous on the sides,
with dentated margins. The intervals of the elytral striae are
besides finely scabrous, with numerous and tolerably wide, deep
punctures. The internal side of the two anterior tibiae pre-
sents a series of small teeth. In the Jlteuch. sacer this same side
usually presents two stout teeth.
Ateuchi the S. JEsculapius, and another species, the Hippocrates
in which the thorax and abdomen are shorter, rounder, and more
convex, and in which the first joint of the labial palpi is also shorter,
wider, and in the form of a reversed triangle, form the genus Pachy-
soma of Kirby(l).
Those in which the exterior side of the elytra is strongly emargi-
nated near the base, are now the
Gymnopleurus, Illig.
The four posterior tibise are usually simply ciliated or furnished
with small spines, and the last joint of their tarsi is as long as all the
preceding ones taken together, or longer. The first joint of the
labial palpi is dilated internally, and almost triangular. There is a
fossula on each side of the thorax(2).
Other Coprophagi, very analogous to the preceding ones, and also
placed by Fabricius among the Ateuchi, are distinguished from them
by the intermediate tibise, the extremity of which, as well as that of
the two last, frequently dilated or clavate, presents two spines or
spurs. The epistoma, in several, exhibits but four or two teeth. The
first joint of the labial palpi is always larger than the second, and
dilated externally. The third and last joint is distinct. First comes
(1) In addition to the Ateuchi above mentioned, refer to the same subgenus,
the Jl. laticollis, variolosus, semipunctatus, miliaris, sandus, &c, of Fabricius. See
Mac Leay, op. cit.,' and the Entomog. Imp. Huss., where several species of this
and the following 1 subgenera are exactly delineated.
(2) The Ateuchi sinuatus, pilularius, flagellatus, Led, Kcenigii, cupreus, pro-
fanus, &c, Fab.; Ijte Sc. fulgidus, Oliv., &c. The Ateuchi of Fabricius, proper
to America, belong to other subgenera. M. Mac Leay Hor. Entom., I, pars II,
p. 510 still retains the Gymnopleuri, the Ateuchi, or his Scarabs!, but forms a
section of them, of which he points out the species.
COLEOPTEIlA. 405
Sisyphus, Lat.
The Sisyphi differ from the other Coprophagi in their antennae,
which consist of but eight joints, and in their abdomen, which is tri-
angular. The four last legs are long and narrow, their thighs clavate.
The body is short and thick; no scutellum(l).
Circellium, Lat.
The body hemispherical and convex; the abdomen almost semi-
circular, and the lateral edges of the thorax straight or not dilated,
or but slightly, in the middle. No scutellum. Five or six denta-
tions in the epistoma(2).
Coprobius, Lat.
No scutellum; the body ovoid, not arched, or but slightly so; mid-
dle of the lateral margins of the thorax dilated into an obtuse or
rounded angle, abdomen nearly square; epistoma bidentate. These
Insects are more particularly proper to the western continent(S).
Those species, in which the four posterior tibiae are proportionally
shorter, dilated, or remarkably widened at the extremity, and the
first joints of the tarsi are broader, form the genus Chasridium of
MM. Lepeletier and Serville Encyc. Method.; we will also unite
to the Coprobii the Hyboma of the same authors.
Another subgenus allied to the preceding, the species of which are
also proper to America, that which they call JEschrotes, but which
had been previously published by Dalman Ephem. Entom., 1824
under another name, that of
Eurysternus, Dalm.
Differs from the preceding subgenera in the presence of a scutel-
lum. The body is also an oblong oval, and plane above; the sides
of the thorax are obliquely and abruptly truncated. The interme-
diate coxae are directed longitudinally with the body, and parallel to
its sides.
In all the following Coprophagi, the four posterior tibiae are al-
ways dilated at their extremity, and almost in the form of an elon-
gated triangle; the intermediaries, as in the last, terminate in two
stout spurs or spines; but the head or thorax, or both, in the males,
(1) Meuchus Schsefferi, Fab.; Sc. longipes, Oliv., and some undescribed species
from the Cape of Good Hope.
(2) The Ateuchi, Bacchus, Hollandise, Fab.
(3) The A. volvens, violaceus, triangularis, 6-punctatus, &c, Fab.
406 INSECTA.
presents horns or projections which distinguish them from the fe-
males. In several, the three last joints of the antennae are semi-
cupular and concentrically piled or fitted into each other. They
compose the genera Onitis and Copris of Fabricius.
Two subgenera with a foliaceous antennal club present a charac-
ter which, in this section, is exclusively peculiar to them: the third
joint of the labial palpi is but slightly or not at all distinct, and the
second is larger than the first.
Oniticellus, Zieg. Dej.
The body is oblong and depressed; the thorax large, nearly oval,
and almost as long as it is wide, and always smooth. The scutellum
is distinct. Simple elevated lines or tubercles on the head distin-
tinguish the males from the females(l).
Onthophagus, Lat. Copris, Fab.
No scutellum. Their body i^ short, thorax thick, broader than
long, either almost semi-orbicular or nearly orbicular, but strongly
emarginated or truncated before. The head, and frequently the tho-
rax, of the male is furnished with horns.
O. taurus; S. taurus, L.; Oliv. Col. I, 3, viii, 63. Small;
black; two semicircular horns on the head of the male; two
transverse and elevated lines on that of the female. In cow-
dung.
O. nuchicornis; S. nuchicornis,L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.
I, and XLIX, 8. Small; black; elytra grey with little black spots;
a compressed laminiform projection terminating in an almost
straight point on the hind part of the head of the male; two ele-
vated and transverse lines on that of the female; a tubercle on
the anterior of the thorax. With the preceding.
Africa and India produce several other species, some of
which are very brilliant, but they are all small(2).
Two subgenera presenting a scutellum, or sutural hiatus indi-
cating its place, in which the anterior legs are frequently destitute of
tarsi, and frequently also longer, more slender and arcuated in the
males, are distinguished from all other Coprophagi by the form of
their antennal club; its first joint, or the seventh of the whole num-
ber, is semi-cuculliform and receives the following one, a portion of
which at least is concealed and is shaped like a horse-shoe; the third
or last is in the form of a reversed cup. The thorax is large, and
(1) Dej., Catalogue, &c, p. 53.
(2) Dej., lb. See Lat., Gener. Crust, et Insect., II, p. 83.
COLEOPTERA. 407
usually presents two little fossulse near the middle of the posterior
margin, in
Onitis, Fab.
The second joint of the labial palpi is the largest, and the scutel-
lum, though very small and depressed, is still visible. The anterior
legs are generally longer, more slender and arcuated in the males.
The tarsi are usually deficient, and the thorax, that of a small num-
ber excepted, is without horns(l).
Phanjeus, Mac Leay. Lonchophorus, Germ. Scarabxus, L. Co-
pris, Onitis, Fab.
Where the first joint of the labial palpi is the largest and dilated
on the internal side. A simple sutural hiatus indicates the place of
the scutellum. The males differ greatly from the females in the
horn-like prominences of their head and thorax; but the respective
length of the legs is the same.
Several large and beautiful species of Copris, Fab., peculiar
to America, compose this subgenus(2).
Copris, Geoff". Fab. Scarabseus, Lin.
This subgenus, or Copris properly so called, is at present com-
posed of those species only, whose antennae are terminated by a tri-
foliate club; in which the four posterior tibiae are strongly dilated and
truncated at the extremity; that have neither scutellum nor hiatus;
in which the body is always thick, and differs above according to
the sex, and whose labial palpi are composed of three distinct joints,
of which the first is the largest, almost cylindrical and not dentated
on the inner side.
The largest species belong to those parts of Africa or India
that are situated between the tropics or in their immediate vici-
nity.
C. lunaris; S. lunaris, L.; Oliv., lb., v, 36. Eight lines in
length; black, very glossy; the head, emarginated at the anterior
edge, is provided with a long horn, longer and pointed in the
male, short and truncated in the female S. emarginatus, Oliv.,
lb., viii, 64 thorax truncated before, with a horn on each side;
elytra deeply striated(3).
(1) See Encyc. Method., article Onitis.
(2) See Encyc. Method., article Phanee, and particularly the Hor. Entom., I, p.
124. The author of the latter refers to it the following Scarabzeides of Olivier:
*Sc bellicosus, lancifer, jasius, mimas, beelzebut, festivus, carnifex, Sec.
(3) The Copris: Anterior, Hamadryas, Midas, gigas, bucephalus, molossus, his-
408 1NSECTA.
Like the Lamellicornes of the ensuing section, the last Copro-
phagi have all their feet inserted equidistant from each other, and a
very distinct scutellum. The lahial palpi are glabrous or but slightly
pilose, and their third and last joint is larger, or at least longer than
the preceding ones. The elytra completely envelope the contour of
the abdomen, or form an arched roof to it, a character which ap-
proximates them to the Scarabaeides of the following section. Inde-
pendently of this, these Insects, with respect to their antennae and
legs, are closely allied to those of the preceding subgenus; but the
sexual variations are less strongly marked, and frequently consist of
mere tubercles. They are all small. Several species appear in the
very beginning of Spring. They form two subgenera.
Aphodius, Illig. Fab. Scarabasus, Lin. Geoff. Copris, Oliv.
In which the last joint of the palpi is cylindrical, and that of those
attached to the labium somewhat more slender than the preceding
ones, or at least not thicker. There is no appendage or corneous
and dentated lobe to the inner side of the maxillae. The body is
rarely short, with the abdomen arched, and when these characters
are present, the thorax is not transversely sulcated.
A. Jimetarius; S. Jimetarius, L.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ.,
XXXI, 2. Three lines in length; black; elytra and a spot on
each side of the thorax fulvous; three tubercles on the head;
elytra with punctured strise(l).
Psammodius, Gyll.
Where the last joint of the palpi is oval and the thickest and
longest of the whole number, and in which the internal lobe of the
maxillae is corneous and bidentated. The body is short, the thorax
transversely sulcated, and the abdomen inflated(2).
panus, nemetrinus, vemcstrinus, sabasus, Jachiis, &c, of Fabricius; the Ateuchus
Tmolus, Fischer, Entomog. Huss., I, viii, 1, 2, is a Copris.
(1) See Schcenherr, Synon. Insect., I, 1, p. 66; Panz., Ind. Entom., p. 7-
(2) The only one I refer to it is the Psammodius sulcicol/is, Gyll., Insect. Suec.
I, p. 9. The other species are true Aphodii. See Encyc. Method., article Psam-
modie.
The genus Euparia, established in the Encyc. Method., by MM. Lepeletier
and Serville, belongs to this section, but as they have not completely described it,
and I have never seen the Insect on which it is founded, I cannot assign its place.
According to those gentlemen, the sides of the head are dilated and form a trian-
gle. The posterior angles of the thorax are emarginated, and the humeral angles
of the elytra are prolonged anteriorly into a point. The only species quoted is
the casfanea. These characters, and even the colour, induce me to suspect that
this genus is closely allied to the Euryslerne of Dahm.n, which we bave already
mentioned.
COLEOPTERA. 409
This subgenus conducts us naturally to the first of the following
section, that of the Arenicoli. These Scarabseides, with the Apho-
dii and Psammodii, are the only ones whose elytra entirely cover the
posterior extremity of the abdomen, so that the abdomen is com-
pletely concealed; but they are distinguished from the latter by seve-
ral characters. The labrum is coriaceous, and most frequently juts
out beyond the epistoma. The mandibles are corneous, and usually
salient and arcuated. The terminal lobe of the maxillae is straight,
and has no inward curve. The third and last joint of the labial palpi
is always very distinct, and at least almost as long as the preceding
one. With some few exceptions their antennae are composed of ten
or eleven joints.
These Insects are also coprophagous, make deep holes in the
ground, fly particularly during the evening, after sun-set, and coun-
terfeit death when seized. According to M. Leon Dufour, the ali-
mentary canal of Geotrupes, one of the principal subgenera of this
section, is somewhat shorter than in Copris, and the stomach pre-
sents no vestige of papillae( l).
Here Geotrupides, Mac Leay the labium is terminated by two
lobes, or salient ligulae, the mandibles are generally salient and arcu-
ated; the labrum is either wholly or partially exposed, and the an-
tennae in most of them are composed of eleven joints. The body is
black or reddish, and the elytra smooth or simply striated. The
males generally have horns, or differ in other external characters
from the females. They feed more particularly on excrementitious
matters.
The antennae of some are composed of nine joints.
^Egialia, Lat. Jlphodius, Fab.
The labrum short, transversal, scarcely apparent and entire; ter-
minal point of the mandibles bifid; internal lobe of the maxillae cor-
neous and bidentated; the body short and inflated; thorax transversal;
abdomen gibbous; the four posterior tibiae thick and incised, the two
last terminated by two compressed and almost elliptical or spatuli-
form spurs; the two anterior tibiae have no tooth on the inner side;
the posterior thighs are the largest(2).
Chiron, Mac Leay. Biosomus, Dalm. Si?iodendron, Fab.
The Chirones, in their antennal club, which is rather semi-pecti-
(1) See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Ill, p. 234.
(2) Psammodius arenarius, Gyll., Insec. Suec. I, p. 6; Scarabsp-us ghbosus, Panz ,
Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXVII, 2; Aphodius arenarius. Fab.
Vol. Ill 3 B
410 INSECTA.
niform than foliaceous, approach the Lamellicornes of the second
tribe, where in fact they have been placed by M. Mac Leay; but in
the ensemble of their other characters they belong' to this section.
Their labium is broad, ciliate, quadridentate, and completely ex-
posed. Their mandibles are robust, in the form of an elongated tri-
angle, and have two teeth on the inner side. The two maxillary lobes
are coriaceous and without any kind of armature. The body is nar-
row, elongated, and almost cylindrical? the thorax is longitudinal
and separated from the abdomen by a deep strangulation; the abdo-
men is elongated, and the anterior tibice are wide, digitated, and
furnished on the inner side, after the spur, with a tooth, silky at the
end. The thighs are lenticular, and the two anterior are the largest.
There is a transverse range of small tubercles on the anterior extre-
mity of the head(l).
Those of others are composed of eleven joints(2).
Some are distinguished from all others by the antennal club in the
form of a reversed cone, which consists of joints or leaflets contorted
into a kind of funnel and fitting concentrically into each other, and
by their mandibles, the inner side of which is entirely serriform, and
which present underneath, particularly in the males, a projection or
horn. In these individuals the thorax is deeply emarginated before,
and its angles project considerably forwards. The abdomen is very
short, almost semicircular, and the last legs near its extremity. The
labial palpi are a little longer than the others; their second joint is
elongated, and the two others are almost equal in length. The inner
side of the maxillae is furnished with hairs and cilia, in the form of
little spines, and their terminal lobe is narrow and elongated. The
mentum is triangular, and transversely truncated at its extremity.
Such are those which form the
Lethrus, Scop. Fab.
The species, but few in number, are peculiar to Hungary and the
eastern part of Russia.
L. cephalotes, Fab.; Fisch., Entomog. Russ. Imp., I, p. 133,
XIII, 1. This Insect, distinguished from the other species by
its entirely black colour, and smooth thorax and elytra, accord-
ing to professor Gothelf Fischer, is extremely noxious in culti-
(1) Sinodendron digitalum, Fab.; Chiron dlgitatus, Mac Leay, Hor. Entom., I,
p. 107; Diasomus dlgitatus, Dalm., Ephem. Lntom., I, p. 4.
(2) This supputation is sometimes doubtful, inasmuch as it is not always easy to
distinguish the joint that precedes the club, and that it may, apparently, seem
confounded with the first of the club itself. The base of the second also forms a
sort of knot or rotulathat may be taken for a joint.
COLEOPTERA. 411
vated grounds, as it attacks the scarcely visible buds and leaves
of plants, and cuts them off with the trenchant forceps of
its mandibles, a habit which in Hungary, where it does great
injury to the vines, has caused it to be styled the Schneider,
or Cutter. As the pectus projects greatly underneath the abdo-
men, and the hind legs seem to be inserted very near the anus, it
is a good climber, and in descending moves backwards. After
having amputated the heart of a plant, it descends with its prey,
which it transports to its hole. Each of these holes, which are
made in the earth, is occupied by a pair, but in the nuptial
season a strange male frequently claims admittance. A furious
combat is the consequence, during which the female closes the
entrance of the domicil, and keeps continually pushing her com-
panion forwards. The battle only ceases with the death or flight
of the intruder. The same savant describes Ibid., p. 136, 140
three other species hitherto unknown.
In all the other Arenicoli the antennal club is composed of the
ordinarily shaped leaflets, laid one on another, or like the leaves of a
book. They form our subgenus Geotrupes, or the Scarabxus, Fab.,
from which the following subgenera have since been detached.
Those, in which the antennal club is oval or ovoid, and of which
the edges of the leaflets are totally or partially exposed even when
contracted, form two of them. In
Geotrupes, Lat.
Or Geotrupes properly so called, the labrum is a transverse
square, entire or simply dentated; the mandibles are arcuated, highly
compressed, dentated at the extremity, and frequently sinuous on the
exterior side and the maxillae furnished with a very thick fringe of
hairs; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is not larger than the pre-
ceding one, while the same of the labial palpi is longer; the mentum
is profoundly emarginated; the anterior tibiae are elongated, their
external side is furnished with numerous teeth, and the extremity
on the opposite side with a single spur or spine; the epistoma is
lozenge-shaped.
Sometimes the thorax of the male is armed with horns. They are
the Ceratophyus of Fischer, or Mrmidens, Ziegler.
G. typheeus; S. typhseus, L.; Oliv., Col. I, 3, vii, 52. Black;
three projecting black horns before the thorax of the male, of
which the intermediate is the shortest; elytra striated. In high
and sandy localities.
G. momus; S. momus, Fab. This species, discovered in Spain
by count Dejean, differs from the Typhaeus in the smoothness of
the elytra; it is otherwise similar,
412 INSECTA.
G. dispar; Ceratophyus dispar, Fisch., Entomog. Russ. Imp.,
II, xviii. A horn on the head and thorax. Italy and Russia.
Sometimes both sexes are destitute of horns. They are the Geo-
trupes proper.
G. stercorarius; Scarabseus stercorarius, L. ; Oliv., lb. V, 39.
A shining black or deep green above, violaceous or golden green
beneath; a tubercle on the vertex; dotted bands on the elytra,
with smooth intervals; two indentations at the base of the pos-
terior thighs.
G. vernalis; Scarab, vernalis, L.; Oliv., lb., iv, 23. Shorter
than the stercorarius, and approximating to a hemispherical
figure; a violet or blue-black; antennae black; elytra smooth.
OcHODiEus, Meg. Melolontha, Fab.
The labrum in this subgenus is strongly emarginated, and almost
in the form of a heart truncated posteriorly. The mandibles are in
the form of an elongated triangle, one of them terminating in a sim-
ple point, with a notch beneath, and the other in two obtuse teeth.
The exterior lobe of the maxillae is bordered with little spines or
stout cilia hooked at the end and has two small horny and equal
inner teeth; the other, or internal lobe, is formed by a pointed pencil
of hairs. The last joint of their palpi is cylindrical, and much
longer than the penultimate; the second of the labial palpi is larger
than the others, and the following, or last, in the form of a truncated
ovoid. There are but two teeth on the exterior side of the anterior
tibiae, and two spines maybe observed on the extremity of the oppo-
site side, of which the inferior is the smallest. The body is less
elevated, in proportion, than that of the other Geotrupes, and is
destitute of horns(l).
Those Geotrupes, in which the antennal club is large, orbicular or
nearly globular, and whose first and last leaflet when contracted
completely envelope the intermediate or tenth, or form a sort of
box for it, form three subgenera. That of
Athyreus, Mac Leay,
Approximates to the Coprophagi in its intermediate legs, which
are more remote at base than the others(2).
Elephastomus, Mac Leay.
The Elephastomi are remarkable for their epistoma, which is
(1) Melolontha chrysomelina, Fab.; Panz., Faun. Insect. Germ., XXXIV,. 2.
(2) Hor. Entomol., I, 1, p. 123.
COLEOPTERA. 413
dilated on both sides and prolonged anteriorly, in their middle,
into an almost square lamina, thickest and forked at the end; and
for the length of their maxillary palpi, which is almost thrice that
of those attached to the labium. The mentum is profoundly emar-
ginated, and the mandibles are dentated at the extremity(l).
Bolboceras, Kirby. Odontaeus, Zieg. Scarabxus, Lin. Fab.
Where, as in Ochodaeus, to which they closely approximate,
one of the mandibles is simple at the extremity, and the other den-
tated. The maxillary palpi are not much longer than the others,
and there is no emargination in the mentum.
B. mobilkornis; Scarab, mobilicornis, Fab.; Panz., Faun. In-
sect. Germ., XII, 2. Small; black above, fulvous beneath; the
head armed with a very long, linear, slightly recurved and mo-
bile horn; the thorax deeply punctured, canaliculated in the
middle, and furnished anteriorly with four tubercles; elytra
marked with dotted striae; the body sometimes all fulvous S.
testaceus, Fab. Found in France.
One of the sons of that celebrated traveller and ornithologist, Le
Vaillant, observing that Frogs and Toads are excessively fond of
this Insect, procured numerous specimens by eviscerating those Rep-
tiles^).
Our first division of the Scarabaeides Arenicoli is terminated by
those in which the antennae, as in the most of the subsequent Sca-
rabaeides, are composed of ten joints.
The last joint of their palpi is elongated. The maxillary lobes
are membranous. The labrum is less salient than in the preceding,
or projects but little. The mandibles are not at all or but very
slightly dentated. The epistoma is short, either arcuated and round-
ed, or projecting into an angle. They are very small Insects, whose
thorax is destitute of horns.
Hybosorus, Mac Leay. Carabseus, Geotrupes, Fab.
The first joint of the antennae in the form of a reversed and elon-
gated cone; the intermediate joint of the club entirely enveloped by
the two others, as in the last subgenera; the tibiae narrow and
elongated; the epistoma rounded anteriorly(3).
(1) Hor. Entom., I, p. 121; Scarabasus proboscideus, Schreib., Lin. Trans., VI,
p. 189.
(2) Bolboceras australasix, Kirb.,Lin. Trans. , XII, xxiii, 5; the Scarab, quadri-
dens, cyclops, and lazarus, Fab.
(3) Hor. Entom., 1, 1, p. 120; Geotrupes arator, Fab.
414 INSECTA.
Acanthocerus, Mac Leay.
First joint of the antennae very large, dilated superiorly and lami-
niformj the edges of the intermediate leaflet of the club, when it is
bent, are exposed. The tibiae, the four last particularly, are lamelli-
form and cover the tarsi, folding over them when the leg is con-
tracted. The epistoma tapers to a point or terminates in an angle.
The thorax is almost semilunar( l).
There, or in our second division of the Arenicoli Trogides, Mac
Leay the antennae, scarcely longer than the head, are always com-
posed often joints, the first of which is large and very hairy. The
ligula is entirely concealed by the mentum. The labrum and man-
dibles are but little exposed, and the latter are thick. The palpi
are short. The mentum is entirely pilose. The inner side of the
maxillae is armed with teeth. The cinereous or earth-coloured body
is very scabrous or tuberculous above. The head is inclined, ter-
minates in an angle or narrows to a point. The thorax is short,
transversal, without a lateral border, sinuous posteriorly, with pro-
jecting anterior angles. The abdomen is large, arched, and covered
with very hard elytra. The anterior legs advance, and their thighs
cover the under part of the head. These Insects produce a stridu-
lus noise by the reiterated and alternate rubbing of the pedicle of
the mesothorax against the internal parietes of the thoracic cavity.
They are found in earth or sand, and appear to gnaw the roots of
vegetables. They form the genus
Trox, Fab. Oliv.
From which, under the generic name of Phoberus, M. Mac Leay,
Jun., has separated those in which the sides of the thorax are de-
pressed, dilated and bordered with spines, and which are destitute
of wings. On each side of the posterior edge of the thorax is a deep
emargination; the epistoma is rounded anteriorly(2).
(1) Mac Leay, lb. p. 136; A. wneus, a species for the knowledge of which I am
indebted to one of our most able naval engineers, and not less excellent entomo-
logist, M. Lefebure de Cerisy. M. Mac Leay refers the Trox spinicornis, Fab., to
the same genus.
(2) Trox horridus, Fab ; Mac Leay, Hor. Entom., I, 1, p. 137. The species of
Trox, Fab., remain where they are. See this author, Olivier and Schoenherr.
The genera Cryptodus and Maschidius, arranged by Mac Leay in his family of the
Trogidae directly after that of Phoberus, have the posterior extremity of the ab-
domen exposed, and nine joints in the antennse, characters which appear to re-
move them from Trox. I suspect that the Machidii, from the form and emargina-
tion of the labrum and from some other characters, are allied to the Melolonthae.
COLEOPTERA. 415
\ third section, that of the Xylophili, will comprise the Geotru-
pes of Fabricius, and some of his Cetoniae. Here the scutellum is
always distinct, and the elytra do not cover the posterior extremity
of the abdomen. The tarsial crotchets of several are unequal. The
antennae always consist of ten joints, the three last forming a foli-
aceous club, of which the intermediate leaflet is never completely
concealed or encased by the two others. The labrum is not salient,
and its anterior extremity at most is exposed. The mandibles are
entirely corneous, and jut out beyond the sides of the head. The
maxillae are corneous or of a solid consistence, straight and com-
monly dentated. The ligula is covered by an ovoid or triangular
mentum narrowed and truncated at its extremity, the angles of
which are frequently dilated. All the legs are inserted at an equal
distance from each other.
A first division will comprise the Geotrupes of Fabricius. The
males differ from the females in particular projections resembling
horns or tubercles on the head or thorax, or on both, and sometimes
also in the form of the latter. The epistoma is small, triangular,
and either pointed, or truncated and bidentated at the extremity.
The labrum is almost entirely concealed. Here, the maxillae termi-
nate in a simple, coriaceous, crustaccous lobe, more or less pilose
and without teeth: there, they are entirely squamous, pointed, and
present but a small number of teeth, accompanied with hairs. The
mentum is ovoid or in the form of a truncated triangle. There is
no projection on the pectus. The tarsial crotchets are generally
equal. The scutellum is small or moderate. Their colours verge
on black or brown.
Sometimes the maxillae are terminated by a coriaceous or crus-
taceous edentated lobe, simply pilose or furnished with spinuliform
cilia.
Oryctes, Illig- Scarabxus, Lin.
Where the legs differ but little in length, and the four posterior
tibiae are thick, strongly incised or emarginated, with an extremely
wide extremity, which, in several, is as if stellated.
O. nasicornis; S. nasicornis, L. ; Roes., II, vi, vii. Fifteen
lines in length; of a glossy maronne-brown; point of the epis-
toma truncated; a conical horn, more or less long, arcuated
The Cryptodi 
